Appliances | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/appliances/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Appliances | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/appliances/ 32 32 Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592435
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These limited-time deals won't last long, but the quality appliances you buy will.

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Cyber Monday is the ideal time to save hundreds of dollars on a kitchen upgrade that might be hard to justify otherwise. Vitamix, KitchenAid, Breville, and other premium appliance makers have slashed hundreds of dollars off the price of their highest-end gear. Any of these appliances will save you time in the kitchen, making tasks like kneading bread dough, blending homemade soup, or brewing barista-quality coffee at home a cinch.

Vitamix Propel Series 510 Blender $279.95 (Was $479.95)

Vitamix Propel Series 510 Blender

Vitamix

SEE IT

If you need a blender powerful enough for making everything from smoothies to soups, Vitamix’s Propel Series 510 is a can’t-miss Cyber Monday deal. A $200 discount on Amazon brings the 48-ounce blender down to its lowest price ever. The Propel Series 510 is outfitted with 10 speed settings, a BPA-free dishwasher-safe container, and laser-cut stainless steel blades that won’t dull after years of use. Glyphs located next to the speed control knob allow you to access settings specifically designed for smoothies and soups with a single twist. Once you’re done cooking, add a little soap and water to the blender’s container and run it at its highest speed. This will quickly clean the bowl.

Want to check out other blenders, or maybe coffee makers, air fryers, multi-cookers, nugget ice, toasters, and any manner of other countertop convenience? We got you:

Vitamix deals

Breville deals

Ember Mug deals

GE Profile deals

KitchenAid deals

Wolf Gourmet deals

OXO deals

De’Longhi deals

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:43:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592194
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

From vacuums to coffee makers and blenders, here's what you can get on sale from Shark and Ninja this Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Appliances make for excellent gifts around the holidays. Need to impress the in-laws you’re meeting for the first time? Here is a nice immersion blender! Is there a White Elephant around the corner? Three words: Hot dog toaster. You can always get something for yourself, too. No matter whose kitchen and home game needs upgrading, you can find the perfect gift with these steep Shark and Ninja deals at Amazon for Cyber Monday.

Ninja GR101 Sizzle Smokeless Indoor Grill & Griddle $79.99 (Was $139.99)

A Ninja GR101 griddle on a plain background

Ninja

SEE IT

Bring the barbecue inside with this grill-griddle combo that would make George Foreman envious. It can reach up to 500 degrees and its perforated mesh lid eliminates smoke and reduces splatter. The removable grill and griddle plates are easy to clean, and the mesh lid is dishwasher safe. It’s a great investment since a Big Mac is $7 now.

Shark WD201 HydroVac Cordless Pro XL 3-in-1 Vacuum, Mop & Self-Cleaning System $199.99 (Was $359.99)

A Shark WD201 HydroVac Cordless Pro XL 3-in-1 Vacuum, Mop & Self-Cleaning System on a plain background

Shark

SEE IT

This cordless 3-in-1 device vacuums, mops, and cleans itself. You can use it on hard floors, area rugs, tiles, and laminate. The included multi-surface concentrate eliminates and prevents odors. The water tank is designed to separate liquid from solids to quickly and easily empty the tank. And placing the HydroVac on its dock after every use activates self-clean mode so you don’t even have to think about it.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/air-purifier-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:58:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592140
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Get major savings on air purifiers from BLUEAIR, Levoit, Molekule, and more for Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Holiday travel means your family’s germs have a chance of making themselves home when the celebration is over. Amazon has deals on air purifiers from our favorite brands this Cyber Monday to obliterate unwelcome microscopic company so you can focus on reuniting with your loved ones.

PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier $154.99 (Was $229)

A black PuroAir HEPA 14 air purifier on a plain background

PuroAir

SEE IT

Our favorite air purifier for mold, the PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier covers a massive 1,115 square feet and includes a powerful HEPA 14 air filter, which is ten times more powerful than HEPA 13. What you get is a hospital-grade air purifier under $200 that removes 99.99% of fine particles down to .1 microns in size. Mold? Other things in the air that cause allergies? Sorry, you won’t find any here. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, meaning you’re getting a scientifically-developed air purifier from scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities that are backed up by other scientists. You can also get a two-pack to put one in the bedroom and another in the living room.

BLUEAIR deals

Levoit deals

Molekule deals

NuWave deals

Miscellaneous deals

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% https://www.popsci.com/gear/irobot-roomba-robovac-amazon-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590383
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Why clean up after Thanksgiving when your Roomba can do it for you. Snag one at Amazon before Black Friday even happens.

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays are a stressful time. There are too many people coming in and out of your home, bringing their own personal crust and dust that you’re left to clean once they leave. Thankfully, Amazon is already offering Roomba robovacs up to 42% off before Black Friday to lend you a valuable hand to vacuum the floors—some even mop, too.

iRobot Roomba Combo j5+ Self-Emptying 2-in-1 Robot-Vacuum with Optional Mopping $499 (Was $799)

A iRobot Roomba j5+ robovac with optional mopping on a plain background

Roomba

SEE IT

The iRobot Roomba j5+ has the same vacuum tech as the company’s j7+ robovac (currently sold out) but with more flexibility. You can choose to only run the vacuum, or you can vacuum and mop with a quick bin swap. The j5+ also avoids obstacles like pet waste and cords to prevent a robovac-adjacent accident and empties itself for up to 60 days. You can control it via the iRobot Home app (for iOS and Android) or with Amazon Alexa and Siri.

Here are more Roomba deals that won’t suck all the money out of your bank account:

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap https://www.popsci.com/gear/dyson-airwrap-amazon-black-friday-deal-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 23:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591989
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

You can also get deals on Dyson vacuums and air purifiers at Amazon during this Black Friday sale.

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shopping for the person in your life who longs for tresses that would make Fabio envious? We love the Dyson Airwrap for that. It provides salon-worthy curls at home and the patented Coanda airflow gently dries hair for less damage compared to other heat tools. It went out of stock for a bit after blowing up on TikTok, but the price has discouraged some from hitting “add to cart.” It’s $100 off for Black Friday at Amazon, meaning the love in your life can finally get the show pony hair they’ve wished for.

Dyson Airwrap $499 (Was $599.99)

A copper and silver Dyson Airwrap displayed on a white shelf against a yellow wall

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The Dyson Airwrap is a drawer’s worth of tools in one handy device. It includes attachments to curl, shape, dry, and hide flyaways. The round brush is our personal favorite attachment since it gives us Cindy Crawford-esque bounce and shine.

Here are more Black Friday Dyson deals at Amazon:

Dyson vacuum deals

Dyson air purifier and fan deals

Dyson hair styling tool deals

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 23:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591409
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Finish all your appliance and kitchen shopping, then your cooking and cleaning, with deals from Shark and Ninja for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shark and Ninja are known for creating well-priced products that perform better than their expensive competitors. They also changed the appliance game. I personally remember when the Ninja Creami was all over my TikTok For You page, with lots of creators making protein ice cream just by freezing some Fairlife. Whether you’re living that lactose life or not, you can save on Shark and Ninja products, like a vacuum to clean up after family visits you, at Amazon this Black Friday.

Shark AI Ultra Voice Control Robot Vacuum with Matrix Clean Navigation $299.99 (Was $599.99)

A Shark AI Ultra Voice Control Robot Vacuum on a blue and white background

Shark

SEE IT

The smart robovac can be controlled using the SharkClean app (for iOS and Android) or your voice. It has Matrix Clean tech, which leaves no crumb left behind by passing over unclean areas multiple times. The bagless, self-emptying base holds up to 60 days of dirt, and a self-cleaning brushroll picks up more hair lingering in your home. 360-degree LiDAR vision maps your home so the robovac can detect and avoid objects in its path, day or night.

Ninja OO101 Woodfire 8-in-1 Outdoor Oven $399.99 (Was $600.95)

A Ninja outdoor pizza oven kit on a grey and white background

Ninja

SEE IT

If you handle the cooking in your house, consider this outdoor oven your new bestie. This bundle includes a Pizza Peel to make (surprise!) pizza, an oven cover to protect your precious new toy from the elements, an outdoor stand, and pellets. It has eight functions in one, with settings like Pizza, Max Roast, Specialty Roast, Broil, Bake, Smoker, and Dehydrate to keep your creative chef brain quite content with all the new recipes you can make. Best of all, there’s no flame involved. Save the fire for the digital Yule log.

Looking for more appliance deals? Check out these sales from Insant Pot, KitchenAid, and more.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/appliance-kitchenaid-cuisinart-breville-deals-amazon-black-friday/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590971
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Some of the best appliances we've tested are currently at their cheapest prices ever for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday deals are here, and we’ve seen deep discounts on some of the best appliances we’ve tested, like this KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 stand mixer, now a whopping $110 off at Amazon.

KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Stand Mixer $349.99 (Was $459.99)

KitchenAid Artisan Series 5

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Appliances can cut your cooking time in half and are necessary to make some recipes, but they can get expensive fast. No appliance is as iconic as the KitchenAid stand mixer, and getting a $110 discount on its Artisan Series 5 for Black Friday is no small feat. If we could only recommend one Black Friday appliance deal, it’s this stand mixer, which will last a lifetime. The five-quart mixer has 10-speed settings and comes with a whisk, beater, and dough hook attachment. These three tools will allow you to make bread, cookie dough, cake batter, whipped cream, and most sweet treats in between. You can extend its usefulness with optional accessories, which coincidentally are also on sale.

KitchenAid appliance deals

Breville appliance deals

De’Longhi appliance deals

Ninja appliance deals

OXO appliance deals

Instant Pot appliance deals

Typhur appliance deals

Foodsaver appliance deals

Cosori appliance deals

Meater thermometer deals

Fellow coffee accessory deals

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best electric cooktops of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-cooktops/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586336
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

From induction to coil cooktops, modernize your cooking experience by going electric.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best 30-inch Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop
SEE IT

Ideal for large families and folks who love hosting gatherings, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans.
Best splurge Bosch Benchmark® Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop built into a countertop Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop
SEE IT

This WiFi-connected induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if, especially if you’re setting up your ideal smart home.
Best budget black Elite Gourmet Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner over a white background Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner
SEE IT

Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Electric cooktops offer a modern solution to an ancient practice. Many customers, not just those without natural gas hookups, prefer them for their sleek and polished appearance, ease of cleaning, steady heat, energy efficiency, and overall pleasant cooking experience. However, electric cooktops aren’t one size fits all. There are a wide variety of types and styles at varying price points, making selecting them difficult if you’re new to the world of electric stovetops. From induction cooktops to electric coil cooktops, we’ve done the research on the best electric cooktops in 2023 to make the world of alternative cooking methods a little less overwhelming.

How we chose the best electric cooktops

We understand how many options are out there when it comes to the kitchen—whether it’s countertop smart ovens, latte machines, or more serious appliances. We wanted to represent that variety in our selections because we know there is a wide range of needs and, in turn, types of electric cooktops. Our list of best electric cooktops represents those varying needs from portability to size to number of burners. 

We looked at ratings and reviews, looking especially for commentary on durability and quality. The last thing we’d want is for your electric cooktop to be unreliable or malfunction. We paid special attention to heat times and safety features like auto shut-off, manual control knobs, hot surface indicator lights, etc. 

We also looked at value for money. Everybody’s budgets are different, but we can all agree that higher price tags should come with higher quality, features, and reliability. 

The best electric cooktops: Reviews & Recommendations

Unlike traditional gas cooktops, the best electric cooktops remove the need for an open flame by evenly distributing heat using electricity instead of gas, like a hot plate. That doesn’t mean all the options are evenly matched, so we’ve picked the best and presented them here—from renovation-worthy to giftable.

Specs

  • Material: Glass ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: ‎21.38 x 30.63 x 2.63 inches
  • Wattage: 32000 Watts

Pros

  • Five burners at varying sizes
  • Hot surface indicator lights for safety
  • Fits above most wall ovens
  • Quick boiling function
  • Attractive and sleek

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to counter
  • Some had issues with damage during shipping

Ideal for large families, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans. The fifth burner comes in handy for big gatherings or those who cook often.

We love that it heats up quickly, has Express-Select control knobs for quick boiling, and a hot surface indicator light for added safety. You also have to push down to turn the dials, making it even safer to prevent kids and pets from accidentally turning it on.

At 30 inches, this cooktop fits above most wall ovens. It looks sleek, modern, and attractive, suitable for a variety of kitchen styles. Note that it doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to the counter, and many complained of shipping issues and damage during transit. 

Best two burner: Cuisinart Cast-Iron Double Burner 

Cuisinart Cast-Iron Double Burner 

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Product Dimensions: 11.5″D x 19.5″W x 2.5″H
  • Wattage: 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Very portable
  • Durable
  • Great for RVs, parties, road trips, camping, short-term renters, etc
  • Two separate 6-setting adjustable temperature controls
  • Stable with non-slip feet

Cons

  • Temp control; it heats up and cools down much slower than alternative types
  • Not ideal for boiling large amounts of water

At just 10 pounds, this super-portable double burner is the ideal solution for small spaces like RVs, apartments, and dorms. It’s easy to take along with you for road trips, camping, or setting up at a party or backyard barbecue.

With a brushed stainless steel base and durable cast iron plating, it features nonslip feet, adjustable control knobs, and two different burners. The large plate features 1300 watts of power, and the small plate has only 500 watts, making it more ideal for heating up food or lightly sauteing. 

Many reviewers state that you should never try to move this after it’s been running—set it and leave it until it’s fully cooled. One knock against this model is it can be very slow to boil larger pots of water. This is best for cooking food in a pan or boiling smaller amounts, but waiting for it to boil a gallon of water will drive you nuts.

Best scratch-resistant: Viking – Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop

black Viking - Professional 5 Series 36" Electric Cooktop on a gradient background

Viking

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel/Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 6.1” x 21” x 36.7”
  • Wattage: 3200 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Sleek, modern, luxury appearance
  • Glass is scratch-resistant and durable
  • Six burners
  • Bridge element to create one larger cooktop for oversized cookware

Cons

  • Shows fingerprints 
  • 36” is on the larger size for standard oven cooktops

The Viking Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop has an impressive six burners made from high-quality ceramic glass that is scratch-resistant and extremely durable. As a radiant heat cooktop, this cooktop cooks your food faster and more efficiently than alternative cooking methods and is compatible with nearly all cookware.

We love that the cooktop can accommodate a variety of cookware types. It has a triple element and a bridge element to turn two elements into one for a larger cooking surface or to accommodate bulky or oddly shaped cookware. There’s also a 12” warming zone to keep meals warm conveniently. 

There’s a hot surface indicator light for added safety and BlackChrome knobs that are removable for quick, simple cleaning. Note that the glass may be scratch-resistant, but that doesn’t mean you can go hog wild. It also does show fingerprints very easily, so may require more cleaning. At just over 36”, it’s on the larger end of standard oven tops. Be sure to measure your space to ensure a proper fit.

Best four burner: Karinear 4 Burner Electric Cooktop

black Karinear 4 Burner Electric Cooktop on a white background

Karinear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Glass Ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: 23.62 x 19.69 x 1.97 inches
  • Wattage: 1200, 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Affordable, great value for money
  • Several safety features
  • Comes with scraper tool for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Knob order/correspondence seems confusing and non-intuitive for some
  • Pets (cats) can easily step on the on/off switch

This affordable, easy-to-install, hard-wired, four-burner electric cooktop has nine heat level settings that allow you to boil, stew, fry, stir fry, and melt, all with just a button switch. 

It has overheating protection and an automatic safety shut-off function when the internal temperature is too high. There are also manual knobs, so pets or children aren’t as easily able to activate the cooktop. It’s compatible with any pot or cookware. 

If you have trouble cleaning the glass, use the cooking tool provided with the cooktop. The heat indicator lights are very sensitive, which we think is ultimately a positive for added safety, but can be annoying for some users. Also, many customers found that the knobs were not intuitive and could be confusing to use; some had trouble remembering which control was for which ring. You could add a colored mark to correspond to the ring. 

Best splurge: Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop with FlexInduction

Bosch Benchmark® Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop built into a countertop

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: D21.25 in x H4.125 in. x W37 in.
  • Wattage: 12,000 W

Pros

  • SpeedBoost® technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking
  • AutoChef technology automatically regulates cooking temperature
  • FlexInduction technology for cooking flexibility
  • Induction provides precise temperature control
  • 17 power levels

Cons

  • The app doesn’t provide much value
  • Some customers desired individual timers per burner, instead of just one

If you’re going to spend top dollar on high-end electric cooktops, you want all the bells and whistles. This induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if you’re setting up your ideal smart home. 

The WiFi-enabled induction cooktop allows for app-controlled remote monitoring. It features a keep warm function, 17 power levels, five frying levels, and FlexInduction technology for added flexibility by combining two cooking zones into one larger zone. The AutoChef technology automatically regulates the cooking temperature, and the SpeedBoost technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking or to quickly boil water. 

It also has several safety features to keep your little ones and pets safe. Featuring a childproof lock, key lock, pan recognition, and power management function, you’ll have less worry and stress when it comes to accidents, burns, and mishaps. 

Best portable: Nuwave Flex Precision Induction Cooktop

black single Nuwave Flex Precision Induction Cooktop over a gradient background

Nuwave

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 10″D x 12″W x 2″H
  • Wattage: 600, 900, 1300 Watts

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight and compact
  • Three wattage settings
  • Six temp presets
  • Super quick heating

Cons

  • Short power cord can be inconvenient 
  • No on/off switch 
  • Temperature display panel is really more “watts,” which is confusing

This fun-sized induction cooktop is a handy on-the-go stove, perfect for RVs, small spaces, travel, and office use. We love that it comes with three different wattage settings: 600, 900, and 1300 watts. To give you an idea of what that means in practice, boiling water would take about 15 minutes at 600, 8-9 minutes at 900, and 5 minutes at 1300W. 

The level of temperature precision and control is superior to many other models at a price point that doesn’t break the bank. It can heat from 100 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit in 10-degree increments with six preset temperature settings. 

Now for some downsides: there’s no on/off switch, so it’s automatically on when you plug it in. This isn’t great as far as safety and energy efficiency go, especially if you’re the type that forgets to unplug your appliances. It also has a short cord that exits from the right-hand side, so you’re a bit limited on how you use it. 

This isn’t a con, but do note that for an induction cooktop, you’ll need induction-ready cookware. 

Best budget: Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner

black Elite Gourmet Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner over a white background

Elite Gourmet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Aluminum 
  • Product Dimensions: 9″D x 9″W x 3.25″H
  • Wattage: 1000 Watts

Pros

  • Extremely affordable
  • Portable 
  • Compact; great for small spaces and can be stored when not in use
  • Safety features

Cons

  • No auto shut-off
  • Can’t use cookware larger than 9.5” 
  • Not ideal for boiling large pots of water

At less than $25, this single cast iron compact cooking appliance is a total steal. Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Best for sauteing and frying foods (and not so ideal for boiling large pots of water), we recommend this compact cooking solution for dorms, camping trips, and RVs rather than elaborate cooking needs unless you’re cool with waiting 30 minutes for your water to boil.

You must use cookware less than 9.5” in diameter or less than 4 qt. if it’s a pot. Note that the power indicator will turn off when the desired temperature has been reached, so it will re-activate when it needs to raise the temperature as an overheating safety measure. The hot plate itself hasn’t turned off!

Things to consider when buying an electric cooktop

The primary thing that will guide your decision when buying an electric cooktop is space. You’ll obviously need a different cooktop if you’re a van-lifer than if you’re building your dream kitchen. And even beyond that, you’ll need to consider the layout of your space—whether you want a cooktop near the sink, on an island, that can tuck into a cabinet, etc. And the available dimensions will also dictate the number and configuration of burners you end up with—typically two, four, or five—and their size/number of heating elements, which will all impact your creativity and flexibility while cooking.

There is also what’s under the cooking surface that you must consider. Radiant and induction heating elements operate differently and require different cookware. Radiant heat is more traditional in that heat radiants from it and into any cookware, while induction uses electromagnetism, which requires compatible cookware with magnetic discs in the base, allowing the pots and pans to become the heating surface itself and leaving the cooktop’s surface cool to the touch. So, if you like ceramic, glass, copper, and aluminum cookware, go radiant. If you’re worried kids might touch stuff, maybe induction is better.

FAQs

Q: Which material is best for an induction cooktop?

Certain materials are better suited for induction cooktops because they use magnetic force. These materials include cast iron or enameled cast iron and stainless steel cookware with a magnetic base. Not all stainless steel has a magnetic layer, so be sure to read the descriptions to ensure it has one. 

When using cast iron on an induction cooktop, be mindful to handle it carefully as it is heavy and may scratch the stovetop. 

Q: Which cooktop uses less electricity?

While all electric cooktops use less energy, induction cooktops use the least amount of electricity when compared to other forms of cooking styles. Induction cooktops use electromagnetic energy to heat the pans and cookware with minimal heat loss, and faster heating means shorter cooking times, contributing to less energy use.

Q: How long do electric cooktops take to heat up?

The time it takes for electric cooktops to heat depends on the type of cooktop and its specific model, quality, settings, type of cookware used, etc. Generally speaking, though, induction cooktops are known for the most rapid heat times (within seconds), whereas traditional electric coil cooktops take about five minutes to become hot. Radiant electric cooktops are faster than coils but will still take a few minutes longer than induction.

Q: How long do electric cooktops last?

Like any household appliance, the lifespan of your electric cooktop will depend on usage, care, maintenance upkeep, and the quality of the cooktop purchased. Depending on these factors, you can get up to 20 years of usage out of your cooktop if you take good care of it. 

Final thoughts on the best electric cooktops

Electric cooktops are a great choice for those looking to modernize their kitchen experience. Whether you’re sick and tired of cleaning gas stoves, want a more even heat distribution, are looking for better energy efficiency, need a hot plate for on-the-go use, or simply like the appearance of a smooth stovetop with touch controls, there are many reasons you may be drawn to one of these top electric cooktops. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-smart-oven-air-fryer-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589704
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

Save up to 70 percent on high-end cookers from Breville, Whall, and Ninja.

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Whether you’re a certified gourmet or you struggle not to burn your Hot Pockets, a smart oven can seriously upgrade your kitchen situation. Right now, the Breville Smart Ovens are at their cheapest prices of the year. That means you can save money and have this baby all set up before Thanksgiving. Your leftovers will thank you.

Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro $319 (was $449)

Breville smart oven pro with nothing inside on a plain background

Breville

SEE IT

This is our pick for the best smart oven and for good reason. It can air fry, bake, broil, and do pretty much anything else you could want out of a single kitchen appliance. It has plenty of room inside, so you could even cook a small turkey if you wanted. It’s one of the best kitchen appliances we’ve ever tested.

If you don’t need the top-of-the-line Pro model (though we really like it), you can get other Breville Smart Ovens even cheaper.

WHALL Toaster Oven Air Fryer, Max XL Large 30-Quart Smart Oven $139 (was $569)

Whall smart oven with a chicken inside on a plain background

Whall

SEE IT

If you’re looking for a pro-grade smart oven/air fryer, you can’t beat a more than 70 percent discount on this Whall model. It can accommodate up to a seven-pound chicken and it has 11 different cooking modes to choose from. This is a wild deal on a great oven.

More smart oven and air fryer deals from Amazon

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best countertop microwaves in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-countertop-microwaves/ Thu, 16 Mar 2023 21:30:08 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519179
The best countertop microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

These countertop microwaves nuke your favorite Hot Pockets with aplomb.

The post The best countertop microwaves in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best countertop microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Quietest Best countertop microwave toshiba TOSHIBA EM925A5A-SS Countertop Microwave Oven
SEE IT

Get the power you need without the noise that wakes everyone up for your midnight snack.
Best overall Best countertop microwave panasonic Panasonic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

It offers all the essential features and power you want without a lot of clutter.
Best budget Faberware classic microwave oven Farberware Classic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

This simple option leaves lots of money left over for pizza rolls.

Some food snobs may scoff, but countertop microwaves can make your culinary life simpler and more efficient. They reduce heat times, require less dishes, and revive leftovers in just a few minutes. The most innovative microwave ovens can even provide more convenience, with automatic programmed modes for commonly microwavable items such as “popcorn,” “defrost chicken,” or “reheat leftovers.” We appreciate a smart appliance that does even more of the work for us. 

In order to choose the best countertop microwave, we scoured the internet for customer favorites and best microwave brands that consistently make quality products. Here are five of the best countertop microwaves for you and your crew to enjoy.

How we picked the best countertop microwaves

In order to provide a reliable list of the best microwave brands and microwave ovens that satisfy your needs, we paid special attention to reviews. We wanted to ensure that customers were having consistent positive experiences such as even cooking, less splatter, auto-timed buttons, and other special features.

We made sure to pay attention to reliability, ease of use, and quality that lasts a decade. We also considered the types of microwaves you may be looking for, so you had a range of options. Some users may need mini microwaves, while others are looking for stylish, stainless steel countertop microwaves that look cool on the counter.

We also wanted to offer a range of price points, from around $100 budget buyers to $300+ luxe models. All of the microwaves come with standard features and good brand recognition. 

The best countertop microwaves: Reviews & Recommendations

Microwaves make life easier, provided you pick the right model for the needs of you and your household. Here are our favorite options of what’s available on the market today:

Best overall:  Panasonic Microwave Oven

Best countertop microwave panasonic

Panasonic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: When it comes to large microwave ovens, we love the Panasonic because it’s one of the most reputable microwave brands. It features a spacious 2.2-cubic-foot capacity, and Patented Inverter Technology for optimal power without wasting electricity.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎2.2 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: ‎37 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 19.4 x 23.9 x 14 inches

Pros

  • Extra spacious
  • Excellent brand recognition
  • Over 7,300 positive Amazon reviews
  • Patented Inverter Technology
  • Super even cooking

Cons

  • Pricey
  • “Heating by sensors” slightly confusing process for some
  • Heavy

Tired of trying to jam your large plates into a tiny microwave? Clocking in at 19.4 x 23.9 x 14 inches, this extra-spacious countertop microwave is a great choice for feeding large families or big households. One reviewer even noted they could fit a 5 kilogram turkey.

This 1250-watt, 2.2-cubic-foot capacity stainless steel countertop microwave features a 16.5-inch turntable and patented Inverter Technology that promises more consistent power and even cooking. No more frozen centers with extra hot edges.

For added convenience, it also features a Genius Sensor cooking button that creates a one-touch, finely tuned, real-time calibration for proper cooking. There’s also 14 auto-cook options to make your cooking times even quicker. Note that some found the learning curve on this microwave to be a bit challenging, and that you’ll actually need to thoroughly read the manual to fully understand how to work it.

Best budget: Farberware Classic Microwave Oven

Why it made the cut: For less than $100, you can get a high quality budget-countertop microwave that’s compact, space-saving, and gets the job done.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.7 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: ‎22.5 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 17.3 x 12.99 x 10.14 inches

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Space-saving and compact design
  • Lightweight 
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Somewhat loud
  • 700W may not be powerful enough; more cooking time may be needed

This 700-watt stainless steel microwave oven is a great budget option for smaller kitchens, office spaces, or anyone looking to save a few bucks. It features six one-touch cooking options, 10 power levels up to 700 watts, a large digital screen, and even a memory function to save previous cook times for your most common microwavable meals. 

Note that 700W may not be powerful for some recommended cooking times. This is usually remedied by adding more cooking time to dishes. One reviewer noted that there’s some moisture build up after each use, but they leave the door open for a minute or so to counteract that. For the price, it does a solid job and won’t take up a lot of space so it’s useful for an apartment or a college dorm.

Quietest: TOSHIBA EM925A5A-SS Countertop Microwave Oven

Best countertop microwave toshiba

Toshiba

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet countertop microwave offers a mute button to prevent the “finished” alert sound from beeping.

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.9 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: 27.3 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 16.1 x 19.1 x 11.5 inches

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Space-saving and compact design
  • Mute button
  • Over 13,000 positive Amazon reviews
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Closing door is still loud

If you’ve got a newborn, roommates, or simply hate the obnoxious sound of a microwave “all done!” alert, you’ll love that this quiet microwave oven comes with a mute button. Simply hold down on the number eight for three or so seconds to shut off the sound.

This 900W microwave features a stylish stainless steel finish, easy defrosting by weight/time, six auto menus, 10 power levels, express cook buttons for 1-6 minutes, as well as memory function and an energy saving ECO mode.  

It’s one of the best compact microwaves, budget-friendly, and features a bright LED digital display for easy handling. With over 13,000 Amazon reviews, this model can be trusted to deliver on a pain-free experience. Do note that some reviewers say shutting the microwave can still be loud, even with extra care. 

Best small: BLACK+DECKER EM720CB7 Digital Microwave Oven

Best countertop microwave Black+Decker

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For tight spaces, apartment dwellers, offices, and other compact needs, this mini microwave is super affordable and comes with all the necessary features. 

Specs

  • Capacity: ‎0.7 cubic feet
  • Item Weight: 22.5 pounds
  • Product Dimensions: 13 x 17.3 x 10.2 inches

Pros

  • Compact, Small microwave
  • Child lock feature
  • 10 power levels
  • Super affordable

Cons

  • May be too small for some dishes
  • Buttons could be more sensitive

The Black + Decker 0.7 Cubic Foot 700 Watt Stainless Steel Microwave is tiny and affordable, without sacrificing all the features and perks you’d look for. It has 10 power levels, a removable glass turntable, and a spacious interior that’ll fit your dinners with ease without overpowering your kitchen counter.

This portable microwave model comes with Sensor technology for consistent heating results, six pre-programmed buttons, and a large LED digital display. At ‎13 x 17.3 x 10.2 inches, you can easily slide this into any kitchen or room corner.

The small microwave for countertop also has a safety lock feature to ensure your children’s safety. Some downsides are the buttons may not be sensitive enough for certain users, and a tiny microwave might not fit all your larger dinner-sized dishes. However, it’s simple, practical, and a great price point for what you get.

Best stainless steel: Sharp R-21LCFS Medium-Duty Commercial Microwave Oven

Best countertop microwave sharp

Sharp

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you love the look and functionality of a stainless steel model, this Sharp microwave is super stylish, spacious, and reliable with a retro feel.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1 cubic foot
  • Item Weight: 37 pounds 
  • Product Dimensions: 21 x 16 x 12 inches

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Cool retro feel
  • Spacious interior
  • Powerful yet gentle cooking
  • Even cooking

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Auto restart if you open the door

This spacious stainless steel countertop microwave gives a retro feel with modern technology. It features a classic dial timer that can be set up to six minutes, and features a 1.0-cubic-foot capacity that can fit a 13-1/2′-inch platter. It’s more expensive than other models, but can feed the whole family with that roomy interior and looks great on your counter.

Stainless steel exterior wrap and interior makes it easier to clean. Reviewers rave that the cooking is very even, without much splattering.

Some reviewers noted they were surprised that there’s no outright “defrost” mode or way to reduce the intensity of power, but the heating is gentler anyway. They love the simplicity of the controls, but don’t like that the time automatically resets if you open the door before time runs out. Sharp says they do this to save energy, but it annoys some users.

Things to consider before buying the best countertop microwaves

When shopping for the best countertop microwaves, you’ll want to consider a few key factors.

Brand and reputation

First, look into shopping with the best microwave brands that have a consistent reputation for building quality products that last. There’s nothing more frustrating than spending $100+ on something that breaks after two weeks. This is likely one of those situations where you’ll want to stick with a brand you’re familiar with so they can offer a useful, honest warranty if things go badly.

Space

Assess your living space in order to hone in on the type of model you’ll need. For example, if you have a small apartment without much countertop space, an extra large model probably won’t be suitable for you. Look for terms like “compact microwaves,” “mini microwaves,” or “portable microwaves,” in the description. Always look at production dimensions! It’s absolutely worth it to measure the space you expect it to sit so you can get an idea of how much room it really eats on your counter.

Smart features and program modes

There’s also smart models for people who value tech-forward models. Safety features are also important if you have little ones – so be sure to look out for child lock safety modes. Most microwaves will come with standard features like auto-timed buttons or correlated times with names of popular foods like “defrost chicken” or “popcorn.”

If you find that microwaves haven’t been powerful enough for you in the past, or you tend to cook items that are more involved than just a simple Chinese takeout reheat, pay attention to the Wattage for more power. The options on this list vary between roughly 700 watts at max power, up over 1,250 watts.

FAQs

Q: Do countertop microwaves need to be vented?

Yes! Because there’s metal inside a microwave, this metal can quickly become so hot that it either melts the microwave parts, fuses together, or causes burns when you touch the inside. You need to have a properly vented microwave in order to prevent excess heat from transferring to your kitchen or ruining the microwave model. 

Q: Can I put my countertop microwave in a cabinet?

Yes, as long as the necessary precautions are taken. These include: ensuring proper ventilation, ability to hold the weight of a microwave without buckling, and wire management. Most cabinets don’t have holes for passing cables through to a power bank, so you may need to drill one.

Q: How long do countertop microwaves last?

Most microwaves last around 10 years with proper care. But, that can vary quite a bit. It depends on the manufacturer, your usage, and your willingness to do the necessary cleaning and maintenance to keep it in good shape.

Final thoughts on the best countertop microwaves

Finding the right microwave for you depends on how you plan on using your microwave, your space requirements, budget, and style. Whether you need a quiet microwave, a portable microwave, or an extra large microwave to feed the whole family, these five microwave ovens are your best bet to choose from.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best countertop microwaves in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-whole-house-humidifiers/ Thu, 09 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586272
A bunch of white whole-house humidifiers sliced up and placed next to each other on an equally white background
Tony Ware

Install a whole-house humidifier to get rid of arid conditions inside the home.

The post The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A bunch of white whole-house humidifiers sliced up and placed next to each other on an equally white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall AprilAire 500 Whole House Humidifier over a white background with a gradient AprilAire 500 Whole-House Humidifier
SEE IT

This whole-house humidifier boasts two built-in monitoring sensors to respond to both outdoor temperature and indoor relative humidity.
Best value white AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier on a white gradient background AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier
SEE IT

Treat low humidity with this affordable console whole-house humidifier, which can operate for up to 70 hours with a six-gallon water capacity.
Best portable white Vornado Evap40 Humidifier over a white background with a gradient Vornado Evap40 Humidifier
SEE IT

The two removable water storage tanks are designed to be spill-proof and leak-free, making it easy to refill and clean the humidifier.

Low humidity may not seem bad—given that high humidity inside can damage wallpaper, painted surfaces, and even tiling throughout your home—so you might not have given whole-house humidifiers much thought. However, low humidity can cause just as many unpleasant effects, including dry skin, dry eyes, itchy throat, nosebleeds, dehydration, and cold symptoms. It can also exasperate allergies and respiratory problems, like asthma. With this in mind, if the home is prone to low humidity during the peak of summer or winter, installing a whole-house humidifier is a good idea. A whole-house humidifier is an appliance that is designed to add moisture to the air. These devices typically have a built-in fan or connect to the home HVAC system to pump moisture-heavy air into the home. Learn more about these appliances with this informative guide to find the best whole-house humidifiers for your home. 

How we chose the best whole-house humidifiers

Before choosing the top whole-house humidifiers for this list, it was necessary to put together a broad pool of options. This wide range of products was narrowed down through extensive research to select the best options. We treat getting the moisture into your air just as seriously as we do taking it out of your basement. The most important factors when deciding on the best appliances for this list include the unit’s capacity, the intended coverage area, the type of humidifier, and the maximum runtime.

Capacity refers to the amount of water the unit can hold in the water storage tank, though it can also mean the maximum water use over 24 hours for HVAC-compatible models. A higher capacity typically indicates a higher runtime and a broader coverage area. However, the runtime of each humidifier can be affected by the size of the home, so it was important to have models suitable for both small and large homes. With this in mind, the list of the best whole-house humidifiers includes several top options ranging in runtime, capacity, and coverage area.

The best whole-house humidifiers: Reviews & Recommendations 

This list was compiled after researching a wide pool of potential products and comparing important product factors, including humidifier type, coverage area, tank capacity, and runtime. Consider the top options on this list to find the best whole-house humidifiers to treat dry air at home and its effects on your body. 

Best overall: AprilAire 500 Whole-House Humidifier

AprilAire 500 Whole House Humidifier over a white background with a gradient

AprilAire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Connect this whole-home humidifier to the HVAC system for optimum humidity throughout the home.

Specs

  • Type: HVAC Compatible
  • Coverage Area: 3,600 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 12 gallons per day
  • Runtime: Continuous

Pros

  • Easy-to-read control panel
  • Dual monitoring sensors
  • High daily output capacity
  • Compact design

Cons

  • Unit is not portable and may require professional installation

When the house is prone to low humidity, a whole-house humidifier, like this product by AprilAire, is a great solution to the problem. The humidifier is relatively compact and compatible with home HVAC systems, so it can be installed without taking up too much space or sticking out. The main body of the humidifier has a slim, square profile with an off-white color that blends in with other common household appliances.

This unit comes with an easy-to-use electronic control that allows the users to set the desired indoor humidity level, control the fan, and check the settings on the bold digital screen. Some DIYers may have the experience and knowledge necessary to install this whole-home humidifier, though the manufacturer recommends professional installation to ensure that there are no problems.

Additionally, the whole-home humidifier is suitable for spaces of up to 3,600 square feet and can use up to 12 gallons of water per day. The unit continues to run as long as the ambient humidity in the home is still below the set level. This appliance also has dual built-in monitoring sensors that allow it to monitor and respond to both outdoor temperatures and indoor relative humidity. However, this whole-home humidifier is not a good choice for anyone looking for a portable unit.  

Best value: AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier

white AIRCARE Space Saver Evaporative Humidifier on a white gradient background

AIRCARE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Increase the humidity in the home with this evaporative humidifier suitable for spaces up to 2,700 square feet.

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 2,700 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 6 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 70 hours

Pros

  • Digital controls and refill indicators
  • Up to 70 hours of run time on six gallons of water
  • Portable design can be moved around the home
  • Three fan speeds and customizable humidity settings

Cons

  • Not intended for large homes

Humidity issues can occur in any room of the house, so it’s important to select a whole-house humidifier suited for the home’s size. HVAC-compatible models connect to the HVAC system and use the existing ductwork to distribute moisture-heavy air throughout the home. This console whole-home humidifier can’t connect to the ductwork, but it can be moved to different locations around the home where it’s needed most.

The humidifier has easy-to-use digital controls and features a refill indicator so that homeowners know when to top up the water tank. The humidifier can operate for up to 70 hours with a full six-gallon water tank. Users can set the desired humidity level and adjust the fan speed between low, medium, and high for optimal output. However, this evaporative humidifier is not recommended for larger homes that exceed the 2,700-square-foot coverage area. 

Best portable: Vornado Evap40 Humidifier

white Vornado Evap40 Humidifier over a white background with a gradient

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take advantage of the portable design to set up the Vornado whole-house humidifier in any room of the home. 

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 1,000 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 4 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 24 hours

Pros

  • Simple dial controls for humidity and fan speed
  • Three fan speeds from 750 to 1,600 RPM
  • Short, broad body can’t be easily knocked over
  • Two water storage tanks

Cons

  • Low water storage capacity

One of the main problems with tall, narrow console humidifiers is that they can be knocked over relatively easily. When this occurs, the water in the storage tank can spill out onto the floor, creating a big mess to clean up. This Vornado Evap40 Humidifier doesn’t have this problem due to the short, broad body that sits low on the floor. It also features two water storage tanks, which are mounted on either side of the appliance to balance the design.

The console whole-house humidifier is suitable for apartments and condos that measure about 1,000 square feet. It can be set up and controlled with the simple dials on the front of the unit. One dial controls the fan speed setting, which ranges from 750 RPM to 1,600 RPM, while the other dial controls the humidity setting. Just keep in mind that the four-gallon storage capacity may be too small for use in larger areas. 

Best for large homes: AprilAire 700 Whole-House Humidifier

white AprilAire 700 Whole House Humidifier on a white background with a gradient

AprilAire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Install this HVAC-compatible whole-house humidifier for larger homes, with continuous runtime and a capacity of up to 18 gallons of water per day.

Specs

  • Type: HVAC Compatible
  • Coverage Area: 5,300 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 18 gallons per day
  • Runtime: Continuous

Pros

  • Compact size doesn’t take up a lot of space
  • Broad coverage area is ideal for larger homes
  • Dual sensors monitor outdoor temperature and ambient humidity
  • Built-in fan increases airflow through the humidifier

Cons

  • Requires professional installation
  • High cost

A problem with purchasing whole-house humidifiers for larger homes is that many models do not have the required output capacity or coverage area to improve the humidity levels throughout the entire home effectively. However, this HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifier by AprilAire has a wide coverage area of up to 5,300 square feet. This appliance can also use up to 18 gallons of water per day to increase the relative humidity in the house.

Since this appliance connects directly to the HVAC system, it can keep running continuously without worrying about refilling a storage tank. This model has dual monitoring sensors that are used to keep track of the outdoor temperature, as well as the relative humidity in the home. Additionally, the humidifier has a built-in fan that pulls heated air from the furnace through the humidifier to improve the airflow. Though, it’s necessary to note that this unit will require professional installation, which can increase the already high cost of this product. 

Best for small homes: LACIDOLL Whole House Humidifier

white LACIDOLL Whole House Humidifier on a white background

LACIDOLL

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Set up this console whole-house humidifier in a central location and use the dual 360-degree nozzles to distribute a fine mist throughout the air.

Specs

  • Type: Console
  • Coverage Area: 2,000 Sq. Ft.
  • Tank Capacity: 5.5 gallons
  • Runtime: Up to 48 hours

Pros

  • Wheeled for easy mobility
  • Dual 360-degree output nozzles
  • Adjustable mist settings and remote control functionality
  • Top fill design and removable water storage tank

Cons

  • Not intended for home larger than 2,000 square feet

Small homes don’t require oversized humidifiers to eliminate arid conditions within the home. Instead, this console whole-house humidifier is an ideal option for homes up to 2,000 square feet in size. The humidifier has a 5.5-gallon water storage tank that can be removed for easy cleaning. However, the tank does not need to be taken out to fill the humidifier. Just pour the water into the appliance using the top fill function.

Users can set the mist diffusion level and adjust the fan speed with the touch panel on the front of the humidifier or with the included remote control. This appliance comes with wheels to improve the portability of the unit and also includes dual 360-degree misting nozzles that can be adjusted for the ideal output. The humidifier can run for up to 48 hours on a full water tank, though this model is not designed for larger homes. 

Things to consider when buying a whole-house humidifier

Before investing in a whole-house humidifier to balance the humidity levels throughout the home, it’s a good idea to research these products to learn more about the factors that can affect the appliance’s operation. Consider the type, runtime, coverage area, and capacity when shopping for the best whole-house humidifiers for your home.  

Type

Whole-house humidifiers typically fall into one of two distinct types, including models that are compatible with existing HVAC systems and freestanding console humidifiers.

  • HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifiers are designed to connect to the existing HVAC system for continuous use and unlimited runtime. This type of humidifier can include a small device that adds steam to the HVAC system to moisten dry, warm air. However, it’s important to note that these appliances still have a maximum capacity that measures the amount of water they can use in a 24-hour period. The coverage area also limits HVAC-compatible models, so make sure to invest in a unit that is suitable for the size of the home. 
  • Console whole-home humidifiers can be moved around the home to better distribute the moisture into the areas that are most in need. These appliances have a drawer or similar compartment to store the water that the humidifier will need throughout the day. Runtime for these humidifiers depends on the capacity of the tank and the intended coverage area. 

Runtime

Another factor to consider when investing in a new whole-house humidifier is the device’s runtime. Whole-home humidifiers that are compatible with the HVAC system don’t generally have a limited runtime, so they can run continuously as needed. However, console whole-home humidifiers typically have a runtime that is limited by the amount of water in the unit.

Additionally, the runtime can be affected by the size of the area and how effectively the home is sealed. If you are trying to use a humidifier with a small 1,000 square foot coverage to increase the humidity in a home that is three times the size, then the unit will run dry much faster than if it was used in an appropriate space. Similarly, if there are gaps and cracks around the home’s exterior that allow dry air to seep in from outside, then the humidifier will need to work harder to keep up with demand, leading to a shorter runtime. 

Coverage area

The coverage area of the whole-house humidifier refers to the maximum space that the appliance is designed to humidify. This doesn’t mean that the humidifier cannot be used in a larger or smaller home than the coverage area, but the runtime and efficiency of the unit may be affected by this decision. For instance, using a humidifier with a coverage area of 1,200 square feet for a space of 2,400 square feet can help increase the humidity, but the humidifier will run dry faster than expected as the appliance works to keep up with demand.

Units that are too large for the space will simply shut off when the air reaches the intended humidity level, though these appliances can take up more room than necessary for the smaller area. Consider the size of the home and look for a whole-home humidifier with a similar coverage area. 

Capacity

Whole-house humidifiers that attach directly to the HVAC system can function continuously, so users don’t need to worry about runtime or refilling a water storage tank. However, these appliances still have a maximum amount of water they can use over 24 hours.

Console whole-home humidifiers have a built-in tank to store the water that will be used to increase the humidity in the home. The capacity of the unit is equal to the size of the water storage tank. Some units may have more than one storage tank or a method to fill the appliance while it is in use. These features are ideal for extending the runtime of the humidifier and making up for smaller storage tank capacity.

FAQs 

Q: How long does it take to install a whole-house humidifier?

A professional or an experienced DIYer could install an HVAC-compatible whole-home humidifier in about two hours. Installing a console whole-home humidifier takes just a few minutes to position it, plug it in, and fill the water storage tank.

Q: Where is the best place to put a whole-house humidifier?

The best location to set up a whole-home humidifier is in the most central room of the home, which is usually a living room or dining room area. In the middle of the home, the humidifier’s output can evenly affect the greatest area.

Q: Does a whole-house humidifier use a lot of water?

The amount of water that a whole-home humidifier uses depends on the model. Some small units may only use one or two gallons of water to humidify a small condo or apartment. Larger units may use over 12 gallons a day to increase the humidity to the intended level. 

Final thoughts on the best whole-house humidifiers 

Low humidity conditions can have a substantial impact on personal health and the health of anyone living in the home. Extended periods of low humidity can exacerbate existing allergies and respiratory conditions, like asthma, so it’s important to take action to address low humidity problems in the home. Dry air is common during the peak of the summer and the middle of the winter.

Prepare for low humidity by investing in a whole-house humidifier for the house. An HVAC-compatible model is the best choice for even distribution and coverage in larger homes, while a console whole-house humidifier is ideal for small to medium homes. Console humidifiers are also a good option if you want to move the unit around the home because they are typically designed for portability. Consider the needs of the household to find the best whole-house humidifiers to treat low humidity conditions.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best whole-house humidifiers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best garage heaters in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-garage-heaters/ Wed, 08 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586294
Best garage heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

Because your hands should be warm and pliable when you’re tooling in the garage.

The post The best garage heaters in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best garage heaters sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall smart Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition over a white background Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition
SEE IT

The perfect heater for a quick jump into the car.
Best value black Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater over a white background with gradient Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater
SEE IT

A simple heater that doesn’t skimp on safety features.
Best propane white Mr. Heater F299730 floor heater over a white background Mr. Heater F299730
SEE IT

Gives off pleasing, blue flame heat and is suitable for indoor use.

Whether it’s to avoid pre-commute morning chills or help you get through that weekend project, garage heaters are there to keep you warm. But there’s a lot to look into, including safety concerns (noxious fumes) and the scary possibility of accidentally winding up with one of those 240V plug-ins and nowhere to plug it. To get you on the right track, and with an appliance that suits your needs, we’ve compiled a list of the best garage heaters, with every angle and style covered.

How we chose the best garage heaters

It shouldn’t surprise you, but the two primary factors that go into any selection for an entry onto the best garage heaters list are heating quality and safety features. Without these two factors, an item cannot be considered for the list. The next things we considered are the types of customers that need garage heaters and the types of garages those customers have. For example, if you’re the standard garage user who just wants to hop into a car without freezing, you should probably just go with the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition. But, if you’re a tinkerer, there are many more things to consider. But no matter what your situation, it is our firm belief that we’ve probably found something of quality for this list that will suit your needs.

The best garage heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

As we’ve organized the following list, we’ve organized it to be human-based first garage-based next to the best of our ability. What does this mean? Human situations, such as wanting overhead heating, come before garage considerations whenever possible. In other words, as you’re browsing this list, consider your personal situation first, as the best garage heaters are those that solve your problems.

Best overall: Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition

smart Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition over a white background

Heat Storm

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Provides the best heat for average families looking to pop into the car.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 4 x 19 x 16 inches
  • Placement: Wall mounted
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Fast, concentrated heat when and where it matters
  • Simple installation
  • Robust safety features
  • Easy to control remotely

Cons

  • Best for quick trips to the car

Generally speaking, there are two types of garage heater customers: those who want to heat up their garage to stay in it and work and those who want to hop in the car in comfort. The vast majority of people will be in the latter group, and this is the heater for them.

The Heat Storm Phoenix weighs a mere nine pounds and connects with your standard American 110/120-volt outlet. This simple setup and outlet connection easily makes it one of the best electric garage heaters. It provides radiant heat, which emanates from the heater, and can be wall-mounted next to your garage entryway. This, in combination with its WiFi-enabled remote controls, means you’ll be able to reach your car in comfort and then switch the heating element off after you drive away.

It’s also worth pointing out that radiant heat works relatively quickly, unlike convection heating, as it sends out rays of heat. In the same way, it can be highly energy efficient if used in the right manner. You aren’t spending power heating up the far corners of your garage, after all.

Finally, it is worth pointing out how much emphasis is put into the safety blocks of this machine. It has a child lock, tip-over protection, an air filter, and overheating shut-off, so even if you forget to turn it off after leaving the garage, you can have peace of mind about the safety of your garage.

Best year-round: Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07

silver Dyson Pure Hot + Cool HP07 over a white background

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This heater provides heat in the winter, cooling in the summer, and air purification all year long.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 9.76 x 8.07 x 30.08 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Convection

Pros

  • Provides heating and cooling
  • Uses HEPA filter for cleaner air
  • Very safe, no blades
  • Controlled via Alexa

Cons

  • Somewhat loud

Dyson’s Pure Hot + Cool HP07 is a multi-functional tool that won’t get in the way once winter turns to spring. This is because, at its heart, the HP07 is a tool meant for making your air livable, no matter the season on air temps. In winter, it warms as a 1500-watt heater, and in summer, it cools. In spring and fall, you can keep running it; its air filtration system still sorts out dust and allergens as small as 0.3 microns in diameter

There’s a lot to like about the design of the HP07 as well. In the same vein as many of the best air purifiers, it has a dual-filtration design. Carbon filters sort through organic matter, while HEPA filtration gets the fine particles. Plus, it uses a bladeless fan, making it super safe for curious fingers as well. Finally, the whole thing is controllable via Alexa, making for easy, hands-free temperature adjustments. We consider this heater to be one of the best space heaters.

Best smart: GoveeLife Smart Electric Heater

Black GoveeLife Smart Electric Heater over a white background

GoveeLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This programmable ceramic heater provides heat on your schedule.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 7.87 x 7.87 x 25.59 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Ceramic convection

Pros

  • Contains 24-hour timer
  • Smart voice controls for Google, Alexa, and IFTTT
  • Easy to use
  • Tip over and overheat protection

Cons

  • Internal thermostat not perfect

If you’re the type that looks forward to getting into your garage after a long day of work, the thought of wasting time waiting for the temp to rise can be painful. That’s why we like the GoveeLife, which can be controlled via smart-home devices/assistants and has a 24-hour timer for heating that works around your schedule.

The control system for this heater is highly reviewed for its ease of use. Once you’ve connected the heater to your WiFi and the GoveeLife app or your smart system, things go pretty smoothly. It’s also only ~8 pounds, so positioning it where you want won’t be difficult. And if that weight scares you due to the possibility of pets or curious children knocking it over, do be aware that it has tip-over protection alongside the usual overheating protection.

Best personal: Mr. Heater F215100 “Little Buddy”

black and red Mr. Heater F215100 “Little Buddy” over a white background

Mr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This works perfectly for a single person needing heat by their side at all times.

Specs

  • Power source: Propane
  • Size: 11 x 11 x 11 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Radiant

Pros

  • Hot local heat
  • Tip over protection and low-oxygen shutoff
  • Uses convenient, disposable propane cylinders
  • Nearly silent

Cons

  • Needs (small) ventilation area

It’s easy to get too fancy with your garage heating, warming up the whole place, when a little buddy could do the trick. For occasional garage use where you just need a warm boost, Mr. Heater’s “Little Buddy” is there for you. With a single one-pound, easy-to-install canister of propane, it produces over five hours of warm heat in a small area surrounding it. The Little Buddy runs quietly.

Despite its small size and an allowance for indoor usage, the Mr. Heater Little Buddy does require a small amount of ventilation. If there are any issues, a low-oxygen shutoff will turn off the Little Buddy immediately, and it has tip-over protection in case you knock it over.

Best overhead: Comfort Zone CZQTV5M

black Comfort Zone CZQTV5M heater over a white background

Comfort Zone

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Pushing out radiant heat and functioning as a light source, this heater will help you get work done.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 5.25 x 26.5 x 14.3 inches
  • Placement: Overhead, ceiling mount
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Dual heat and lighting action
  • Safety grill for active workspaces
  • Adjusts to 90-degrees
  • Overheat detection

Cons

  • Limited control options

Typically, the rule of hot air rising prevails, eliminating the ability to have effective overhead heating options. However, as one of the best infrared heaters, which push out heat in a ray-like manner), this product allows you to circumvent this seeming law. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M’s combination of radiant heater and overhead lamp works wonderfully in this regard; if its light can reach you, so can its heat. This fantastic combination makes it one of the best garage heaters for those doing work on top of a table or workstation, especially at night.

The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M features a solid metallic frame with a sturdy mounting bracket to be affixed above the workstation in your garage or in a central location that works for you. Below the mounting area, a 90-degree angle of rotation will allow you to pivot that vital light and heater combo. A protective keeps stray two-by-fours from smashing up anything important. The Comfort Zone CZQTV5M has two heat settings, 750W and 1500W, though we wish there were a few more as you might want to dim the heat more as you build up inner heat from working.

Best propane: Mr. Heater F299730 

white Mr. Heater F299730 floor heater over a white background

Mr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Provides the flame-based heat propane lovers crave.

Specs

  • Power source: Propane
  • Size: 28 x 10 x 26 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding or wall-mounted
  • Heating style: Blue flame convection

Pros

  • Provides blue flame heat you can see
  • CSA-certified for safety plus low-oxygen shut-off
  • Includes thermostat and mounting gear
  • No batteries or electricity required

Cons

  • Propane can be tricky to use

The Mr. Heater propane heater provides the reliable flame-based heat that we often think of when “heater” pops into our minds. That’s because it is powered by propane, not electricity. This means that you’ll be required to connect it to a propane source, such as a tank, and keep that source filled, but also means that you’ll have a source of heat that can get you through winter power outages. (And keep enough tanks in the storage shed, and you can run those grills and fire pits, as well.)

Those worried about safety issues from gas will be happy to know that Mr. Heater uses a low-oxygen detector, which shuts the gas off on the off chance that dangerous conditions are detected. It is also made to be indoor safe, is CSA-certified, and does not require venting.

Best 240V electric: Dr. Heater DR966

white Dr. Heater DR966 garage heater over a white background

Dr. Heater

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable heater is perfect for your 240V hookup.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (6000W)
  • Size: 14.5 x 13 x 14.5 inches
  • Placement: Wall mounted
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Intense heat
  • UL-certified safety
  • Works well with large, uninsulated garages

Cons

  • Requires 240V plug

Americans run on 110/120V appliances. That’s how our electricity grid delivers power. Unfortunately, many of the best garage heaters (at least in terms of power) take a 240V approach. If you don’t already have 240V capabilities installed in your garage, it can be a hassle, but if you do, consider the Dr. Heater DR966.

It pumps out heat at 6,000 watts (or 3,000 for a lower heat setting), which is about four times the rate that typical 120V heaters do. The point-and-shoot infrared style makes it the best for longer garages with “leaky,” uninsulated walls.

Best for open garage: Briza Infrared Patio Heater 

black Briza Infrared Patio Heater garage heater over a white background

Briza

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Tripod-standing heat that extends the warmth of your garage.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 35.5 x 4 x 4 inches (element)
  • Placement: Freestanding (on tripod)
  • Heating style: Infrared

Pros

  • Functions safely outside of garage
  • Wide heating element
  • Included tripod
  • Automatic shut-off safety

Cons

  • Limited range for heating

Many of us like to keep the garage door open, extending our working area out into the driveway. This is especially critical if we’re sawing due to the dust, or need the open air to prevent getting knocked out by toxic fumes. The Briza, which works indoors and out, can safely extend the warmth of your garage into the area outside of it. With an IP55 rating, it is quite safe even under a drizzle, and you can be sure it won’t be taken out by a plume of sawdust.

Lengthwise, the Briza is nearly a yard long, giving you a healthy amount of steps outside of your garage while still aligning next to it. The infrared heating element only warms for about 6 feet, however. This makes the strategic play to put the Briza in parallel with your driveway, maximizing your garage “extension.” When not in use as one of the best garage heaters, the Briza also turns out to be one of the best patio heaters.

Best budget: Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater

black Amazon Basics Oscillating Ceramic Heater over a white background with gradient

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is the best freestanding heater under $50.

Specs

  • Power source: Electric (1500W)
  • Size: 7.52 x 6.34 x 10.04 inches
  • Placement: Freestanding
  • Heating style: Ceramic convection

Pros

  • Highly affordable
  • ETL-list and TUV-certified
  • Tip-over protection and overheating shut-off
  • Even heating throughout garage

Cons

  • Lacks advanced features
  • Not for high-humidity areas

The Amazon Basics ceramic heater is a very basic style of heater that is simple to use. Just plug it in and turn it on to start pumping out warm air. This version, which oscillates, helps disperse the warmth evenly throughout your garage. If you want the heat closer to you, moving the Amazon Basics ceramic heater about your garage is easy, even if you’re carrying other things due to its carrying handle.

Admittedly, the biggest draw of this heater is that it has a low price. Even before sales and discounts, you can get three of these for about $100. What really counts is that it doesn’t skimp on having a quality fan, a reasonably long power cord, or safety certifications and features. However, it should be noted that Amazon warns against usage in “high humidity rooms,” which, if you live in certain regions, could include your garage. Otherwise, this is the best garage heater for those on a strict budget.

What to consider before buying garage heaters

While you may have a solid grasp of what you want in your garage, it is quite possible there are some lingering questions about what makes the best garage heaters worth it for your setup and lifestyle. Plus, safety is incredibly important for heaters, so you’ll want to understand these features fully.

Usage style

The most important thing to consider when buying a garage heater, or anything for that matter, is how you will use it. This consideration weighed heavily on our minds when choosing the reward categories above, and it should for you, as well, as you peruse garage heaters.

What follows is a listing of common customer self-descriptions, alongside the considerations and recommendations we make for those customers:

I hate being chilled before getting in my car in the morning. If you’ve just stepped out of the shower, have wet hair, and need to go to work, the walk from your warm home to your car is highly unpleasant. Your garage heater should be located next to your garage entrance, possibly wall-mounted. Radiant, infrared heat works well in this case, as the heat stays “local” better than other heaters, but many heating styles will work. Remote turn-on and turn-off are essential for your needs. We consider this to be one of the most common types of garage heater consumers, which is a large reason why the Heat Storm Phoenix Wi-Fi Edition is our overall best garage heater.

I want to use my garage. You have a lot more options. Spend more time considering ideal placement as well as your favorite type of heating when choosing your garage heater. If you already have a 240V connection, use it. In general, though, convection heaters are the best garage heaters for people who spend larger amounts of time in them.

I want to tinker in my garage. The ideal heater for the tinkerer will either be an overhead infrared heater that can warm the hands directly or a nearby convection heater. Infrared choices will work particularly well if you work in one place and mainly have trouble with exposed areas of the body, such as the hands, getting cold. They’re also the heater of choice for drafty, open garages. A convection heater will work fine, too, and provide better full-body heating in enclosed garages.

Compatibility

It may seem strange to consider compatibility when talking about heating, but the fact is that not every heater will suit your garage. High-powered 240V heaters may not work for you if you’re an American and don’t have suitable adaptations in place. The result could be anything from an underpowered heater to damage to your machinery.

Similarly, if you aren’t already comfortable with propane usage, connecting tubes and tanks may be a challenge. Those systems may be incompatible with you.

Safety

Heat, fires, and gasses are all deadly. Understanding what safety mechanisms and regulations are in play, as well as a bit of chemistry, is vital for picking out the best garage heaters.

By and large, the two most common types of safety features for heaters are tip-over protection and overheating shut-off. The first turns the heater off when it is knocked over to prevent rugs, carpets, or other flammable objects from getting too much heat from being knocked over by you, your pets, or your children. The latter keeps the machine from burning too hot. Depending on the company, they may go by slightly different names, and “automatic shut-off” may mean one or both of these features. Remember that wall-mounted and ceiling-mounted garage heaters may not need tip-over protection.

Safety certifications are another assurance that the product you are buying, if used with proper care, is safe. The common UL and ETL listings indicate that a third party has evaluated the product for safety. The two labels are nearly identical in meaning. TUV certifications show that a series of critical “tests” have been passed. For example, the TUV electric room heaters certification mark requires IPX4, a safety test, and production was monitored.

For propane heaters, the safety of propane itself may be an issue. Low-oxygen sensors are common for such heaters and will automatically turn the heater off. These sensors, also known as “Oxygen Depletion Sensors,” may not fully work in situations where there is incomplete combustion, however. Still, it should be noted that—when working properly—propane heaters give off little to no Carbon Monoxide. As all things can malfunction, we still recommend using one of the best carbon monoxide detectors whenever using propane indoors.

FAQs

Q: How much does a garage heater cost?

A garage heater can cost anywhere from under $50 to over $250. This is a highly diverse product category, with some products aiming to heat the whole garage and others just the area you work in. For reasonable quality heat, start in the $100s and work your way from there.

Q: What is the most efficient heater for a garage?

The most efficient heater for a garage is a heater that heats the people (and pets) inside of it. Don’t get hung up on garage size or getting every nook and cranny warm if it isn’t necessary. A radiant or infrared heater that focuses its “attention” on you can be far superior to a convection heater in the right circumstances.

Q: Is it worth it to heat your garage?

If it makes you more comfortable, it is worth it to heat your garage even if you aren’t in it all the time. Nowadays, garage heaters can be used for short, intense bursts, and controlled remotely, making them highly efficient even if you don’t linger in the garage.

Final thoughts on the best garage heaters

By purchasing one of the above garage heaters, you will be able to tackle a variety of situations in your garage and come out warmer and happier. As mentioned previously, the best garage heaters are those that alleviate human-centric issues first and conform to the needs of your garage second. No matter what your needs, or the kind of garage you have, you should be able to find a suitable garage heater on the preceding list.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best garage heaters in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best microwaves of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-microwaves/ Sat, 23 Jan 2021 22:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-microwaves/
kitchen with stools, an island, and silver appliances
Naomi Hébert via Unsplash

Is there anything as wonderful as a machine that can defrost meat and make a mug-cake in under three minutes?

The post The best microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
kitchen with stools, an island, and silver appliances
Naomi Hébert via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave sitting underneath a kitchen island on a wooden shelf Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave
SEE IT

This versatile pick is an inverter microwave, microwave, broiler, air fryer, and convection oven in one appliance.
Runner-up Toshiba Countertop Microwave Toshiba Countertop Microwave
SEE IT

This handy microwave comes with auto-bake and auto-roast and a range of pre-programmed sensor settings.
Best compact Panasonic Microwave Oven Panasonic Microwave Oven
SEE IT

This 0.8-cubic-foot model stands up to larger options with its 950-watt output and range of settings.

Some may say dogs are man’s best friend, but we firmly believe that title belongs to the microwave. An ingenious little invention, this kitchen appliance can make a huge difference when it comes to quick snacks, full meals, and delicious leftovers. The best microwave is more than just a tool to heat up cold coffee; these powerful machines are used to bake cup-sized cakes, steam vegetables, dry herbs, and even sterilize soil. They’re convenient for busy bees who are always running out the door and home chefs who need a helping hand in the kitchen.

Microwaves have become an everyday staple in most homes, which means they are widely manufactured and sold. Having so many options available at your fingertips can be overwhelming, so we are going to break down the things you should consider before pulling out your wallet. Get ready for some stellar movie-night popcorn and other favorite treats. (Might we suggest Trader Joe’s microwavable mac and cheese?)

How we chose the best microwaves

There are five key things to consider when purchasing a new microwave for your home. First, think about your kitchen style and the amount of available space; this will determine both the type and size of microwave you need. Next, take a look at the options and check out their specs, specifically the wattage; this will let you know how effective your machine will be. Finally, consider any settings or special features you’re hoping to take advantage of; the best microwave is miles ahead of simple defrost settings.

The best microwaves: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave

Panasonic Home Chef 4-in-1 Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

Though this Panasonic microwave oven isn’t technically “smart,” it’s going to blow your other appliances out of the water. Not only is it an inverter microwave, but it’s also a broiler, air fryer, and convection oven, plus you can access multiple functions simultaneously. This practically doubles the settings found in a conventional microwave. On top of those functions, it’s equipped with a 30-minute keep warm setting, control lock, turbo defrost, and more. It has 1,000 watts of power behind the microwave and measures 22 by 13.4 by 17 inches.

Runner-up: Toshiba Countertop Microwave

Toshiba Countertop Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

Though certainly non-traditional, we love the convection models, specifically this convection microwave from Toshiba. It combines microwave and convection cooking with auto-bake and auto-roast menus and a full roster of pre-programmed sensor settings. With a power output of 1,000 watts, ten power settings, and additional features like warm-hold, buzzer silencing, and a child safety lock, this microwave is ready to help you whip up amazing meals.

Best compact: Panasonic Microwave Oven

Panasonic Microwave Oven

Amazon

SEE IT

If you need something that will save you space, but you aren’t ready to relinquish cooking power, we suggest checking out this Panasonic microwave. With an impressive 950-watt output at only 0.8 cubic feet, this microwave is going to be able to stand up to larger models with ease. It is equipped with inverter technology for turbo defrosting, smart-cook settings to adjust power and cook time-based on the food, a child safety lock, and preset menu items.

Best high-wattage: GE Countertop Microwave

GE Countertop Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

This GE countertop microwave is a great way to make meals for the entire family. It has 1,200 watts of power and a large turntable for an even, efficient cook. It has ten power levels, and multiple settings including auto defrost, keep warm, delayed start, and a “more or less” button. It measures 2.2 cubic feet, so make sure you measure your space before purchasing.

Best smart: GE Smart Microwave

GE Smart Microwave

Amazon

SEE IT

This smart microwave from GE will keep you connected and your food from getting cold. It features the barcode scan-to-cook tool mentioned above as well as Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility so you can get dinner started from any room in the house. There are additional options for pre-programmed settings, sensor cooking, a customizable button volume, and safety locks. It will even send you push notifications when your food is done. It has a 900-watt power output and measures 0.9 cubic feet.

Things to consider when looking for the best microwaves

What settings and sensors should you look for?

The microwave’s brilliance doesn’t lie solely in speed of cooking time, but in the various settings and sensors available to elevate your meals.

Pre-programmed settings can heat popular products quickly or provide a targeted amount of time to cook through frozen foods thoroughly, the most common being the popcorn and defrost settings. As microwave technology improves, we are starting to see new and improved pre-programmed settings such as baked potatoes and coffee or tea re-heat. Pre-programmed settings work best in higher-end models equipped with special sensors to maximize effectiveness.

Sensor cooking monitors the amount of steam your food produces inside the microwave oven to calculate cook time. Accurate sensor cooking is an excellent feature for those of us who are continually under-cooking on the first go and then afraid of over-cooking on the second. Like pre-programmed settings, sensor cooking a dish is going to be most effective with higher-end models.

Additional, standard sensors and settings include programmable cooking, which allows you to choose select power outputs and timing for full control. 30-second or minute-plus options are helpful because they quickly let you tack on an extra 30 to 60 seconds of cook time without needing to plug in the numbers. Child safety-lock settings are increasingly being rolled out with popular microwave brands—because who can blame a kid for wanting to push all those glorious buttons? This setting allows you to create a code that must be plugged in before use, which eliminates accidents that can be started by microwaves that are turned on, especially if there isn’t anything to heat up inside.

Countertop, convection, built-in: What kind of microwave should you buy?

Before you can really decide on a specific microwave model, you’ll need to know which type is right for you. There are four types of microwaves: countertop, over-the-range, built-in, and convection. A countertop microwave is perhaps the most common. There’s no installation required, and it’s “portable” in the sense that it can go anywhere in the home; simply plug it in, and you’re ready to go. These models are typically cheaper than other types, which means they are also traditionally smaller.

Over-the-range microwaves are designed to be installed directly above your oven range. They often double as range hoods or exhaust fans and don’t take up any counter space. They need to be professionally installed but promise a luxurious look.

Built-in microwaves usually come into play with a kitchen cabinet redesign and also need to be professionally installed. Like over-the-range models, these elevate your overall kitchen design, saving you a significant amount of space. Both built-in and over-the-range models can be relatively expensive and typically won’t travel with you in a move.

Convection microwaves often mimic the style and portability of countertop microwaves. Still, they use a different method to heat food, though you can find convection techniques in over-the-range and built-in as well. There are no electromagnetic waves when it comes to convection models. Instead, this appliance uses a high heat temperature and an internal fan to circulate air. That means you can cook food in various ways similar to roasting, crisping, and baking. Convection microwaves can be pretty pricey, but the overall effect and preservation of flavor profiles on your favorite foods make the splurge worth it.

What’s the best microwave wattage?

Now let’s talk about power, or wattage. Electrical power is measured in watts, a product of voltage and current; essentially, it’s the power used or produced per second. Voltage measures the electric potential of energy; it’s the force that pushes charged electrons through a conducting loop to supply power. Those charged electrons make up the current. Wattage is volts (or joules per coulombs), multiplied by amperes of current (or coulombs per second). Of course, you can dive further into the science of wattage, but the main thing to remember is this is the way you can measure the overall power and functionality of your microwave.

Generally, the higher the wattage, the faster and more evenly your food will cook. A low-end microwave may produce 600-700 watts, while a high-end model can have power output between 1,000-1,200 watts. The best microwave packs at least 800 watts. This is the recommended wattage for microwave-specific dishes and recipes; it ensures the food cooks evenly throughout.

How big (or small) do you need the microwave to be?

Of course, one of the most important things to consider is size. This isn’t relegated only to how much space you have for these kitchen appliances but has more to do with how much food you need to heat during a single zap session. Of course, if you’re low on counter space but have room either above the oven or next to your cabinets, consider getting an over-the-range or built-in. Make sure you measure exactly how much room you have, especially if you’re ordering custom cabinets or racks to house your new appliance. If you want to save space, but still want something budget-friendly that can accompany you in your next move, consider a compact countertop, which typically measures 0.5 to 0.8 cubic feet.

If you’re primarily re-heating for one or two people at a time, you should be fine with a mid-size microwave, which typically measures 0.9 to 1.3 cubic feet. You might not be able to squeeze in a sharing platter of leftovers, but you will be able to fit enough dino nuggets to satisfy your sudden craving. For folks with families, chosen or otherwise, family size or full should fit your needs. Family size models measure 1.4 to 1.6 cubic feet while fulls are 1.8 to 2.0.

Keep in mind the height of your dishes as well. This may sound silly, but you’ll thank us when you realize your new microwavable thermos doesn’t fit. You always want room to spare when it comes to microwaving.

What special features do you need?

Our favorite special feature on the microwave market is simple and straightforward: silence. How many times have you snuck into the kitchen at 1:00 am to sneak a “midnight” snack only to be outed by the alarmingly loud beeps that sound upon completion, announcing you made pizza bagels to the whole house? Our answer: Too many times. Luckily, select brands include a silence all setting, which turns off all sounds.

Smart microwaves—or devices such as smart ovens—can also connect to your smartphone through WiFi and be controlled with virtual assistants like Alexa, Google Assistant, or select brand apps. Some have additional features that will allow you to scan the barcode on packaged food to determine cook time automatically, LED touch screen panels, and moisture sensors to avoid drying out your meal. Many models have options to disable the turntable, which helps when cooking or reheating food on uneven plates or dishes that are too wide to spin. Some smart microwaves can track your food routines to suggest customized settings, or boast power-saving modes, antimicrobial coatings, and additional options for heating techniques that include toasting and browning.

FAQs

Q: How often should I replace my microwave?

If you use your microwave as directed, clean it regularly, use microwave-safe dishes, etc., then you shouldn’t need to get a new one for at least a decade. Other tips include being gentle with the door, degreasing the grease filter, and utilizing the preset timers or monitoring your food to avoid overcooking and subsequent damage.

Q: Are microwaves safe? What about radiation?

While direct radiation exposure, especially ionizing radiation, can be dangerous, microwaves are very safe. Though it’s generally recommended not to press your body against the microwave while it’s heating food (not that we think you would), you don’t need to be concerned about radiation poisoning over time. The FDA has regulated microwave manufacturing since the ’70s to make sure models are protected against leakage. That being said, if your microwave is damaged in any way, it is best to take it to a professional to be safe.

Q: What are the best microwave brands?

There are a few brands we stand by, including Toshiba, Panasonic, and GE. These three companies are dedicated to producing high-end appliances for the home, and their microwaves are a testament to their mission. If the products listed above don’t float your boat or meet your specific needs, we suggest starting your search with these brands.

Final thoughts on the best microwaves

Hopefully, you are now well on your way to finding the best microwaves. Continue to keep in mind your needs, including space, size, and future meals or snacks you can’t wait to pop in and cook. As long as you pay attention to the specs and stick with some trusted brands, you should come away with a beautiful appliance for your kitchen. From soups to Bagel Bites, hot chocolate, to single-serving portions of pasta, you’ll be dining comfortably and conveniently before you know it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best mini fridges in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/shop/best-mini-fridges/ Tue, 18 Feb 2020 19:21:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-mini-fridges/
The best mini fridges
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

A mini fridge is a small appliance that can make a big difference in a home office, dorm, even a bedroom, garage, or shed.

The post The best mini fridges in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best mini fridges
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall hOmeLabs Mini Fridge hOmeLabs Mini Fridge
SEE IT

The right balance between storage capacity, design, and price.
Best with freezer Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer
SEE IT

Keep your beverages chilled and your ice cream frozen.
Best budget Midea WHS-65LB1 Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator Midea WHS-65LB1
SEE IT

Chill your food and drinks for well under $150.

The mini fridge is a staple of dorm rooms, home offices, basements, hotel rooms, and any place you need cold beverages on hand without taking up much space. These mini drink dispensers are roughly half the size of a “normal” fridge, but their lower capacity and tinier footprint are the point. A bedroom fridge tucked in a corner can save you trips up and down the stairs, which is especially helpful at night. Similarly, one in the garage, TV room, etc., lets you concentrate on your task or TV. The best mini fridges provide undeniable utility wherever they’re installed, and they’re a relatively inexpensive appliance upgrade.

How we chose the best mini fridges

Our mini fridge recommendations are based on analysis and research into the best options to accommodate the most common use cases. Many of the best-known full-sized fridge makers also make mini fridges, so if you have brand loyalty (or just like consistency) you’re likely in luck. We focused on general-purpose mini fridges rather than a wine cooler, which is a similar but specialized appliance.

A mini fridge, much like a beverage cooler, has one job: keep drinks and food cold for an extended period of time. Some have a particular feature, like a built-in freezer, differentiating them from the pack, while others are more portable and easier to move around. Mini fridges can also vary some in price, so we included a more premium and cheap mini fridge to cover the widest budget range.

The best mini fridges: Reviews & Recommendations

Having cool beverages on hand is an attainable luxury and one that doesn’t require a cooler with wheels. Once you get used to having one of these mini fridges, you’ll wonder how you did without it.

Best overall: hOmeLabs Mini Fridge

hOmeLabs Mini Fridge

hOmeLabs

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 17.4″D x 20.1″W x 24.5″H
  • Minimum temperature: 34°F
  • Capacity: 2.4 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $269.99

Pros

  • Mid-sized
  • Height-adjustable shelves
  • Freezer compartment

Cons

  • May not be large enough for your needs

The hOmeLabs Mini Fridge tries to be the Goldilocks of this product category. It’s not too big, not too small, and even has a freezer compartment—complete with its own temperature gauge—rather than a separate door. This makes it just right for most people. You can move its two shelves to four height levels to accommodate differently sized bottles and cans or remove one entirely if you’d like to chill a bottle of wine or a two-liter of water, seltzer, or soda. A pair of shelves built into the mini fridge’s door offers even more space, and metal bars will keep bottles from falling out when you open and shut the fridge.

This mini fridge’s built-in freezer isn’t that large but can hold a few pints of ice cream or ice cube trays if need be. Smaller frozen dinners could also fit inside if you’d like to keep them inside to microwave later. This mini fridge’s middle-of-the-road size is its greatest strength and only potential weakness. It’s just large enough to hold a couple dozen cans along with other perishables, but may not be big enough if multiple people are sharing it. If you’re on your own, we can’t find fault with this mini fridge, but if you’re planning to install it in a common space you may want something a bit bigger.

Best design: Frigidaire Compact Refrigerator

Appliances photo

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 18.5″D x 20″W x 34″H
  • Minimum temperature: 33°F
  • Capacity: 3.2 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $255.64

Pros

  • Modular shelving system
  • Large capacity
  • Ample door storage

Cons

  • No freezer

All mini fridges have the same basic design, but this model from Frigidaire has a couple of subtle extras that make it more versatile and convenient to use. The fridge comes with three removable shelves that can be moved to ten different positions. This is an extraordinary amount of flexibility to accommodate cans, bottles, and food storage containers of every shape and size. The door of Frigidaire’s fridge isn’t as modular as its main compartment, but it still has some convenient features.

First, the six can slots are angled outward, which makes them easier to reach for and grab immediately. A pair of shelves to the right of them can be used for small jars and taller cans or bottles, respectively. Finally, the bottom shelf is deep and wide enough to hold gallon-sized containers of milk, or bottles of wine and soda. It doesn’t have a freezer section, but we can forgive that, given the rest of its design.

Best splurge: Rocco Super Smart Fridge

Rocco Super Smart Fridge

Rocco

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 16″D x 24″W x 34″H
  • Minimum temperature: 37°F
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $1,500

Pros

  • Can accommodate bottles of all shapes and sizes
  • Controllable via an app
  • 10-year warranty

Cons

  • Price

This mini fridge may be designed for beverages, but it’s also one of the most innovative appliances we’ve seen in quite some time. Rocco’s Super Smart Fridge has five pull-out shelves, which can be adjusted to accommodate differently sized bottles and cans. These shelves can be separated into different “temperature zones” by pushing buttons on a control panel inside the fridge. This means your white wine and seltzers can be chilled to their ideal temperature individually.

Rocco doesn’t measure its mini fridge’s capacity in cubic feet but by how many bottles and cans it can hold. In one example, the fridge held five bottles of wine and 22 sodas (a mixture of bottles and cans), but your experience will vary based on what you’d like to keep chilled. You can keep an inventory of what you’ve got inside the mini fridge broken down by rack.

At $1,500, this mini fridge is a textbook definition of the term splurge, so the company offers a decade-long warranty with purchase against defects.

Best with freezer: Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer

Honeywell 3.1 Cu Ft Mini Fridge with Freezer

Honeywell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 19.4″D x 18.5″W x 32.9″H
  • Minimum temperature: N/A
  • Capacity: 3.1 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Tall
  • Price: $205.31

Pros

  • Separate freezer compartment
  • Fridge and freezer have in-door storage
  • Produce drawer

Cons

  • Limited modularity

A mini fridge freezer is very helpful to have if you’d like to use the appliance for more than just keeping drinks and leftovers cool for a few days. Honeywell’s mini fridge has a totally isolated freezer, complete with its own door and in-door storage area. It’s larger than the small freezer section built into hOmelabs’ mini fridge, and can easily hold a week’s worth of frozen dinners, ice cream, and other frozen treats.

This mini fridge’s freezer takes up a fair chunk of space, which does come at the expense of modularity. You can’t move this fridge’s shelves to different positions the same way you can with most models. This limits what you can store in the fridge’s main chamber, although the bottom shelf is actually a vegetable crisper, which makes this the best mini fridge for storing produce.

Honeywell made up for this mini fridge’s limited modularity by optimizing its in-door storage. There are two shelves and a vertical can dispenser in the door, which can hold most beverages. If you want the flexibility to freeze food from your mini fridge before it goes bad or to keep frozen foods inside when you don’t have time to cook, this is the one to get.

Best budget: Midea WHS-65LB1 Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator

Midea WHS-65LB1 Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator

Midea

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 17.7″D x 18.6″W x 19.4″H
  • Minimum temperature: 32°F
  • Capacity: 1.6 Cubic Feet
  • Style: Cube
  • Price: $135.21

Pros

  • Compact size
  • Built-in chiller box
  • Price

Cons

  • May not be large enough

If your space requirements are sparse, Midea’s Compact Single Reversible Door Refrigerator is the solution you’re looking for. While it has roughly half the capacity of our other mini fridge recommendations, Midea squeezed a lot of features into this square-shaped box. The biggest surprise is its chiller box, which will keep frozen foods or ice from melting.

There’s also ample in-door storage, with shelves purposefully cut out for a large bottle and smaller ones. This mini fridge only has one rack, which is understandable given its size. You can’t adjust its height, but you can remove it completely if you’d like to use the fridge with tall bottles or stacks of leftovers only. If your needs and budget are modest, Midea’s mini fridge gives you most of the features you’d find in large models in a smaller package.

What to consider when shopping for the best mini fridge

With so many options, choosing the right mini fridge for your home requires careful consideration. These were the factors we had in mind during our research.

Size and capacity

Size is critically important to consider when choosing a mini fridge. A mini fridge’s capacity is measured in cubic feet, and most models fall between 1.5 to 4 cubic feet. You’ll also need to consider the two fridge styles:

  • Cube — sometimes called countertop — fridges have capacities of less than 2 cubic feet. They’re generally between 17 and 21 inches tall, 18 and 22 inches wide, and 17 to 22 inches deep. This makes them compact enough to fit under a desk or on a shelf.
  • Tall mini fridges are freestanding and have capacities between 3.5 and 4.5 cubic feet. They tend to be 30 to 35 inches tall, 18 to 24 inches wide, and 19 to 26 inches deep.

Aesthetics

Since a mini fridge will be placed in a visible location, you should consider how it looks (though not at the expense of how it performs). Many cheap mini fridges simply come with a black or white finish, while more premium models have stainless steel exteriors.

Additional features

Mini fridges all share the same basic feature of keeping your food and beverages cool, but many have desirable additional features.

  • Temperature Control: Many models allow users to control the fridge’s internal temperature using a built-in thermostat.
  • Adjustable Shelves: This feature lets you configure your fridge to suit your specific needs best. This is helpful because the contents of your mini fridge can change from week to week or even daily.
  • Integrated Freezers: Some mini fridges include a small freezer compartment, which is ideal for storing ice cubes. These aren’t as performant as dedicated, separate freezers and can’t hold as much inside.
  • Two-Door Design: Two-door mini fridges have a separate freezer that offers higher performance and can maintain lower temperatures.

FAQs

Q: Do mini fridges use a lot of electricity?

Most of the mini fridges we’re recommending use around 220kw (kilowatt hours) per year, which translates to roughly $30 annually.

Q: Do mini fridges keep food cold enough?

Yes. According to the FDA, refrigerators should be kept at a temperature of 40 degrees Fahrenheit or lower to guarantee food safety. All of the mini fridges above can maintain a temperature in the 30s.

Q: Can one person carry a mini-fridge?

Most of our mini fridge recommendations weigh between 40 and 50 pounds, so we recommend two or more people carry them around.

Q: How much is a good quality mini fridge?

All of our mini fridges should last you several years and range in price between $129.99 and $1,499.99. A majority fall under $300.

Q: Do mini fridges need maintenance?

Mini fridges require the same amount of maintenance as a full-sized refrigerator. Wiping down its shelves with an all-purpose cleaner and dish towel each time it’s emptied out is the only maintenance you should have to perform, barring a technical glitch.

Final thoughts on the best mini fridges

A mini fridge is a single-purpose appliance that’s easy to overlook but provides a lot of genuine utility in a dorm or home office setting. It can be annoying to leave your room and potentially ruin your flow state just to get a bottle of water or other beverage. Similarly, if your home theater system is located in a basement, it’s far more convenient to have a mini fridge on hand when you’d like to grab a snack. Working on a project in the yard and hate having to head back into the house for a cold one? Add one of our top mini fridges to the shed and you won’t have to.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best mini fridges in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best latte machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-latte-machines/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586039
The best latte machines
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Nailing perfectly customized at-home coffee can seem like a tall order, so we’ve collected espresso machines we think you’ll love a latte.

The post The best latte machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best latte machines
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder
SEE IT

A touchscreen provides guidance that ensures the perfect cup every time.
Best splurge Jura Z10 Aluminum White Jura Z10 Aluminum White
SEE IT

Accept no compromises, and extract every molecule of flavor from your grounds.
Best budget Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine
SEE IT

You don’t need to break the bank to make a latte at home.

Pumpkin spice love or hate aside, many of us tuck into lattes (and run to our latte machines) in the colder months for what can only be described as the coziest version of caffeine. It’s a security blanket for the soul, hygge we can cradle in our hands. Recreating a barista-quality latte macchiato or vanilla latte at home can be done, but it can be a challenge to get it just right. Latte machines come in a wide variety of styles, ranging from automatic wonders to maximal stainless-steel altars of dials, tubes, and built-in grinders to determine. Some require only the ability to select from a menu, while others need practice and patience. We’ve filtered through dozens of brands to find the best latte machines for anyone considering upgrading their at-home coffee options.

How we chose the best latte machines

For this roundup, we put our longtime caffeine addictions to good use, pulling from our collective experience, hands-on use, and expert and customer opinions to make recommendations. There’s a learning curve to making a great latte, and you don’t need a dedicated machine. You can pair one of PopSci’s picks for best espresso machines (or a Moka pot) with recommended milk frothers for a manual experience. For this roundup, however, we focused on machines with milk-based drink capabilities built-in that often do most of the work for you. 

The best latte machines: Reviews & Recommendations

A latte sounds simple enough to make. It’s just espresso and some steamed milk … at least, in theory. In practice, there are the proportions of espresso to milk, how foamy the milk is, whether it’s enhanced with additional syrups or spices, and all sorts of customizations that transform this versatile indulgence into your latte. The more a drink is explicitly tailored to your tastes, the more experimentation it takes—and that’s without mentioning latte art yet. But, like in any laboratory, a successful experiment requires the right equipment for the job, and that’s what we’ve got here.

Best overall: Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder

Silver Breville Barista Impress Touch latte machine sitting on a black and white counter

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.9 inches D x 13 inches W x 16.4 inches T
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Capacity: 67.6-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • Step-by-step guidance
  • Assisted tamping
  • Built-in grinder
  • Alternative milk settings
  • 3-second heat
  • Saves up to 8 customized drinks
  • Comes in four colors

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Significant counter space required
  • Hard to tell when water or beans are running out

Sometimes, when you’re learning, you need someone’s hand to hold during each step of a new process. That’s what Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine with Grinder does and why it’s our pick for the best overall at-home latte machine. It’s an excellent match for someone who loves espresso but has been intimidated by the thought of pulling their own shots (I’m looking at you, me).

A touchscreen walks you through every step of every drink on its menu. For example, select a latte, and the built-in burr grinder will portion grinds directly into the portafilter. You hit the lever for the built-in 22 lbs. tamper, and the Impress Puck System examines the result. Via the screen, it may prompt for more grinds or ask you to remove some. When you get a green check, you move the portafilter to the brew head, and the machine takes over. The Touch Impress includes a frothing wand and milk jug, and the “MilQ” system has presets for handling different types of milk, including almond and oat milk. However, the machine does not help you with how much or how to pour—that’s what you’ll have to figure out on your own. The jug includes minimum and maximum markers, but anyone making a traditional macchiato will toss out unused milk.

The allure of this semi-automatic machine is that it makes you feel like you’re doing more than you are, beeping corrections when the portafilter isn’t quite full or needs to be tamped again while still making some tasty espresso. It’s also a remarkably clean system. Anyone who’s dealt with a traditional machine or pouring freshly ground beans from a grinder knows how that dust gets everywhere and is magically staticy, but that is not the case here. There are a few downsides, including the roughly $1,500 price tag. And it’s hard to tell when beans or water is about to run out, and only a standard mug or shorter fits under the brew head. That’s not uncommon, however, which is why pictures of espresso machines usually feature shot glasses instead of travel mugs.

Best compact: Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine

Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine

Solis

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17 inches D by 7 inches W by 12.5 H
  • Weight: 18 pounds
  • Capacity: 67.5 ounces

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Heavy-duty tamper
  • Multiple baskets for portafilter
  • Temperature control
  • Programmable shot volume
  • Multiple color options

Cons

  • Need a separate grinder
  • No guidance

When counter space is at a premium, consider the semi-automatic Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine, which is a comparatively compact six inches wide. The machine is aimed at beginners who want to customize their espresso drinks, but you have to do the work.

The simple interface looks like only four buttons—and it is—but you can program the volumes of single and double shots, as well as the brewing temperature. Other subtle features put the Perfetta Plus above other similarly sized machines, like PID temperature control, low-pressure pre-infusion, a steam wand that rotates 360 degrees, hot water for tea or an Americano, and a cup-warming tray. It heats up in under a minute and has a programmable auto-shutoff.

Especially for a machine that’s just over $300, the Perfetta Plus accessories well. It comes with single and double wall filters for the portafilter, a stainless steel milk jug, a measuring cup, and shockingly sturdy tamper rather than flimsy plastic versions other makers include. The manometer (aka the dial on the machine) displays the extraction pressure of each shot. You’re aiming for about 9 bars of pressure, and this little dial can help you diagnose drinks that don’t turn out quite right. However, that’s going to take trial and error. This machine doesn’t follow recipes or have a screen for guidance. You’ll also need a separate grinder unless you opt for pre-ground beans or E.S.E. pods.

Best Nespresso machine for lattes: Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine with Milk Frother

Nespresso

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 inches D x 14.4 inches W x 10.8 inches T
  • Weight: 11.4 pounds
  • Capacity: 34-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • One-touch milk-based drinks
  • Adjustable foam levels
  • Additional platform for smaller cups
  • Removable parts are dishwasher-safe

Cons

  • Noisy operation
  • All-plastic body
  • Limited customization

The Nespresso Gran Lattissima Original Espresso Machine by De’Longhi embraces speed and nearly one-touch pick-me-ups. The best Nespresso machines work well for people who want robust coffee, prefer to avoid the fuss of grinding beans or foaming with a milk wand, and are content to have a machine do most of the work. You must, however, be comfortable buying coffee by the capsule. 

At shy of $700, the plastic body is a little disappointing, but it comes in chic monochrome white or black. Like most Nespresso machines, it roars as it brews. The device prompts users through clean-up steps, pushing water through the tubes and connections to prevent build-up, but the sequence takes a little practice.

Is Nespresso espresso? Going by espresso’s water temperature and pressure specs, no. However, it hits the spot for many a latte lover, and it’s hard to beat the ease of use. It stands in a smaller footprint than most other options on this list.

Best for iced drinks: De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine

De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches D by 10.5 inches W and 15.1 inches T
  • Weight: 24.7 pounds
  • Capacity: 60 ounces

Pros

  • Highly automated
  • Makes more than 40 drinks
  • Built-in grinder with 13 settings
  • Four user profiles for one-touch personalized coffee
  • Brews 8-, 12-, and 16-ounce drinks
  • Can fit travel mugs

Cons

  • Large footprint
  • Mostly plastic body

The De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine can make more than 40 different coffee drinks with minimal user effort and is our pick for the best for iced drinks. The colorful touchscreen features a menu of drinks grouped by cold, hot, or to-go, and it walks you through every step, right down to how many ice cubes to put in a cup. For iced drink lovers, what could be better? It does a lot, but it also costs a lot, at about $1,800.

The built-in conical grinder must be adjusted when you change beans, which some users report takes practice to get right, depending on what drinks you make the most. One difference from other latte makers—two things, actually—is that the Eletta Explore comes with two different milk carafes for producing hot and cold foam. Both carafes detach so they can be stored in the fridge when not in use, and the machine has a cleaning cycle to be performed after each milk-based beverage is made.

Another feature that is rare on espresso makers is a removable tray that allows a reasonable-sized (16-ounce, not a mega Stanley) travel mug to fit beneath the brew head.

Best splurge: Jura Z10 Aluminum White

Jura Z10 Aluminum White

Jura

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17. 7 inches D by 12.6 inches W by 14.9 inches
  • Weight: 27 pounds
  • Capacity: 81 ounces

Pros

  • Highly automated
  • Built-in grinder with automatic tuning
  • Makes more than 30 drinks
  • App-compatible
  • Adjustable dual spouts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Huge footprint
  • No milk container included

If price is no object, the Jura Z10 may be the super-automatic of your dreams. The Swiss-designed machine costs about $3,600, depending on color, and features designer touches like a blue-lit water reservoir and golden lighting at the spouts. The maker has a cult following for its flavor, design elements, and advances in brewing.

This massive machine makes more than 38 drinks with little user involvement, though you can dive into customizations, including temperatures and the fluffiness of foam. Select from the 4-inch color touchscreen or connect to the Jura Operating Experience app. (Get it? J.O.E.) The built-in grinder adjusts the coarseness according to the drink being made. This step can take considerable trial and error when done manually. The Z10 also boasts multiple cold-brew drinks, like cold brew cortados and cold brew flat whites. We’ve never heard of these before, but Jura’s cold brew recipes skip the heating element and push pressurized water through grinds.

The brew is finished in minutes, not the hours and hours of a traditional cold brew method. One serious kick in the pants is that the Z10 doesn’t include a milk container. It does have a tube, which you could, if you want, connect to the Z10 and drop it in a gallon of milk. This is either super annoying or secretly brilliant that you don’t have to clean another container—but that might depend on what mood you’re in. There are, of course, optional accessories like a branded glass container or a milk cooler.

Best budget: Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine

Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.6 inches D x 13 inches W x 14.3 inches T
  • Weight: 14.2 pounds
  • Capacity: 22-ounce water tank capacity

Pros

  • Simple button interface
  • Can do single or double shot-based drinks
  • Removable, automatic milk frother

Cons

  • Minimal control for milk texture
  • Milk carafe has multiple components to clean

At about $225 and frequently on sale, the Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine offers an affordable, simple machine with one-button operation and the flexibility to use whatever beans you choose.

With no grinder built-in, you need to fill the portofilter with the included measuring scoop and tamper. Lock in the portafilter, line up the milk carafe’s spout, and pick whether you want a one- or two-shot latte or cappuccino. Mr. Coffee handles portioning the milk—it will manage any milk, but no unique settings. When the drink is complete, run the “clean” function that pushes steam through the milk carafe connections and pop it back into the fridge. Users also note that the frothed tends to be loud, but that’s the case with many of this style machine.

What to consider when deciding between the best latte machines

Latte machines wildly vary in how much skill and coffee know-how they take to use. If your main focus is to have an appliance do the work, consider an automatic, semi-automatic, or capsule machine. Fully or super-automatic machines could be described as a barista in a box. They follow preprogrammed recipes and often have a milk carafe or hopper for hands-off steaming. They handle grinding the beans of your choice, measuring them, tamping them, brewing them, and measuring the milk for you, too. These machines zero in on producing a consistent drink repeatedly regardless of the user’s coffee knowledge.

Like making sourdough bread, lattes can be a hobby. Sometimes, you want to hone a craft even when it’s simpler and easier to buy the end product. Suppose you want to make The Perfect Latte. Consider a semi-automatic machine for maximum control. These machines require you to pack a portafilter with finely ground beans and tamp them to perfect flatness. The device controls water flow and usually has a wand for steaming milk. You handle portioning, pouring, and, if you have the skills, the foam art. These machines also take skill—or at least the willingness to troubleshoot if a drink misses the mark. Is it old beans? Is the grind too fine? Too coarse? Is the flow slow because the tamping isn’t right? Decide whether this sounds like an enjoyable puzzle to solve or a pain.

Capsule machines hit the spot for folks who don’t want to mess with beans. Drop a premeasured, preground pod, and the machine does most of the work for you. Most capsule systems feature automated milk carafes, but some have wands to allow more control.

Price

We’ve all likely heard skipping our daily lattes will lead us to financial freedom. It’s terrible advice, but lattes aren’t a cheap habit whether you’re dropping by a local shop or picking out a machine for home. Prices range wildly from $100 to easily $1,500. Models from prestige brands can be thousands. Many automatic latte machines include built-in grinders, tampers, and frothers, but buying all these coffee devices in one appliance doesn’t necessarily translate into paying less overall. A large part of what you’re paying for is the automation and not having to remember recipes yourself. Pick the price point that makes sense for your budget, and prioritize the features in that range.

Budget models often last three to five years, while higher-end models can last 12 to 15, according to commercial coffee supplier Majestic Coffee. I scored a deal on a Nespresso Lattissma Pro Espresso Machine about seven years ago, and it still works as well as the day I unpacked it, despite using it most days. (Note: I descale it whenever it tells me to.)

Milk matters

What’s the difference between an espresso machine and a latte machine? A square is a rectangle, but a rectangle is not a square. An espresso machine can make lattes but doesn’t necessarily have a milk-steaming component. A latte machine does. Because latte machines require espresso, they also often make black versions of espresso drinks (think lungos and ristrettos).

Selecting a latte machine with a carafe or hopper takes the guesswork out of coffee-to-milk ratios by following the programmed recipes. They froth milk to set times and consistency and then shoot it into the finished beverage. The only control a user has is usually twisting a dial for denser or fluffier foam.

Other models feature wands to use with a stainless steel milk jug. Some have wand controls to adjust texture and temperatures, while others follow a set program. A steam wand is the way to go when you want to pour the milk and foam yourself.

All milk doesn’t froth the same, whether you’re talking about whole or skim cow milk or alternatives like almond or oat. Some machines come with settings to indicate what type of milk needs foaming and adjust settings accordingly. Manual options will take experimentation.

Size

Dream of a beverage station stocked with fresh beans, carefully curated mugs, dainty little spoons, and all the assorted coffee accessories needed to start an at-home cafe? A latte machine is likely to be the centerpiece of such a station. In other words, they are big, steady fixtures, not something that gets put away after use to get back your counter. Consider how much space you’re willing to dedicate and look at how much space you have beneath upper shelves or cabinets, particularly if you’re scoping out models with a built-in grinder. They’re tall, and you need room to maneuver, whether refilling the beans or the water tank.

For a smaller space, skip the various built-ins, particularly if you have already snagged one of our picks for best coffee grinders.

FAQs

Q: What latte machines do Starbucks use?

Sorry, folks, Starbucks uses commercial-grade machines made by Thermoplan AG to crank out espresso-based beverages. The partnership has gone through a few different versions of the devices, and the companies continue to develop products together, according to a press release on Thermoplan’s website, touting an August visit from the Starbucks executive team. The Swiss manufacturer specializes in high-volume restaurant appliances and also makes lines for McDonald’s and Costa Coffee.

Q: Is an espresso machine the same as a latte machine?

A latte machine is an espresso machine with a built-in method for steaming milk. We’ve selected machines to suit latte lovers’ tastes; however, you can have an espresso maker and a separate way of preparing the milk, like one of our best milk frothers. Or you can skip the machines entirely and do everything manually.

Q: Can you make a latte with a regular coffee machine?

No. An espresso shot requires finely ground beans and a certain amount of pressure to extract a syrupy brew. Traditional drip coffee makers rely on hot water but no pressure. The result is a thinner, less concentrated drink than an espresso shot. That’s all by nerdy definitions of espresso and lattes. Of course, the Internet begs to differ, and the web is full of hacks to make a latte-like brew with so-called regular coffee makers.

Final thoughts on the best latte machines

Each latte machine presents its own set of unique features and nuances. The Breville Barista Touch Impress Espresso Machine’s educational touchscreen guides you through making each up. The Mr. Coffee Espresso and Cappuccino Machine hits a sweet spot of affordability and function, while the Solis Barista Perfetta Plus Espresso Machine caters to those with space constraints without compromising on the customization of their coffee. The Nespresso Gran Lattissima by De’Longhi streamlines the process with the convenience of capsule-based brewing.

For enthusiasts seeking an array of drink possibilities, the De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine stands out, offering a multitude of choices and even accommodating iced beverages, albeit at a higher price point. For connoisseurs with a penchant for luxury and technological finesse, the Jura Z10 Aluminum White offers a rich array of options and a high level of automation.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best latte machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best hot water heaters for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-heaters/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=584678
The best hot water heaters composited together
Stan Horaczek

The right water heater for your home will keep your showers comfortable and your utility bills low.

The post The best hot water heaters for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best hot water heaters composited together
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater
SEE IT

The large 50-gallon storage tank is suitable for homes with five or more people.
Best value Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater on a plain background Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater
SEE IT

This point-of-use water heater can be installed directly under the sink for fast access to hot water on demand.
Best electric A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater on a plain background A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater
SEE IT

The water heater boasts double electric elements that can rapidly heat the contents of the 50-gallon tank.

Water heaters accomplish a simple but essential job: They provide the home with direct access to hot water. The cold water service for the home flows into the water heater, where it is heated and then sent out to the various sinks, showers, and water-using appliances throughout the dwelling. That part is simple, but choosing the right water heater for your needs and space isn’t quite as straightforward. Homeowners can get instant hot water with a tankless water heater or store hot water for future use with a tank-style water heater. Picking one can get complicated, but this list of the best water heaters can help get the right model for your home and lifestyle.

How we chose the best water heaters

Selecting a list of the best water heaters started with extensive research into a variety of products before the pool of potential appliances could be pared down. To eliminate products from the running, it was necessary to examine each water heater while considering the product specs and how they compared to other water heating appliances.

Top considerations include the type of water heater, fuel type, dimensions, flow rate of tankless water heaters, and the tank capacity of tank-style water heaters. Additionally, the availability and cost were assessed alongside these product specs to find the best water heaters across several categories. This list of the best water heaters was finalized only after researching and comparing the pool of potential products to select the top water heaters and eliminate the appliances that didn’t measure up.

The best water heaters: Reviews & Recommendations

Tankless water heaters are smaller than tank-style options, allowing them to be installed in tight spaces where a tank water heater could not. These water heaters provide instant access to hot water, though they may not be able to keep up with the demands of a large family. Tank-style water heaters have an element at the base of an insulated tank to heat the water. The tank keeps the water hot until it is needed. However, if all the hot water stored in the tank is used, then it can take about 20 minutes for the new water in the tank to heat up. While each specific product has its intended audience, it’s worth perusing all of the options as there’s always overlap, and multiple models may fit your needs.

Best overall: A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater

A. O. Smith Gas Tank Water Heater

A. O. Smith

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Homeowners won’t need to worry about running out of hot water quickly with this bulky 50-gallon gas water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Tank
  • Fuel: Natural Gas
  • Dimensions: 22 inches diameter by 60.75 inches height
  • Capacity: 50 gallons

Pros

  • Large 50-gallon capacity
  • 40,000-BTU gas burner
  • Self-diagnostic electronic gas control and LED status indicator
  • Certified for use at high altitudes up to 10,100 feet

Cons

  • Bulky weight is difficult to maneuver at 165 pounds

While tankless water heaters will heat the water as it passes through the appliance, tank-style water heaters, like this appliance from A. O. Smith, store a large amount of hot water for future use. This A. O. Smith gas water heater has a large capacity storage tank that is capable of storing up to 50 gallons of water.

This tank-style water heater uses natural gas and a 40,000-BTU gas burner to heat up the tank’s contents. Gas water heaters can be more expensive than electric water heaters, though the cost of natural gas tends to be less than the cost of electricity, so these appliances are often more affordable in the long term. This appliance can also be used in locations that are high up in the mountains, with a certification for altitudes up to 10,100 feet.

Additionally, the gas water heater has a built-in self-diagnostic system that monitors the electronic gas control and uses an LED status indicator to communicate the system’s operational status. For added protection, this model also has a built-in safety system that reduces the risk of accidental flammable vapor ignitions. However, before investing in this unit, it’s important to measure the space and compare it against the product dimensions to ensure that the appliance will fit in the designated area.

Best value: Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater

Bosch Tronic Point-Of-Use Water Heater on a plain background

Bosch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get hot water directly at the sink or shower with this 2.7-gallon point-of-use water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Point-Of-Use
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 10.75 inches depth x 13.75 inches width x 13.75 inches height
  • Capacity: 2.7 gallons

Pros

  • Lightweight design is easy to lift, hold, and position
  • Small size is suitable for installing under the sink or counter
  • Mountable design for floor or wall mounting
  • Instant access to hot water where it’s needed

Cons

  • Small capacity
  • Not suitable for whole-home water heating

Whole-home water heaters are the most common option for heating incoming cold water, but homeowners can also invest in a point-of-use water heater, like this Bosch Tronic model. This point-of-use water heater can work independently of the primary water heater for the home to provide hot water to a single faucet or shower, but it can also be set up to work in line as a backup for the primary water heater during busy periods throughout the day, like the morning or evening.

The small size and lightweight design make this water heater easy to carry and maneuver into position during installation. However, this also means that the water heater has a relatively small storage capacity of just 2.7 gallons, so it isn’t a good option for extended use or whole-home water heating. Mount the water heater on the floor, the wall, under the sink, or under the counter with the included mounting brackets. 

Best electric: A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater

A. O. Smith Electric Tank Water Heater on a plain background

A. O. Smith

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Heat 62 gallons of water in the first hour of use with the two 4,500-watt copper heating elements.

Specs

  • Type: Tank
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 20.5 inches diameter by 59 inches height
  • Capacity: 50 gallons

Pros

  • Large, 50-gallon capacity
  • Two 4,500-watt copper heating elements
  • Can heat up to 62 gallons of water in one hour
  • High energy efficiency and easy-to-use adjustable thermostat

Cons

  • Bulky 125-pound weight

This electric water heater by A. O. Smith has a large storage tank that can hold up to 50 gallons of water. The appliance uses non-CFC polyurethane foam insulation and factory-installed heat trap nipples to reduce heat loss and greatly improve the operating efficiency of the unit. The storage tank has a slim profile that fits into tight corners with only a 20.5-inch diameter and 59-inch height.

Despite the tall, narrow shape, this electric water heater is capable of heating 62 gallons of water in an hour by using the two 4,500-watt copper heating elements. These elements provide superior heating power to shorten the time it takes to heat the incoming cold water. Users can set the ideal water temperature using the built-in adjustable thermostat located on the body of the water heater. However, due to the size and weight of the water heater, it’s recommended to have at least two people when moving it into position.

Best gas: Rinnai Natural Gas Tankless Water Heater

Rinnai Natural Gas Tankless Water Heater

Rinnai

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get instant access to hot water on demand at any sink, shower, or water-using appliance in the home with this tankless water heater.

Specs

  • Type: Tankless
  • Fuel: Natural Gas
  • Dimensions: 9.25 inches depth x 14.05 inches width x 22.95 inches height
  • Capacity: 7.5 gallons per minute

Pros

  • Compact size doesn’t take up a lot of space
  • Built-in temperature lock
  • Easy-to-read digital control panel
  • On-demand hot water up to 7.5 gallons per minute

Cons

  • Requires venting to the outside of the home

The main benefit of a tankless water heater is that users don’t need to wait for the water to heat up. Instead, this tankless water heater can warm 7.5 gallons of water per minute, providing the entire home with on-demand access to hot water. Also, due to the built-in temperature lock, homeowners don’t need to worry about kids or other home residents changing the temperature on the water heater.

While tank-style water heaters may take up an entire corner of a room, the compact size and shape of this tankless water heater make it easier to find space for the installation. However, the Rinnai gas tankless water heater operates using natural gas, so during the installation of this appliance, the plumber or installer will need to run venting to the outside to ensure that the exhaust does not build up inside the home.

Best tankless: Rheem 18kW 240V Tankless Electric Water Heater

Rheem 18kW 240V Tankless Electric Water Heater on a plain background

Rheem

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This tankless electric water heater features flow control and self-modulation technology to improve energy efficiency.

Specs

  • Type: Tankless
  • Fuel: Electric
  • Dimensions: 3.5 inches depth x 14.5 inches width x 18.5 inches height
  • Capacity: 4.4 gallons per minute

Pros

  • Compact size for easy installation
  • On-demand hot water access
  • Ideal for small homes with one or two people
  • Flow sensor modulates energy consumption to meet hot water demands

Cons

  • Only supplies one or two fixtures simultaneously

Big, tank-style water heaters can be a great choice for large homes and big families with a high water demand. But these tank-style appliances take up a lot of space and aren’t really necessary when there are only a few people living in the home. With this in mind, the Rheem tankless electric water heater is an excellent alternative for homes with one or two people. The Rheem water heater has a built-in flow sensor and self-modulating technology that automatically modifies the amount of energy consumption to meet hot water needs.

This tankless water heater provides the home with on-demand access to hot water at any faucet, shower, or water-using appliance, so users no longer need to wait for hot water. However, it should be noted that this water heater can only supply one or two fixtures simultaneously, so it isn’t a good idea to take a shower while running the clotheswasher or dishwasher.

Things to consider when buying a water heater

Before purchasing a new water heater for the home, it’s important to gain a basic understanding of the types available, as well as the key factors that can affect the efficiency and operation of the appliance. Consider the type of fuel, the size of the water heater, and the capacity to determine the best water heater to meet your needs.

Type

The first factor to consider when looking into new water heaters is the type of model that would work best for the home. Traditional tank-style water heaters have commonly been used in homes in the past, but tankless options are quickly growing in popularity. Point-of-use water heaters provide another option for homeowners who don’t want to run out of hot water while showering or washing dishes.

Tank-style water heaters are the standard option for a home. Cold water runs into the water heater and is then heated up and stored in a large insulated storage tank for future use. This design ensures that there is a significant amount of hot water ready for use, but if the entire hot water supply is emptied, then users will need to wait for the cold water to be heated.

Tankless water heaters benefit from heating water as it passes through the appliance. This takes just a few seconds, allowing for on-demand hot water to the home. Additionally, tankless water heaters take up less space than tank-style. The drawback with these appliances is that they may struggle to keep up with hot water demands for a larger household, especially during the busy periods of the day.

Point-of-use water heaters can be either tank-style or tankless. The defining feature of these water heaters is that they are designed for installation at one specific faucet, shower, or other plumbing fixture. The intent is to ensure that there is always hot water available when someone wants to use the specific plumbing fixture. This can be a highly effective way to prevent the water from running cold in the middle of a shower.

Fuel

There are three main types, including electricity, natural gas, and propane.

Electric water heaters tend to be the least expensive to purchase and install, but the operating costs are typically higher due to the cost of electricity. These water heaters do not require venting, so they can be a good option if the home does not currently have existing ventilation for a gas water heater. And you could run some models off a portable power station in the event of weather that knocks out the mains.

Natural gas water heaters are a common option, though the installer may need to run ventilation lines for the exhaust. These appliances have a higher power output than electric models, allowing them to heat the water at a faster rate. However, natural gas water heaters tend to cost more to purchase and install.

Propane water heaters are less common than electric or natural gas units, but these appliances can be effective for small homes, point-of-use installations, or even for some RVs. The main issue that makes propane water heaters less appealing is that the homeowner or user needs to purchase or refill propane tanks for regular operation. But, if you already have a propane grill or a propane generator, this shouldn’t be a new experience.

Size

One of the main reasons to invest in a tankless water heater over a tank style is the size. Tankless water heaters have a compact size and shape that can fit in tight spaces where a large tank cannot. For this reason, tankless typically works better for small houses and condominiums.

Similarly, point-of-use water heaters don’t take up a lot of room, allowing them to be installed under the counter or under the sink. While a tank-style water heater does take up more space than the other water heater options, homeowners can find tank-style products with tall, narrow profiles that make it easier to install the water heater in a tight corner or small maintenance room. Just make sure to take proper measurements of the space and the water heater to ensure the unit will fit. Also, don’t forget to leave enough room for water lines, electrical connections, gas lines, and gas vents.

Capacity

For a tank-style water heater, capacity means the amount of water that can be stored inside the insulated tank. Typically, tanks range in size from about 30 gallons to 80 gallons, though most homes will have a 40- to 50-gallon capacity.

The capacity of a tankless water heater refers to the flow rate, as well as the amount of water that can be heated within a specific timeframe. Generally, the flow rate is measured in gallons per minute or GPM. Small tankless water heaters may only be able to produce three to four gallons of hot water per minute, while larger units may be capable of heating more than seven gallons per minute. For reference, faucets typically require 0.5 GPM, dishwashers require 1 GPM, washing machines require 1.5 GPM, and showers require 2 to 2.5 GPM.

FAQs

Q: What is the average life of a water heater?

The lifespan of a water heater is heavily dependent on how well the appliance is maintained, as well as the frequency of use. On average, a water heater will last about eight to 12 years, though some can last up to 20 years before needing to be replaced.

Q: How do I know if my water heater is going bad?

There are a few signs that you can look out for to help determine when it’s time for a water heater upgrade. One indication that the water heater isn’t working properly is that the appliance overheats. Additionally, if the appliance struggles to heat the water in the tank or keep up with heating demands, then it may be time for a maintenance call to clean any built-up sediment out of the water heater. If this doesn’t work, you may need to consider upgrading the appliance.

Q: Why is my water heater not getting hot?

When a water heater no longer heats up, it can be due to a variety of issues. Check to make sure the water heater breaker is on to ensure the unit is receiving power. If you have a gas water heater, verify that the gas valve is open and the pilot light is on. In some cases, the problem may be due to a significant sediment buildup in the bottom of the water heater. This can act as an insulating barrier, preventing the water from heating up. 

Final thoughts on the best water heaters

Hot water is a necessary part of everyday life. People use it to wash dishes, clean the house, do loads of laundry, sanitize household surfaces, and bathe. It can also be used simply to relax under the warm spray of the shower after a long day at work. With this in mind, a water heater is an important appliance that should be properly maintained to avoid any issues with the availability of hot water in the home.

Tankless water heaters are a suitable option for small families and small to mid-size homes. Even larger homes can benefit from the on-demand functionality of tankless water heaters, though you may need more than one unit to accommodate the water demands of the entire home. Tank-style water heaters are less expensive to purchase and can store a substantial amount of water for future use. However, when no one is home, the water heater will continue using energy to heat and reheat the tank’s contents, leading to energy waste. Consider the pros and cons of each type to decide on the best water heaters for the home.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hot water heaters for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best carpet cleaner machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-carpet-cleaner-machine/ Fri, 19 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/best-carpet-cleaner-machine/
Four carpet cleaner machines from Hoover, Bissell, and Eureka.

Why bring in the professionals or rent a carpet cleaner, when you can buy?

The post The best carpet cleaner machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four carpet cleaner machines from Hoover, Bissell, and Eureka.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall An upright vacuum, the Hoover PowerDash Pet Compact Carpet Cleaner against a plain background. Hoover PowerDash Carpet Cleaner
SEE IT

This lightweight model features a powerful brush and suction technology.
Best smart The black and white Tineco CARPET ONE Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner features an LED screen, hose, and canister for water. Tineco CARPET ONE Spot Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner
SEE IT

Equipped with a smart sensor, this cordless carpet cleaner detects the size and scope of stains and lets you know when the job is completed on an LED screen.
Best budget The Eureka Uprgith Vacuum Cleaner, which is gray and blue, and black, with some attachments in the foreground against a plain background. Eureka Lightweight Powerful Upright Vacuum
SEE IT

This affordable upright vacuum provides full-on steam cleaning.

Let’s be honest: Unless your carpets are dark gray and constructed for what manufacturers call “heavy traffic,” i.e., a lot of wear and tear, you’ll probably need a carpet cleaner. Whether it’s a glass of red wine, a mishap with some makeup, or a pet accident, carpet stains and messes will happen, and that’s where a carpet cleaner comes in. But, if you’re reading this and thinking, “not my problem, no carpets in my home,” bear in mind that the best carpet cleaner machines will also tackle stains on upholstery and on car interiors—so if you’ve got fabric, and you’ve got stains, we’ve got the picks.

How we chose the best carpet cleaner machines

There’s an array of carpet cleaner machines on the market, so how can you work out which is the model for you? Suppose you’re an adult living in a carpeted space. In that case, you’ve got to think about how frequently you’re likely to want to clean your carpets and weigh that up against the cost of hiring a machine on an ad hoc basis versus the cost of buying a carpet cleaner and finding somewhere to store it year-round.

But if you’ve got kids and pets, and you’ve also got carpets, sofas, or cars … it could be a very sensible investment. We’ve got the answers to some of the most frequently asked questions which, hopefully, will help you work out the best carpet cleaner for you and your home. We’ll talk about the differences between a domestic carpet cleaner and a commercial carpet cleaner, between a portable carpet cleaner and a cordless carpet cleaner, and much more besides. And we looked to top brands to find the latest models with dirt-and-stain-fighting technology.

The best carpet cleaner machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Pets shed. Kids spill. Dust builds up. No matter how hard you try, your carpet will get dirty sometimes—but with a good carpet cleaner, it’s not a big deal. The best carpet cleaners are easy to control, powerful, and, most of all, effective. A clean carpet means less dust and dander, improving air quality and the overall ambiance of the room. To help you find the best carpet cleaner machine, we’ve rounded up our recommendations for a range of situations.

Best overall: Hoover PowerDash Carpet Cleaner

An upright vacuum, the Hoover PowerDash Pet Compact Carpet Cleaner against a plain background.

Hoover

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 0.5 gallons
  • Cord length: 20 feet
  • Weight: 12.5 pounds

Pros

  • Powerful cleaning for homes with pets
  • Uses HeatForce feature to speed up drying process
  • Lightweight design

Cons

  • Not heavy-duty enough to address serious damage
  • Only comes with a trial-size container of cleaner

The Hoover PowerDash Carpet Cleaner is a lightweight solution that looks just like a standard vacuum but has far more benefits. Using steam technology, the tank connects to the cleaner trigger and sprays the cleaning solution onto the carpet. Then, the vacuum lifts dirt from the fibers and channels the dirt into a separate tank. Both receptacles are clear, enabling you to see the progress as you go. 

This carpet cleaner is designed with a powerspin brushroll that picks up hair and removes stains. The removable nozzle makes it easy to maintain and helps ensure a deep clean. Hoover’s HeatForce component then speeds up the drying process. Powerful, durable, and complete with a 20-foot cord, this carpet cleaner is a solid choice overall.

Best smart: Tineco CARPET ONE Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner

The black and white Tineco CARPET ONE Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner features an LED screen, hose, and canister for water.

Tineco

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: N/A
  • Cord length: Cordless
  • Weight: 18.81 pounds

Pros

  • Designed with a smart sensor that detects stains
  • Saves water and energy by determining the severity of stain
  • Cordless, so it’s easy to transport

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Not a comprehensive carpet cleaning solution

Looking for a smart appliance that takes care of carpet cleaning and stain removal for you? That’s the promise of Tineco’s CARPET ONE Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner and its Set and Go function. It’s designed with an iLoop sensor that finds stains and automatically adjusts water levels and brush speed based on the severity of the stain, saving water and energy. It has three modes: spot mode, auto mode, and suction mode. Then, the cleaner lets you know the task is completed through an LED screen that provides updates in real-time and works with voice controls. 

Powered by a lithium-ion battery, the Carpet One runs up to 40 minutes on a full charge. Being cordless makes it easy to use this machine on the stairs, upholstery, or in your car. Once the task is completed, you can plug the machines into a self-cleaning box that removes water from the hose and brush after each use.

Best value: Bissell TurboClean PowerBrush Pet Upright Carpet Cleaner Machine

The upright Bissell Turboclean Powerbrush Carpet Cleaner machine, which is black and gray with a green handle, against a plain background.

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 0.5 gallons
  • Cord length: 20 feet
  • Weight: 12 pounds

Pros

  • Collapsible handle for easy storage
  • Works on carpet and area rugs
  • Two-tank system

Cons

  • Smaller than other carpet cleaner machines

Cleaning your carpet is a routine task that doesn’t have to be expensive, making the Bissell TurboClean PowerBrush Pet such a great value pick. This upright vacuum features a power brush that’s used alongside a suction mechanism to scrub away stains and lift out deep-seated dirt. The machine’s bristles help tidy up edges and furniture corners, while the two-tank system helps separate dirty water from clean water.

Best heavy-duty: Bissell Big Green Carpet Cleaner

The Bissell Big Green Professional Carpet Cleaner has a green and white tank and a gray handle and tube.

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 1.75 gallons
  • Cord length: 25 feet
  • Weight: 41 pounds

Pros

  • Features a 25-foot power cord for extra reach
  • Compatible with several different cleaners
  • Works powerfully and consistently on all carpet types

Cons

  • Fairly high price point relative to the competition
  • Nine-foot hose can kink or tear when navigating corners
  • Bristles require maintenance for peak performance

If you’re looking for deep cleaning, consider the Bissell Big Green Carpet Cleaner. Bissell is a trusted name in carpet cleaning, and this pick, comparable to the models you would otherwise rent, features two large tanks (one for clean water and the other for dirty). This cleaner also comes with an adjustable handle, a 9-foot hose, and a 25-foot power cord that provides even more flexibility and ease of use.

This powerful 12-amp carpet cleaner comes with six attachments, each designed to address a certain type of stain or damage, including a 6-inch Tough Stain Tool for carpets, stairs, and upholstery. The cleaner also arrives with three 8-ounce trial-size bottles of Bissell’s PRO MAX CLEAN + Protect, for deep cleaning.

Best commercial: Rug Doctor Mighty Pro Commercial Carpet Cleaner

Rug Doctor Mighty Pro Commercial Carpet Cleaner is one of the best carpet cleaners on the market.

Rug Doctor

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 3.9 gallons (clean water), 3 gallons (dirty water)
  • Cord length: 28 feet
  • Weight: 47 pounds

Pros

  • Deep cleans
  • Features large tanks
  • Long cord

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

This commercial carpet cleaner’s spraying system injects cleaning solution deep into the carpet, which helps begin the process of detaching dirt, stains, and odors. Next, the Rug Doctor’s triple-action vibrating brush works on all sides of each carpet fiber before professional-level suction is applied to remove dirt, odors, and solution, leaving a clean carpet that dries quickly.

Best steam: McCulloch Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner

A black and yellow carpet cleaner known as the McCulloch Steam Cleaner that has wheels.

McCulloch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 48 ounces (0.375 gallons)
  • Cord length: 15 feet
  • Weight: 10 pounds

Pros

  • Balances power with affordability
  • Steam cleans instead of using chemicals
  • Works on all different carpet types

Cons

  • May require a separate chemical supplement for some stains
  • Tank size only allows the vacuum to function for up to 45 minutes

The McCulloch Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner is a safe option for those who avoid chemicals during regular cleaning. The 48-ounce tank heats up in fewer than 10 minutes. It can steam your carpet for up to 45 minutes, though using the continuous stream function can deplete it more quickly.

Though the tank may run out, it still cleans efficiently thanks to the heavy-duty design and focused steam. So long as you use the correct accessory (and the set comes with 18 of them), it can tackle stains and dander with ease. With the 9-foot hose, you can easily roll the cleaner around and reach tougher spots without changing plugins.

Best for pets: Bissell ProHeat Lift Off Pet Carpet Cleaner

Bissell ProHeat Lift Off Pet Carpet Cleaner is the best Bissell carpet cleaner

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 3/4 gallon
  • Cord length: 22 feet
  • Weight: 24.25 pounds

Pros

  • Two cleaners in one
  • Portable spot remover
  • Great for upholstery and car interiors

Cons

  • Some users say suction is weak
  • May leak

When it comes to an effective carpet cleaner, pets and pet hair can make deep cleaning more difficult. This Bissell carpet cleaner has a powerbrush that has 10 rows of bristles designed to loosen dirt and odors in combination with a cleaning solution before sucking them into a waste tank. It can be converted to a portable and has two specialized tools to tackle tough stains and crevices. Get started with one of the best robot vacuums for pet hair.

Best portable: Bissell Spot Clean Professional Portable Carpet Cleaner

Bissell Spot Clean Professional Portable Carpet Cleaner is the best portable carpet cleaner machine

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 3/4 gallon
  • Cord length: 22 feet
  • Weight: 13 pounds

Pros

  • Professional quality
  • Easy to transport
  • Effective spot remover

Cons

If you’re looking for a carpet cleaner machine that’s both powerful and portable, look no further than the Bissell Spot Clean Professional Portable Carpet Cleaner. Weighing 13 pounds and with a 22-foot cord, this carpet cleaner is easy to transport but provides a professional-level clean. This carpet cleaner comes with two heads, including a six-inch brush designed especially for stairs and a trial-size bottle of cleaning solution that will help remove those pesky stains.

Best cordless: Bissell Pet Stain Eraser Cordless Portable Carpet Cleaner

Bissell Pet Stain Eraser Cordless Portable Carpet Cleaner is the best carpet cleaner for pets.

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 8 ounces
  • Cord length: Cordless
  • Weight: 3.3 pounds

Pros

  • Convenient
  • Easy to use
  • Rechargeable

Cons

  • Not super powerful

A rechargeable lithium battery powers this cordless carpet cleaner that’s ideal for whipping out whenever a spillage happens. The ready-mixed formula is stored in the machine, so it’s always ready for use. Just spray, scrub, and suction. This model is great for pet owners, even if it’s less powerful than some other picks.

Best for spot cleaning: Hoover Spotless Portable Carpet & Upholstery Spot Cleaner

Hoover Spotless Portable Carpet & Upholstery Spot Cleaner

Hoover

SEE IT

Specs

  • Tank capacity: 51 ounces
  • Cord length: 14 feet
  • Weight: 9 pounds

Pros

  • Targeted stain removal
  • Lightweight
  • Self-cleaning

Cons

  • Not comprehensive carpet cleaner

Lightweight (just 9 pounds) and compact (15 inches tall), this Hoover carpet cleaner incorporates self-cleaning technology that flushes the hose after each use to help remove dirt and bacteria, keeping the device clean and odor-free. A 5-foot hose gives a long reach and makes cleaning stairs, upholstery, and more easier.

Best budget: Eureka Lightweight Powerful Upright Vacuum

The Eureka Uprgith Vacuum Cleaner, which is gray and blue, and black, with some attachments in the foreground against a plain background.

Eureka

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 3.9 liters (1.03 gallons)
  • Cord length: 25 feet
  • Weight: 11 pounds

Pros

  • Upgraded model with increased speed and suction
  • Works on all types of carpets and hard floors
  • Powerful suction reaches deep into the carpet fibers

Cons

  • Only features dry vacuum technology
  • Requires a separate stain remover for major spills

The Eureka Lightweight Powerful Vacuum is a solid choice for those dealing with smaller messes. It works in between steam cleanings or, in conjunction with a chemical cleaner, as a full-service carpet cleaner. Equipped with five height options, the vacuum adjusts to the type of carpet in your home. The vacuum features a 7-foot hose that connects to an attachment on one side while the other hooks up to a quick-release lever. Together, this makes it easy to clean and maintain the vacuum between uses.

What to consider when shopping for the best carpet cleaner machines

Buying a carpet cleaner is all about balancing the upfront investment with savings over time. Consider the following when making your plans:

Type and size of carpet

A thick carpet and a thin rug are two entirely different beasts. The lower a carpet’s pile, or how thick a carpet’s fibers are, the easier it will be to clean. Denser, heavier carpets require more effort. Material is another consideration. Most carpets are synthetic, made from nylon, polyester, or acrylic. Others are made from natural fibers, such as wool. Ensure that the cleaner you’re using is appropriate for your carpet’s material.

Size is another factor in picking the right cleaner. Larger carpets take longer to clean, making it worth the cost of a bigger cleaner. Smaller carpets are easier to clean by hand, so it’s less viable to invest in a costlier system.

Domestic carpet cleaners vs. commercial carpet cleaners

There’s nothing to stop you from buying a commercial carpet cleaner rather than a domestic carpet cleaner. After all, as you might expect, they’re designed to cover large areas quickly, so, in many ways, they are more efficient than domestic machines.

But there are a few things that you should probably know before buying one. First of all, they’re pricey. You can expect to pay a lot more for a commercial carpet cleaner than you would for a domestic one. They’re also a lot bigger and heavier, so if you’re going to want to clean carpets on the top floor, you might want to think twice about storing one in the basement.

On the upside, a bigger machine usually means a bigger engine—which means more suction power. It also means bigger tanks—both for cleaning and waste fluid—so you can clean a larger area in one go without stopping.

Pets

Let’s be honest: One of the reasons that you’re probably thinking about getting a carpet cleaner in the first place is because you have a pet and want to be able to deal with their accidents, so yes, it makes sense to factor that in when you’re looking. That said, most carpet cleaner manufacturers know that their market is often pet-owners so a lot of that functionality is pre-packaged into a machine, even if it doesn’t specifically say it’s a carpet cleaner designed for pets.

What you might find when you buy a pet-specific carpet cleaner is that it comes with a few additional tools or features. That might include a pre-treat function, a separate tool designed to remove pet stains, hair, and mess, with a separate tank that keeps this debris out of the main tank. This makes cleaning the machine easier and also gives the ability to spot treat rather than treat an entire area.

Spot-cleaning

Do you have to clean the whole carpet? In a word, no! While you might want to clean an entire carpet as part of a regular cleaning and maintenance schedule, many carpet cleaners are designed for what’s known as spot-cleaning. Either they’re an upright machine that has a lift-off section (like how a vacuum can be converted from an upright to a hand-held), or they’re designed to be handheld devices. These types of cleaners tend to be known as portable carpet cleaners, and they’re ideal for you if you don’t have a carpet but do have a rug, sofa, or car upholstery that you want to remove stains from at your discretion.

While an upright or commercial machine is ideal for covering large areas, a portable carpet cleaner is designed to work on smaller areas or isolated spots. The cleaning head tends to be smaller, and some of the automated processes that you’d get with a full-size cleaner are manual—for example, rather than having automated scrubbing brushes, you have to scrub manually.

Portable vs. cordless carpet cleaners

Simply put, while a cordless carpet cleaner is a portable carpet cleaner, a portable carpet cleaner is not necessarily a cordless carpet cleaner. There aren’t a lot of cordless cleaners on the market because using a battery to generate suction power is significantly less efficient—and less powerful—than using plugged-in power. So, broadly speaking, an outlet-powered portable cleaner is going to be the best option.

But, if you want to spot-clean car upholstery, for example, and it’s not practical to run an extension cable onto the street, a cordless carpet cleaner could be what you need. Just bear in mind that they’re likely to be less powerful and less efficient, so might not be as productive when it comes to tackling tough stains on large areas.

Safety of ingredients

Checking the safety of any chemical cleaners is essential, especially if you have kids or pets around the house. You can always find the ingredients and risks of any cleaner by looking at its material safety data sheet (MSDS). Many industrial cleaners can be irritants, so it may be better to opt for a steam cleaner. Learn more about the safety ratings of carpet cleaners from the Environmental Working Group.

Price

The best carpet cleaner machine we could find for less manages to pack an awful lot of punch for its price and size. It’s worth noting that if you’re on a budget, you’re better spending your money on a higher-end portable cleaner, like our pick, rather than a lower-end full-size cleaner, as you’ll get more effective cleaning from the portable option.

You might miss some of the features that the more expensive cleaners have, so no “keep warm” facility, which means that they redirect some of the heat from the motor towards the water tank to try to maintain the heat of the water (although you have to put hot water in, as very few machines actually heat the water themselves), no additional tools and tanks for cleaning up solid mess before attacking the stain, and manual rather than mechanical scrubbing (and sometimes even manual rather than mechanical spraying too.)

That said, if you research, you can get a very good carpet cleaner for under $200. Just try to buy one from a reputable brand and retailer, ideally with a warranty.

FAQs

Q: How often should carpet be cleaned?

Obviously, it makes sense to spot treat when there’s an accident, but in an ideal world, your carpets should be cleaned annually, just to freshen them up and undo the damage that 12 months of daily wear and tear inflicts. If you smoke in your home or have a lot of pets, you might want to consider doing it every quarter or twice a year.

Q: Is it better to shampoo or steam clean carpets?

Shampooing your carpet used to mean a lot of foam and a lot of damp carpet, while steaming was seen as preferable as it didn’t leave fibers quite so sodden. But the best carpet cleaning machines now don’t churn out a lot of foam and have powerful suction to remove as much water as possible. So you can either use a good carpet cleaning machine or a modern steaming machine, like the McCulloch Heavy-Duty Steam Cleaner.

Q: What is the best way to get stains out of carpet?

How to get stains out of carpets, you ask? The best way to get stains out of a carpet is to tackle them when they’re fresh. Use a clean cloth to absorb as much of the liquid as possible, and then think about using a special stain remover to tackle the problem. You want to minimize scrubbing as much as possible as you run the risk of damaging the fibers, so even if you remove the stain, the carpet may look roughed up. That’s why a machine designed to remove stains is such a good idea. The best carpet cleaners will minimize abrasion while lifting the stain from the fibers.

Final thoughts on the best carpet cleaner machines

Hopefully, working your way through these questions has helped you answer that one big question: “What’s the best carpet cleaner for my home?” Whether you’re buying a commercial carpet cleaner that can effortlessly keep acres of carpet stain-free and showroom-fresh, or you simply want a cordless carpet cleaner to spot-clean the upholstery in your car, there are pros and cons to them all. This isn’t new technology—but it’s definitely technology that has been refined in recent years, so it’s still possible to get a cheap carpet cleaner that holds its own against more expensive gadgets.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best carpet cleaner machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best indoor grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-indoor-grill/ Fri, 30 Jul 2021 20:49:59 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=385470
The best indoor grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

A yard or patio is no longer a necessity when it comes to grilling.

The post The best indoor grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best indoor grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Ninja Foodi AG301 Indoor Electric Countertop Grill is the best pick overall. Ninja Foodi AG301 5-in-1 Indoor Electric Countertop Grill
SEE IT

One easy machine does it all.
Best for entertaining Cuisinart GR-150P1 Cuisinart GR-150P1
SEE IT

No other indoor grill offers the same cooking space while still being able to reach sear-worthy temperatures.
Best budget Hamilton Beach Electric Indoor Searing Grill Hamilton Beach Electric Indoor Searing Grill
SEE IT

This grill offers clamshell lids and a large cooking surface at an affordable price.

Indoor grills are a great alternative when outdoor grills aren’t an option. Wet weather can put your backyard grill out of commission, and if you live in an apartment or condo, you may not be allowed to own a grill. But that doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy a juicy grilled steak or hamburger. While you should never bring an outdoor grill indoors because it produces dangerous emissions, electric indoor grills are a safe substitute. Though smaller than their outdoor counterparts, an indoor electric grill offers around 100 square inches of cooking space. In this guide, learn what features you should consider when shopping for the best indoor grills, and check out our list of some choices.

How we chose the best indoor grills

As a self-proclaimed grill master, I have a lot of experience grilling both indoors and out. I used that experience and several important criteria to review more than 20 outdoor grills for this guide, while consulting other grill enthusiasts on the PopSci staff. As with outdoor grills, how well a grill can heat the cooking surface is key. For a grill to be worth the metal used to make it, it needs to be able to reach more than 400 degrees Fahrenheit, the temperature required to sear a crust on the outside of hamburgers and steaks.

A good indoor grill also shouldn’t fill your home with smoke, so we stuck with models that either use smoke management systems with fans that remove smoke as it comes off the grill surface, or those that have drip systems that prevent grease from reaching the heating element.

Finally, I also leaned toward grills that offer versatility by including interchangeable plates that allow one to use them as both griddles and standard grills.

The best indoor grills: Reviews & Recommendations

As with every kitchen apparatus—from coffee machines to smart ovens—there are a lot of options to choose from when shopping for the best indoor grill. Look for a dependable electric grill, one that has user-friendly controls and a strong, consistent heat source. From there, think about the extra features you’d like to try, and always carefully consider your space. Some are small enough to fit anywhere; others may need a lot of counter space. 

Best overall: Ninja Foodi AG301 5-in-1 Indoor Electric Countertop Grill

The Ninja Foodi AG301 Indoor Electric Countertop Grill is the best pick overall.

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cooking surface: 100 square inches
  • Product dimensions: 14.9 inches L x 14.9 inches W x 11.02 inches H
  • Maximum temperature: 500 degrees Fahrenheit

Pros

  • High maximum temperature
  • Multiple cook settings
  • Digital temperature gauge

Cons

  • Price

The Ninja Foodi AG301 indoor Grill rises to the top of the list thanks to its five-in-one versatility. It’s fantastic as a grill, but that’s just the start. The AG301 is also an air fryer, which makes it the perfect appliance for cooking fries and veggies. The grill can also bake, roast, and dehydrate, though grilling and air frying are its two best features. The grill heats up to 500 degrees Fahrenheit for searing steak and does a good job at eliminating smoke. That said, the Ninja Foodi grill isn’t cheap. It’s a versatile kitchen tool that’s worthy of being our best splurge, but only if you plan on using all its features.

Best versatile: Hamilton Beach 3-in-1 Electric Indoor Grill + Griddle

Hamilton Beach 3-in-1 Electric Indoor Grill

Hamilton Beach

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cooking surface: 180 square inches
  • Product dimensions: 12.51 inches L x 23 inches W x 6.71 inches H
  • Maximum temperature: 425 degrees Fahrenheit

Pros

  • Reversible plates allow for different cooking configurations
  • Each side has independent heating controls
  • Large total cooking surface area

Cons

  • Low max surface heat of 425 degrees Fahrenheit

While many indoor electric grills give you the ability to grill or griddle, few allow you to do both at once. This 3-in-1 model from Hamilton Beach is an exception. It features two cooking zones, each offering 90 square inches of cooking surface for a total of 180 square inches. Its reversible plate design can function as a half flat-top griddle and half grill or as a full griddle or grill. 

Two separate knobs make it easy to independently control surface temperature on both the grill and griddle side up to 425 degrees. This makes this grill ideal for cooking tasks that require cooking different types of foods simultaneously, such as pancakes and bacon.

We also like the ease of cleaning with this model. A grease tray that sits under the joint between the two cooking surfaces catches grease from both sides and is easy to pull out and empty, and the non-stick cooking plates are dishwasher safe.

Best features: George Foreman 4-Serving Removable Plate Grill and Panini Press

George Foreman 4-Serving Removable Plate Electric Grill and Panini Press

George Foreman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cooking surface: 60 square inches
  • Product dimensions: 6.5 inches L by 12.5 inches W by 13.19 inches H
  • Maximum temperature: N/A

Pros

  • Easy to use with no flipping or temperature controls to worry about
  • Removable plates make it easy to clean
  • Compact size ideal for those with limited cabinet space

Cons

  • Smaller cooking surface than other indoor grills
  • Limited to one temperature

George Foreman grills, which first appeared on the scene back in 1994, are still one of the easiest grills to use indoors or out. The concept is the same as it was nearly 30 years ago. Place a burger patty, chicken breast, steak, or whatever type of food you wish to grill on the grill surface, and drop the lid on top of it. There’s no temperature control to worry about, and there’s also no need to flip the food since both sides are grilled simultaneously. Since the grill is cambered at an angle, any drippings run off the grill into the wide tray at the bottom of the unit. 

This George Foreman model is one of the line’s larger models at 60 square inches, giving it the ability to cook four average-size burger patties or chicken breasts or a couple of steaks. While it offers about half the cooking surface of other indoor grills, the smaller size means it’s easier to store when not in use.

Best for entertaining: Cuisinart Griddler Deluxe

Cuisinart GR-150P1

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cooking surface: 120 square inches (240 square inches when flat)
  • Product dimensions: 15.98 inches L x 14.6 inches W x 7.87 inches H
  • Maximum temperature: 500 degrees

Pros

  • Large cooking surface when laid flat
  • Interchangeable cooking grates add versatilityFunctions as grill, griddle, or sandwich press
  • High heat sear function

Cons

  • More expensive than other electric griddles

Most indoor grills have a limited amount of cooking surface, making them difficult poor options for cooking larger meals. Cuisinart’s Griddler Deluxe circumvents this issue. When laid flat, it has twice the cooking surface of a standard indoor grill, making it suitable for cooking a lot of food at one time. Despite that large surface, it has a searing function, made possible by its 1800-watt output.

The Griddler Deluxe is versatile too. The two surfaces each have independent heat controls, allowing the chef to cook different types of foods at different temperatures simultaneously. We also like that the adjustable top allows it to broil, a function you won’t find on any outdoor grill. Like other Griddler models, this one also doubles as a sandwich press or double-sided grill. With its interchangeable plates, it can function as a standard grill or griddle or as a combination griddle/grill.

Best budget: Hamilton Beach Electric Indoor Searing Grill

Hamilton Beach Electric Indoor Searing Grill

Hamilton Beach

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cooking surface: 118 square inches
  • Product dimensions: 12.4 inches L x 16.73 inches W x 6.81 inches H
  • Maximum temperature: 450 degrees Fahrenheit

Pros

  • Large clamshell-style lid
  • Easy-to-use controls
  • Removable non-stick grill grate
  • Attractive stainless steel looks

Cons

  • No advanced cooking modes or griddle options

Despite being one of the more affordable grills on the market, this model from Hamilton Beach offers an indoor grilling experience that’s remarkably similar to an outdoor grill, making it our best value pick. The cooking surface measures a sizable 118 square inches, which puts it in the ballpark with higher-end indoor grills. There are no fancy cooking modes with the Hamilton Beach electric grill, but those who want a grill that functions like the one sitting on their patio will appreciate the single knob that controls heat output. The nonstick grate is well designed for creating grill marks and sits in close proximity to the heating element, allowing you to sear a good crust on burgers or steaks. 

The large clamshell lid is also reminiscent of an outdoor grill, allowing you to open the lid with one hand while tending to the food with the other. The concave shape allows for better airflow for even heating when the lid is closed. This no-frills indoor grill is a great option for those looking to bring that backyard grilling experience indoors.

What to consider when shopping for the best indoor grills

Outdoor grills give food a distinct taste that, up until recently, was difficult to replicate in the kitchen. But modern indoor electric grills are giving outdoor grills real competition thanks to improvements in cooking surfaces and temperature control. For those looking to ditch the gas grill or who simply want a way to grill hot cheeseburgers on a cold winter’s night, the best indoor grill is the perfect appliance you didn’t realize you needed. 

The two types of indoor grills: Open grills and contact grills

You have two choices when shopping for an indoor electric grill. Open indoor grills resemble a traditional grill, with one cooking surface that faces up and out to the world. Contact grills use two surfaces, top and bottom, to press the food between the grill plates. 

When using an open grill, you’ll need to flip the burgers and steaks for even cooking. They don’t cook as quickly as a contact grill, but open grills are simple gadgets that give you the feel of outdoor cooking. They can also be easier to clean and store. 

Contact grills launched into popularity in the 1990s thanks to the iconic George Foreman grill.  But they’ve come a long way since those “lean, mean grilling machine” days. New contact grills offer greater heat control. And many can be opened up completely to provide two separate, flat cooking surfaces—essentially turning the contact cooker into two open grills. 

One slight drawback: Contact grills can be tough to clean if the cooking plates aren’t removable. Most models have removable plates, but always check first or else get used to scrubbing at awkward angles. Contact grills are also bulkier and hard to store in a tightly packed cabinet.

Are smokeless grills really smokeless?

Outdoor gas grills, charcoal grills, and wood pellet grills are notoriously smoky. These cookers solve the smoke problem by using infrared heat instead of a flame to cook the food. Smokeless indoor grills are also equipped with fans, lids, and filters to grab and contain most of the smoke. Some feature drip pans designed to catch and cool grease before it has a chance to turn into smelly leftover residue. 

However, indoor models are not 100 percent smoke-free. In tiny apartments or crowded spaces, it’s best to open a window and circulate the air, or else you’ll be smelling cooked meat for days or even weeks after the meal. The best indoor grills are not nearly as smoky as an outdoor grill, but they can create a small amount of smoke stink.

For those who want a smokeless grill without giving up the smoky flavor, a few drops of liquid smoke lend that outdoorsy taste to foods cooked indoors. 

What size indoor electric grill do you need?

The grill should be just the right size. Too big and you’ll eat up precious kitchen space, and it will take longer to cook the food. Too small, and a family of four will need to take turns cooking burgers one at a time. Generally speaking, a 100-square-inch surface provides enough area to cook for two to four people. If you’re having guests over, you may need a 200-square-inch grill top to accommodate your banquet. 

Heat management: Is it hot enough, and can you control it?

Many outdoor grills and smokers have two modes: Hot and off. They don’t provide adequate temperature control. This isn’t a problem if you’re only cooking burgers. But for grilling the perfect piece of chicken, you’ll want the ability to go super-hot or super-mild. And the best indoor grill gives you more than a few temperature control options. 

You can also find indoor cookers equipped with two separate temperature areas. Cook burgers on one section of the grill at high heat. Grill veggies in another area at a lower temp. 

For searing meat and getting the fine-dining crust on a steak, you’ll need lots of heat, so make sure the grill can go up to 500 degrees Fahrenheit.  Not all indoor models are powerful enough for the job. Check the wattage. Any grill between 1,300 and 1,800 watts should be powerful enough to cook through a thick piece of meat. Lower-wattage grills will struggle to thoroughly cook choice cuts of beef. 

And remember: Cooking times will vary. Outside temperatures, humidity, air circulation, and other factors can affect the cooking process. Always arm yourself with a good, accurate meat thermometer to ensure the food is cooked just right. 

The best indoor grill can pull double duty as an air fryer

While most indoor grills are single-purpose appliances, there are a few high-quality models that also air fry. Air frying is a method of cooking that circulates hot air around the food and uses a minimal amount of oil. It’s slightly healthier and easier than deep frying. And best of all, the food tastes great.

The Ninja Foodi 5-in-1 indoor grill is a good example of a multifunction grill. It can grill, air fry, roast, and bake. Do you need a grill with such robust talent? It depends. These features can be nice to have but unnecessary if you only want a quick, no-nonsense way to grill a steak. Some people swear by their beloved air fryer. Some think this is just the current culinary fad. The choice is yours. 

Related: These are the best grill accessories for becoming a grill master.

FAQs

Q: Are indoor grills healthy?

Yes, indoor grills are healthy. But the nutritional content of your grilled food really depends on the food itself. No amount of grilling technology can make a double-chili cheeseburger diet-friendly. Indoor electric grills will usually have a drip pan to collect the fat as you grill the meat. Less fat means better health. But outdoor grills do this too, and no one claims your backyard propane grill is health-conscious. Indoor grills are less about health and more about convenience and flavor. That said, they are fantastic tools for cooking vegetables. Everything from red peppers to broccoli tastes better when you grill them. So, if you’re looking for a great way to boost the flavor of healthy food, then an indoor electric grill may be considered a healthy kitchen tool.  

Q: Are indoor grills worth it? 

Yes, they are worth it. Modern indoor grills are affordable, with most costing less than $100. That’s a good deal for a kitchen appliance you can use year-round. Some higher-end models, like the Ninja Foodi grill, can be more expensive, but you’re paying for added features like air fryers and food dehydrators. The extra features are worth the money if you plan to use the indoor grill for a wide variety of cooking. And an often overlooked added bonus: they are easy to maintain. Plug them in and they’re ready to go. (Yes, you will still need to clean the grill, but most grill plates are dishwasher safe.) 

Q: How long do indoor grills last?

Indoor grills last a long time. Even if you use the grill on a weekly basis, it should last 10 years or more. Keep the grill clean and dry for best results. However, grills with extra features, hinges, and fancy temperature controls can become inconsistent after a few years of heavy use. But compared to outdoor grills, which must hold up against the anger of Mother Nature, they are long-lasting cooking machines. And if a grill plate gets damaged (or lost), the manufacturer will probably have a way to buy new plates at a reasonable price. 

Q: How much does an indoor grill?

This will vary based on its maximum temperature and size, but our recommendations cost between $80 and $180.

Final thoughts on the best indoor grills

The big benefit of indoor electric grills is the ability to grill food whenever—no matter the weather or time of day. They are convenient and remarkably user-friendly. Simple knobs and easy-to-read buttons control the temperature. You won’t need a master class in grilling science to cook a burger or steak just right. When shopping for an indoor grill, ensure it’s big enough and hot enough for your needs. Seek out a multi-function grill if you want to experiment with new foods and flavors. And if you only need a basic indoor model, you should be able to find a budget-friendly option. The best indoor grill is a quick, simple way to enjoy outdoor BBQ, family picnic-style food, and even breakfast whenever you want.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best indoor grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best air purifiers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-purifiers/ Mon, 15 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-purifiers-2/
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Whether you’ve got pets, allergies, or worries about wildfire season, you can look forward to better air quality with one of our well-filtered purifier picks.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for large rooms Mila Smart Air Purifier Mila Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

This all-purpose smart air purifier adapts to room size and comes with a carbon monoxide detector and sleep and white noise modes.
Best HEPA A product image of the Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier
SEE IT

This HEPA model features four layers of filtration in a stylish design.
Best for allergies InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier
SEE IT

Certified to keep you safe from dangerous levels of ozone gas.

Air purifiers suck in pollen, dust, smoke, other allergens, and even viruses—pummeling them and then circulating clean, filtered air. It sounds simple enough, but not all purifiers are created equal, and there isn’t one that’s right for every person. Your particular environment and the size of your home are huge factors in choosing the best option for you. Is allergy season wreaking havoc on your sinuses? Do you live in a smoggy city? Has wildfire smoke been wafting through, blanketing everything in an unnatural haze? In short, even the finest filters aren’t guaranteed to fix all that ails you and your home. But if you’re wondering whether air purifiers are really worth it … we think so. They can help distribute cleaner air, and that’s always a good thing, considering the link between air quality and health. So, read on as we clear the air on what we think are the best air purifiers.

How we chose the best air purifiers

As pet owners and parents, we’ve experienced our fair share of smells and toxins—and that’s just from inside the house. To create this list of the best air purifiers, we relied on peer recommendations, critical reviews, online research, user impressions, and plentiful personal testing. We also examined what each air purifier claims to eliminate from the air, HEPA square footage, and MERV ratings.

The best air purifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

Pollen, pet dander, smells, smoke, germs, and other airborne goblins are no match for the best air purifiers. This list includes quiet air purifiers, ones that double as humidifiers, and even ones that claim they can help with a majority of airborne pathogens.

Best overall: Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde

A Dyson air purifier in a living room.

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This three-in-one smart device automatically adapts to changes in air quality and humidity.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 36.66 x 11.02 x 12.23 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 59.8 dB

Pros

  • Connectivity with Siri and Alexa
  • Three products in one
  • Air quality reporting

Cons

  • Expensive

Between its TikTok- and Insta-famous Airwrap multistyler to its line of powerful vacuums, Dyson has made a name for itself in sucking—which we don’t mean negatively. The Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde proves yet again that Sir James Dyson really knows what he’s doing when it comes to pushing air out and in. This air purifier uses an intelligent sensing system and Air Multiplier technology to purify, humidify, and cool the air. You don’t even need to touch the stylish, distinctive unit—it automatically senses and reacts to changes in air quality and humidity (we’ve watched one enthusiastically spring to life time and time again after a particularly aggressive sauté session in the kitchen). It even features a solid-state sensor to detect and destroy formaldehyde emitted by household items—a boon if you’re in a newly renovated/refurbished space, as fresh carpet and new mattresses are emitting odd things.

You don’t have to worry about airborne baddies getting re-released into the air since the entire purifier-humidifier is fully sealed to the HEPA H13 standard. If you love numbers, neat tech, and data, this machine will tickle your brain when it reports your air quality in real time on the LCD screen and DysonLink app (which you can use to tweak/schedule usage). The filters are low-maintenance and easy to replace, and the machine features a deep-clean cycle to get rid of mineral build-up and bacteria that may be lurking in the water system. Although it’s almost $1,000, you’re getting three devices for the cost of one. Talk about smart.

Best for large rooms: Mila Smart Air Purifier

Mila smart air purifier on a light wooden floor in front of a closed white door

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mold- and carbon monoxide-detecting air purifier comes in different filter configurations for custom air purification.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,000 square feet 
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 62 dB but lowers to 24 dB while in room

Pros

  • Stylist
  • Small
  • Carbon monoxide, mold detection, and white noise machine built-in

Cons

  • Reviews note excessive air quality notifications

This classy, app-controllable large room air purifier adapts to the size of whatever room it’s placed in. It also looks great in any room it’s placed in. The filter has 45 square feet of HEPA, and with 447 CADR, it’s effective in rooms up to 1,000 square feet. Additional features include a sleep mode and white noise so that it won’t interfere with your sleeping habits. The device also features a carbon monoxide detector. It will monitor your room’s humidity and let you know if it detects any mold. If you’re not a fan of notifications, disable them if you go with the Mila—reviewers note that the Mila app sends lots of alerts.

Best for small rooms: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom

LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take this lightweight, compact air purifier from room to room to experience dual-filter, three-stage filtration in your entire home.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 161 square feet
  • Dimensions: 6.69 x 6.69 x 10.43 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Aromatherapy
  • Dual-filter, three-stage filtration
  • Specifically targets hay fever

Cons

  • Not for large homes

The Levoit promises to help relieve allergies, congestion, and sneezing and is our pick for the best small air purifier. Although we can’t vouch for the unit’s specific efficacy against rhinitis, we can vouch for the fact that it has three filters (one more than most other units): HEPA for dust, pollen, and dander; carbon for odors; and polyester for lint and hair. One fun additional feature is that this one has an aromatherapy option if you’d like a little lavender to help lull you to sleep at night.

Best for quiet: Blueair Blue Pure 311i Max

BLUEAIR 311i MAX air purifier in a living room

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Particles down to .1 microns are no match for this quiet-but-powerful air purifier.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Up to 929 square feet
  • Dimensions: 19 x 12.5 x 12.5 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Removes particles down to .1 micron
  • Stylish
  • App connectivity

Cons

  • Reviews note occasional problems with auto-sensing

Blueair makes svelte cylinders with Scandinavian style packed with highly effective electrostatic and mechanical filtration. The Blue Pure 311i Max is HEPASilent but deadly … against microbes in the air. This stylish, small air purifier features five fan speeds and a one-touch auto mode with a fine particles (PM 2.5) sensor to monitor concentration and adjust speed according. This air purifier can clean a 387-square-foot room in 12.5 minutes and a 929-square-foot space in 30 minutes (there are both larger and smaller models, so something for every home). And, it snags all those particles (99.97% of them down to 0.1 micron) all nearly undetected, clocking in at 23 dB on low/night mode—louder than a quiet natural area with no wind but softer than a whisper. And it never runs above 50dB, which makes it QuietMark certified and perfect for a bedroom, TV room, any room … plus it’s only 8 pounds, so it’s easy to move around while you decide between your study and your yoga studio (or realize it’s easiest to buy two).

Is it working? We barely hear it. But we also don’t hear ourselves sneezing and wheezing and complaining about our watery eyes, so we’re going with yes. If we need more confirmation, we can look at a five-color LED that changes according to Air Quality Index (AQI), or we can reference an app that gives insight into indoor vs. outdoor pollution and lets you control mode, tweak LED Brightness, set a schedule, and more (assuming the 311i Max and your phone are connected to WiFi). And if we don’t want it to be working, Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility let us turn it off with voice commands if our phone isn’t convenient. While some reviews note that the auto-sensing feature is not as accurate as they hoped, we’ve observed the Blue Pure 311i Max react firsthand thanks to a low smoke-point cooking oil incident or two. It was lively even from across a loft apartment—and helped with the post-coming odors. And the washable pre-filter fabric cover (shown above in “Stockholm Fog” color, quietly complementing some audio-video gear) meshed effortlessly with the decor to boot.

Best HEPA: Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier

A product image of the

Coway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stylish-meets-powerful with this True HEPA air purifier that features four levels of filtration.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 330 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.5 × 32.7 × 10.7 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Real-time air sensing
  • Washable pre-filter
  • Air quality indicator

Cons

  • Noisier compared to other air purifiers

Multiple fan speeds, a timer, an air-quality assessor, and a filter-replacement indicator light make this the best HEPA air purifier—not just quiet and effective, but user-friendly. At just under $200, it’s neither cheap nor exorbitant for an air purifier, and it’s also aesthetically pleasing. Reviewers note that this air purifier is noisier than most.

Best with UV light: Germ Guardian True HEPA Filter Air Purifier

Germ Guardian True HEPA Filter Air Purifier

Germ Guardian

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet air purifier uses CARB-compliant UVC light and titanium dioxide to reduce airborne bacteria, viruses, and mold spores.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 153 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.25 x 6.75 x 21.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 61.2 dB

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Reduces odors
  • Pre-filter traps allergens

Cons

  • UV light can be bad for the environment

UVC light (the most destructive of all the UVs) in an air purifier works as a UVGI—ultraviolet germicidal irradiation—disinfection method by attacking the DNA of cells floating through the air, like mold spores, viruses, and bacteria. (This means, like all other filters, it cannot do anything for particles that have settled into fabric). An activated charcoal filter reduces odors. The 22-inch purifier filters air four times per hour at maximum speed in rooms up to 153 square feet. The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. California Air Resources Board (CARB) compliance means you can rest easy about its environmental footprint.

Best for allergies: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: CARB compliance plus four levels of air purification equals an exorcism for your sneezes.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 319 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best for smoke: Alen BreatheSmart 75i

Alen BreatheSmart 75i

Alen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Detailed air quality indicators, a B7-Pure filter, and a CADR of 347 mean that this air purifier will stop smoke in its tracks.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1300 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 19 x 27 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 51 dB

Pros

  • 8 colorways
  • Quickly cleans large rooms
  • Auto-adjusts based on air quality

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Little warranty

This is an easy pick for the best air purifier for smoke, thanks to its CADR of 347 (out of 450). Thanks to automatic air-quality detection, when any type of smoke is present, the unit will kick up to turbo. When no irritants are present, the device goes into energy-saving mode. Five air quality colors give you a more detailed visual indicator of air quality—other air purifiers only include three color indicators.

Best portable: WYND Smart Plus Personal Portable Air Purifier

A WYND portable air purifier on a desk

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take clean air onto the airplane or into the office with this water bottle-sized air purifier developed by NASA and MIT engineers.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: N/A
  • Dimensions: 9.57 x 8.62 x 4.33 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Small
  • iOS/Android app
  • Medical-grade filter

Cons

  • Expensive for size

This small-but-mighty air purifier designed by NASA and MIT engineers fits in a cup holder and can purify the air in a car in under 15 minutes—that’s eight liters of air per second. And that comes in handy in a world of wildfires and other pollutants you might encounter as you travel—something we know from experience, as one accompanied three passengers in a Honda CR-V through the smoke-heavy American West during fall 2021. And, if you like numbers, the WYND air purifier connects to an iOS/Android app to track real-time hyperlocalized data on dust and other particulates. It also enables you to switch between different purifier presets, like auto and night, control other WYND devices, and alerts you when encountering poor air quality. The included desktop kickstand accessory lets you position the air purifier to direct a clean bubble toward your face (as shown above), giving your nose and lungs instant access to medical-grade filtered air in an office or elsewhere.

Best budget: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home, Core 300

A Levoit Core 300 Air purifier in a sunny corner

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact air purifier tackles smoke, dust, pollen, bacteria, and viruses without hurting your wallet.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Filter life indicator
  • Timer
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Louder than other air purifiers

This cheap air purifier targets smoke, dust, and pollen, along with some bacteria and viruses. Four specialty replacement filters include a pet-allergy option and a toxin absorber for particularly smoky or smoggy areas. Like higher-end air purifiers that are more expensive, this Levoit air purifier features timer settings and a sleep mode. And the display lights can be turned off to ensure a pitch-black room when sleeping. Although the air purifier is louder than some competitors, it resembles a whooshing fan at its highest setting—if you can deal with that, this air purifier is for you.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers

The best air purifier for you might not be the one your best friend or neighbor loves. You want a HEPA filter with a high MERV rating that’s designed to cover the amount of space you have in your particular room or dwelling. Beyond that, consider whether you want other features like pathogen-killing UV light, smart controls, and/or odor elimination. Do you need the best air purifier for pets or perhaps something portable? Air purifiers for mold or models to get rid of smoke? Air filters work only on airborne particles. To get at anything that’s settled into upholstery or rugs, you’ll need a handy vacuum, a helpful robot, or something else that offers deep-clean suction.

Size of space

There’s an alphabet soup to make sense of when choosing the best air purifier for your home. ACH (air changes per hour) correlates to the airflow of your device. It’s calculated based on the volume of your space, ceiling height, and how many cubic feet per minute the device can cover. It’s independent of other factors, e.g., the filter’s efficacy—to calculate that you need the CADR (clean air delivery rate) rating; because a HEPA filter is more efficient, its CADR rating may be lower, which is deceptive.

The most important thing to note is that an air purifier’s efficacy cannot be calculated based on square footage alone. You can find handy calculators online to determine the proper purifier for your needs, but here’s what to consider with any device: Will it successfully rid your home of odors with carbon or other comparable filters? Is it a good choice for pet owners? Does it feature UV light? Read the fine print.

HEPA

You’ve likely heard of high-efficiency particulate air, or HEPA, filters. They are a type of pleated air filter that, according to the Environmental Protection Agency, “can theoretically remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, and any airborne particles with a size of .3 microns.” The smaller the particle, the more penetrating and nefarious it can be. So when you’re shopping for air purifiers, check out their filters’ MERV (minimum efficiency reporting values) rating. The higher the MERV rating, the better it is at trapping the tiniest particles.

Suppose it’s the coronavirus that has you shopping for purifiers. In that case, it should be said that though a HEPA filter should be able to catch a virus of that size, there’s no conclusive proof that an air purifier can kill airborne COVID-19-carrying air droplets. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has stated that any room housing a coronavirus patient “should be exhausted directly to the outside, or be filtered through a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter directly before recirculation.”

If your main concern about your indoor air quality is lingering food or cigarette smoke odors, make sure the model you’re considering specifically targets fumes and other volatile organic compounds. HEPA filters aren’t good at eliminating odors on their own.

The HEPA filter was initially designed to capture radioactive particles when the atomic bomb was being developed because it can capture 99.97 percent of particles as small as .3 microns, which can evade other types of filters. (This is sometimes referred to as “true HEPA,” as European HEPA standards are required to trap only 85 percent of particles.) It works by ensnaring, sieving, and rerouting irritating particles.

A HEPA air purifier is considered the gold standard, but it does have limitations. Any particle smaller than .3 microns—for example, some viruses and VOCs (volatile organic compounds) like aerosols, ammonia, and other toxins—will slip right through. Changing your filter often enough is key. A HEPA filter does a great job of capturing mold. If you don’t change the filter, the purifier can redistribute that mold back into the air.

Allergies

The best air purifiers for allergies depend on what your particular triggers are because different filters work on different-sized particles. Pet hair and pollen are large particles, dust is medium-sized, and smoke is small. A combination HEPA-carbon filter is your best bet for filtering the maximum number of irritants to help reduce your allergies.

The addition of an ionizer and UV light, if you’re comfortable with it, adds a belt to your proverbial suspenders. Because UV light does create ozone particles, we recommend choosing an air purifier with UV light that’s approved for sale in California.

Smoke

Pollutants—like smoke and soot—can aggravate asthma, irritate your eyes, and stress your lungs and heart. An intuitive HEPA purifier with multiple fan speeds, maximum air circulation, and zero ozone output is the best one for allergy sufferers and people who are sensitive to smoke. The best air purifiers for smoke have a higher CADR rating. This means your device will be better at eliminating smoke and its odor, whether you’re talking about cigarettes, cannabis, or wildfires.

FAQs

Q: How much does an air purifier cost?

Even cheap air purifiers aren’t that cheap—they range between $50-$900. So chances are, if you’ve found an option that’s within your budget, you don’t need to second-guess it. Go through all the checkboxes you would for a more expensive model: Does it feature a true HEPA filter? Does your air purifier also feature a carbon filter? Is it ozone-free? If the answers are yes, then go for it. What you’re likely sacrificing are bells and whistles you may not even need, like WiFi capability or large-space efficacy, but still possibly getting other extras, like low-noise operation and triple filtration.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Sure, there’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on! An air purifier contributes to an overall healthy home environment, even while you sleep. In fact, many models feature white noise or overnight modes, so they can continue to work without disturbing you (and possibly even helping you sleep).

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

The best place to position an air purifier is probably not where you think. Don’t stick it in a corner or behind a piece of furniture to conceal it. Beyond that, if there’s a particular pollutant (smoke, food odor) that you’re trying to combat, place the purifier near it. You want it 3 to 5 feet off the ground—so on a table or sill if it’s not a tower-style—and, whenever possible, near sites of good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your purifier from place to place helps maximize its efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier, with one exception: models that expel ozone. Otherwise, purified air is good for plants, just like it’s good for humans.

Q: Do air purifiers with UV light really offer extra sanitation?

Opinions on whether air purifiers with UV lights are worth it differ. UV can conquer indoor air particles that escape other filters, like bacteria and viruses, but the EPA has said there’s no way to measure the effectiveness of UV filtration. The UV lights are technically considered pesticidal devices—”an instrument or other machine that is used to destroy, repel, trap or mitigate any pests, including bacteria and viruses”—according to the EPA, and it does not review, and therefore cannot endorse, those. UV light creates potentially harmful ozone, as well, although the amount is small.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers

In almost every category, the best air purifiers have a true HEPA filter and a carbon filter. Together, they get you the most coverage regarding the breadth of pollutants the purifier will attack. Beyond that, the most important qualities are energy efficiency and picking the right model for the size of your room. Everything else—design, whether the device is app-enabled, UV lighting—is just gravy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best heated throw blankets in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-heated-throw-blanket/ Thu, 11 Feb 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-heated-throw-blanket/
Grey and blue heated blankets separated into fourths horizontally on a white background.
Amanda Reed

Stay cozy even when it’s frosty outside.

The post The best heated throw blankets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Grey and blue heated blankets separated into fourths horizontally on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best machine washable Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket
SEE IT

Just toss this blanket in the washer to keep it clean for everyday use.
Best for two Brookstone N-A-P Cozy Plush Heated Blanket Westinghouse Electric Blanket, Twin Size
SEE IT

Fight over the blankets no more with this pick that lets you control the temperature for two people.
Best budget Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw
SEE IT

This affordable pick comes with three heat settings and is machine-washable.

Did you know that a heated throw blanket is actually considered a household appliance? While that might sound a little strange, if your heated throw has a plug and runs on electricity—well, that’s an appliance. And these appliances have improved dramatically over the years and are safer and cozier than ever. The best heated blankets will provide safe, customizable warmth and complete comfort with no discernable wires and only a feeling of plush, decadent warmth. Finally, some heated throw blankets use a traditional plug-in, while others harness the power of a battery pack, making them portable outside the home. The best heated throw blankets have timers that allow for pre-warming and automatic shut-off, which is a nice safety feature.

How we chose the best heated blankets

Heated blankets come in various colors and materials, can be weighted or lightweight, and come with several heat settings. Heated blankets are available in various sizes: big enough to share or small enough to use on your favorite armchair when you’re not shuffling around in your heated socks and heated slippers. To find the best heated throw blankets, we looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and then combined that with heavy research.

The best heated throw blankets: Reviews & Recommendations

Invented over 100 years ago, the prototype blankets were bulky and dangerous. In the 1920s, they were commonly used in tuberculosis sanatoriums, as these patients were prescribed fresh air. The heated blankets were used to keep patients’ bodies warm while their lungs breathed in the cold, fresh air. It wasn’t until the late 1940s and 1950s that these types of blankets were commonly used in homes. Today, we are fortunate enough to have more options than ever. Any of our choices are some of the best you can buy.

Best overall: Pure Enrichment PureRelief Plush Heated Throw

Pure Enrichment PureRelief Plush Heated Throw blanket

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: Micromink, Sherpa
  • Heat settings: Warm, low, medium, high
  • Timer: Auto shutoff after two hours

Pros

  • Soft
  • Lots of heat settings
  • Auto shutoff

Cons

  • No adjustable heat times

This soft, stylish, reasonably-priced heated blanket offers a grey microfiber faux fur material on one side, and an off-white sherpa on the other. The blanket’s heat can be adjusted to accommodate warm, low, medium, and high heat settings. It also features an automatic shut-off after two hours for optimal safety.

Best machine washable: Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket

Sunbeam Premium Electric Heated Throw Blanket

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: Three-hour auto shutoff

Pros

  • Machine washable
  • Reversible
  • Soft fleece

Cons

  • Cord is heavy and annoying

This soft velvet throw blanket offers three heat settings for adjustable comfort and a three-hour automatic shut-off timer. Machine washable and dryer safe, this is practical for everyday use.

Best for two: Westinghouse Electric Blanket, Twin Size

Brookstone N-A-P Cozy Plush Heated Blanket

Westinghouse

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 84 x 62 inches
  • Fabric: Flannel
  • Heat settings: 10 heat levels
  • Timer: 1- 12-hour auto shutoff

Pros

  • Temperature can be adjusted freely
  • Machine washable and dryer-safe
  • Large

Cons

  • Some reviews note that half of the blanket sometimes doesn’t heat up

This heated blanket is the best heated throw blanket for couples because it’s large enough for two and features six heat settings so that the blanket can be customized according to personal comfort. Conveniently, this is machine washable and dryer safe when following the manufacturer’s directions. Extra safety features include customizable auto-shutoff.

Best cordless: The Cozee Battery Powered Heated Blanket

The Cozee Battery Powered Heated Blanket

Cozee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: 2-3 hours, depending on heat settings

Pros

  • Water-resistant
  • Great for sporting events
  • Can charge your phone using included battery

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Only lasts for two hours at highest setting

This battery-powered heated blanket is a great solution for added warmth without wires, making it the best cordless heated throw blanket. The electric blanket includes cables to charge the battery at home or in the car, as well as two USB cords so you can even charge your phone. At a high setting, the cordless heated blanket can only stay warm for two hours, which may be an issue depending on your intended use.

Best budget: Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw

Beautyrest Brushed Long Fur Electric Throw

Beautyrest

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 60 inches
  • Fabric: 100% polyester
  • Heat settings: Low, medium, high
  • Timer: Auto shutoff after two hours

Pros

  • Machine washable
  • Super soft
  • Not bulky

Cons

  • Not that many heat settings compared to others on list

A great choice for your couch or chair, this electric throw blanket can be adjusted to your comfort with three heat settings. The plush fabric is comfortable, available in various colors, and can be machine-washed.

Things to consider when shopping for the best heated throw blanket

When shopping for a heated throw blanket, select an item with the features you need. The best heated throw blankets offer washability, customizable heat, and a stylish look that seamlessly fits your space.

Want lots of temperature control?

When it comes to comfort, the “right” temperature is subjective. The best heated throw blankets will let you control the temperature setting. Versatile heat settings also let you keep your overall thermostat lower, which is better for saving money, better for the earth, and often better for your sinuses.

In order to prevent the blanket from heating too much, these blankets have a temperature control unit that helps manage the amount of current entering into the heating elements or insulated wire inside the blanket. Another popular feature is an automatic shut-off, which ensures the blanket will turn off even if you forget to do it yourself.

Do you need portability?

If you spend a lot of time in and out of your vehicle, you may want to consider a portable heated blanket designed for use in cars. The best heated car blankets will be soft (duh) and wired to distribute heat, utilizing the car’s 12-volt sockets or cigarette lighter. With the help of the car’s battery, they will deliver power and heat to your heated car blanket.

In case of a vehicle breakdown, these can be handy on a cold night while you’re waiting for the tow truck. Emergencies aside, a heated blanket can help during long drives by warming up your shoulders, which can hold a lot of tension. Similar to heated blankets for use at home, it’s helpful (but not always necessary) to have an automatic shut-off feature so temperatures won’t get too high in case it’s left plugged in. Another feature to consider is cord length; a longer cord will also allow this blanket to be used in the back seat.

How key is washability to you?

The best heated throw blankets can be machine-washed, but you should always check the manufacturer’s directions carefully. When it comes to heated blankets that have wiring, electrical components, or batteries, washability isn’t always possible.

Typically, the first step before throwing your blanket in the wash will be to detach the cord and remove it completely from the blanket. You also want to inspect the blanket for any wear and tear or visible damage. If there are tough stains, you can use some mild detergent and presoak the blanket for 10 to 15 minutes in cool water. Afterward, you can expect to wash the blanket on your machine’s delicate settings with a gentle detergent. Harsh detergents should be avoided because they can damage the fabric, wiring, and components inside your blanket. Some blankets can even go into the dryer—but be aware the dryer has to be large enough, and the heat setting must be low. Err on the side of caution and take your blanket out after a maximum of about 15 minutes and finish the rest of the drying on a clothes rack. Do not plug the blanket in until it is completely dry.

Do you need to accommodate two sleepers—and two different temps?

If you share a bed, you have surely been in battle for bed sheets or blankets at some point. We all prefer different warmth levels, so sharing blankets, especially heated blankets, can pose challenges. The best heated throw blanket offers specialized heating in two zones, also known as dual temperature zones. The design is similar to single-zone heated blankets, except the heating elements are divided, usually equally between two sides of the blanket. Instead of one temperature controller, there are two.

Dual-zone heated throw blankets are typically on the larger side, as they are designed to share with two people. You should expect to find all the same features with a dual-zone as you would want with a single zone. The best dual-zone heated blankets will be large enough to share, plush, machine washable, and feature customizable heat and automatic shut-off settings.

Prefer a cordless option?

Whether you’re an outdoor sports enthusiast, a camper, or just someone who just wants to head out into the cold and enjoy the winter landscape, you may want to consider a cordless heated blanket. The best cordless heated blankets will be soft and warm and allow for both pre-heating or turn-on-and-use heat. The battery will need to be fully charged, and when attached to your blanket will warm up the heating elements in the blanket evenly.

Want the best heated throw blanket for a tight budget?

Heated blankets are available in all different price ranges, and it’s possible to find a good one for under $50. When you start going down in price, though, you’ll find fewer features like dual heating zones. Sometimes a smaller price tag means a smaller, thinner blanket. However, a throw-size blanket for use on a chair or couch is not designed to be that large anyway, so it’s easier to find budget blankets in that size range. Blanket for one, please!

FAQs

Q: How safe are heated throw blankets?

The best heated blankets are very safe when following the proper directions for use and care. Older, damaged electric blankets can pose hazards and should not be used. In general, heated blankets should be gently rolled or hung up for storage, and should be placed on top of you—not you on top of it. Even if your blanket has an auto shut-off feature, you should still try to turn it off yourself whenever it’s not in use.

Q: Are heated blankets worth it?

Heated blankets do not cost a lot to run, but they do require some attention and care when used and stored. Ask yourself how much comfort this type of blanket will provide you. For example, if you have a particularly drafty room in your home, plugging in and snuggling under an electric blanket to read a book or watch a movie can be an amazing treat that might be worth it to you.

Q: Do heated blankets use a lot of electricity?

When used properly, a heated blanket will not double your electric bill—or even increase it by much at all. The best heated blankets will allow for adjustable heating levels, which helps to save heat while also allowing you to control the comfort it gives you. When compared to turning up the heat in a room, the use of a heated blanket is actually cost-effective.

Final thoughts on the best heated throw blankets

The best heated throw blankets will keep you warm and cozy all winter. They will offer customizable heat controls, automatic shut-off safety features, plush stylish fabrics, and even heat distribution throughout the blanket. It’s important to take full stock of exactly how and where you think you’ll use a heated blanket the most, as this will help you determine size and style. If you’re looking to use it in a small, drafty room for one, you’ll be considering different things than if you’re part of an avid outdoorsy couple looking to sleep under it on frigid nights. Finding the right blanket is easy once you know your own cozy expectations.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heated throw blankets in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker https://www.popsci.com/gear/keurig-coffee-maker-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578426
A Keurig coffee maker on a white background
Amanda Reed

Plus, save 41% on a Nespresso Vertuo machine if that's more your jam during Amazon Prime Big Deal Days.

The post Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Keurig coffee maker on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Coffee first thing in the morning makes the world go ’round. If your drip coffee maker has seen better days, consider upgrading to a pod system for easy, breezy brewing. It’s never been easier to upgrade your kitchen counter with a new coffee machine, thanks to Amazon Prime Big Deal Days. This deal on a Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker is also one of the biggest sales we’ve seen. But hurry, Prime Day only runs through Oct. 11, and items change price/go out of stock quickly.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker, Black $49.99 (Was $99.99)

A Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker, Black, on a blue and white background

Keurig

SEE IT

Go from coffeeless to caffeinated in less than a minute with Keurig’s K-Compact Single-Serve coffee maker. Simply insert a pod, choose your desired cup brew size, and wait. A 36-ounce reservoir means you won’t need to refill the water tank constantly, and a removable drip tray accommodates travel mugs up to seven inches tall. If you’re a “did I leave the oven on before I left?” kind of person, this coffee maker includes an auto-off feature that turns it off two hours after your last brew, saving your energy and sanity levels.

Here are other sip-worthy coffee deals for Amazon Prime Big Deal Days:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Brew $45 in savings on this Keurig K-Compact single-serve coffee maker appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/home-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 10:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578127
A Dyson V11 vacuum in a spiral
Amanda Reed

Zhuzh up your home with a new vacuum, air purifier, or air fryer as part of Amazon Big Deal Days.

The post The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Dyson V11 vacuum in a spiral
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

They say spring is the best time to clean, but we argue that fall is the best time to get your home into tip-top shape. Rainy autumn days and snowy winter nights mean you’ll spend a lot of time indoors—might as well make a mean cup of coffee and vacuum your entire place while snowed in. Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days—happening today and tomorrow—give you a chance to upgrade your appliances and vacuums so dust bunnies don’t have a chance to hibernate.

You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Dyson V11 Plus Cordless Vacuum Cleaner, Nickel/Purple, Large $469.99 (Was $799)

A Dyson V11 purple vacuum on a blue and white background

Dyson

SEE IT

From stairs to pet hair, this vacuum tackles it all with ease. It offers an hour of run time, with a power trigger enabling you to use power only where you need it. A clear LCD screen shows power modes, maintenance alerts, and the remaining run time to the second. Speaking of cleaning modes, there are three of them for you to choose from. Whole-machine filtration traps 99% of particles as small as 0.3 microns, which is perfect for sneezy pet parents. Seven included accessories, including a mattress tool and a low-reach adapter, let you turn this machine into a one-stop cleaning sidekick.

Check out these other home deals happening during Prime Big Deal Days:

Robovac deals

Upright vacuum deals

Cookware deals

Appliance and kitchen deals

Air purifier and humidifier deals

Digital picture frame deals

Pet products deals

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best October Prime Day home deals from Shark, Ninja, Mr. Coffee, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-5200-amazon-prime-day-deal-october-2023/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 13:58:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578179
The Vitamix 5200 Blender is 45 % off this Prime Day.

Get a great deal on an appliance that deserves the real estate on your countertop.

The post Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Vitamix 5200 Blender is 45 % off this Prime Day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon’s October Deal Days is an excellent time to stock up on kitchen appliances. A high-quality blender is an essential that earns its counter space, as it can handle everything from smoothies to soups. And trusted brands like Vitamix and Ninja have deeply discounted their offerings. So take advantage of the savings Oct. 10-11, but act fast, as these prices aren’t likely to last much longer than it takes to whip up a batch of margaritas.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Vitamix 5200 Blender 64 oz. $299.95 (was $549.99)

Save 45% on the Vitamix 5200 this Prime Day.

Vitamix

SEE IT

Start chili season by saving 45% on a blender that’s designed to last through the years. Part of Vitamix’s line of high-quality blenders, the 5200 features a 64-ounce container and aircraft-grade stainless steel blades to puree the most hardened of vegetables. It’s designed with a dial that lets you toggle between 10 different speeds to get the best consistency. Once you’re done, this blender is easy to clean, so you can spend more time at the table and less time cleaning up. But don’t wait; a deal like this on a timeless appliance won’t last.

More Prime Day deals on blenders

Find more great deals on appliances for your home.

Accessorizing other rooms of the house? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post Whip 45% off the Vitamix 5200 Blender this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-fall-deal/ Tue, 03 Oct 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576811
A Vitamix blender on a purple and pink gradient background
Amanda Reed

You can put pumpkin in more things than a baked good. Explore your fall cooking options with this Vitamix blender at Amazon.

The post Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Vitamix blender on a purple and pink gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It’s pumpkin season. Usually, that means pumpkin-based baked goods, but we’re fond of including the vitamin-rich fruit (yes, pumpkin is a fruit) in smoothies and soups. Whip up them fast when you get a Vitamix blender on sale at Amazon.

Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender $289.95 (Was $349.95)

The Vitamix Explorian Blender is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Vitamix

SEE IT

You’re already saving on this blender, as it’s one of Vitamix’s cheaper models. Don’t discount its power, however. A 48-ounce container is perfect for making smoothies for everyone or just yourself. Yet you can still fit it under most kitchen cabinets. Variable speed control and pulse help you get the texture and consistency you’re looking for. A powerful, built-to-last motor lets you demolish the toughest of frozen fruits and veggies, with stainless steel blades that are resistant to dulling or bending.

Pumpkin season doesn’t happen all year, and neither does this deal—get it before it goes away and you have to hyper-fixate on a different seasonal item.

Here are more kitchen deals for pumpkin season and beyond:

The post Fall for this 20%-off Vitamix blender on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-robot-vacuums-for-pet-hair/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576028
Spend more time with your dog and less time cleaning up with one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

We sniffed out the best robot vacuums for fetching fur and fluff from floors.

The post The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Spend more time with your dog and less time cleaning up with one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The iRobot Roomba S9+ is the best robot vacuum for pet hair overall. iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
SEE IT

This premium model features smart mapping, programmable no-go zones, spot cleaning, and works with voice assistants.
Best self-emptying The Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum is the best robot vacuum for pet hair that's self-emptying. Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base
SEE IT

This model is programmable, cleans rooms row by row, and then empties debris into a bin.
Best budget The eufy BoostIQ Robovac 11S MAX is the best robot vacuum cleaner for pet hair at a budget-friendly price. eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX
SEE IT
Pros

This affordable option is designed with anti-collision technology and provides 100 minutes of cleaning.

Pet owners know keeping fur from collecting in corners, couch crevices, and our clothes is a Sisyphean task, but a robot vacuum for pet hair can help. It doesn’t matter if scritch sessions end in a handful of Himalayan or husky; our fate is to vacuum again and again, forever. But that kind of menial, repetitive task can easily be outsourced to a robot vacuum that will never tire—even during seasonal shedding. Since their debut, robot vacuums have gotten smarter, better, and added a bunch of bells and whistles like scheduling, hands-free emptying, and mops so you can delegate more cleaning tasks. Here’s our guide to finding the best robot vacuums for pet hair so that you can spend more time with your furry friend(s) and less worrying about the floors.

How we chose the best robot vacuums for pet hair

As long-time pawrents, we understand fur is nature’s glitter; it’s magically everywhere, hard to remove, and turns up where you least expect it. It takes a combination of frequent maintenance and deep cleaning to keep a house clear of tumbleweeds of fluff and allergens. As much as robot vacuums have stronger suction than they used to (we recommend paying, if possible, for models with at least 2500 Pa—the vacuum force for listing debris), they are best at tackling the frequency part of the equation. Have them do a lap around the house a few times a week (or daily!) to delay how often you need to drag out a traditional vacuum and its arsenal of brushes and tools for furniture. (And here are our suggestions for regular vacuums for pet hair.) With that in mind, we made recommendations based on hands-on experience, research, and reviews to find a reliable robot helper.

The best robot vacuums for pet hair: Reviews & Recommendations

The right robot vacuum depends on how many furry friends you have, their coats, how much they shed, and what floor types need to be cleaned. A house with an American domestic short-hair cat and hard floors may want a machine that can pick up litter and do some mopping. Anyone with a herd of shepherds may want a self-emptying base to minimize how often they dump all that hair. Or maybe you want an affordable machine to supplement your other vacuum. Either way, we’ve got you covered.

Best overall: iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum

Black iRobot Roomba s9+ robovac sitting underneath a plant stand next to a small Australian shepherd

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 3.5 inches tall by 12.3 inches wide
  • Robot weight: 8.2 pounds
  • Base dimensions: 19 inches tall by 11.5 inches wide by 15 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: 60 days of dirt
  • Run time: Maximum 120 minutes

Pros

  • Self-emptying design
  • Three levels of cleaning
  • Smart mapping
  • D-shaped robot
  • Dual rubber brushes
  • Customizable no-go zones
  • Alexa, Siri, and Google voice assistant compatible
  • WiFi connected

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Noisy
  • Some app complaints

So many intelligent features are packed in the iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum that they’re hard to list. The WiFi-connected robot features smart mapping, programmable no-go zones, and the ability to send it out for spot cleaning. It is also compatible with many voice assistants, including the big three: Alexa, Siri, and Google.

The black-and-bronze robot effortlessly weaves through furniture. Its D-shape allows it to maneuver into corners better than some round machines we’ve tested. Its various sensors help it dodge socks and toys we fail to pick up. The powerful suction and dual rubber brushes easily pick up large debris and ably pull up dog hair ground into the carpet. Occasionally, it leaves a wad of fur in its wake when it goes to empty the bin, but it often picks it up as it shimmies through a second sweep (though not always). Not all robot vacuums have self-emptying bases, but pet owners will find it well worth it to avoid handling a mix of fur and floor grunge. The Roomba s9+ empties itself into a bag, which may need frequent replacing in a high-fluff house.

When the Roomba s9+ debuted, it was the top-of-the-line vacuum with a matching price of $1,000. However, Roomba has released new models and dropped the cost of the s9+ considerably, making it a better value. It can also be linked to iRobot’s Braava Robot Mop (included in our best Roombas guide). Users report two main complaints: the app has occasional weirdness, like losing maps, and both the 2500Pa robot and its dock are loud.

Best self-emptying: Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base

The Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum is the best robot vacuum for pet hair that's self-emptying.

iRobot

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot weight: 12.2 pounds
  • Base dimensions: 11.4 inches tall by 18.5 inches wide by 13.4 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: 30 days of dirt
  • Run time: Maximum 60 minutes

Pros

  • Self-emptying base
  • Bagless
  • Room mapping
  • Google and Alexa compatible
  • WiFi connected
  • Can schedule cleaning

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Not great at edges and corners
  • Some users have difficulty with the app

You don’t have to drop a fortune to get a self-emptying base for a robot vacuum. The Shark RV912S EZ Robot Vacuum with Self-Empty Base is an older but reliable model that empties itself into a bin with no bag. Just dump the container after about a month of cleanings. The EZ Robot goes row by row to clean a room and can resume a cleaning where it left off should it recharge before the room is done. Google Assistant, Alexa, or the app can be used to control and schedule cleanings, though some users report issues with the app connecting. The round bot is a little clunky. It has a built-in bumper, which is good because it sometimes bumps into furniture.

Best for hardwood floors: Bissell SpinWave Hard Floor Expert Pet Robot, 2-in-1 Wet Mop and Dry Robot Vacuum

The Bissell SpinWave Hard Floor Expert Pet Robot 2-in-1 Wet Mop and Dry Robot Vacuum is the best for hardwood floors.

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 4 inches tall by 13 inches wide by 14 inches deep
  • Robot weight: 7.5 pounds
  • Surfaces: Hard floors, low- to medium-pile carpets
  • Run time: 130 minutes

Pros

  • Vacuums and mops
  • Two-tank system
  • Uses cleaning solution specially designed for wood floors
  • Donates money to support homeless pets with every purchase
  • Cleans with reusable pads
  • Can schedule cleaning
  • WiFi connected
  • Quiet

Cons

  • No mapping
  • Sometimes bumps into furniture
  • Must use Bissell cleaners or warranty is voided

Bissell has long made wet/dry vacuums, but the Bissell SpinWave Hard Floor Expert Pet Robot, 2-in-1 Wet Mop and Dry Robot Vacuum is its first robot that does both. Swap in the dry tank to have it vacuum, or put in the water tank to mop with two spinning, washable pads. This versatility helps out pet parents with a lot of hard floors to keep clean. At this mid-range price, the SpinWave delivers more than expected, like an app that offers customized cleaning priorities, the option to build a cleaning schedule, and quiet operation.

Even though it doesn’t have advanced mapping features, the SpinWave cleans in tidy rows instead of bumping around randomly. The mopping mode avoids carpets with a soft surface sensor and is safe for hardwood floors, vinyl, and tile. The SpinWave also uses Bissell’s range of proprietary cleaners instead of the plain water most robot mops suggest. However, the solution evaporates rather than being suctioned up, so furry friends should be kept out until dry.

Best vacuum-and-mop combo: ECOVACS Deebot X2 Omni Robot Vacuum and Mop

The ECOVACS Deebot X2 Omni Robot is the best vacuum-and-mop combo.

Ecovacs

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 3.7 inches tall by 13.9 inches wide by 12.6 inches deep
  • Base dimensions: 20.8 inches tall by 15.5 inches wide by 17.4 inches deep
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Bin size: Reported 90 days of dirt
  • Water tank size: 4 liters
  • Run time: Maximum 210 minutes

Pros

  • 3D mapping
  • Four cleaning modes: vacuum only, mop only, vacuum before mop, vacuum and mop
  • Mop pads lift when not in use
  • OMNI station automates emptying, water refilling, and drying
  • AI-controlled obstacle avoidance
  • Lidar sensor
  • YIKO voice assistant
  • WiFi connected

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Durability to be determined

While the Ecovacs Deebot X2 Omni Robot Vacuum and Mop isn’t The Jetsons’s Rosey, it’s getting close. The newly launched flagship model comes stacked with high-tech features like artificial intelligence to suggest how to clean up a mess and a LiDAR sensor, a type of laser detection and ranging technology used on self-driving cars and other autonomous vehicles. It maps in 3D and can be sent to spot clean by pointing it out on the app. It also comes with a voice assistant and can make two-way video calls if you want to see what your pet is up to. We haven’t done an in-home test yet, but we saw a demonstration where the squared-off robot successfully dodged toys, power cords, and expensive short-throw projectors on hardwood, holding a tight line with a wall while also sensing the need to lift its mop pads as it went over a carpet. 

In addition to the kind of tech that can keep a vacuum from knocking over a pet’s water bowl, and 8000Pa suction to get all the stray kibble and undercoat, the X2 Omni has a mode where vacuuming and mopping happen simultaneously. It’s a time saver and a big plus if vacuums stress out your pet (after all, we want to clean up any puppy puddles, not inspire new ones). The dock, dubbed the Omni station, automates a lot of the floor care that most people don’t want to deal with, like emptying the dust bin, refilling the robot’s water tank, and cleaning and drying the dual mop pads after use. The convenience comes at a recommended price of $1,499, but we’ve seen launch deals that knock a couple hundred off.

Best budget: eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX

The eufy BoostIQ Robovac 11S MAX is the best robot vacuum cleaner for pet hair at a budget-friendly price.

Eufy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Robot dimensions: 2.9 inches tall by 12.8 inches wide by 12.8 inches deep
  • Robot weight: 5.7 pounds
  • Surfaces: Carpets and hard floors
  • Run time: Maximum 100 minutes

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Quiet
  • Remote control
  • Amazon Echo compatible

Cons

  • Not “smart”

Look no further than the eufy BoostIQ RoboVac 11S MAX for an affordable robot vacuum. It’s a bit old-school because it doesn’t map or go row by row. Instead, it cuts a random path through a room but features anti-collision technology and drop-sensors so it doesn’t fall down stairs. It has about 100 minutes of cleaning time, 2000Pa of suction, and is relatively quiet. It’s also under three inches tall, easily fitting under couches where fluff transforms into dust bunnies. At around $250 (and often on sale), it’s a highly rated model for people looking for simple operation without apps or cameras.

What to consider when buying the best robot vacuums for pet hair

Budget

As robot vacuums have become more common, their prices have dropped while the features you can get for your money have increased. Entry-level robot vacuums can start around $100, but they’re often made by obscure or unknown brands and have that erratic, bump-and-go style. Determine your budget and think about how smart—or not—you want the robot to be. Remember that more expensive connected smart-home models often have advanced features, like sophisticated sensors, voice control, and mapping technology.

Robot height and shape

In the robot vacuum world, short kings reign supreme. It’s worth measuring low furniture to see how much clearance is available. Can a robot move freely under a platform bed, or will it get trapped? A robot’s shape can impact cleaning, too. D-shaped or squared-off bots can get closer to corners and edges than round ones.

Room for a dock

A regular vacuum can live in a closet or a spare corner, but a robot vacuum needs space around its dock. Manufacturers’ guidance varies, but they often recommend a foot and a half to three feet of space on either side of the dock and four feet of empty space in front of it. And you’ll need a power plug.

Privacy

All smart tech comes with privacy concerns; robot vacuums are no different. Robots that map our homes are inherently collecting private data. Devices that connect to WiFi open the possibility of that data being accessed by someone else by accident or design. The advanced cameras some models use to map and identify objects also capture images of our home’s interior and potentially our family members. If this freaks you out, opt for a bot that doesn’t connect to the internet or has cameras, but it won’t be able to avoid pet waste.

FAQs

Q: How do pets react to robot vacuums?

Your pet’s reaction will be highly individual. The internet is full of videos of cats triumphantly riding robot vacuums and dogs barking aggressively at them. My doggo gives robot vacuums plenty of space, preferring to monitor them from the top of a couch and occasionally giving them a suspicious sniff when they’re docked. She doesn’t care for traditional vacuums, either.

Q: Can robot vacuums avoid pet waste?

After stories of a Roomba smearing dog poo went viral back in 2016, iRobot unveiled a P.O.O.P. (Pet Owner Official Promise) for select models to replace a vacuum if it runs over solid waste. Since then, many manufacturers released models with avoidance technology, like advanced cameras and artificial intelligence, but those aren’t standard features.

Q: Does pet hair get stuck in a robot vacuum?

Pet hair and human hair can both get stuck in a robot vacuum, though rubber rollers seem to avoid this better than bristle brushes. Like all vacuums, regular maintenance will be required to keep brushes, rollers, filters, and bins from getting clogged.

Final thoughts on the best robot vacuums for pet hair

Robot vacuums were practically made for pet owners, saving time and effort. While we think the self-emptying base, advanced mapping features, and ability to block out no-go zones make iRobot Roomba s9+ Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum the best overall pick for a robot vacuum, all of the options on this list can ably cut down fur and dander without a ton of human effort.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best robot vacuums for pet hair in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-dehumidifiers-for-basements/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575565
The best dehumidifiers for basements will help keep the air in your home cool and dry.

These dehumidifiers will help you get rid of one monster in the basement: moisture.

The post The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best dehumidifiers for basements will help keep the air in your home cool and dry.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Humidifier is one of the best basement dehumidifiers overall. Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier
SEE IT

A front-runner that pulls moisture from the air efficiently, and in diverse temperatures, up to the point you desire.

Best smart The GoveeLife is the best smart humidifier for the basement. GoveeLife Smart Dehumidifier for Basement
SEE IT

Between asking Alexa to dry up your basement and doing a lot of stat tracking, you’ll love this offering from GoveeLife.
Best budget The Mapoor Dehumidifier for Basements is the best option that's budget-friendly. MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements
SEE IT

If your basement is just mildly too damp, this number-1 customer pick can handle the job.

If you have a basement, you may have a problem with humidity, and the best way to handle that issue is with dehumidifiers for basements. But dehumidifiers need to cool air down to work, and, based on the simple fact that hot air rises, we know that basements tend to be cool. They also tend to be a bit damper than what the average dehumidifier encounters, meaning they’ll not only need to filter more water out of the air, but they’ll need to dispose of more of it. As a result, finding the best dehumidifiers for basements can take some sorting and searching, so we did that task for you.

How we chose the best dehumidifiers for basements

Through and through, the best dehumidifiers for basements need to be able to remove large amounts of water and deal with cool temperatures better than the rest. Still, we wanted to give readers a wide variety and some choices that had excellent qualities that would support different kinds of homes.

The best dehumidifiers for basements: Reviews & Recommendations

The following choices represent the best dehumidifiers for basements while still providing quality across a number of other categories. No matter what your individual situation, you should be able to find a product amongst those on this list. While the overall best is exemplary of the class and representative of what a dehumidifier can do in a basement, other items on the list are still worth checking out as they may pull ahead in their own niches.

Note that manufacturer specs may label their water tanks in gallons, liters, or other units. Here, we have converted all units to pints for your convenience so you can compare the maximum removal capacity of the unit with the size of its tank. While you can’t necessarily expect to get the max pull each day, it will help you gauge how labor-intensive manual draining might be in a way that isn’t misleading or confusing.

Best overall: Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier

The Frigidaire 50-Pint 3-Speed Humidifier is one of the best basement dehumidifiers overall.

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is a solid product from a solid brand—it’ll take you through most situations.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 50 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (16.9 pint tank)
  • Size: 16 x 24.25 x 12.2
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Works in rooms up to 3,000 square feet
  • Can work down to 41 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Adjustable humidistat
  • Remote control

Cons

  • Not smartphone connectable

Frigidaire’s 50-Pint 3-Speed Dehumidifier is a well-rounded machine that should keep the vast majority of customers happy. Its 50-pint collection is appropriate for most basements and is the sweet spot between power and pricing that you’ll find reflected in most of the best dehumidifiers for basements. Features like multiple fan speeds, a built-in humidistat, and a timer shutoff are nice to see, too.

You can set the Frigidaire to continuously drain if you have the right tubing and a spot to drain at. If that is too much effort, the 2.11-gallon tank (that’s 16.9 pints) will serve you just fine. Like most dehumidifiers, the machine will automatically shut off when the water bucket is full. However, if you’re paying attention to detail, you’ll note that it can draw 50 pints a day from the air in the right conditions. This means that when you initially start using this product, you may need to dump the bucket several times daily to maximize efficiency. However, after your basement reaches a sort of equilibrium, this will likely change.

While speaking of efficiency, one thing to note is the Frigidaire’s ability to work at temperatures as low as 41 degrees Fahrenheit. This is great for families that have briefly cool periods during the year, but remember that even the best dehumidifiers for basements still won’t get the maximum water withdrawal rate at this temperature.

It doesn’t have WiFi or smartphone connectivity, which we would have liked to have seen at this power and price range. Still, if you don’t have a home filled with smart-home devices, and use your basement regularly enough, you’ll enjoy and trust this product to get the job done. And, if operating the machine from afar (such as lowering its fan speed during TV watching) is important to you, it includes a remote.

Best for large basement: VEAGASO 70 Pints Dehumidifier

The VEAGASO 70 Pints Dehumidifier is the best for a large basement.

Veagaso

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want maximum power at a good price, here it is.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 70 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (8.5 pint tank)
  • Size: 10 x 11 x 20 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Advanced backlit display and control panel
  • Reservoir beeps when full
  • Quick toggle child lock
  • Humidistat for 33% to 80% humidity is good for any purpose

Cons

  • Relatively expensive
  • Small water tank

The VEAGASO is made for intense drainage for larger areas, handling basements up to 5,500 square feet in size. It’ll pull 70 pints per day in the perfect climate (95 degrees Fahrenheit, 90% humidity), so it can service real problem areas quickly. Remember that even under non-ideal circumstances, a dehumidifier like this will have more pull than others.

You’ll like the VEAGASO’s backlit display and convenient control panel. On it, you can set your ideal humidity level, fan speed, choose which part of the house you’ve put your dehumidifier in (yes, there is a basement choice), and set the child lock with a single tap. It’ll also light up when the air filter should be changed and flash red, beep, and automatically shut off once the reservoir bucket is filled to capacity.

Speaking of the bucket, it is probably the only negative aspect of the highly-regarded VEAGASO dehumidifier. It’s considerably smaller than the water removal capacity, so human effort can possibly become a bottleneck in your humidity removal efforts if you use it over the drainage system. Still, there’s hardly a better value-for-the-price 70 pints unit out there.

Best smart: GoveeLife Smart Dehumidifier for Basement

The GoveeLife is the best smart humidifier for the basement.

GoveeLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want to monitor your basement’s humidity from afar, you can do that with GoveeLife.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Typically 50-70 pints/day, but can hit 109 pints/day.
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (16-pint tank)
  • Size: 11.61 x 15.35 x 24.41 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • App, voice, and touch panel control
  • Good water removal even without being a hot room
  • 1.6-foot drainage hose included
  • App lets you control dehumidifier and monitor results easily

Cons

  • Drain has no pump, requires gravity

For those who want smartphone and assistant integration, as well as some stat tracking, GoveeLife offers quite a few premium dehumidifiers that will do the trick. This one, the Smart Dehumidifier for Basement, pulls out between 50 and 70 pints of water per day, depending on mode and environment. At 86 degrees Fahrenheit and 80% RH, it can even get out 109 pints/day. It works in 4,500 square-foot basements but is most effective up to 900 square feet.

We particularly like how many options there are for controlling the GoveeLife. It has a touch panel for immediate control. However, it really shines with its app assistant, which will give you details of the room’s humidity over time, including across the hours of the day. You’ll get alerts when the tank is full, can set your desired basement humidity and run times, and can toggle features such as auto restart (which turns on the machine again after power outages).

Even more “smart” is the ability to integrate with your smart home system. If you have an Alexa device, Google Assistant, or IFTTT system with voice control, you can control it using those, as well as voice commands. It also receives firmware updates over-the-air via a WiFi connection.

Best quiet: Bublue DH1 Pro

The Bublue DH1 Pro is the best dehumidifier for basements that's quiet.

BuBlue

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It is designed to stay at a decent noise level.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 50 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain / reservoir (8.4-pint tank)
  • Size: 13.78 x 9.25 x 22.76 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: No

Pros

  • 40dB noise reduction
  • Sleep mode toggle
  • Sturdy drainage pipe

Cons

  • Heavy when full

If you use your basement quite a lot, adding a loud piece of equipment isn’t really an option. Bublue understands your issue and designed this dehumidifier around operating in a quiet way that has passed customer scrutiny. Additionally, there is a sleep mode if you happen to be a nighttime basement dweller.

The Bublue DH1 Pro is quite efficient at pulling water out of the air, with customers reporting having to dump the tank rather frequently. If possible, use the included drainage pipe to empty the machine. You can roll the DH1 Pro to your outlet on its wheels, which is good since there are a few complaints about how surprisingly heavy this dehumidifier can get. On the bright side, you won’t have to worry about it being knocked over.

Best for cold: Honeywell Portable AC, Heater, and Dehumidifier

The Honeywell Portable Air conditioner is the best dehumidifier for the basement for cold temperatures.

Honeywell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As a heater, AC, dehumidifier combo, this can actually eliminate the cold.

Specs

  • Removal capacity: Up to 51 pints/day
  • Water removal: Drain
  • Size: 15.2 x 18.1 x 29.4 inches
  • Energy Star-certified: Yes

Pros

  • Provides year-round comfort
  • All your air-altering needs in one machine
  • Heats the air to provide better dehumidification environment

Cons

  • Expensive (but multi-functional)

Dehumidifiers don’t work as well in cold environments. Even the ones that can work in colder environments don’t work well there. As a result, the best option is to have a heater in your basement alongside one of the best dehumidifiers.

But what do you do when you don’t have the room or outlets for a heater and dehumidifier in your basement? One option is the Honeywell Portable AC, Heater, and Dehumidifier. It’s a device that can take on all of the tasks required to handle a room’s air. Admittedly, this dehumidifier is more expensive than other options and doesn’t have the same robust dehumidifier features you might expect. But, it isn’t trying to be the best humidifier for basements; it is going for being a whole lot more. Our recommendation is to pick this item if you really need the space or hookups for other things, or have a really tiny basement, but to go for other options if you can.

Best budget: MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements

The Mapoor Dehumidifier for Basements is the best option that's budget-friendly.

Mapoor

SEE IT

When you search for dehumidifiers for the basement, you usually find machines that cost at least $100 and, quite often, over $200. However, the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements (and other parts of the home) consistently shows high customer satisfaction at a low price.

While it doesn’t suck out as much moisture as high-end devices—you really can’t skimp on this kind of thing if you have a huge moisture problem—it is ripe with features. From sleep mode and timing mode to automatic frost shut down if you hit 35 degrees Fahrenheit or lower, the MAPOOR really has it all.

So, if your basement humidity is just a touch out of range, and you have a smaller basement, grab the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements to save yourself some money. It’s small as well, so can be easily moved about the home to where it is needed most. Additionally, the tank is large enough to hold a couple of days worth of liquid, making this one of the best dehumidifiers for basements in the sense of removal capacity to tank capacity ratio.

How humidifiers work

Understanding the true difficulties of getting a good dehumidifier for your basement helps to understand the process by which standard dehumidifiers work.

Naturally, dehumidifiers are machines with dozens or hundreds of interlocking parts. Instead of going into overly complex detail, we’ll highlight the key parts you need to know about in everyday operations, especially when selecting dehumidifiers for basements. With that in mind, here are the basic steps:

  1. Moist air from the basement is drawn into the machine and cooled.
  2. The cooled air’s moisture begins to condensate out, like water on the outside of a glass of ice water.
  3. This water is collected by a reservoir or pumped out.
  4. The drier air is reheated and released back into the basement.

Using dehumidifiers in the basement

Understanding the process by which dehumidifiers work shows us a couple of the difficulties that occur when using them in the basement.

Airflow and circulation: Windows, doors opening and closing, vents, and people walking to and fro circulates the air about most rooms quite well. In a closed basement, largely used for storage? Not so much.

Cool air: Basements have cool air, typically around 50 degrees Fahrenheit, yet cooling is an essential part of the dehumidification process and essential for condensation. According to GE Appliances, dehumidifiers are unlikely to work in a satisfactory manner below 41 degrees Fahrenheit. While dehumidifier use will naturally heat a basement to some degree, some advocate for using a heater alongside dehumidifiers for more efficient moisture removal. This same combo might be beneficial for your basement if your basement is particularly cold. We recommend the non-infrared options among these space heaters for this purpose.

Capacity

Knowing how dehumidifiers work also illuminates the most confusing word involved in their usage: capacity.

In one way, “capacity” refers to a dehumidifier’s ability to remove moisture from the air. This is typically expressed as a maximum amount of water able to be pulled in a day from ideal (or average) circumstances. It’s an engineer’s standard term for the work being done by this style of machine.

In another way, “capacity” is used for the size of water storage tanks in models that use those instead of direct drainage. It’s just the most natural way to talk about reservoirs for liquids, much the same as you might talk about a gas tank’s capacity.

Unfortunately for the consumer, manufacturer resources (and, indeed, guides) do surprisingly little to differentiate the two forms of “capacity” in a way that isn’t confusing. To do our part in keeping things straight, we’ve done our best to refer to the first form of capacity as “removal capacity” while discussing tank size separately.

What to consider before buying dehumidifiers for basements

Despite the simple operating process outlined above, dehumidifiers for basements are actually quite complex from a customer’s perspective. Part of this is due to the jargon issues outlined above, but there’s also quite a bit of water logistics to plan out before you make a purchase.

Removal capacity

Higher removal capacity is nearly always better, but you’ll likely have to pay extra for the highest removal capacity possible. You should also remember that removal capacity reflects the ability of the dehumidifier to draw water out of the air in ideal temperatures and humidities.

This means that a cool basement will likely not reach removal capacity. Additionally, as the machine does its job, the humidity in the room will lower. As a result, once you’ve run your dehumidifier for a while, there is a high likelihood of reduced daily removal numbers unless there is a consistent high influx of humidity.

All this being said, a 50-pint-per-day removal capacity is likely the sweet spot for most basements. You can crank that up to 70 pints in extreme cases or down to 30 pints if your goal is to just take the edge off of a looming issue. If you have a very mild problem (and a small basement) even less will do.

You should also note that there are several reasons why a dehumidifier will automatically shut off over the course of a day, which will also reduce removal capacity. One large one is if your water disposal technique is a manually removable reservoir and it gets full. Learn more about this in the next section. 

Water disposal technique

There are two methods by which dehumidifiers for basements dispose of water, and they both have drawbacks. While it is usually better to focus on the positives, water disposal has the most potential to cause you trouble as you work with a dehumidifier in your basement.

Automatic drain: A system that collects water and channels it through a drainage hose. If you have a sink or some other place to run the water to, it can be great. If you don’t, you might need to do some tinkering and spend extra time and/or money on the dehumidifier’s installation. Another pain point of this style is the possibility of hoses or plumbing leaking.

Reservoir tank: This style of dehumidifier has a tank, usually in the form of a built-in water bucket, in the bottom half of the dehumidifier. As the dehumidifier pulls water out of the air, it fills. It’s up to you to dump it. This can be a huge pain and takes manual work.

Interestingly, dehumidifiers for the basement have a water removal capacity many times higher than the tank’s capacity, meaning you could (theoretically) need to take several trips to get maximum water removal from your dehumidifier throughout the day. Nearly all dehumidifiers with a tank have an automatic shut-off feature for when it gets too full. Also note that the tank size is typically measured in gallons or liters, but we have converted this to pints for the items in this article so you can compare the dehumidifiers’ ability to withdraw water from the air with their ability to store said water.

Most dehumidifiers for the basement have both a drain and a reservoir tank, giving you more choices.

Humidity level settings

In our review of the best humidifiers, we started by reminding people in very general terms that the EPA advises an internal humidity level between 30% and 50% for our homes. That article dealt with one half of the issue, and this deals with the other. However, both share one common thread:

You don’t want to overcorrect and run into the opposite problem.

To solve this, many of the best dehumidifiers for basements have an internal monitor that automatically shuts off the machine once the humidity arrives at a comfortable level. Others provide precise humidistats that allow you to fine-tune the humidity to your exact preferences. The former helps protect your dehumidifier and save energy, while the latter can be particularly useful if you use your basement for storing wine or have certain preferences.

Before you buy dehumidifiers for basements

As personal responsibility becomes increasingly important for protecting the environment, we’d like you to consider looking for an Energy Star-certified dehumidifier. Note that most dehumidifiers on the list above are Energy Star certified.

Saving energy can help reduce electricity used in your home and reduce environmental waste. Dehumidifiers that pass Energy Star’s energy efficiency requirements are rated to use (at minimum) 13% less energy than conventional models at minimum. While this might not sound like a lot, over the course of a year you get 1.5 months of operation for “free” if you use a certified dehumidifier in your basement. Also, note that some models use even less energy than this.

FAQs

Q: How much do dehumidifiers for basements cost?

Dehumidifiers for basements cost anywhere from just below $100 to over $500. For most homes, a good price will fall between $200 and $550, depending on the needs of the individuals who live there. It’s worth noting that great budget picks like the MAPOOR Dehumidifier for Basements are also amongst the highest rated for customer satisfaction.

Q: Can I leave my dehumidifier on all day?

If you have a good dehumidifier, you can leave it running all day. Nearly all dehumidifiers that use a water storage tank come with an auto shut-off feature once that tank gets between 80% and 90% full. It is also possible to come across dehumidifiers with humidistats that will shut off once the humidity reaches a desired level.

Q: How much water should a dehumidifier collect in a day in a basement?

A dehumidifier will collect an amount of water every day in a basement up to its “capacity” or maximum extraction amount. This is often measured in pints. The actual amount of water a dehumidifier will collect from your basement on a daily basis is highly dependent on many factors, including temperature, airflow, and even how often the dehumidifier’s tank is emptied.

Final thoughts on the best dehumidifiers for basements

The best dehumidifiers for basements are typically characterized by their ability to pull a lot of water out of the air, their ability to dispose of said water satisfactorily, and the ability to have a lot of control over their functioning. As a result, the above dehumidifiers should work well for your basement over the long run.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best dehumidifiers for basements in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best freezer chests of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-freezer-chest/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 19:29:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279091
best freezer chest
Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

Looking for a freezer chest to supplement your refrigerator? Here’s what you need to consider before investing.

The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best freezer chest
Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best upright upright white freezer Midea Upright Freezer
SEE IT

This upright model fits in tight spaces and comes with LED lights to help you organize.
Best Energy-Efficient black whynter chest freezer Whynter Energy-Star Mini Freezer
SEE IT

This affordable model saves space and energy.
Best Budget black Arctic King freezer chest with food in it Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer
SEE IT

This option provides 5 cubic feet of storage space at a budget-friendly price.

Food has gotten more expensive across the board in recent years, but a chest freezer can cut into those extra costs. Spending too much on delivery? Stock one of these babies up with frozen pizza and take-out-adjacent foods when they’re on-sale. Or maybe you want to buy into a large butcher order with some friends. A dedicated freezer offers a ton of flexibility. But PopSci, don’t chest freezers require a lot of space and energy? Not anymore! You can find freezer chests that suit your living space, storage needs, and even save energy. No matter your situation, you won’t be left in the cold with these chest freezers.

The best freezer chests: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s tempting to buy the biggest, cheapest chest freezer you can get, but that’s a mistake. You’ll end up paying for features and square inches you don’t need. Instead, get something that fits your specific needs. Here are some options to consider.

Best large: Kratos Refrigeration 69K-749HC Solid Top Chest Freezer

large Frigidaire freezer chest

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 19.4 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: 0-11 degrees F

Pros

  • Commercial grade
  • Tons of space inside for storage
  • Simple manual defrost process
  • Heavy insulation keeps food inside frozen for up to two days without power

Cons

  • Big
  • Expensive

Featuring adjustable temperature controls and a power-on indicator light (which is handy if you live in an area that is susceptible to power outages), the Kratos chest freezer is also lockable and has adjustable feet in case your floor is uneven. 

Best upright: Midea Upright Freezer

upright white freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 21 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? Yes
  • Temperature range: 0-11 degrees F

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Wire shelves are adjustable
  • Quit
  • Easy to see what’s inside
  • Temperature alarm

Cons

  • Heavy

The Hamilton Beach upright freezer has an adjustable hinge door that can open right or left, as well as adjustable legs to ensure no wobbling. The adjustable thermostat makes it easy to change the temperature to desired levels, and five wire shelves and bright LED lighting make organizing and accessing items easy. 

Best energy-efficient mini-freezer: Whynter Energy Star 1.1-cubic foot freezer

black whynter chest freezer

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.1 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -10-2 degrees F

Pros

  • Keeps things extremely cold
  • Very small so it can go anywhere
  • Shelf is removable
  • Sturdy handle

Cons

  • Won’t hold much

Requiring less energy than a standard light bulb, the Whynter freezer is a great option for those who don’t need a lot of extra storage and are concerned about energy costs. It’s also lockable and has a manual defrost option. 

Best outdoor or garage freezer: Midea 7-cubic foot chest freezer

white Midea freezer for outdoors or garage

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 7 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -11-10 degrees F

Pros

  • Relatively easy to move around
  • Sturdy build makes it safe in hard conditions
  • Easily adjusted temperature

Cons

  • Might be overkill for some

The Midea Chest Freezer is a forced-air garage freezer unit that weighs just a hair under 75 pounds and is sturdy enough to withstand being housed in a garage or even outdoors. It also boasts an adjustable thermostat, removable baskets for easy cleaning, and a top door that can raise from 45 degrees to 75 degrees for easy access to its vast storage space. 

Best budget: Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer

black Arctic King freezer chest with food in it

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 5.5 cubic feet
  • Self-defrosing? No
  • Temperature range: -11-32 degrees F

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Black color option
  • Quiet
  • Spacious

Cons

  • Items on the bottom can be hard to find

At just over $200, the Koolatron freezer is a surprisingly big model at such a low price point (its 5 cubic feet of space is just a nudge above a “compact” or “mini”). It weighs just about 65 pounds and while it doesn’t have a lot of bells and whistles, it’s not a bad choice if you’re not looking to spend a lot. 

What to consider when buying the best freezer chests

Deep freezers have come a long way. Not only don’t they require you to keep enormous blocks of actual ice somewhere in your living space, but they also aren’t powered by ammonia and sulfur dioxide like they were in the 1830s (until someone realized that that combination was, to put it mildly, lethal). General Electric popularized the modern domestic freezer in the 1920s, and it’s been evolving ever since. Of all your kitchen appliances, deep freezer chests—whether they be upright freezers, large chest freezers, or even outdoor freezers—can be among the most cost-effective and life-changing. Having a quality deep freezer chest changes the way you shop, the way you cook, and even the things you eat. They can save families (especially large families) significant time and money by allowing them to plan meals without fear of wasteful spoilage or annoying repeat trips to the supermarket. 

Modern freezers use 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane, which does not deplete the ozone layer or cause toxic poisoning, and is considered safe for use in the home. Most freezers store food at -18 degrees Celsius and it is at this temperature that food will remain safe and viable indefinitely. Some freezers can go as low as -34 degrees Celsius. You have a wide range of size options as well, so they can handle whatever your kitchen refrigerator overflow requires. Here are our suggestions for the best freezer chest for any circumstance. 

Related: The weather’s nice, so let’s pull some meat out of the freezer and get to grilling with these tools 

The ins-and-outs of chest freezers

If you’re in the market for a freezer chest, you might think bigger is better. But it’s important to consider your space and how much storage capacity you need to make sure you get the model that works best for you and your family.

The large freezer chest you buy should be based on the size of your family and the size of the space you have to accommodate a spare appliance. Most appliance manufacturers estimate that you should dedicate 1.5 cubic feet of freezer space for each family member, and most commercial freezer chests come in four basic size ranges: Compact (5 cubic feet), Small (6 to 9 cubic feet), Medium (12 to 18 cubic feet) and Large (18 to 25 cubic feet). You’ll also want to consider your lifestyle: Do you buy frozen food and meat in bulk? Do you keep a lot of frozen snacks on hand year-round? You can easily store 35 pounds of food in one cubic foot of freezer space.

What about upright freezers?

When you’re in the market for a standalone freezer, one of the biggest considerations overall is how much space you have in your home to dedicate to such a large appliance. The upside is, unlike standard refrigerators, freezers do come in a few more size and style options. 

When choosing between a chest freezer or an upright freezer, consider that each style has its advantages and disadvantages. Because it’s less reliant on shelves, for example, a chest freezer has greater capacity than an upright and can easily handle food items of odd sizes and shapes. However, you do run the risk of having items fall to the bottom of a chest freezer never to be heard from again, which is not a problem with a more easily accessible upright model.

Because of its low profile, a chest freezer can be placed under a window, where an upright needs a bit more wall space (and ceiling clearance). If you have narrow walkways and doorways, an upright is also easier to maneuver. 

Looking for a mini freezer?

While limited space is likely your main consideration when considering a mini freezer, you should also think about other factors, such as how much you need to store and how much you’re looking to spend. Maybe you don’t have a large group to feed and just need a little ancillary freezer for a few precious items (or just a handy supply of ice), or maybe you need something temporary to supplement your regular fridge. 

Another thing to consider is cost—not just for the unit itself, but the money saved by purchasing a smaller, more energy-efficient model. Energy ratings can vary widely per model. For example, if your freezer comes with an ice-maker, that requires both additional energy reserves, as well as a connection to a water source. Some small freezer chests come with a flash-freeze option that will bring the temperature in the freezer down quickly when you load it up with food, which can also require more energy.

How about an outdoor freezer?

Once again, the space you have to work with is only part of the equation when shopping for an outdoor freezer or garage freezer. Not only do you have to take into consideration the durability of the unit—since it will be exposed to the elements—you also have to know if its cooling system can be as effective in your cold, winter garage or yard as it is when those areas become stiflingly hot in the summer. 

There are two kinds of cooling systems: forced-air and cold plate. In a forced-air system, a hidden cooling unit—usually a compressor—cools air and then circulates it through the cabinet, leading to much more consistent temperatures throughout the unit. If your freezer is jam-packed with food, it will restrict the airflow and the unit will struggle to lower and maintain temperatures (not to mention that the appliance will have to draw massive amounts of power). The more room you have between items, the easier it will be to cool. Also, glass vs. metal shelves can affect the evenness of the internal temperature. 

Cold plate refrigeration, also called static cooling refrigeration, is a method of cooling that uses a dedicated cooling element at the back of the unit’s cabinet to pull heat out of the freezer. Contents near the back of the freezer may block the flow of cold air, which can result in inconsistent temperatures. Additionally, contents directly touching the cold plate are more likely to ice or frost over. Point being: It’s not just about having more space, it’s about using it efficiently. And the placement of your freezer chest (whether it’s backed up against a wall, exposed to the elements, etc.) may inform the best system for you.

On a budget?

Since standalone freezers are designed in a variety of shapes and sizes, they also come at a range if price points. You can find options from as little as $150 to as much as $1,000, but you will likely sacrifice size, efficiency, and flexibility as you move from the biggest top-of-the-line models down to the budget options. 

But if you are just looking for something basic to store a few items, there are quality options that won’t break the bank. Your biggest concerns will likely be size, energy use, and noise level—because you want something that’s going to be effective without causing you more problems than it’s worth. 

FAQs

Q: Is a chest freezer worth it?

It’s hard to make a blanket statement for everyone, but generally, the answer is yes, a chest freezer is worth it. By limiting food waste, reducing the need to go back and forth to the grocery store, and allowing for better (and longer-term) food planning, chest freezers make themselves pretty invaluable (and eventually pay for themselves in money saved). 

Q: How long does a chest freezer last?

Along with gas and electric ranges, freezers tend to be the longest-lasting kitchen appliances—they typically last anywhere from 12 to 20 years. 

Q: Are chest freezers dangerous?

Chest freezers can be dangerous in certain circumstances, so you should consider a few things when shopping. If you have small children, you may want to invest in a chest freezer that is lockable, to avoid any “Hide and Go Seek” mishaps, and people in coastal areas should be aware that salt air can cause outdoor chest freezers to corrode more quickly. If you live in a place where extreme temperatures are common, the best freezer chest for you may be an indoor option. 

Related: Gifts for the home cook who already has everything

The last word on the best freezer chests

Chest freezers can be extremely convenient and cost-effective, especially for large families or shared living spaces. They help reduce food waste and can ensure year-round access to seasonal foods or scarce items. When buying the best freezer chest for you, it’s important to consider how much capacity you need, what you want to store, the space you have, where you want to keep your freezer, how accessible it should be, and the climate you live in. Each of these factors can affect how much you’ll need to spend. But overall, the best freezer chests are a solid option for most homes.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-washer-and-dryer-sets/ Wed, 20 Sep 2023 01:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571565
These appliances will save you time, space, and money.

From AI-informed models to portable options, these appliances will save you space, time, and money.

The post The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
These appliances will save you time, space, and money.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LG WKE100HVA is the best washer-dryer set overall. LG WKE100HVA
SEE IT

This stacked unit is designed with built-in intelligence that uses AI to select optimal wash and dry motions and settings.
Best for pets The Maytag MED6500MBK is the best washer and dryer set for pets. Maytag MED6500MB and MGD6500MBK Dryer
SEE IT

This washer and dryer are each designed with filters to specifically target pet hair.
Best budget The Black+Decker washer and dryer set is the best option that's portable. BLACK+DECKER PWM09W Washer / ‎BCED15 Dryer
SEE IT

This portable set may not have a large capacity, but the washer and dryer and affordable and easy to use.

Every day is laundry day somewhere, which is why a washer-and-dryer set is an essential appliance. Someone is pulling up to a laundromat, or piling clothes in their stacked laundry center, or preparing a hot bucket of water. Throughout the entire world, the population is continuously cleaning its textiles. 

While some of us cling to our old-school plain white washers and dryers with simple knobs, others set out to purchase the latest and greatest technologically advanced washing machines—then a matching dryer as an aside. This tendency to treat the dryer as an afterthought, well, is a luxury. It can be daunting to shop for both a washer and a dryer simultaneously, but pairing these appliances can improve your laundry experience by providing complementary features and a manufacturing process that considers the entire flow of laundry through both machines. But we’re not here to debate the sociological pathology of laundry with a taste of product engineering. We’re here to discuss the best washer-and-dryer sets available today so your laundry day is as efficient and clean as possible.

How we chose the best washer-and-dryer sets

Compiling this short list of washers and dryers was a process that included scouring retailers for best-selling items, reading customer reviews and ratings, and considering brand recognition. It’s tough to recommend an untested, unproven brand, though that’s less of a concern within the washer and dryer market as we’re already familiar with most brands. 

From there, it’s a matter of deciding which models and versions are truly the best. The trick is ensuring that our selections aren’t wildly expensive or any other variable that would make a particular unit a tough sell. In the end, it’s all about the machines we wish we had in our own homes if we don’t already.

The best washer-and-dryer sets: Reviews & Recommendations

Theoretically, any washer and dryer standing next to each other in your laundry room is a washer-and-dryer set. However, for the sake of technicalities, all the washers and dryer sets on this list are sold as sets. These are not just washers and dryers that match in color but ones that are tuned to work with their partner appliance for the best possible laundry experience (as it pertains to the manufacturers’ opinion). Save for one set on this list, you can purchase all the individual units separately if so inclined. However, just like shoes, socks, and underpants, it works much better if you have a matching pair.

Best overall: LG WKE100HVA

Why it made the cut: There is a new must-have functionality with paired washers and dryers in dual controls, and this unit proudly displays it.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.4 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Touchpad
  • Load Type: Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Gas, electric

Pros

  • Stacked
  • WiFi-enabled
  • Runs quiet

Cons

  • Dryer controls can be temperamental
  • Requires service agreement

The first thing you might notice about the LG WKE100HVA washer-and-dryer set is that it’s stacked. Well, that’s because it is. While you can technically stack other paired washers and dryers, this one is built as one complete laundry center. This comes with some positive and negative caveats. One of the best things about this set is its central control hub. One set of controls for both washer and dryer, rather than two sets of controls. But that means that repairing either, or clearing error codes, requires a robust service contract or warranty. You do not want to mess around with these electronics without one.

That being said, this is a fantastic unit. It has built-in intelligence that uses AI to select optimal wash and dry motions and settings. With the washer and dryer connected to your home WiFi, LG’s ThinQ app sends notifications about usage, maintenance, and diagnostics to your phone. It also works with Google Assistant and Alexa so that you can control your laundry on the go (it won’t switch it from the washer into the dryer for you, though; that you’ll have to do yourself). There are also internal sensors to alert you to duct or lint filter clogs, a very helpful feature for those of us who neglect to maintain those things. All these features, including NeveRust stainless steel tubs, solidly land the LG WKE100HVA at the top of this list. Want more options for tight floorplans? Check out more of the best stackable washer-dryers.

Best budget: Insignia NS-TWM35W1 Washer and NS-TDRE67W1 Dryer

The Insignia NS-TWM35W1 is the best washer and dryer set at a budget-friendly price.

Insignia

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: At a package price of well under $1,000, you can’t get any more budget than this set.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 3.7 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 6.7 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Physical knob
  • Stable

Cons

  • Cheap
  • No WiFi
  • Low on features

There is a misnomer with sets like the Insignia NS-TWM35W1 / NS-TDRE67W1 that they are bottom-of-the-line units, not worth your dirty skivvies. That’s just not true. There’s nothing wrong with purchasing an entry-level washer-and-dryer set without fancy technology and AI sensors. In fact, it can result in much less of a headache as this top-load washer and front-load dryer are constructed for pure simplicity in laundry. One washes, one dries, and it’s all controlled with simple knobs and physical buttons.

Ok, so there might be a bit of nostalgia with these types of washers and dryers, but in a rare case, that doesn’t result in a price hike. These are cheap, regularly on sale for under $800 for the pair. That’s refreshing in a world of high-tech washers and dryers that often run well into the thousands. 

While we do have some emotional connection to our clothes and quilts, do we really need much more than this? This is a high-efficiency set with automatic temperature controls and a fabric softener dispenser. No WiFi, no erroneous features we really don’t need. The Insignia NS-TWM35W1 / NS-TDRE67W1 washer-and-dryer set keeps it simple; sometimes, that’s all we need.

Best top-load: GE Profile 1661791

Why it made the cut: With adaptive features, large capacity, and a sleek look, this set would make any best-of list.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 5.4 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.4 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • WiFi connectivity
  • Top-load washer
  • Physical selection knob

Cons

  • Requires stabilization pads
  • Not stackable

The GE Profile 1661791 has a laundry list (get it) of great features. Its SmartHQ app sends you real-time feedback, allows you to optimize performance, and lets you receive alerts when loads are complete or there’s a problem. Additionally, it works with Amazon Alexa, so you can yell at it to adjust times or stop a run. Dynamic balancing technology senses and rebalances uneven loads, keeping everything as quiet as possible. There’s a power prewash, FlexDispense, that automatically releases detergent or fabric softener at the right time and tangle control that keeps things from getting knotted up.

However, if there was one feature that really stands out with this top-load washer and front-loading dryer, it’s the washer link. The dryer receives wash cycle information to optimize settings for its next run. This saves you the time and thought of picking the best setting for the job, as the washer and dryer discuss things behind your back, and just like your parents, choose what they think is best for you. With all these features attached to a top-load washer and not a modernized front loader, the GE Profile 1661791 is a fantastic set from a reliable appliance manufacturer. 

Best for pets: Maytag MED6500MBK Washer / MGD6500MBK Dryer

The Maytag MED6500MBK is the best washer and dryer set for pets.

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s rare to see an appliance specifically advertised for pets, but this washer-and-dryer set is exactly that.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 4.7 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.0 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital Knob
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Electric

Pros

  • Pet Pro option
  • Top-load washer

Cons

  • Noisy
  • No digital display
  • Rough on delicates

So why exactly is the Maytag MED6500MBK / MGD6500MBK washer-and-dryer set optimal for cleaning pet hair-infused textiles? The Pet Pro Filter feature. Based on the reviews, if you are looking for a washer and dryer specifically designed to remove pet hair from your clothes, couch covers, and blankets, this is the pair you want. If you don’t have pets, you should probably move on because those reviews were not as kind. It’s like buying a hamburger and then complaining about the abundance of meat and the scarcity of vegetables. The meat in this washer is clumps of pet hair captured in the massive lint trap.

Both the washer and dryer have some sort of pet hair removal system, which you won’t find in other systems, but there are some other standard features, such as wrinkle-free and heavy-duty cycles. Other than that, if you’re looking for WiFi connectivity or fancy control pads, you won’t find those here. The Maytag MED6500MBK / MGD6500MBK exists to remove all that pet hair from your textiles, and that’s it. Find a need and fill it. And then remove all the pet hair from it. Make the job a little easier by also investing in one of the best vacuums for pet hair.

Best high-efficiency: Samsung WF50A8800AV Washer / DVG50A8800V Dryer

Why it made the cut: This is a feature-packed and versatile washer-and-dryer set that can be stacked, put on risers, or set side-by-side.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 5.0 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 7.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • Load Type: Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: Gas 

Pros

  • Stackable
  • High-capacity washer
  • Voice controlled
  • WiFi-enabled
  • Reversible dryer door

Cons

  • Gas-only dryer
  • Only comes in black

Crossing five cubic feet for a front-load washer is rare, but the Samsung WF50A8800AV / DVG50A8800V washer-and-dryer set pulls it off by hitting that capacity exactly. Not only that, but you can either set these units side-by-side, stack them, or purchase additional drawers to go underneath. With the front-loading, you never have to strain to get something out from the bottom of the washer basin. Each unit has a smooth control knob and a digital display, so if you are watching the cycles spin, you’ll at least have something to look at besides the vortex of clothes.

And like many washer-and-dryer sets in this age of connected technology, this set comes packed with features, including a self-cleaning lint filter. Additionally, there’s built-in sound reduction, voice controls that work with Alexa, Android, Google Assistant, SmartThings, and iOS through Samsung’s app. An AI brain buried somewhere between the control panel and dryer vent optimizes each wash and dry cycle based on internal sensors or your initial input. All this and the Samsung WF50A8800AV / DVG50A8800V washer-and-dryer set has a slick, brushed black look that will level up any laundry room aesthetic. It is important to note, though, that they are sold separately.

Best portable: BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 Dryer

The Black+Decker washer and dryer set is the best option that's portable.

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: As more and more people are anecdotally adopting a nomadic lifestyle, portable RV-capable washer and dryers are becoming a hot-ticket item.

Specs

  • Washer Capacity: 0.9 cu. ft.
  • Dryer Capacity: 1.5 – 3.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital buttons
  • Load Type: Top/Front
  • Dryer Heating Source: 120V electric 

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Standard plug
  • Digital controls

Cons

  • Tiny washer
  • Short power cord
  • Short water hose

The BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 isn’t exactly a paired washer-and-dryer set, as they are sold separately. And if you search around, you’ll find a ton of portable washers and dryers on the market, with varying countries of origin, price, and capacity. However, BLACK+DECKER is known for creating reliable tools, and what are a washer and dryer if not tools for cleaning textiles? 

These two units are ultra-portable. That’s the draw. They are basic, with simple cold water wash cycles and 120V powered dry cycles. There aren’t any fancy bells and whistles, and their capacity is limited. But that makes them perfect for RV or mobile home use, especially if it’s just the two of you. The one drawback to both is the length of the power cords and water hoses. You’ll need an extension cord, and you might have to move the washer around to fill and drain it. But, these are portable, so that’s probably implied. If you find yourself on the go more than staying put, then the BLACK+DECKER BPWM09W / ‎BCED15 washer-and-dryer set might just be what you need to stay fresh. Note that the washer and dryer are sold separately.

Things to consider before buying a washer-and-dryer set

When purchasing a new washer or dryer, it’s not necessary to buy them in pairs, but it helps. You will find that many washer-and-dryer sets work better together than with other brands, especially when considering particular connectivity features. Why bother talking to your washer if you can’t talk to your dryer? So when you head out to purchase a new set, you’ll want to consider at least what type you need, included features, the amount of preset cycles, and the drum material. Capacity is less of a consideration, as most washers and dryers are around the same cubic footage, though there are some compact and large capacity exceptions.

Type

Type refers to top-load or front-load in reference to washing machines. Most dryers are front-load, as the dryer drum has to balance to function properly. Top-load washing machines are more traditional, while front-load washing machines generally use less water, making retrieving clothes easier. All stacked washing machines are front-loading. That’s where type really matters, as if you want a top-load washing machine, it won’t be stackable.

Features

Do you want to use Alexa or Google Assistant to talk to your washing machine? Or get updates on laundry load status through an app? How about AI sensors that automatically choose cycle types based on their own detection? Or sensors in the lint trap and vent so you know when your dryer needs a cleaning? These days, there are tons of features to choose from when selecting a washer or dryer. You’ll still find simple knob-controlled units out there, but they are starting to become outmoded.

Cycles

Most washers and dryers have a moderate selection of cycles, including the standards of normal, heavy, and delicates. But so many more have additional cycles, enhanced with sensors to detect and choose the best for the laundry in the machine. If you have specific laundry needs, it’s best to pay attention to available cycles. Additionally, some front-load washers offer a sanitizing cycle that uses nearly excessive heat to kill bacteria.

Drum material

Most modern washers and dryers have stainless steel tubs, and that’s what you want to look for. These are tougher, stand up better over time, and are essentially rust-free. If it’s not stainless steel at this point in the history of washers and dryers, then move on. Porcelain-enameled steel tubs are the other popular option out there, and they end up chipping and wearing down much quicker. And if it’s plastic, you may as well put your money in the washer on the sanitizing cycle.

FAQs

Q: What’s better, top-load or front-load washers?

Whether top-load or front-load washers are better is completely subjective and up to the customer. Top-load washers are great if you prefer a deeper basin and aren’t looking to stack anything. Front-load washers are usually more efficient pertaining to water use and often come with that ever-vaulted sanitizing cycle option. In the end, it depends on your personal preference.

Q: Why should I purchase a washer-and-dryer as a set?

Aside from matching your washer and dryer, the main reason to purchase as a set is efficiency. Most washer and dryer pairs are designed to function as a total unit, the washer removing the right amount of water from clothes, knowing the abilities of the dryer. Some of these units are actually connected, so the washer talks to the dryer to communicate drying needs. Plus, many retail outlets slap hefty sales on paired washers and dryers, so you can save some money as well.

Q: How can I extend the life of my washer or dryer?

Things break. Things we use weekly or even daily break even faster. With washers and dryers, you’ll usually want to spring for that extended service contract, especially considering touch controls and electronics. However, there are some things you can do to extend the life of your washer and dryer. First, you can run self-clean cycles. Some units will prompt you to do this, but each manual will include optimal points for self-cleaning. Second, you can turn off the water flow to your washer and leave the lid open when not in use. This helps to keep it dry and avoids leaks. And finally, clean out your lint filter and dryer vent! Keeping them both clear of debris helps your dryer run efficiently and reduces wear and tear on both the dryer and your clothes.

Final thoughts on the best washer-and-dryer sets

This is by far not a definitive list of a very crowded market. If you can think of a common washer and dryer manufacturer, chances are good they produce a paired washer and dryer. What this list does offer is a slice of the best available today on the market in feature sets, overall look and feel, and budgets. While LG tops this list with a stackable washer and dryer laundry center, that might not be for everyone. In which case, the GE or Samsung options are fantastic second choices. And if you have pets, the Maytag may be your only choice. But that’s the great thing about consumerism: we have plenty of choices.

Why trust us?

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best washer-and-dryer sets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best washing machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-washing-machines/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 23:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=571838
Make laundry day easier with one of the best laundry machines.

These models range from sleek options designed with AI to reliable bargains.

The post The best washing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Make laundry day easier with one of the best laundry machines.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The LG TurboWash 360 is one of the best washing machines. LG TurboWash 360 WM4000HBA
SEE IT

This sleek washer is packed with smart features and AI functionality for top performance.
Best budget GE's top loading washing machine is one of the best washing machines at a budget-friendly price. GE High-Efficiency Agitator Top-Load Washer GTW465ASNWW
SEE IT

This dependable model provides reliable performance at a reasonable price.
Best for pets The Maytag Pet Pro is the best washing machine for pets. Maytag Pet Pro Top-Load Washer MVW6500MW
SEE IT

This washer is designed with a Pet Pro filter to help remove hair from your clothes,  slipcovers, and more.

We love our washing machines. We love the pretty little sounds they make when our clothes are washed and ready for the dryer. We love versatile washing machines that handle whatever amount of textile we shove in there. Most of all, we really appreciate the level of technological advancement applied to washing machines. This selection of washing machines is but a small sample of what’s available on the market today. All major manufacturers have at least one reliable washing machine at the top of their game. Choosing just a few out of so many highly rated and oft-purchased machines may seem daunting, but it’s like grabbing the best candy from a bowl of the best candy. No matter what you get, you are going to get something good. Whatever your needs, we’ll help you find one of the best washing machines.

How we chose the best washing machines

While we’d love to say we simply surveyed all the mothers-in-law nationwide, our methodology is a bit less personal. Rather, we compile the best washing machines or any other appliance by scouring reviews, hunting down best sellers, and sourcing well-reviewed washers. The more information available, the easier it is to recommend any particular washing machine. The more gold stars commensurate with the volume of customer reviews, the better. 

The best washing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

It’s tough recommending a washing machine. Many people have personal attachments to their washing machines or at least some variable level of brand loyalty. From machine-learning algorithms that adjust wash cycles based on sensors to WiFi capability that sends notifications and controls to our phones, the new breed of washing machines is nothing short of amazing. With that in mind, the following list of washing machines are at the top or near the top of their individual categories, chosen to fit as many needs as possible. Want space-saving options? Check out the best stackable washer-dryers. Want the best of the dedicated devices? Keep reading.

Best overall: LG TurboWash 360 WM4000HBA

Why it made the cut: With built-in AI sensors, a sleek look, and WiFi capability, this washer is easily the top of the pack.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 12

Pros

  • AI sensors
  • Automatic pairing with compatible dryer
  • WiFi connectivity
  • Quiet wash cycles

Cons

  • Door gasket deteriorates over time
  • Requires careful balancing

The LG WM4000HBA is one of several comparable LG washing machines with small variances in form and function. This specific model comes highly reviewed at numerous retail outlets, which lands it solidly at the top of this list. If you are looking for a washing machine packed with technology that requires a strong warranty, this is it. From AI technology using built-in sensors to detect the texture of your textiles and load size to automatically set the wash cycle or WiFi connectivity through the ThinQ app, this washer is ready to deliver high-performing cleanliness.

One of the best things about LG washing machines is the 10-year limited warranty. Sure, the tempered glass door and rose gold accents are a nice touch, but knowing that when something deep within the bowels of the computer brain breaks you’re covered is a much better selling point. Additionally, there are powerful jets, ColdWash technology to save money and drive out stains, and steam-powered cycles to remove pet dander and dust. You can also control your laundry cycles with Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant through the ThinQ app. Packed with features and built to handle any laundry issue you throw at it, the LG WM4000HBA is one of the best washing machines on the market today.

Best budget: GE High-Efficiency Agitator Top-Load Washer GTW465ASNWW

Why it made the cut: This top-load washing machine is the one we’re all familiar with and continues to deliver solid performance at a reasonable price.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.5 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Knobs
  • WiFi-capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 14

Pros

  • Water level selection
  • Affordable
  • Old-school physical knobs

Cons

  • No WiFi
  • No internal sensors
  • Can be noisy

The GE GTW465ASNWW is something we are all familiar with. While it has changed over the years, the top-loading, white, GE washing machine with a row of physical knobs and a lack of computer brain is a staple in the annals of washing machine history. Until recently, it’s what we’ve always thought of when we think of washing machines. And thankfully, in some form, it’s still out there and generally under $600. It does what it’s supposed to do, with a deep clean cycle, deep water levels, and speed washing, just to put a cherry on top. 

While many might point out that familiarity breeds contempt, you won’t be contemptuous here if you just need a washing machine and don’t need all the fancy connectivity included in many other washers. You’ll be quite satisfied with the 700 RPM spin speed, dual agitators, 14 wash cycles, and adjustable water level. This thing is built in America for one single purpose: to wash your stuff. It doesn’t ask questions; it doesn’t care if you stuff it full of shoes, quilts, or moldy shower curtains. It cleans things. That’s why the GE GTW465ASNWW will always show up on these lists, because it’s built for purpose, and we know what to expect when we buy it.

Best top-load: Maytag Smart Top-Load Washer MVW7230HC

This Maytag smart model is the best washing machine for top-loading.

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Top-load washers are becoming scarce, but this one stands out for its high-efficiency wash and large capacity.

Specs

  • Capacity: 5.2 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 13

Pros

  • Extra power button
  • Smart appliance
  • Top-loading

Cons

  • Can be unstable with heavy loads
  • Struggles with large textiles

When looking at the Maytag MVW7230HC, you’ll notice that something is a bit different when compared to most modern washing machines. With so many units being sold as stackable pairs, it’s kind of rare to find a top-loading washer packed with all the high-technology features you’d expect in a front-loading washing machines. The highlight on this machine isn’t the top-loading or the WiFi capability with Amazon Alexa; no, it’s the extra power button. A single press of this button will boost stain-fighting performance on any wash cycle. 

While reviews did note that this washer struggles with bulky items, it does have advanced vibration control that at least keeps it steady while dealing with heavier loads. However, it seems it operates at its peak with regular textiles, or at least human-balanced loads. But that’s a common complaint with all top-load washers, as there’s usually a static agitator and gravity to deal with. No matter how much water you allow into a washer, it still has to deal with the pull of the Earth’s core. Regardless, for a top-load washer regularly priced under $1,000, the Maytag MVW7230HC delivers the features and extra power you’re looking for in a modern washer.

Best for pets: Maytag Pet Pro Top-Load Washer MVW6500MW

The Maytag Pet Pro is the best washing machine for pets.

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are very few washers specifically designed to help us clean up after our wonderful, but often shedding, pets.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4.7 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 10

Pros

  • Pet Pro filter
  • Deep fill option
  • Advanced vibration control

Cons

  • Doesn’t remove all pet hair
  • Low water option isn’t enough

With all the front-load washers out there, when you read reviews for a top load washer like the Maytag MVW6500MW, one of the chief complaints is about water levels. This washing machine has variable water levels, but since we are dealing with gravity here, it’s best to use more than less. However, since front-load machines have become the norm, we’ve forgotten about gravity and the fallibility of top-load washers. No matter how good the agitator is, water and clothes sink to the bottom. This takes some getting used to, adjusting your laundry loads and water intake to find the perfect wash.

But along the way, this washing machine will do its darndest to remove all the pet hair from your shirts, couch covers, and duvets. It has a Pet Pro filter paired with a Pet Pro option that adds more water to lift and remove as much pet hair as possible. It’s not perfect, nothing is, but it’s better than washers with smaller filters. The bottom line is that while it might not be the best top-loading washer on the market, if you have pets, the Maytag MVW6500MW is the best choice to pick that extra pet hair out of your laundry. And one of the best vacuums for pet hair can hopefully help too much additional buildup.

Best compact: Miele Front-Load Washer WXR860WCS

The Miele Front-Load Washer is one of the best washing machines that's compact.

Miele

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are few compact washers out there with the feature set to compete with full-size washers, but this is one of the best.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.26 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Touch
  • WiFi-Capable: No
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 25

Pros

  • Each unit strenuously tested
  • 2x as many wash cycles as traditional washers
  • LED multilingual display

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No WiFi connectivity
  • Not good for heavy textiles

The Miele WXR860WCS is tested for over 10,000 hours before it’s sent to retailers for sale. Each unit goes through this process because not only does Miele stand behind its machines, but they sell for nearly $3,000. You’d think the smaller the washing machine, the cheaper it would be, but that’s not the case. Instead, consider how much technology and functionality has to be shrunk to fit within a smaller package while maintaining its effectiveness. And with 25 wash cycles, nearly double that of larger machines, this compact little washer is very effective.

It also communicates in several languages through the LED display and touch controls. That’s handy, but what’s really impressive about the design of this unit is the honeycomb drum. What this does is create a film of water between the drum and your clothes, protecting their fibers from friction damage. Miele also built these units with a double waterproof protection system, using sensors to ensure everything is working correctly inside the machine. While it doesn’t have any wireless connectivity and is a bit expensive, the Miele WXR860WCS is perfect for RV living or a tiny (but also expensive) city condo.

Best high-capacity: Samsung Smart Front-Load Washer WV60A9900AV/A5

The Samsung Smart Washer is the best washing machine for high-capacity.

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s tough to find a washing machine with over five cubic feet of capacity. This one has a whopping six cubic feet.

Specs

  • Capacity: 6.0 cu. ft.
  • Control Type: Digital knob
  • WiFi-Capable: Yes
  • Preset Wash Cycles: 24

Pros

  • Extra large capacity
  • Both top and front load
  • Smart dial
  • WiFi-enabled

Cons

  • Top loader susceptible to rust
  • Cannot be stacked

The Samsung WV60A9900AV/A5 manages its massive capacity by taking advantage of the space above the front-loading washing drum, with a 1.0 cubic foot top-loading washer. That’s right, it’s two washing machines in one. While this means you can literally wash two loads at the same time (perhaps blankets in the main wash drum, and something more fragile in the top loader), it also means an increased possibility of equipment failure. The top loader is hard to keep clean and dry, which can lead to rusting. The computer brain of this washer, with smart dial features, means a higher chance of error codes and technical issues. But that’s an issue with any smart device, especially washers and dryers. 

As with most Samsung appliances, you can connect wirelessly with the SmartThings App, so you can remote start/stop and receive notifications. And unlike many washers that only work with one service, this one works with Amazon, Android, Apple, Sonos, iOS, and Google Assistant. So, no matter what smart-home device you’re shouting at, your washer will hear it. There’s also vibration-reducing technology, so even if you’re running two loads in the same washer at the same time, it’s still generally quiet. The Samsung WV60A9900AV/A5 is by no means a perfect washing machine, but it has one of the largest capacities of all washers on the market, which saves you time in the laundry room.

Things to consider before buying the best washing machines

Washing machines come with a ton of variable features. Reversible doors, high-efficiency water usage, number of cycles, self-cleaning modes, and steam options. And, while the price is always a consideration, if you are simply looking for a washer to meet your laundry needs without worrying about the impact on your wallet, there are at least four items you’ll want to look for.

Front-load vs. top-load

More washing machines than ever before are offered as front-loading machines. Top-loaders are still out there and popular, but consumers are getting tired of leaning over and digging in the washer for that one wet sock at the bottom. The differences between the two are very present. Top-load washing machines are less energy efficient than front-loaders and deliver more wear and tear on textiles because of gravity and agitation. Front-load machines have a longer cycle time and require a higher level of maintenance. However, they are kinder to your clothes and more eco-friendly.

Stackable

By default, top-load washers aren’t stackable. How would you open the lid? However, many front-load washers are stackable when paired with applicable dryers. This is a great way to save space in your laundry area. Plus, washer and dryer sets are connected in more ways than one. Some have central control panels, and some have connectivity between washer and dryer. Between saving space and your washer automatically telling your dryer the details of the incoming load, a stackable washer is a viable option.

Drum material

If it’s not stainless steel, then you should probably keep looking unless your budget demands a cheaper material prone to rust. Stainless steel drums last longer, are easier to maintain and clean, and are sturdy and reliable.

Smart features

Modern washing machines are full of neat technology, from WiFi connectivity and commands through your smart-home speakers to specific apps that send notifications to your phone and AI-enabled sensors that detect what type of laundry you are washing. Do you need a notification on your phone telling you your laundry is done? Probably not. But it’s available, and people love their smart home appliances. It does tend to jack up the price, especially the AI sensors, but the connectivity is sometimes worth it.

FAQs

Q: How do I keep my washing machine clean?

Check your owner’s manual for information on high-temperature cleaning cycles and how often to run them. Generally, you should run the cleaning cycle at least once a month. In between, you can prevent mold growth by leaving the door open after running to allow moisture to dry. You can also clean the gasket around the door with a towel when you are done with laundry for the day.

Q: What size washing machine should I buy?

Most washing machines come in around the four cubic foot range, and that suffices for many families and washing needs. However, it’s all dependent on your personal needs. Some washers are compact and only hold a few cubic feet, while high-capacity washers can hold up to five cubic feet of laundry.

Q: What’s the most reliable washing machine brand?

All the brands on this list (and many of the brands not on this list) have been constructing reliable washing machines for many decades. All customers have their own brand preference, but no matter what brand you choose, choose one that offers a solid warranty because the more technology in a washer, the higher chance something will go wrong.

Final thoughts on the best washing machines

Shopping for appliances, especially washers and dryers, is easy. There are so many available that it really comes down to what features you want inside your washer or dryer. Washers, specifically, still offer a bigger physical decision regarding top-load or front-load. However, with stackable pairs saving customers money, the purchasing decision has a bit more strain. The washers on this list offer something for everyone, and each has their own individual features that help them stand out from the pack. No matter which washer you choose, you’ll be assured that your textiles will end up fresh and clean.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best washing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best iced coffee makers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-iced-coffee-makers/ Tue, 12 Sep 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569347
The best iced coffee makers composited
Stan Horaczek

A solid iced coffee machine on your counter can drastically reduce your brew budget without sacrificing quality.

The post The best iced coffee makers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best iced coffee makers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Precision Brewer Breville Precision Brewer Coffee Maker
SEE IT

This versatile machine can make a perfect cup no matter your taste.
Best for batch brewing Zojirushi EC YTC100XB Coffee Maker Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker
SEE IT

Make up to five cups of concentrated iced coffee to serve at once.
Best splurge De'Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic coffee machine De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine
SEE IT

Go beyond a simple iced coffee to more complex drinks with this high-end machine.

Add a reliable iced coffee maker to your arsenal of kitchen appliances and it will change not only your daily routine but also your entire mindset. You’ll stop lusting after pricey takeout brews and start crafting custom ice cubes made of coffee or creamer that won’t dilute your drink. At-home iced coffee can achieve true greatness. But which maker suits your palate? Take some time to consider whether you’re a pod-loving, grab-and-go drinker or someone who wants to tinker with bloom times adjusted to your favorite beans. Here are the best iced coffee makers for those who take life cup by cup or vat by vat.

How we choose the best iced coffee makers

PopSci’s obsession with coffee leads to firmly entrenched opinions about the superiority of brewing methods and trickles down to milk frothers, travel mugs, and other accouterments. Our recommendations for iced coffee makers come from research, expert opinions, and our experience drinking ever larger volumes of chilled caffeine as the temperatures increase.

Technically, any coffee maker that brews hot coffee makes iced coffee: Just brew a pot and toss it in the fridge for later. For this roundup, we stuck to machines with dedicated settings that brew a stronger concentration directly over ice to be sipped immediately. We also considered performance, brewing capacity, overall size, and whether each machine can make other beverages while occupying precious counter space. (And we’ve got you covered if cold brew coffee makers are more your vibe. Not sure of the difference? Read our “What to consider …” section after our top picks.)

The best iced coffee makers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best iced coffee makers make a solid cup of hot coffee and a more robust version to go over ice. But you should also consider whether you’re making a cup at a time or enough for a household, whether the machine uses pods or beans, how much control you want over brew settings, and whether it will be one of many coffee makers or your primary device.

Best overall: Breville Precision Brewer

Breville Precision Brewer best overall drip coffeemaker with chrome thermal carafe on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 9 inches deep by 14 inches wide and 16 inches height
  • Weight: 3.15 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 32 ounces for iced coffee, up to 60 for hot
  • Thermal carafe

Pros

  • Six preset brewing modes, including iced coffee and cold brew
  • My Brew setting allows custom brewing setting
  • Adjustable temperatures
  • Three flow rates
  • Includes flat bottom and cone filter baskets
  • Auto-start

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Water tank isn’t removable

The Breville Precision Brewer hits a sweet spot for people who want a programmable, automatic machine that still allows them to customize the flavor of their beans. The tall stainless steel brewer comes with six preset brewing modes—including iced coffee, cold brew, and one tuned to Specialty Coffee Association’s Gold Cup standard—for those who want barista quality but don’t necessarily have barista know-how (or patience).

For hot coffee, the machine can brew a single cup or crank out 60 ounces in less than seven minutes on its fast setting. The volumes for cold sippers are significantly smaller. The Over Ice mode brews up to four cups of a more potent brew. The Cold Brew setting makes up to 20 ounces—a single serving for many of us—in an adjustable steeping time (zero to 16 hours), but you can skip the carafe and put it right into your favorite mug.

The Precision Brewer, our pick for best overall drip coffee maker, is jam-packed with features to get the most out of your favorite beans. Tinkerers can also play with customizable brewing settings, including adjustable temperatures and flow rates, and save them as a “My Brew” setting for repeated use. It also comes with cone and flat-bottom filter baskets, and a pour-over adapter can be added separately. At more than $300, the Precision Brewer may have a higher price tag than the average joe may be expecting. Still, it consolidates what could be multiple different gadgets—drip, iced coffee, cold brew, and the optional pour-over—into one device.

Some reviewers, however, have quibbles about the water tank. It isn’t removable like many other models, so refilling requires using something else to fill it, and it doesn’t completely empty every time.

Best budget: Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker

Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker

Mr. Coffee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7 inches deep by 10 inches wide and 16 inches tall
  • Weight: 5.6 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 16 ounces
  • Single servings in your own cups or included 22-ounce tumbler

Pros

  • Use your own beans
  • Includes a 22-ounce tumbler with straw
  • Easy to clean
  • No pods necessary

Cons:

  • Complaints about leaky tumbler lid

The Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker is for households that take the day one cup at a time but want to avoid pods. This single-serve machine comes with a reusable filter to use your chosen grinds and cranks out a cup of hot or iced coffee in under four minutes.

This budget find keeps things simple with only two buttons for “hot brew” or “over ice” and clear markings to meet the grind-water-ice ratios needed. For iced coffee, the included 22-ounce tumbler features a water line to fill the reservoir and then an ice line (though this really means filling it all the way to the top to account for coming melt). For hot options, the water reservoir has internal markings for 6, 8, 12, and 16 ounces and a double-sided scoop that tucks into its side.

The recommended retail price for the Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker is $59.99, but it can often be found in the $30 to $40 range. Executive Editor Stan Horaczek has a very similar machine that comes with the same tumbler, and that aspect of the set is terrible. The top leaks, it’s hard to clean, and the straw feels very cheap. Get a better tumbler with all that money you saved on the machine itself.

Best Keurig: Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker

Keurig K Elite Single Serve K Cup Pod Coffee Maker

Keurig

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10 inches deep by 12.7 inches wide and 13.1 inches tall
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Single Cup
  • Pick your own cup up to 7.2 inches tall

Pros

  • Brews in less than a minute
  • Makes five different serving sizes
  • Large water reservoir
  • Compatible with My K Cup reusable coffee filter
  • Makes other beverages and hot water for instant noodles, etc.

Cons

  • All plastic body
  • Large footprint

Some of us value simplicity and speed, the hallmarks of the Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker. Slide your iced-filled mug under the spout, drop in your favorite K-Cup coffee, and press the “iced coffee” button. About a minute later, you can grab and go or at least sip a fresh cup with little fuss.

Keurig offers a machine specifically for iced coffee, but we recommend the K-Elite for maximum flexibility. The K-Elite provides more customization than most automatic single-serve machines, including increasing the brew temperature, an elevation setting for mountain folk, and programmable auto-on and auto-off. The massive 75-ounce water tank can also be used for five different beverage sizes—4, 6, 8, 10, or 12 ounces—or hot water on demand for a cup of noodles.

Clean-up is just the cup, tossing the pod (or washing your My K Cup reusable coffee filter), and occasionally descaling.

But the single-serve lifestyle means taking life one cup at a time—there’s no option for a carafe or batch brewing here. And though the K-Elite comes in colors like brushed silver, slate, and gold, the body is plastic with metal details.

Best for a batch brewing: Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker

Zojirushi EC YTC100XB Coffee Maker

Zojirushi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 inches deep by 10.6 inches wide and 15.8 inches tall
  • Weight: 9 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: Up to 40 ounces for iced, up to 80 for hot
  • Thermal carafe

Pros

  • Optional pre-infusion cycle to allow beans bloom time
  • Front-loading swing basket
  • Detachable water tank
  • Water marking for iced coffee

Cons

  • Reports the vacuum carafe doesn’t keep coffee piping hot
  • Looks more like an office machine than one for a kitchen

Zojirushi may be more readily associated with its well-loved rice cookers, but the Japanese company has long made hot water dispensers, electric kettles, and thermal mugs for hot beverages. The Zojirushi Fresh Brew Plus EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker nabbed a spot as one of our best coffee makers for its ability to make delicious cups of hot and iced coffee. The secret? The machine lets the coffee bloom—geek speak for pouring a small amount of water on the grounds so they can release carbon dioxide before brewing—during an optional pre-infusion cycle. (So opt for it.) The result is either 10 cups of hot coffee or 4 to 5 cups of a concentrated brew to serve over ice immediately, a win for households with multiple or high-volume drinkers.

Iced coffee brewing isn’t a secondary bell or whistle. The Fresh Brew Plus’ water tank features clear markings for iced coffee. The setup is reasonably easy to clean with a removable water tank, a front-loading basket with a mesh filter—and a drip prevention mechanism to stop errant coffee from making a mess when the carafe has been removed.

One drawback is some hot coffee drinkers report that the carafe doesn’t keep the brew extra scalding. It also puts off a decidedly retro appliance vibe, which may not fit everyone’s aesthetic.

Best splurge: De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine

De'Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic coffee machine

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches deep by 10.5 inches wide and 15.1 inches tall
  • Weight: 24.7 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 60 ounces
  • Single servings in your own cups

Pros

  • Built-in grinder with 13 settings
  • Make a wide variety of espresso drinks
  • Four user profiles for one-touch personalized coffee
  • Brews 8-, 12-, and 16-ounce drinks
  • Can fit travel mugs

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Large footprint
  • Mostly plastic body

We’ve stuck to regular iced coffee for this roundup, but it’s time to level up to espresso drinks like iced lattes, iced cappuccinos, iced Americanos, and the other strong brews we shell out for at the local coffee shop. Making those barista-worthy concoctions at home is what the De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine was designed to do—but for those of us who need the process automated. This $1,800 machine is an investment, but it makes 40 different recipes at the touch of a button.

The colorful, backlit screen features groups of drinks—cold, hot, or to-go—and menus of the drinks available and four programmable custom profiles. Brewing takes less than a minute, but the screen walks you through every step of the way, right down to the number of ice cubes that should be in the cup.

A large part of the De’Longhi Eletta Explore is the two milk canisters: one to make cold foam and one for hot foam. Each canister features a dial to adjust the fluffiness of the foam as prompted by the machine or to your preferences. Though it only takes a minute to brew a drink, the device will walk you through rinsing the milk system after each use, which takes another minute or so. However, you don’t want funk to build up.

The machine consumes significant counter space—partly due to the large 60-ounce water reservoir, but a conical burr grinder sits on top with options for 13 different coarseness. That consolidates at least two machines into one, but the two milk canisters will need space to live in the fridge.

One of the few complaints about the Eletta Explore is that it’s more plastic than expected for the price tag. Another is that the 40 options for drinks can be overwhelming. And you do really want both hot and cold foam? If that’s overly fussy, the De’Longhi Magnifica Evo with one foam option (and about half the price) may be your speed.

What to consider when shopping for the best iced coffee makers

Like all coffee makers, you must balance the taste you want with the time, effort, and cost of meeting that. It’s also good to consider your household’s lifestyle: Are you each making a bespoke cup or a pot at a time? Do you mind cleaning each piece by hand, or do you want to be able to toss pieces into a dishwasher?

Iced coffee vs. cold brew

The brewing process is the critical difference between iced coffee and cold brew coffee. Iced coffee is brewed with hot water and then cooled down. Fans of this brewing method say the heat releases the nuances of the beans, though, generally, it has a milder flavor and thinner mouthfeel than cold-brew beverages. Cold brewing is a slower process—usually steeping grounds at room temperature or cool water for 12 to 24 hours—that results in a sweeter, less acidic taste (and, by the way, more caffeine).

Iced coffee-specific features

Many machines have an “iced coffee” or “over ice” setting that brews a more robust cup to go over ice. This more concentrated brew compensates for the ice that melts as it brings the hot java down to a chillier temp. Too little ice or too weak a mixture (or both) ends up with a meh, watered-down, neither hot nor cold drink.

Brewing capacity

Do you want to brew one cup at a time or make a batch? Many single-serving machines will fit the needs of individuals who wish for a specific flavor or only need one cup at a time. The better versions allow different sizes, including brewing directly into your favorite travel mug. While many coffee makers are best by the pot, manufacturers increasingly create options that handle single cups or at least half pots with a solid flavor. 

Customizable brewing

Coffee shops have essentially trained us to want a custom blend: small, tall, half-caff, skinny, skim/soy/almond milk, upside down. If your tastes are more complex than adding a cream and two sugars, it’s time to look at the machines that allow tinkering with the strength of brews and other personalized settings.

Pods or beans

Most coffee makers—including those for iced coffee—are compatible with only pods, capsules, or grounds. If you’re looking for more flexibility with pods or K-Cups, many models offer a reusable cup option, which is Earth-friendlier than the disposable versions.

FAQs

Q: How much counter space do you have?

The kitchen counter is the Manhattan of household real estate: There’s nowhere where square footage is more in demand. Coffee enthusiasts can quickly clutter it with a machine devoted to every conceivable beverage. Any iced coffee should also be able to brew hot coffee, but some versions offer additional options, like hot water spouts for brewing tea or making ramen noodles. Decide whether you want extra flexibility or are OK with a more single-purpose machine. Consider how much space you will dedicate to getting caffeinated and whether it can replace other gadgets.

Q: Can I use regular coffee grounds for iced coffee?

Whatever you brew for hot coffee can be used for iced coffee, though generally, you will want a more potent version. Some drinkers recommend using medium to dark roast beans for iced coffee, which hold up better against being diluted with ice and milk.

Q: Can I make iced coffee with a regular coffee maker?

You can make iced coffee with a regular coffee maker by brewing a batch and then putting it in the fridge overnight. For those who aren’t planners, pouring freshly brewed coffee over a generous amount of ice can hit the spot.

Final thoughts on the best iced coffee makers

An iced coffee maker should do at least two things well: brew hot coffee and a tasty cup over ice. Whether that’s a cup at a time or a larger batch depends on your household size and preferences. Our overall pick, the Breville Precision Brewer, offers flexibility with several brewing presets, additional personalized settings, and multiple brewing styles, including iced and cold brew, in a single machine. Mr. Coffee Iced and Hot Coffee Maker and Keurig K-Elite Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker hit the spot for people looking for simple brewing for single servings, while the Zojirushi Fresh Brew Plus EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker can handle brewing a large batch of iced coffee at one time. The De’Longhi Eletta Explore Fully Automatic Coffee Machine is quite an investment but will satisfy those craving iced espresso drinks.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best iced coffee makers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best stackable washer-dryers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-stackable-washer-dryers/ Mon, 11 Sep 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=569092
the best stackable washer-dryer kits composited
Stan Horaczek

A stackable washer-dryer can add the convenience of in-home laundry to spaces without tons of square footage.

The post The best stackable washer-dryers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
the best stackable washer-dryer kits composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Maytag washer dryer combo set Maytag Front-Load Washer and Dryer MHW6630HC
SEE IT

This is the ideal mix of useful features, durability, and affordability.
Best budget GE stacked washer dryer set GE Electric Stacked Laundry Center
SEE IT

This model is extra-efficient in terms of budget and physical space.
Best luxury Samsung Bespoke washer and dryer kit Bespoke Ultra Capacity AI Front Load Washer and Electric Dryer
SEE IT

Send your clothes on an extra-classy ride with this high-end model.

In-home laundry can feel like a real luxury, and for people without tons of space, a stackable washer-dryer set can make it a reality. Where once the only stackable washer-dryer set we could conjure was the barebones economy model found tucked away in tight closets within the confines of apartments and condos, many manufacturers have embraced the logic of stacking washers and dryers. The best stackable washer-dryers provide all the creature comforts that come with high-end appliances without eating up precious square feet.

How we chose the best stackable washer-dryer sets

There are washer and dryer pairs, and then there are stackable washer-dryer sets. The distinction is whether or not they handle stacking and if that requires additional hardware. While the selection of advertised stackable washer/dryers has expanded over the years, they are still mostly standalone washers and dryers simply paired together. Choosing the best in any category comes down to visible differences in features, such as capacity, connectivity, and cost. 

We looked at all the available features, whether the set is intended for stacking or simply sold as a pair, and overall customer ratings and reviews. In the end, we all have laundry to do, and it’s even better if we can save space when doing it. This list includes both stand-alone models that stack and all-in-one solutions that are easier to install but can be more difficult to maintain or repair if they break.

The best stackable washer-dryer sets: Reviews & Recommendations

Stackable washers and dryers are constructed in a way that doesn’t only match them but enables physical stacking. You can’t just stack any old washer and dryer, as they can weigh hundreds of pounds and aren’t made to support that kind of weight. So, if you have limited space or want to save space, a stackable set is the way to go. These sets exemplify the best features, aesthetics, and pure functionality stackable washer-dryer sets offer, so you can feel confident in your purchase.

Best overall: Maytag Front-Load Washer and Dryer MHW6630HC

Maytag washer dryer combo set

Maytag

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Maytag is one of the most recognizable and reliable brands on the market today, and this washer/dryer set is no exception.

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 7.3 Cu. Ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 4.8 Cu. Ft.
  • Fuel types: Electric, Gas
  • Control type: Digital, Knob

Pros

  • Runs quiet
  • Washer keeps clothes fresh
  • Multiple temp settings
  • Dryer boost button

Cons

  • Dryer interior susceptible to denting
  • High vibration on dryer

The Maytag MAWADREW66303 washer-dryer set contains two 27-inch units packed with handy features. The washer features 13 cycle selections with a Fresh Hold option to prevent clothes left in the washer from getting disgusting. This option is handy if you’ve ever forgotten you were doing laundry, distracted by every other household chore. It keeps clothes fresh with an internal fan and intermittent tumbling for up to 16 hours. Though, if you have neglected the laundry for that long, it may be time for a break. There’s also a Steam for Stains option, which sounds like some obscure charity, but it’s designed to nuke pesky stains with optimal water temperature and a boost of steam (think the steam cleaners that do wonders on carpets and drapes, but far more gentle). 

Then, once your clothes make it to the dryer, you’ll be met with an advanced moisture sensor that monitors moisture levels and air temperatures to dry even the bulkiest load of laundry. Yes, that means that heavy quilt intertwined with a bottom sheet will dry. This is a high-capacity dryer, so you don’t have to dry those quilts one at a time. It can handle it. Though, check your pockets and be careful drying your steel toe boots as the interior lining isn’t necessarily fragile, but certainly dent-able. Overall, the Maytag MAWADREW66303 washer-dryer set is one of the most well-reviewed on the market from a brand that has a sterling reputation for customer care and maintenance.  

Best budget: GE Electric Stacked Laundry Center

Why it made the cut: Every list requires a dependable, entry-level item, and this workhorse of a combination washer/dryer is it.

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 5.9 cu. ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 3.8 cu. ft.
  • Fuel types: Electric
  • Control type: Knob

Pros

  • Usually on sale
  • Fits in smaller spaces
  • Reliable, physical knobs

Cons

  • Connected unit complicates repairs
  • No gas hookup for dryer

The familiarity of the GE GUD27ESSMWW sits heavy for all former or current apartment dwellers. We’ve used this laundry center before. We’ve dragged our textiles from the moderately sized top-load washer into the front-load dryer stacked above it. We’ve struggled to ensure the dryer exhaust is long enough to reach without interfering with the water hookups. We’ve heard this bad boy of functional laundry rattle and shake with heavy loads but still handle them with industrial-strength washing. Despite its quirks, this is a stackable washer-dryer set that will survive the apocalypse, and that plays a huge part in choosing a budget-friendly appliance. 

Part of the reason these things are preferred by corporations running multi-unit buildings is the price; the other is the longevity. This is a laundry center that holds its course and refuses to break down. Sure, a knob might snap off, or you may replace a belt over time, but that’s about it. Plus, they aren’t shabby in the washing and drying department. With 11 wash cycles, auto-load sensing for water levels, and automatic dry control, the GE GUD27ESSMWW stands as one of the classics of washer/dryer sets in strength and functionality.

Best luxury: Bespoke Ultra Capacity AI Front Load Washer and Electric Dryer

Samsung Bespoke washer and dryer kit

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Samsung BESPOKE line of appliances stands out for its technology, features, and aesthetic. 

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 7.6 cu. ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 5.3 cu. ft.
  • Fuel types: Electric, gas
  • Control type: Touch controls

Pros

  • WiFi connectivity
  • Internal lighting
  • AI smart dial

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Doesn’t come in white

The Samsung BESPOKE SAWADRET89003 is part of the Samsung BESPOKE appliance line, which centers around elegant design—and that doesn’t include a typical white finish. Rather, you can choose between green, navy, and silver. From the get, this is a fancy stackable washer-dryer set. It’s packed with features, including AI smart dials that not only make for a compact and succinct control panel but that memorize and learn your favorite cycles, adding some expediency to your laundry efforts. Pair that with the SmartThings App on your phone to start and schedule wash or dry cycles, and this connected machine will help you forget what your laundry room looks like. Well, except when you have to go in there to load the clothes.

And if you’re looking for sensors, the dryer half of this set has you covered. A vent sensor checks the status of the dryer’s air duct, while an interior sensor ensures clothes are dry before pinging your iPhone with a notification. Both units have Super Speed options, and a MultiControl function allows dryer control from your washer, assuming you have the Bespoke Stacking & MultiControl Combo Kit (sold separately). It’s highly suggested you purchase an extended warranty with this set as if something breaks, it will require some high-tech troubleshooting. But if you are looking for luxury without sacrificing pure laundry experience, the Samsung BESPOKE SAWADRET89003 is the stackable washer-dryer set you are looking for. 

Best for smart home: GE GEWADREW5503

Why it made the cut: There aren’t as many WiFi-enabled washers and dryers on the market as you’d think, but this set from GE meets both technology and price requirements.

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 7.8 cu. ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 4.8 cu. ft.
  • Fuel types: Electric, gas
  • Control type: Digital, knob

Pros

  • 28-inch openings (1-inch higher than standard)
  • WiFi connectivity
  • Reversible doors

Cons

  • Requires a stacking kit
  • Lint catcher can clog
  • Low volume ding

The GE GEWADREW5503 makes for a great addition to all the apps on your phone that control your devices. First, it is generally priced under $2,000. Second, and most importantly, you can control most operations—including starting, stopping, and monitoring your laundry runs—through a companion app. It also provides real-time notifications and updates if you love getting updates about your laundry. Chances are, if you have a WiFi-enabled smart home, your life isn’t complete without a constant dinging from your appliances.

As for features, the dryer has built-in dual thermistor technology. This monitors temperature and moistness, so your textiles come out fresh and dry rather than damp and wrinkled. Both doors are reversible, in case you want to stack these units in a corner, and Dynamic Balancing Technology Quiet Control keeps everything balanced during the wash cycle, so you don’t scare the cats as they tiptoe to the litter box. Both units are controlled with a large selection knob, which makes for quick and less-complicated operation. The only real downsides to the GE GEWADREW5503 set are that it requires a stacking kit (purchased separately) and the pre-set volume is a bit low. 

Best small capacity: Whirlpool 1.6 cu.ft Electric Stacked Laundry Center

Whirlpool 1.6 cubic foot electric stacked laundry center

Whirlpool

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Even stacked, the footprint of this unit is minimal but has just enough features to be worth it. 

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 3.4 cu. ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 1.6 cu. ft.
  • Fuel types: Electric
  • Control type: Knob, buttons

Pros

  • Perfect for small spaces
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Can be noisy
  • Dryer door can be hard to open
  • Limited settings

Similar to the GE GUD27ESSMWW, the Whirlpool WET4024HW is the old-school stacked washer-dryer you know and love. Before manufacturers started stacking full-size washers and dryers, this was a very familiar setup. The difference here is the Whirlpool is mighty small on the inside, so it’s really best for single people living a simple life with very little laundry to do on a daily basis. It’s easy to use, with simple buttons and a dryer knob, so there are not too many features to worry about programming. You wash your stuff in it, that’s about it. Though, it can be a bit noisy without auto-balancing features.

There is a nice glass lid on the washer, a rarity with these types of units. Six wash cycles, fabric softener dispenser, four dryer cycles, and a remaining time display remind you of a simpler day when washers and dryers weren’t as complex. With no touch controls, no WiFi connectivity, and no sensors, it limits the possibly of having to repair those things. Instead, you have a small-capacity washer and dryer that meets your direct laundry needs. Whether those needs are washing three dusty T-Swift concert t-shirts at a time or just your cat sweaters, the Whirlpool WET4024HW keeps your compact life simple, one load at a time. 

Best large capacity: LG Single Unit Front Load LG WashTower

Why it made the cut: While many dryers meet large capacity specifications of over 7 cubic feet, this one touches the rare air of a 5 cubic feet of washer capacity.

Specs

  • Dryer capacity: 7.4 cu. ft. 
  • Washer capacity: 5.0 cu. ft
  • Fuel types: Electric, gas
  • Control type: Touchpad

Pros

  • Large capacity washer
  • Center control panel
  • Very quiet
  • App-controlled

Cons

  • Expensive if not on sale

If not for the near $2,000 sticker price, the LG WKEX300HBA would have easily been the best overall stackable washer/dryer set on this list. From its LoDecibel quiet operation, LG ThinQ WiFi connectivity, NeverRust stainless steel tub, and duct and lint filter indicators, this is a modern washtower that puts most other units to shame. LG never skimps on the feature creep, adding an anti-vibration system, tempered glass doors, automatic detergent dispenser, and a built-in sensor system that ensures every wash and dry is performed to the peak of available specifications. This is a single unit designed machine that washes 0.2 cubic feet more laundry than most units. 

That’s one standout feature: the extra space in the washer. The dryer is in line with most stacked dryers, with a bit more than 7 cubic feet of space. Why washer and dryer sets don’t have the same interior space is a mystery, but stuff it in; this thing can handle it. The other awesome feature is the central control panel. Instead of separate controls for the washer and dryer, there is one single LCD panel that keeps itself hidden until you press the power button. So, no more reaching tall to control the dryer. Between the larger capacity, the multitude of features, and the central control panel, the LG WKEX300HBA is a perfect solution to your large-family laundry needs.

Factors to consider when shopping for the best stackable washer-dryers

When shopping for a stackable washer-dryer set, you’re most likely concerned with saving space. While the stack can reach over 7 feet, the floor space is half of what it would be with two separate units. While that’s the qualification that leads you to stackable units, once you get into that category, you’ll want to start getting a bit more specific. Before purchasing, you’ll consider your budget, whether or not the units require additional hardware for stacking, their overall capacity, and that ever-important warranty.

Price

Since stackable washer/dryer sets are two units instead of one, the price is generally twice that of a single unit. However, there are plenty of deals out there. Something is always on sale, and the discernible differences are usually small enough that you can easily go with the sale item. But do your research and read customer reviews before buying, just in case the one on sale is a lemon. Overall, these units can range from $1,200 to close to $3,000. 

Stacking hardware

Many units require additional hardware, purchased separately, for stacking. These hardware packages help distribute the weight and effectively stabilize the top unit. Unless you want your dryer constantly tipping off the washer onto the floor, you’ll need the appropriate hardware. However, some stacked units have it already built in. For instance, the LG WKEX300HBA is a single unit requiring no additional hardware.

Capacity

Aside from price, capacity is a needs-meeting specification. You may only need a small-capacity unit if you have a small home with few occupants. You’ll need a high-capacity unit if you have six kids, three cats, a dog, and four chickens. Washers generally hold between three and five cubic feet of laundry, while dryers usually start at seven. While that can be difficult to visualize, it’s the difference between a full laundry hamper and a full laundry basket with all your bed sheets tacked on. 

Warranty

There might be some eye-rolling when talking about a warranty, as every tech item sold online or in-store offers an additional warranty. Most of them aren’t worth the item being purchased, but with a washer and dryer, you are going to need it. Washers and dryers are notoriously difficult to repair, whether it is a belt in the wash drum or the electronics in a control panel. Different manufacturers offer different lengths and service-level warranties, so pay attention during purchase to ensure you get the best long-term service deal possible. 

FAQs

Q: Can’t I just stack any dryer and washer?

Theoretically, sure, but not if you want to use them. Many models of washers and dryers have molded tops or structures that wouldn’t support the weight of a unit on top. When purchasing, you’ll want to ensure that the pair you are buying is absolutely stackable, and that may mean picking up an additional hardware set to enable stacking. 

Q: Which one goes on top? The washer or dryer?

Since washers are usually about 100 lbs heavier than dryers and stuffed with wet laundry, they are almost always the bottom unit. The top unit then is the less heavy, full of warm clothes dryer. Additionally, it’s much easier to extend the dryer vent hose than it is to extend the water hookups.  

Q: How tall is a stackable washer/dryer set?

Most stackable washers and dryers fall between 74 and 78 inches. That’s a bit over 6 feet tall. This does create more floor space in the laundry room for storage or shelves but does necessitate the use of a stool to control the dryer if you aren’t tall enough (or you make the kids do their own laundry). When purchasing, you’ll want to ensure you not only have the headroom for the stack but room between the stack and the wall for all the hoses and plugs. 

Final thoughts on the best stackable washer/dryer sets

The way we do laundry continues to change. We quickly went from side-by-side washers and dryers to stackable washers and dryers with similar functionality, not limited to apartment laundry centers. The next iteration will be combined washers and dryers, which are already hitting the market (though quite expensive). Doing laundry, washing and drying our towels, t-shirts, and pants is a chore. But that doesn’t mean we can’t purchase the technology to lessen the impact of that chore and, in this case, limit the floor space it takes up.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best stackable washer-dryers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save 15% on a KitchenAid stand mixer at Amazon for fall baking and cooking https://www.popsci.com/gear/kitchenaid-stand-mixer-amazon-deal/ Wed, 06 Sep 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=568289
A white KitchenAid mixer on a purple and red gradient background
Amanda Reed

Like preheating the oven, this deal signals that something delicious is on the way.

The post Save 15% on a KitchenAid stand mixer at Amazon for fall baking and cooking appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A white KitchenAid mixer on a purple and red gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It’s not technically fall yet—that happens on Sept. 21, if you’re a season purist—but pumpkin things are already on the shelf. If you can’t beat them, join them. Thankfully, KitchenAid has its mixers, attachments, and kitchen products on sale so you can get to making apple crisp, pumpkin rolls, banana nut muffins, and more.

KitchenAid Classic Series 4.5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer K45SS, White $279.99 (Was $329.99)

A white KitchenAid classic mixer on a blue and white background

KitchenAid

SEE IT

KitchenAid mixers are synonymous with baking in the kitchen, and for good reason. They often last for 10-15 years with proper use and maintenance, and you can find replacement parts so you don’t have to ditch the entire appliance when something goes awry. Add any one of the company’s many attachments, and you turn your machine into an entirely new product. We love the five-piece pasta kit, which includes a pasta roller, fettuccine cutter, spaghetti cutter, lasagnette cutter, capellini cutter, and a cleaning brush. If extra attachments aren’t your jam, you’ll be happy with the included C-shaped dough hook, flat beater, and six-wire whisk attachments. You’ll be making the best meringues, cakes, and pies on the block.

This is a limited-time deal, and we’re not sure when it will end—better to snag it now than wait and potentially miss the deal.

If you’re looking for more KitchenAid accouterments, here’s what else is on sale:

The post Save 15% on a KitchenAid stand mixer at Amazon for fall baking and cooking appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best over-the-range microwaves of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-over-the-range-microwaves/ Thu, 31 Aug 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=566003
the bes over-the-range microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

The best over-the-range microwaves do everything from thawing chicken to popping corn without taking up counter space.

The post The best over-the-range microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
the bes over-the-range microwaves composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall GE JNM3163DJBB microwave on a plain background GE JNM3163DJBB
SEE IT

This beautifully designed model offers an ideal mix of features and performance for the price.
Best budget Amana AMV2307PFS microwave on a plain background Amana AMV2307PFS
SEE IT

This relatively affordable model doesn’t skimp on practical features you’ll actually use.
Best high-end Viking RVMH330SS microwave Viking RVMH330SS
SEE IT

This costly model offers commercial grade looks and performance that will last for years.

We live in the age of the air fryer, but a solid over-the-range microwave can still prove useful for just about any level of cook. While microwaves have gotten better looking and easier to use over the years, the underlying technology hasn’t changed all that much. But, in recent years, even professional chefs have again started acknowledging just how handy a tool a solid microwave can be, especially if they leave space for prep work. The models on this list free up precious countertops for your other kitchen gadgets. But they don’t sacrifice performance or features. Between venting into a hood and resting at eye level, the best over-the-range microwaves will spoil you with their simplicity and space savings.

How we chose the best over-the-range microwaves

Like so many other kitchen appliances, you’ll find a wide range of models on the market. Generally, you’ll want to ensure the model you choose fits your culinary needs and budgetary restrictions. It’s easy to lust after the high-end models, but they may have you paying for features you’ll never even use in the first place.

This list of microwaves considers numerous factors, such as overall customer ratings, affordability, and availability. After all, what’s the point in recommending a microwave that isn’t sold in stores anymore? Some brands you may recognize as reliable in reputation, some you may not be familiar with but are long-time trusted kitchen appliance brands.

The best over-the-range microwaves: Reviews & Recommendations

We look at three specifications when buying an over-the-range microwave: wattage, capacity, and external size. Does it heat up fast? Is it big enough on the inside? And exactly how big is it? Answering those questions kicks off your decision tree, sprinkling in some additional features like handle type, color, and digital features.

Best overall: GE JNM3163DJBB

Why it made the cut: This reliable model offers a ton of useful features in an attractive design that would make Jack Donaghy proud.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.6 cubic ft.
  • Wattage: 1000W
  • Size (inches): 16.7h x 30w x 15d
  • Popcorn button: Yes 

Pros

  • Large capacity
  • Built-in venting system
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Venting is loud

The GE JNM3163DJBB is exactly what you’d expect in a modern microwave, which is why it’s at the top of this list. For most people, a microwave is a utility device that serves the simple purpose of reheating food. With simple digital controls, including an add-30-seconds button, a moderate 1.6 cubic feet of cooking capacity, and no useless novelty features to drive up the price, this is your typical family microwave.

It has a two-speed 300-cfm built-in ventilation system that can get a little loud at times, depending on whether you’re running the fan or not. Its 1000-watts of cooking power delivers quicker performance than a smaller microwave, so it might take some trial and error to get those Hot Pockets right above frozen-in-the-middle but below stuffed-with-hot-lava. 

The GE JNM3163DJBB comes in black, white, and brushed stainless steel to match your current appliance color scheme. There are also some presets, and you can switch the turntable off and on. Overall, the GE JNM3163DJBB meets our expectations of what a microwave should be and how it should perform.

Best budget: Amana AMV2307PFS

Amana AMV2307PFS microwave on a plain background

Amana

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Often on sale, this microwave is one of the cheapest yet just as powerful options on the market.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.6 cubic ft.
  • Wattage: 1000W
  • Size (inches): 17h x 30w x 15d
  • Popcorn button: Yes

Pros

  • Push button latch
  • Charcoal filters
  • Powerful vent

Cons

  • No sensor cooking
  • Taller than most microwaves

Coming in usually just above $200, the Amana AMV2307PFS is one of three microwaves produced under the Amana brand, made by Whirlpool. It performs on par with more expensive microwaves, with some distinct differences. First, it’s an inch taller than the standard 16 inches you’ll find with most microwaves. Why is that a problem? Because mounting this microwave can become a pain if you’re replacing an older model. You can’t use previous brackets, and any backsplash tiling above the oven has to be removed. However, once you work that out, it’s a great microwave.

It has excellent ventilation, on par with some more expensive models. Even if you don’t have it hooked into an oven hood (not every kitchen has one), it still quickly disperses the rank odor of your boiling leftovers or burning stovetop mistake through its charcoal filter. 

Additionally, it doesn’t have a traditional handle but rather a push button. If you’ve ever had a handle break off a microwave, or a door unable to close because the latches are worn down, this method is designed to last just a bit longer. As for cool features, prepare to be whelmed: it has an auto defrost. Just slam in your leftover Jalapeno Poppers and let the Amana AMV2307PFS take over. 

Best high-end: Viking RVMH330SS

Viking RVMH330SS microwave

Viking

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Viking is the closest your kitchen can get to the look and feel of a commercial kitchen.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.5 cubic ft. 
  • Wattage: 950W
  • Size (inches): 16.5h x 30w x 15.5d
  • Popcorn button: Yes

Pros

  • Instant sensor cooking
  • Stainless steel finish
  • 11 power levels

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy
  • Description

The Viking RVMH330SS is the microwave you purchase when your kitchen is as expensive as your annual property taxes. Every restaurant-quality appliance matches, and they always become a talking point with guests as you’re milling around the kitchen island, noshing on reheated pizza. 

This industrial-styled microwave boasts some impressive smart features and a 300-cfm exhaust fan that is on par with most higher-end models. Forget about muddling about, trying to figure out cooking times; this beast has an automatic sensor for cooking, reheating, and defrosting. 

Ergonomically, it mixes digital buttons and press keys for start/stop and light. It also includes a child safety lock, just in case the G.I. Joe figures tend to meet an awful fate given the chance. This unit is a bit heavy at 86 pounds, whereas most microwaves come between 30 and 50, so be sure to really secure those mounting brackets. 

One of the most impressive extra features on this truck of a microwave is its keep-warm feature that will maintain heat for up to 30 minutes. Overall, the Viking RVMH330SS is a luxury microwave that may cost a few hundred north of a grand, but if you want a restaurant-style kitchen without the surprise health inspections, this will get you there.

Best small: Dacor PCOR30S

Dacor PCOR30S microwave

Dacor

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Part convection oven and part microwave, the Dacor offers a sleek over-the-range cooking combination.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.1 cubic ft.
  • Wattage: 850W
  • Size (inches): 16h x 29.9w x 15d
  • Popcorn button: Yes

Pros

  • Convection microwave
  • Two-level cooking rack
  • Sensor technology

Cons

  • Small inside, standard outside
  • A tad expensive
  • Description

Every space is different; some kitchens don’t have a ton of real estate above the stove. That’s where a more compact model like this comes in handy. The 1.1 cubic feet of space is optimized with a two-level cooking rack, and the control panel features smooth touch controls that only require a quick wipe-down for cleaning.

But if you don’t have a lot of kitchen space and don’t need a family-size microwave, the 850 watts of heating power results in efficient heating for your Salisbury steak. And, as far as kitchen appliances go, its convection cooking option makes the cooking process more efficient, especially if you don’t have to feed an entire Little League baseball team. 

It doesn’t have many special features but includes sensor technology tuned to eight common microwavable items such as potatoes and hot dogs. Depending on your setup, the built-in ventilation system either recirculates the air or pumps it into your vent. The Dacor PCOR30S is a strange little microwave, but it has a sleek look and just enough features to make it an economical choice for life choices that limit attendance at dinner.

Best low-profile: Samsung ME11A7510DS

Samsung ME11A7510DS microwave

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a height just over 10 inches, this is about as low profile as you can get with an over-the-range microwave.

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.1 cubic ft.
  • Wattage: 1100W
  • Size (inches): 10.75h x 30w x 19.1d
  • Popcorn button: Yes

Pros

  • Slim design
  • WiFi connectivity
  • Voice control
  • Powerful 400-cfm fan

Cons

  • No convection cooking

The only reason that the Samsung ME11A7510DS is not the best overall over-the-range microwave on this list is because of its interior size. Well, that and it has no convection cooking options. Regardless, it’s packed with power and features and a fingerprint-resistant finish with a ceramic blue interior that makes it a great option at a generally fair price. 

Let’s start with eliminating those pesky cooking odors from last night’s salmon. A massive 400-cfm fan provides excellent ventilation without being as loud as some lesser ones, making this microwave tied with its sibling below as the best with exhaust fan. If you are worried about kitchen space, it sits a mere 10.75 inches off your hood cabinets, giving you more space to stir up a roux or tend that goose. But what really sets this microwave apart is its smart features.

Through Samsung’s SmartThings App, you can integrate it into your smart home to adjust settings and use Alexa or Google Assistant to control the microwave with voice controls, and the app provides personalized recipes and meal plans. This is great because, with 1100 watts of power, you’ll have more time to cook more things. From heating up beanie weenies to soup in bowls hotter than the sun, the Samsung ME11A7510DS offers tons of controls, proper ventilation, and special features that really set it apart from most over-the-range microwaves.

Best design: Samsung Bespoke ME21A706BQN

Samsung Bespoke ME21A706BQN microwave

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bespoke line of kitchen appliances from Samsung redefines how traditional appliances appear without sacrificing functionality.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.1 cubic ft.
  • Wattage: 1000W
  • Size (inches): 17h x 29.9w x 16.5d
  • Popcorn button: Yes

Pros

  • Clean design
  • 400-cfm vent
  • Censor cooking
  • Large capacity

Cons

  • No convection cooking

The Samsung Bespoke ME21A706BQN comes in white glass, navy steel, or Tuscan steel. Once you go bespoke, your choice of finish is just as important to your kitchen design as any special features. For an over-the-range microwave oven, this one mixes a beautiful fingerprint-resistant exterior with features such as glass touch controls and sensor cooking. 

If that’s not enough, the large capacity of 2.1 cubic feet can handle any meal, and even a ragged meatloaf looks pretty within the navy blue, scratch-resistant ceramic interior. The large LED display is easy to read, no matter how many times you have to reset the clock. And all these physical features don’t deter from its performance, as it matches physical brilliance with multiple cooking modes and a sensor that automatically adjusts cooking times. 

Of course, the same things that make the Samsung Bespoke ME21A706BQN great in some eyes are what makes it an appliance to skip for others. While it has great capacity, there’s no convection cooking, and the bespoke design isn’t for every kitchen. It does have a powerful vent at 400 cfm, but it’ll need that for the extra cubic feet. But if you are looking for a microwave that’ll spice up your kitchen design, this is the one for you. 

What to consider before buying an over-the-range microwave

There are three main considerations when purchasing a new over-the-range microwave: price, size, and mounting options. Outside of that, the differences between microwaves are dependent upon your particular needs. Have a large family to feed? Then a higher capacity microwave might be for you. Concerned with style? Something with a few finish options might be the range model you are looking for. Switching from a countertop model to a range microwave oven? Then you should probably check out the exhaust fan capability.

Price

Over-the-range microwaves are generally more expensive than countertop models. They tend to be larger and have to fit the standard hood width of 30 inches. Constructed with specialized exhaust fans and additional features, they can range in price from the low $200s to well over a thousand. However, most over-the-range microwaves worth buying fall between $400-$500. These usually have all the special features you look for in a modern kitchen appliance, like touch controls, turntable controls, and a popcorn button. 

Size

Over-the-range microwaves almost always fall between 29 – 30 inches to fit snuggly in the space above your oven, below the cabinets you don’t use, or the hood ventilation. Beyond the width, these units range in depth and height, dependent on model type. However, most come in around 17 inches in height, save for the ultra-slim models.  

Mounting

Every over-the-range microwave comes with a mounting kit and conversion kit in case you do have a hood to vent into. Regardless, you’ll have to mount the microwave after carefully removing the previous microwave (if there’s one to remove). One tip is to use the packing foam and box to protect the stovetop, in case you drop the microwave, because they tend to weigh a bit much for one person to install. They average around 50 lbs, with some weighing even more. And unless it’s the same model/brand as the one you are replacing, you’ll have to poke new holes in the drywall for a new mounting bracket. In the end, there’s no shame in hiring a handyman to install your new microwave. It can be a rough project for beginners. 

FAQs

Q: What are the advantages of over-the-range microwaves?

You’ll save a ton of counter space, which you’ll quickly fill with an air fryer, toaster oven (unless your new microwave is also a convection oven), or bread maker. Considering how many kitchen appliances exist, it’s nice we can get one off the counter without negating its usefulness. 

The other advantage is venting. A mounted microwave usually comes with a stronger vent than a countertop unit. This vents into your hood or back into the kitchen and comes in handy when cooking something that produces a lot of steam or smoke down on the stovetop.

Q: Are all over-the-range microwaves the same?

Conceptually, yes. They all heat up or cook food and use electromagnetic radiation to do so. They all are mounted over the range, and all of them have some buttons to control the action. Outside of that, differences can be in special features like WiFi connectivity, voice controls, sensors that assist in cooking, and size. It’s all up to your personal preference, whether you want an industrial, sleek, or standard microwave.

Q: Do I need an over-the-range microwave?

Absolutely not. Frankly, most ancillary appliances besides an oven are not actually needed in the kitchen. We don’t need a bread machine to bake bread or a pressure cooker to break down a pork shoulder. It’s all about convenience. A microwave is quick, efficient, and often saves energy. Is that a need? Perhaps in this day and age, as we’re all embracing the hustle, but your needs are completely up to you. 

Final thoughts on the best over-the-range microwaves

The microwave has commercially been around since 1947, though the first version (invented by Raytheon) cost around $20,000. In the late 1970s, the microwave finally became something that people wanted in their homes, and by the late 1990s, over 90% of homes in the United States had a microwave in the kitchen. The point is, the decision isn’t whether to get a microwave; it’s where to put it. Mounting a microwave over the range saves counter space, solves an airflow problem, and serves as a constant eye-level reminder of how far food preparation technology has progressed. So, whether you choose a bespoke microwave, a large-capacity option, or a budget model, it sure beats heating up our food outside in a cave.   

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best over-the-range microwaves of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best cold brew coffee makers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cold-brew-coffee-maker/ Wed, 09 Jun 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=370149
The best cold brew coffee makers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The best cold brew coffee maker should align with your lifestyle and upgrade your caffeine lifeline.

The post The best cold brew coffee makers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cold brew coffee makers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall KitchenAid Cold Brew Coffee Maker KitchenAid Cold Brew Coffee Maker
SEE IT

Brew and store your cold brew in this well-built, nice-looking machine.
Best for coffee variety Ninja Hot and Cold Brewed System Ninja Hot and Cold Brewed System
SEE IT

Whether you’re craving a refreshing cold brew or a cozy hot cup of coffee, this pick is a one-size-fits-all for your caffeine needs.
Best budget Black plastic and glass cold brew coffee maker OXO Good Grips Cold Brew Coffee Maker
SEE IT

This perforated rainmaker design distributes water over coffee grounds for a smooth and sweet flavor.

If you love the taste of cold brew coffee but have a hard time swallowing the cost of a daily cup, it might be time to introduce a cold brew system into your kitchen. Cold brew—not to be confused with iced coffee—is made with low to no heat, which creates lower acidity for a smoother, sweeter taste. The best cold brew coffee makers not only treat you to this luxurious flavor in the comfort of your home but are also simple to use. From a quick cup to a nitro cold brew at home, we’ve rounded up the best cold brew coffee maker models so you can play barista without the hassle of a line of cranky customers. 

How we chose the best cold brew coffee makers

Our recommendations for cold brew coffee makers are based on research, recommendations, expert opinions, and user impressions. We compared models based on their performance characteristics, size, and price, as well as our own preferences. It takes a lot of coffee to maintain the energy needed to keep our roundups updated with the best options—which is why we have an extensive collection of drip coffee makers, specialized pour-over machines, and coffee travel mugs—but we’re here and happy to help all our fellow caffiends, including the cold-coffee connoisseurs.

The best cold brew coffee makers: Reviews & Recommendations

With cold brew becoming a top contender for iced caffeinated beverages in the past few years, there is certainly no shortage of in-home cold brew coffee makers. Deciding what matters most when it comes to your brew preference—from a more hands-on approach to a particular type of coffee to the fastest possible process—will help narrow down the scope. 

Best overall: KitchenAid Cold Brew Coffee Maker

KitchenAid Cold Brew Coffee Maker

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Dimensions: 7.2″D x 8″W x 8.48″H
  • Price: $119.99

Pros

  • Reusable steeper
  • Relatively compact
  • Aesthetically pleasing

Cons

  • Price

KitchenAid’s appliances should be well-known to anyone who spends a lot of time in the kitchen, so it’s no surprise that its cold brew coffeemaker caught our eye. Its stainless steel and glass construction looks pleasing and won’t leak any plastic particles into your coffee. Additionally, the coffee maker’s two-in-one design means you can brew and store your cold brew using the same device. Once you’re done steeping the grounds, remove the stainless steel steeper and keep the concentrate in its glass vessel. A spout on the vessel makes the coffee easy to pour without the risk of spilling. It’s a little on the expensive side, but you’re getting what you pay for.

Best for nitro coffee: GrowlerWerks uKeg Nitro Cold Brew Coffee Maker

Stainless steel, nitro cold brew coffee maker

GrowlerWerks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 5.2″D x 8.2″W x 10.9″H
  • Price: $218

Pros

  • Insulated carafe keeps coffee hot
  • Maintains pressure for a perfect pour
  • High capacity

Cons

  • Price

The GrowlerWerks uKeg brings your dream of nitro cold brew at home to your kitchen. Made from durable stainless steel, the vessel’s double-wall vacuum keeps your coffee cold all day. Should you want to store or enjoy your coffee for future days and weeks, the regulator cap keeps your coffee fresh by automatically maintaining the pressure. Due to the nitrotap technology, you can rest assured the creamy and delicious texture you love about nitro coffee will be dispensed for all 12 cups (capacity). Note: Nitro gas chargers are not included but can be easily purchased separately. 

Best easy-use: Dash Cold Brew Coffee Maker

Black, plastic cold brew coffee maker with easy pour spout and carafe pitcher

DASH

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Plastic
  • Dimensions: 13.5″D x 6″W x 10″H
  • Price: $99.98

Pros

  • Ultra fast speed
  • BPA-free carafe
  • Dial lets you control the coffee’s intensity

Cons

  • Requires a lot of counter space

Gone are the days of having to wait 24 hours for your cold brew to steep. With the BPA-free Dash Cold Brew Coffee Maker, you can sip on your coffee in as little as 5 minutes. Simply fill the coffee container with your favorite grounds, add water to the carafe, turn the dial to your selected time depending on how intense you want your coffee flavor profile to be, and get your chilled glass ready. To clean the carafe, just run the system again with water. If you want to prepare for the week ahead, your cold brew (up to 42 ounces) will stay fresh for up to 10 days in the fridge. The Dash Cold Brew Coffee Maker includes a 1-year manufacturer warranty should you need to replace any of the parts. 

Best for smooth flavor: Toddy Cold Brew System

Toddy Cold Brew System

Toddy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Glass
  • Dimensions: 7.25″D x 7.25″W x 12.5″H
  • Price: $49

Pros

  • Brews less acidic cold brew
  • Concentrate lasts two weeks
  • Can also be used with tea

Cons

  • Lower capacity

By using regular coffee beans, the Toddy Cold Brew System brews coffee concentrate with 67-percent-less acid than coffee made with other brewing methods, no electricity necessary. With the extraction of the bitter acid and oils, the concentrate is much easier on those with stomach sensitivities. Without losing any of the delicious flavor, you can store the coffee concentrate for up to two weeks. This system also works well for making hot and cold tea, if you want to switch things up every once in a while.

Best for coffee variety: Ninja Hot and Cold Brewed System

Ninja Hot and Cold Brewed System

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Stainless steel
  • Dimensions: 10.01″D x 11.81″W x 15″H
  • Price: $169.99

Pros

  • Designed for both coffee and tea
  • Separate baskets for both beverages
  • Six brew sizes

Cons

  • Price

The Ninja Hot and Cold Brewed System offers options and we all like options. For cold brew and iced tea lovers, you can rest easy knowing your beverage of choice will brew over ice at a lower temperature ensuring a smooth flavor in just 10 to 15 minutes. So you don’t have to clean out the basket after each use, there are two baskets—one to brew coffee and one to brew tea. Plus, the system recognizes which basket is in use and automatically offers coffee or tea options. Whether you’re making coffee for yourself or a group, you can choose from up to six brew sizes. 

Best budget: OXO Good Grips Cold Brew Coffee Maker

Black plastic and glass cold brew coffee maker

OXO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Carafe material: Plastic
  • Dimensions: 9.53″D x 9.53″W x 14.72″H
  • Price: $51.95

Pros

  • Rainmaker top ensures all grounds get covered evenly
  • Reusable filter
  • Price

Cons

  • Requires 12-24 hours to brew

Sold for just $50, the 32-ounce OXO Good Grips Cold Brew Coffee Maker will not only bring delicious cold brew into your mug but will also save you money and trips to your local coffee shop. Just add your favorite coffee grounds to the brewing container, fill the rainmaker top with water, and flip the switch. The stainless steel mesh filter is easy to clean and reusable, plus your purchase comes with ten paper filters. The only potential downside is that you need to plan ahead if you want your coffee in the morning, as brew time takes about 12 to 24 hours. 

What to consider when shopping for the best cold brew coffee makers

When selecting the best cold brew coffee maker for your home, it’s a good idea to take into account factors such as how much counter space you have, if you want a quick or a more time-consuming brew time, what flavors you prefer, and if you want to make a variety of beverages with your system. Once you narrow down exactly what you’re looking for, you’ll have no problem selecting the best addition to your kitchen. 

Related: Drinking a lot of coffee? Here’s how to remove stains from your mugs.

How much counter space do you have to spare? 

Kitchen counter space can be hard to come by, so we are very thoughtful about what gets displayed. If you have plenty of space to spare, then you’ll have few limitations when it comes to picking your cold brew coffee maker. However, if space is limited in your home, a smaller system is best, especially since you’ll likely be using this machine every day. However, if you plan on making your brew for the week and keeping it in the fridge, then you can probably get away with selecting a bigger coffee maker that you can store in a cabinet or on top of the fridge. 

Do you prefer to plan out your day the night before?

If you’re the type of person who likes to plan ahead and prepare your meals and even beverages in advance, then you might enjoy a cold brew maker that requires 12 to 24 hours to steep. This is the more traditional method of making cold brew, because you are using low heat to filter out the flavor from the coffee grounds. Just remember to flip the switch at night in order to get that flavor you crave in the morning. 

Do you want a cold brew maker with a quick start?

Some people enjoy waking up in the morning and making their coffee to start the day. If this resonates with you, then there’s no reason you should miss out on this daily ritual. Plenty of systems can brew your favorite coffee varietal in just five to 15 minutes. This is especially great if snoozing is your M.O., but you still want to make your coffee and be out the door in under 30 minutes. 

Is saving electricity important to you? 

When shopping for the best cold brew coffee maker, electricity use is something to consider. While many products on the market are automatic, there are plenty that are cord-free, battery-operated or portable without needing a plug-in. Similar to French presses, these cold brew coffee makers are just as easy to use and can be stored more readily without wires to wrangle. 

Do you want a nitro cold brew maker instead? 

Nitro cold brew coffee is a fan favorite for a few reasons: its smooth, creamy flavor and its health effects, as nitro renders away unnecessary sugars while the desirable texture remains. The cost of these frothy beverages may deter you from purchasing a cup every day, but adding a nitro cold brew maker to your kitchen means there is no reason to deprive yourself. 

Do you drink more than just cold brew coffee?

Cold brew coffee is delicious, but sometimes you want a little variety in life. When investing in a cold brew maker, having the option of making regular coffee or tea for yourself or guests is an added bonus.

Coffee beans or grounds? 

Cold brew connoisseurs recommend coarse coffee grounds when making cold brew because it makes for a less bitter and acidic flavor. If that’s the case, using coffee beans will create an even smoother flavor. If you find it easier to purchase whole coffee beans or simply prefer grinding your own beans, seek out the systems and accessories that cater to whole-bean use.  

FAQs

Q: What’s the difference between cold brew and iced coffee?

The difference between iced coffee and cold brew is the method used. Iced coffee is basically what it sounds like: cold coffee. You brew your coffee normally and pour it over ice or keep it in the refrigerator. The process can take a bit longer with cold brew, depending on your system. You take your coarsely ground coffee and steep it in cold water. (Filtered water is better, as your coffee will sit in water for quite some time, and you want the purest coffee taste.) Once steeping is done, the grounds are filtered out, leaving you with a delicious concentrate that can be mixed with milk or water. Due to this method of using time instead of heat, cold brew is typically less acidic and less bitter than iced coffee. 

Q: How does a cold brew maker work? 

Exactly how your cold brew coffee maker works all depends on the system you choose. If you purchase an automatic cold brew coffee maker, generally, all you have to do is add your favorite coffee grounds along with cold, filtered water and press the “on” button. The machine will then steep the coffee grounds in the water, leaving you with a tasty concentrate. If you prefer using a French press, the process is quite similar. You combine your coffee grounds with cold, filtered water and let it steep for 14 to 16 hours. Once the time has passed, you press down to separate the grounds from the concentrate and pour over ice. 

Q: Can I use regular coffee for cold brew?

Yes, you can use your favorite regular coffee for cold brew. The only potential difference in using your regular coffee, if it’s pre-ground, is the texture. Using coarsely ground coffee is the best option for cold brew because it makes for an easier filtration process, and your coffee will taste less bitter. Finely ground coffee, commonly sold for regular coffee, often creates a harsher flavor because the grinds are over-extracted. Ultimately, the best choice is to get whole beans and grind them as needed.

Q: How much does a cold brew coffee maker cost?

Coffee makers—like all appliances—vary in price based on their feature set and size. Our recommendations cost between $50 and $218, with many falling under $100.

Related: Coffee not your cup of, well, tea? Here are accessories for the other caffeinated cuppa.

Final thoughts on the best cold brew coffee makers

Choosing the best cold brew coffee maker is a personal choice. Your lifestyle, routine, palette, and/or desire for variety will determine which system makes the most sense to purchase for your kitchen. With options that offer quick brew times to nitro cold brew at home, there’s a coffee maker for everyone. Once these factors are taken into consideration, you’ll get a clearer idea of exactly what model you need to enjoy a nice, cold brew from the comfort of your own couch, kitchen, home office, or porch this summer.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cold brew coffee makers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best handheld vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-handheld-vacuum/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 20:28:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279676
A lineup of the best handheld vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

The best handheld vacuum will help you clean up any mess quickly and efficiently; you can finally stop relying on your dog to take care of everyday spills.

The post The best handheld vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best handheld vacuums on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A product image of the Black+Decker Black+Decker 20V Max Flex Handheld Vacuum
SEE IT

The Black+Decker 20V Max Flex can handle fluids, larger pieces of trash, and other things that other cordless handheld vacuums often can’t.
Best budget red Dirt Devil handheld vacuum Dirt Devil Scorpion Handheld Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

This budget-friendly, corded model is a bang for your buck thanks to the .45-liter bin and 2.5-foot hose.
Best for pet hair The BISSELL Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum is the best cordless handheld vacuum. Bissell Pet Hair Eraser
SEE IT

The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser has a very specific set of skills … Namely, it keeps animal hair off your stuff.

Spring cleaning may be right around the corner, and what better way to upgrade your army of cleaning supplies than to add a lightweight, handheld vacuum? Whether you’re the parent of a messy toddler or a pet owner constantly picking up hair, a compact portable is perfect for a quick, easy clean. These compact machines are great for getting to hard-to-reach areas around the home, like kitchen cabinets, couch cushions, and stairs. Various attachments make refreshing window sills, door frames, and moldings a piece of cake. They can even be a helpful tool to give your car’s interior an overdue scrub or work wonders in a cluttered garage. While even the best handheld vacuums aren’t made for deep cleaning, our picks are perfect for the small messes and dry spills that inevitably occur throughout the week. 

How we chose the best handheld vacuums

To bring you the best handheld vacuums, we thought about what kinds of messes we encounter daily and the right way to eliminate them. Cat owners will need a different model than someone with kids who needs to clean the minivan. A large apartment that needs small but frequent cleaning will benefit from a cordless model. In contrast, a home that needs significant capacity at a more affordable price will thrive with a corded vacuum. We then combined personal experience, peer suggestions, critical consensus, and user impressions to narrow down our options. Beyond situational needs, we examined technical specs—including power, weight, filter type, and more—to select our top picks for the best handheld vacuums so you can spend less time worrying about clean-up and more time enjoying your favorite mess-making people, pets, and activities.

The best handheld vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

We all know the frustration you can feel lugging upright vacuums around the house, especially when all you really need to suck up a handful of spilled Cheerios or clear up a couple of dust bunnies. But we also know that, on the opposite end of the spectrum, a robot vacuum can’t handle every type of spill or space. Not to mention the irritation felt when the vacuum cord is simply not long enough to reach the spot you’re trying to clean; cue the hunt for a closer outlet.

A handheld vacuum doesn’t seem like the kind of device where you need to swat the details, but it turns out there are a lot of nuances. A handheld vacuum doesn’t seem like the kind of device where you need to swat the details, but it turns out there are a lot of factors that make a great one. Between power, capacity, and attachments, not to mention cord length and/or battery life, it makes sense to take a good, hard look and pick the right one for the job. Our picks for the best handheld vacuums have different strengths and weaknesses but will be a perfect fit for the right person.

Best cordless: Black+Decker 20V Max Flex Handheld Vacuum 

A product image of the Black+Decker

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This cordless model from Black + Decker has amazing suction, a versatile nozzle for hard-to-reach places, and is suitable for just about any surface—it can even grab pet hair without any additional tools.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 17 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: 15 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Powerful suction
  • Rotating nozzle 
  • Completely washable filter 
  • Easy storage

Cons 

  • Battery life isn’t great

The Black + Decker Pivot Vaccum is often compared to the pricey and elusive Dyson Humdinger, but it provides premium quality cleaning at less than one-third of the cost. This lithium-ion-powered handheld vac has two cleaning speeds, including a PowerBoost mode to help banish tough spills. Aside from some of the strongest suction power in its class, the 200-degree pivoting nozzle is the star of the show. Easily suck up dirt from hard-to-reach places, including underneath furniture, crevices in the car, and overhead shelving. This vac also comes with a crevice tool that helps you refresh all the inconspicuous areas in your home, like under the couch or on top of the fridge, plus a brush for tough messes. An extra-large 75-milliliter dustbin can contain the entirety of your mess, even when you’re dealing with sizable particles like small rocks or food scraps. Both the filter and dirt receptacle are removable and washable, a huge convenience for anyone struggling to maintain their vacuum over time. The dirt bowl has a side door for hands-free disposal, eliminating getting your hands dirty after tackling the main mess. While it’s true that the battery life is a little lacking, you won’t need more than a minute or two to suck up a hefty amount of dust and dirt. Keep in mind that even the most powerful handheld model isn’t meant to supplement a full-size vacuum completely but instead be used to tackle small, hard-to-reach detritus quickly. And while 15-20 minutes of battery life doesn’t sound like a ton (a battery life indicator lets you know when it’s running low), needing to recharge is well worth it for super-power level suction. 

Best for stairs: Shark WS633 3-in-1 WANDVAC System

A product image of the Shark WS633 Cordless Stick & Handheld Vacuum Combo

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This handheld model doubles as a stick vacuum and features a 3-in-1 system with everything you need to clean stairs, furniture, floors, and more. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 25 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: 15 oz.
  • Weight: Stick Mode: 5.8 lbs. Hand vac: approx 2 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Battery life 
  • Lightweight
  • Super-versatile

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Filter is not washable

This 3-in-1 set from Shark really has it all when it comes to lightweight, thorough vacuuming. Available in six colors, this Wandvac starts out as a cordless stick vacuum with flexible silicon Powerfins on the highspeed motor suitable for use on carpets, hardwood floors, and tile. With the quick touch of a button, this stick vacuum converts to a convenient handheld vacuum for quick cleanup. Weighing under 2.1 pounds, your wrist won’t get tired of carrying this model around, even as it fills with dirt and dust. Attach the wand extender to clean hard-to-reach areas, including cabinets, shelving, or underneath low-profile furniture. You can even trigger Boost Mode, which produces extra bursts of suction so you can pick up larger debris. Twenty-five minutes of battery life is better than most models, and the one-touch dirt cup is easy to empty over your trashcan. This vacuum also has an attachable pet multitool, a mini motorized hand tool, and a side-by-side charging dock. If you’re looking for the best small handheld vacuum perfect for those tricky spots, the Shark can prove itself the best for stairs and other tight spaces.

Best for pet hair: Bissell Pet Hair Eraser 

Bissell handheld vacuum for pet hair

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser is our favorite tool for getting rid of clingy pet hairs; the motorized brush makes picking up what Muffin left behind a breeze. 

Specs 

  • Battery Life: Up to 17 minutes 
  • Dirt bin size: Approximately 23 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Large dirt bin
  • Motorized brush tool 
  • Upholstery tool

Cons 

  • The crevice tool is just okay

This powerful machine weighs a little over 4 pounds and expertly removes dirt from your home using a motorized brush tool designed to release pet hair’s stronghold on, let’s face it, everything you own. A miracle worker for any surface, but this brush is particularly useful for high-pile rugs and furniture; the bristles gently yet powerful pull hair up and off surfaces before sucking them up. The Pet Hair Eraser also comes with a flat upholstery tool that suctions right onto the surface and maintains a steady fabric grip. The crevice tool is, of course, useful for hard-to-reach areas. With a lithium-ion battery, you’ll get 17 minutes of consecutive use before it needs to recharge. Triple filtration keeps suction power strong, and the easy empty dirt cup is simple to use. The dirt cup capacity is an impressive 0.7 liters, which is fairly large for a small, handheld vacuum; you shouldn’t have any problem eliminating stubborn hair from multiple rooms at a time before you have to dump the bin into the garbage.

Best for cars: BLACK+DECKER 20V MAX* Flex Cordless Stick Vacuum

A black and decker car vacuum on a blue and white background

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The BLACK+DECKER 20V MAX* Flex Cordless Stick Vacuum is a handheld vacuum that will deliver a professional quality clean for your car, equipped with both wet and dry capabilities.  

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A 
  • Dirt bin size: 18.9 oz.
  • Weight: 3.2 lbs.

Pros 

  • Professional clean
  • 30-40 minute run time
  • Can also be used in your home

Cons 

  • No power fade on battery

There are other, smaller handheld vacuums like the Shark UltraCyclone Pet Pro Plus, which, though designed for pet pick-up, do a fantastic job with just about any surface, including cars. However, we want to find something specifically designed to help you thoroughly clean your vehicle; enter the BLACK+DECKER 20V MAX* Flex Cordless Stick Vacuum. This lightweight suction machine is essentially a handheld stick vacuum with a 4-foot extendable hose, 3-stage filtration, and a washable filter. It also comes with a crevice tool and utility nozzle for your car’s hard-to-clean nooks and crannies. You’ll be able to clean for 30-40 minutes straight once acquired. 

Best corded: Shark HH202 Ultralight Corded Handheld Vacuum

A shark handheld vacuum on a blue and white background

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight, corded handheld vacuum has a 15-foot cord and an easy-to-empty dust cup, so you don’t have to worry about snags or sneezes while vacuuming.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A
  • Dirt bin size: 11.2 oz.
  • Weight: 3.26 lbs.

Pros 

  • Lightweight
  • Large dirt bin
  • Easy-to-empty dust cup

Cons 

  • No flexibility in neck

This handheld vacuum has a generous 15-foot cord to help you clean larger areas or tricky spots that aren’t right next to an outlet, and a short nozzle helps remove debris from upholstery in your home and car with easy reach. It also comes with a crevice and wide-mouth tool, so you can suck up stubborn crumbs or destroy large dust collections in a matter of seconds. It’s bagless, so when you’re done cleaning, all you need to do is empty the vacuum directly into the trash. 

Best budget: Dirt Devil Scorpion Handheld Vacuum Cleaner

red Dirt Devil handheld vacuum

Dirt Devil

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A handheld vacuum with impressive suction, 2.5-foot hose attachment, and constant power for under $40.

Specs 

  • Battery Life: N/A 
  • Dirt bin size: Approximately 15 oz.
  • Weight: 3 lbs. 

Pros 

  • Affordable 
  • Hose is helpful
  • 16-foot power cord

Cons 

  • Struggles with few outlets in big spaces

This powerful handheld vacuum weighs under 4 pounds and comes with a 16-foot power cord so you can get to tricky areas without a struggle. It features a built-in crevice tool that flips down to get in between couch cushions and car seats. A removable, rinseable filter provides long-lasting performance, and a large dustbin ensures you won’t have to pause your pick-up before it’s complete. The detachable 2.5-foot hose is helpful for cleaning up high-volume messes like sawdust, sand, and more. If you like the sound of all of this but the tether to an outlet is a dealbreaker, check out the Dirt Devil Quick Flip Cordless; it’s more expensive than its corded contemporary, but the Dirt Devil Cordless still offers affordable vacuuming. 

What to consider when buying the best handheld vacuums

The best vacuum for you will provide flexibility and reliability when it comes to picking up dirt, hair, and other debris quickly. Many models come with attachments to make cleaning specific areas more manageable, and some are even designed to pick up particular messes—like those left behind by shedding pets. Below are a few of our favorite models and features and key points to consider before purchasing your new appliance.

Would you prefer a cordless or corded handheld vacuum?

Cordless handheld vacuums are a convenient choice for supplementary cleaning that will suit most homes—easy to use on stairs and helpful for quick clean-ups in hard-to-reach areas. They rely on rechargeable batteries to provide power and suction. A full charge will typically last between 15 and 40 minutes, though a lithium-ion battery could last longer. Recharge time is usually between two and five hours, but for lower-end models, this could be as long as 16 hours. As the battery begins to drain, you may notice a depletion in suction power. The best cordless handheld vacuum will also be lighter than their corded contemporaries, allowing them to clean tricky areas quickly. If going cordless sounds like the best option and you want a full-size unit to add to your roster, consider our list of the best cordless vacuums. 

A corded handheld vacuum is heavier than other models and needs an electrical outlet to function, but you’ll never need to worry about running out of battery. Corded models typically have a larger capacity for dander, dirt, and dust than cordless models, which will cut down on trips to the trash can. Plus, they usually come at a cheaper price point.

Do you want a handheld vacuum with special features and attachment tools?

A thorough clean relies on more than just suction power. If you need a handheld vacuum for stairs, shelves, cabinets, and other tough areas, look for a vac with special features and attachments. Crevices tools allow you to get between couch cushions, closer to floor moldings, and behind heavy furniture. Longer hoses and extenders are great for reaching all the things that are taller than you: tall bookcases, shelving units, etc. Upholstery attachments let you thoroughly suck up dust and hair from your chairs, couches, and even beds. Finally, convertible vacuums offer the best of both worlds, providing a super lightweight handheld option and a sturdier stick mode to help cover larger areas.

Get a handheld vacuum for pet hair if you’re dealing with shedding animals

If you’re the proud owner of a cute cat or precious puppy, chances are you’re battling pet hair everywhere. Many factors determine the amount of hair your furry friend will lose in one week, but one thing is for sure: you’ll find their hair stuck to the couch, balled up in corners, collected by their water dish, and bunched in countless other places. Handheld vacuums are the perfect tool for expelling unsightly shedding without needing to haul out your upright unit. 

It’s no secret that pet hair has a superhero-like grip on various surfaces, especially carpets and couches or other upholstered furniture. Sometimes simple suction power isn’t going to cut it when it comes to pulling up those pesky strands. Instead, look for a handheld vacuum cleaner that comes with attachments like a motorized brush to lift the hair off the surface before sucking it into the dust bin.   

Do you need a small handheld vacuum to help clean your car?

Keeping your car clean can be a real pain in the butt. It’s hard to maneuver around seats, steering wheels, and gear shifts, not to mention all the tiny cracks and crevices that hoard crumbs and other detritus. An upright vacuum just isn’t going to cut it when it comes to fishing around cup holders and underneath floor mats. A small handheld vacuum is the best way to get your car clean without shelling out for interior detailing. Their size and portability make it easier to get to the tricky corners and uncomfortable angles inside your vehicle. Plus, attachments like crevice tools or long hoses can get you an even deeper clean. If you’re hoping to do a full sweep, look for a model that lasts more than 10 minutes on a single charge; that way, you won’t run out of battery right before you hit the back row. Imagine being able to suck up all the food particles hiding in the nooks and crannies of your child’s car seat or being able to easily vacuum the trunk after your dog hops in post-hike, bringing with him a host of leaves, pebbles, and dirt.

Are you working with a tight budget?

Shopping for the best handheld vacuum on a budget can be tricky, but luckily there are plenty of options out there if you know what to look for. Cheap cordless vacuums can be hard to come by and usually have a significantly shorter battery life or unimpressive suction. If you want a quality lightweight handheld vacuum that won’t break the bank, we suggest trying out a corded model first. While this may seem inconvenient, many corded models are long enough to clean large areas and flexible enough to clean cars, as long as there is an available outlet in your garage. You won’t have to worry about a weak battery running out halfway through a cleaning session, and you won’t have any inconsistencies when it comes to suction. You can also consider our list of the best cheap vacuums in case you need something a little more heavy-duty than a handheld. 

FAQs

Q: Is a handheld vacuum the same as a dustbuster?

Yes, a handheld vacuum is often called a dustbuster. The phrase “dustbuster” is a quippy way to label these powerful little appliances, known for quickly picking up dust and debris along with other spills. If you see a handheld vacuum referred to as a dustbuster (or vice versa), know that they mean the same thing.

Q: What is the best way to store a cordless handheld vacuum? 

While there are many ways to store a cordless handheld vacuum, we recommend looking for a wall-mounted model if you’re tight on space. A wall-mounted charger keeps your appliance off the floor and out of the way. They make it easy to stash inside a linen closet or crowded pantry without the risk of tripping over or stepping on the power cord. Many handheld models are compatible with separately purchased wall mounts, so search for additional product accessories.

Q: How long do handheld vacuums last? 

On average, handheld vacuums last between two and three years, though there are a few things you can do to extend one’s lifetime. Make sure you purchase your vac from a reputable brand, regularly clean the filters and replace them as needed, empty the bin before it’s completely stuffed, and untangle any dust or hair tangled in the attachments. Also, reserve your handheld vacuum for light spills and other minimal messes; you don’t want to damage the structure trying to deep-clean your floor or carpet.

Q: How much do handheld vacuums cost?

Handheld vacuums cost anywhere from $15 to $200, with a few high-end models costing at much as $300. While you don’t need to spend an exorbitant amount on a dustbuster, think about saving up for a mid-range model if you don’t want to head back to the store after just a couple of cleans. This will also ensure you can take care of mild messes successfully; there is nothing more disappointing than unpacking a brand-new vacuum only to discover it struggles to suck up dirt and debris.

Q: Does higher wattage mean more suction?

No, higher wattage does not mean more suction power. Wattage is a measurement that describes how much power a unit needs to operate. For example, a 2000w canister vacuum uses 1 kilowatt, or 1000 watts, of electricity every hour. Instead of looking at wattage for information about suction power, examine the model’s airflow specs (measured in cubic feet per minute of CFM). Typically, the higher the airflow, the better the suction.

Final thoughts on the best handheld vacuums

A household essential, handheld vacs are perfect for quick pick-ups and hard-to-reach areas, like furniture, shelving, and cars. Plus, they’re the perfect way to combat your pet’s constant shedding. The best handheld vacuums will be easy to maneuver, lightweight, and designed with your most common messes in mind. Once you’re equipped with a convenient mini-vacuum, you’ll be surprised you ever went without. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best handheld vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best beverage coolers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-beverage-cooler/ Tue, 27 Jul 2021 21:55:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382732
The best beverage coolers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These drink-specific fridges can keep your favorite drinks chilled, whether it's simple soda or fancy wine.

The post The best beverage coolers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best beverage coolers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best Beverage Coolers NewAir Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler
SEE IT

NewAir’s AB-1200 can chill 126 cans of your favorite beverage.
Best for beer Best beverage coolers Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator
SEE IT

Keep your cold ones frosty with this Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator.
Best for wine Best Beverage Coolers Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler
SEE IT

Store your wine at the perfect temperature with Ivation’s Wine Cooler.

A well-stocked beverage cooler can turn any room, garage, or basement into an upscale lounge. Not only does a dedicated fridge for drinks free up some space in the kitchen, but many dedicated bar fridges or “beverage coolers” offer features that allow you to maintain more consistent temperatures to ensure you and your guests always have a supply of icy cold beer and chilled wine. Whether you’re an IPA-lover, a burgeoning sommelier, or simply like soda, these are the best beverage coolers for your home bar.

How we chose the best beverage coolers

Brandon Russell has been writing and recommending gear for over 10 years for publications like CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and Popular Science. During that time, he’s recommended a number of devices for home tech, from the best energy-efficient air conditioners to the best carbon monoxide detectors.

Brandon and his fellow refreshment aficionado, Dan Bergstein, researched the best-selling models at major retailers like Amazon, Home Depot, and Best Buy to find the best beverage coolers. They also read editorial reviews and user impressions, using the expertise of specialty publications like Liquor.com and our sister publication, Saveur.

Why do you need a beverage cooler?

The kitchen fridge is fine for storing groceries and stashing leftovers, but unlike most beverage coolers, they don’t allow users to set the temperature precisely. Having greater control over temperature is ideal for a drinks fridge because certain beverages, whether you’re drinking beer or wine, are better if stored at specific temperatures (more on that later). For wine, specifically, a dedicated wine fridge allows you to store your bottles horizontally so that the liquid can hydrate the cork. You don’t want crumbly bits of cork in your special bottles, do you?

Space is also a serious consideration. Real estate inside the kitchen fridge is at a premium, and giving all cans and bottles a new home frees up space for that Thanksgiving turkey, a big casserole dish, or that industrial jar of mayonnaise.

The best beverage coolers: Reviews & Recommendations

Pick your beverage of choice and find the cooler that fits your home and budget. Maybe it’s a simple undercounter addition, or maybe it’s something far more advanced. Wine drinkers will want to pay close attention to temperature controls and vibrations. Beer and non-alcoholic beverage fans can be a little less picky.

Best overall: NewAir Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler

Best Beverage Coolers

NewAir

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: With a modern stainless steel design and the ability to store up to 126 cans, the NewAir AB-1200 is the perfect beverage fridge for hosting neighborhood gatherings.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.9 x 18.4 x 32.4 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 65.9 lbs
  • Storage: 126 cans (12 oz)
  • Reversible door: Yes
  • Defrost type: Manual
  • Cooler type: Freestanding
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 37 – 64 degrees

Pros

  • Ample storage for cans
  • Reversible door
  • Stainless steel design

Cons

  • Door can be difficult to reverse

With excellent interior capacity, seven custom temperature settings, and adjustable shelves, NewAir’s freestanding AB-1200 can chill many drinks. It features a classic glass door design, so you can see what drinks you have stored, and it can chill up to 126 12-ounce cans of beer, soda, or whatever combination works best for you. The door is also reversible, giving you more flexibility when choosing where to put it.

Best under-counter: Aaobosi Beverage and Wine Cooler Dual Zone

Best beverage coolers

Aaobosi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With dual climate zones and a front-facing vent, Aaobosi’s beverage fridge fits in nicely under any bar or counter.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 24.4 x 22.6 x 34.2 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 134.5 pounds
  • Storage: 18 wine bottles, 57 cans (12 oz)
  • Reversible door: No
  • Defrost type: Automatic
  • Cooler type: Built-in
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 35.6 – 50 degrees (left zone), 41 – 64.4 degrees (right zone)

Pros

  • Dual-zone design with separate storage for cans and bottles
  • Separate temperature controls for each section
  • Stores 18 wine bottles and 57 cans

Cons

  • Expensive

This dual-temperature cooler is more expensive than your average bar fridge, but it’s tough to beat a two-chamber design if you love beer and wine. Keep your 18 bottles of wine a little warmer and the 57 cans of beer and beverages a little colder thanks to intuitive, programmable temp controls. It features a front-facing vent, so it’s ready for in-counter installation. For basement bars and garage lounges, this is the perfect chilly bartender-in-a-box.

Best for beer: Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator

Best beverage coolers

Antarctic Star

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With removable shelves, LED lighting, and a temperature display, the Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator makes it easy to chill your favorite beer at the right temperature.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.7 x 16.9 x 29.1 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 44.1 pounds
  • Storage: 100 cans (12 oz)
  • Reversible door: No
  • Defrost type: Manual
  • Cooler type: Built-in
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 40 – 61 degrees

Pros

  • Adjustable feet
  • Temperature display
  • Removable shelves

Cons

  • Door isn’t reversible

A step up from the teeny-tiny micro-fridges you see in college dorms, the Antarctic Star beverage cooler looks cool and keeps your beer cold. Storing about 100 cans or 24 wine bottles, it features adjustable temperature controls with an easy-to-read display. The shelves are removable, making it easy to convert it from a beer fridge to a wine fridge if you want (or make room for 2-liter bottles of soda). It’s also surprisingly quiet and doesn’t rattle. Throw in a lock and blue LED lighting for ambiance, and you’ve got a swanky little bar fridge.

Best for wine: Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler

Best Beverage Coolers

Ivation

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Ivation Wine Cooler features a UV-resistant glass door and a lock to protect your collection.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.5 x 17.7 x 30.3 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 43 pounds
  • Storage: 18 bottles
  • Reversible door: No
  • Defrost type: Automatic
  • Cooler type: Freestanding
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 41 – 64 degrees

Pros

  • UV-resistant glass door
  • Door lock
  • Sleek design

Cons

  • Door isn’t reversible

For storing wine, the Ivation wine cooler is the next best thing to having your own wine cellar. The 31-inch chest stores up to 12 bottles of wine in an easy-to-control cooler that you can set to the perfect temperature. Its tinted glass door protects aging bottles against UV light, and its quiet, vibration-free operation won’t disturb them. The lock keeps your prized bottles safe and secure. When it’s time to drink, the soft interior light won’t blind you when you open the door like a kitchen fridge. It’s the best wine cooler for sophisticated drinkers and those tossing back glasses of grocery-store wine.

Best mini: NewAir Mini-Fridge Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler

Best beverage coolers

NewAir

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The NewAir Mini-Fridge can store up to 60 cans and features adjustable shelves for the ultimate dorm-room accessory.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.9 x 16.7 x 19.7 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 45 pounds
  • Storage: 60 cans (12 oz)
  • Reversible door: No
  • Defrost type: Manual
  • Cooler type: Freestanding
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 37 – 64 degrees

Pros

  • Compact size
  • Sleek design
  • Great storage capacity for its size

Cons

  • No light in the fridge

NewAir’s mini-fridge is the perfect beverage cooler for dorm rooms and offices. It features a glass door (so you can easily admire your collection), enough space for 60 (12-ounce) cans, and an adjustable temperature from 37 to 64 degrees Fahrenheit. The fridge’s shelves are also adjustable to chill any combination of tallboys (16-ounce cans) and regular 12-ounce cans. If you want the “true” college experience, you must have a mini-fridge in your dorm, and the NewAir is tough to beat.

Best budget: Frigidaire EFMIS129-Red Mini Portable Fridge

Best beverage coolers

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Frigidaire EFMIS129-RED Mini Portable Fridge is small, affordable, and the perfect option for an office or dorm room.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7 x 10 x 10 inches (WDH)
  • Weight: 3 pounds
  • Storage: 6 cans (12 oz)
  • Reversible door: No
  • Defrost type: Automatic
  • Cooler type: Freestanding
  • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): Up to 32 degrees below ambient temperature

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Vintage design
  • Small but can still chill six cans

Cons

  • Won’t make your drinks super cold

The personal Frigidaire is more a mini-fridge than a “beverage cooler.” It doesn’t offer precise temperature controls and, in fact, only chills its six-can compartment by 20 degrees. For less than $40, it’s a compact, stylish little fridge to ensure you always have a soda handy at work or in a dorm room. If you don’t need to blast-chill your beverage, this handy and eye-catching little cooler will do an adequate job.

Things to look for in the best beverage coolers

A dedicated beverage fridge should be easy to control, easy to access, and small enough to fit in most spaces. Before adding one to your space, you should also know what you plan to drink, as there are fridges optimized for beer or wine. Knowing what you want to store will also help you navigate the logistical differences between beverage coolers, including their sizes, shapes, and cooling systems. Here’s what you need to know to pick the best beverage cooler for any home.

What are we drinking?

You have a few options for a beverage fridge, including models designed for wine, beer, or both. Wine coolers–the appliances, not the cocktails, are better at holding bottles and often include specific features for keeping your collection at an optimal 55 degrees Fahrenheit. 

You’ll need something more flexible if you’re looking to all-in on beer. The ideal temperature for your fridge will change depending on the type of beer you bring home. Beer connoisseurs will often argue about the right beer temperature, but generally speaking, a can or bottle of beer should be warmer than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and below 55 degrees. Some manufacturers will make a recommendation right on the bottle or can.

If you’re thirsty for beer and wine—and maybe some other stuff, like a soda or a bottle of water—you’ll want a beverage cooler that accommodates all kinds of beverages. These dual-unit fridges tend to be larger, especially those that feature a storage compartment for wine bottles and one for beer (and other things). On the plus side, a high-end dual-unit beverage cooler may have separate temperature control for each section.

Size and venting

Most beverage coolers are designed for convenience and can fit into tight spaces. A smaller 18- by 19- by 18-inch cooler (WDH) with 1.5 cubic feet of interior space can comfortably hold 60 cans or 17 bottles of wine. A mid-sized 24-inch beverage cooler can hold 120 cans and more than 30 bottles of wine. Remember, though, that your appliance gets dramatically heavier and harder to move as it gets bigger.

Freestanding bar fridges can live anywhere you put them, but there’s a certain appeal to installing a fridge to live under the counter or bar. If you choose to install a beverage cooler, make sure to buy one that’s meant for that purpose. Built-in beverage coolers can slide under bars or into tight cabinetry because they have front-facing vent channels that release heat out of the front. By contrast, most freestanding coolers direct their heat to blow out the back. If there’s no room in the back for air circulation, your fridge will overheat and break, so ensure you have an installation plan before bringing a fridge home.

Noise and vibration

According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), a whisper produces about 30 decibels (dB) of sound. The compressor of a beverage fridge can generate about 40 dB. While that may not sound like a lot, the humming may be distracting if you put a beverage cooler in a quiet office, bedroom, or home theater. By 70 dB, ambient noise starts actively annoying us.

Wine drinkers may also want to pay attention to vibrations caused by a louder-than-normal fridge. It may alter the taste if the fridge kicks up enough wiggle and wobble to disturb the sediment in a bottle of wine. While this won’t be a deal breaker for most beverage cooler customers, those looking for a dedicated wine fridge will want a quiet unit that sits still.

Extras

While we primarily value storage capacity, noise, and defrost type, we also appreciate beverage coolers that offer additional features like reversible doors and safety locks. You can install a reversible door to open to the left or right, giving you more flexibility when finding a place to put it. A safety lock, or child lock, allows you to lock your beverage fridge so nobody raids the beer and wine fridge when you aren’t around.

Finally, beverage coolers feature different defrosting options. A self-defrosting unit requires less maintenance, as heat coils within the fridge occasionally melt away the icy buildup. A manual model needs to be defrosted when the buildup becomes about 1/4-inch thick. You must either chip away at the ice with a tool or let it sit until it melts. We don’t consider automatic defrosting a must-have feature, but it’s definitely convenient. Be aware, however, that models that offer it are more expensive.

FAQs

Q: Can you keep beer in a wine cooler?

Yes, you can keep beer in a wine cooler. Remember: You want to store wine warmer than beer in a kitchen fridge. We do not recommend turning down the temperature of your wine cooler to accommodate beer if there’s any wine inside. Even if there isn’t any wine in there, many wine coolers won’t get colder than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. 

That may not be a problem, though. Beer enthusiasts will tell you that we Americans drink our beer too cold. If that sounds blasphemous, you should get a beer fridge or keep your beer in a full-size kitchen fridge.

Q: Why are beverage coolers so expensive?

Bar refrigerators feature the same technology as traditional refrigerators but with precision controls and other niche features. They’re niche luxury appliances and are priced with that in mind. It’s worth pointing out that there are mini-fridges out there that only cost $100-$200 or so, but they don’t feature the same beer- and wine-specific features as a beverage cooler and rarely work as well.

Q: What is the coldest beverage cooler?

The temperature ranges on this list are roughly the same. Bottles will break and burst when you hit freezing temperatures. Even cans will buckle when you drop below 30 degrees Fahrenheit. You don’t need a beverage cooler if you’re looking for a way to keep ice cubes frozen and ice cream solid. You need a freezer.

Q: Will a beverage cooler keep food cold?

Although beverage coolers share a few basic similarities with full-size fridges, they serve different purposes. The average fridge keeps its temperature between 35 degrees and 38 degrees Fahrenheit to keep food fresher for longer. A beverage fridge keeps temperatures between 40 and 55 degrees Fahrenheit, which isn’t suitable for perishable food. According to the Food & Drug Administration (FDA), storing food at temperatures 40 degrees or below will slow the growth of bacteria that can make people sick. Some beverage coolers can get cold enough to store food, but you lose the advantage of having beverage-specific storage.

Q: What can you put in a beverage cooler?

While beverage coolers aren’t the best appliances for food, they are fantastic for storing drinks. While many are made with beer and wine in mind, you can put any beverage in there. We recommend buying a general beverage cooler or a beer-specific model if you plan to store many different drinks, as wine coolers often feature specific shelving and cooling systems just for wine.

Q: How long will a beverage cooler last?

It can be challenging to pinpoint how long a beverage cooler will last because parts can fail at any time. According to a survey from Consumer Reports, manufacturers estimate their appliances will last about 10 years. When making your purchase, you should pay attention to whether or not it comes with a warranty. Typically, manufacturers will provide limited warranties for 12 months at no cost and offer extended warranties that can last for several years. However, extended warranties are generally available for an additional fee and can cover specific parts if they break down.

Q: How much does a beverage cooler cost?

A beverage cooler can cost hundreds of dollars depending on its size, and the ones we recommend fall within the range of $38 to $999.

Q: What temperature should my beverage cooler be kept at?

This entirely depends on the beverages you plan to keep inside your cooler. For example, white wine should be stored between 45 and 50 degrees Fahrenheit, while red wine should be stored between 50 and 65 degrees Fahrenheit, according to Kingsbottle.

Q: Do I need a special outlet for a beverage cooler?

No. A beverage cooler can be plugged into a standard outlet.

Q: Will a beverage cooler keep food cold?

Yes, but the coolers have ridges designed to fit bottles, which makes them inefficient for cooling food. Some food may need to be kept at colder temperatures, too.

Final thoughts on the best beverage coolers

There are multiple ways to keep your drinks cold. Wine coolers ensure your reds and whites never get too cold or too warm. A beer cooler provides quick access to well-chilled cans and bottles. And dual-temperature coolers give you the best of both worlds. Be aware of the noise level and keep an eye on your budget. And if you plan to place the cooler under a cabinet or against a wall, ensure the compressor has room to breathe. With that in mind, you’re ready to transform your kitchen, den, or garage into the neighborhood’s hot (and cold) spot.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now. 

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to. 

The post The best beverage coolers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best smoke detectors in 2023, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smoke-detectors/ Thu, 30 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=453513
best smoke detectors sliced header
Stan Horaczek

A smoke detector can be the difference between life and death.

The post The best smoke detectors in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best smoke detectors sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best photoelectric First Alert SA511CN2-3ST is the best photoelectric smoke detector. First Alert SA511CN2-3ST
SEE IT

This smoke detector two-pack from First Alert packs a one-two punch.
Best for kitchen First Alert 9120B is the best ionization smoke detector. First Alert SCO7CN Combination Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Detector
SEE IT

First Alert’s SCO7CN detects a threat when its in the smoldering stage; provides LED light, beeping, and voice alarms; but can sense the difference between a dish gone awry and a true emergency.
Best for smoke and carbon monoxide Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best smoke and carbon monoxide detector. Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide
SEE IT

Kidde’s combo smoke alarm also protects against carbon monoxide.

According to the National Fire Protection Association, around two-thirds of home fire deaths happen in spaces without a smoke detector. It takes minutes for a fire to fill your home with thick black smoke. The critical warning they provide can mean the difference between life and death. If your detectors are broken or very old, you should take the time to replace them. Luckily, even the best smoke detectors are affordable and easy to install, and we’ve collected options for you to explore.

How we chose the best smoke detectors

I’ve been renting an apartment with my wife (and dog) for nearly 10 years, and during that time, I replaced our old smoke detector with something new. I regularly test the detector to ensure it’s in working order, and I also monitor the condition of our major appliances, wall heater, and fireplace for potential fire risk. These are just a few small steps necessary in a more comprehensive fire safety plan, including a fire extinguisher and escape route.

When I’m not obsessing over my family’s safety, I’m writing about gadgets and gear for publications like Popular Science, CNN Underscored, and TechnoBuffalo. To make these selections, I consulted fire safety guides from health and safety organizations, including NFPA.org, Ready.gov, and RedCross.org. I also reviewed PopSci’s previous coverage of the best practices for fire safety and consulted expert reviews.

The best smoke detectors: Reviews & Recommendations

Smoke detectors are extremely important for every home. If you haven’t replaced yours in the past decade, it’s time to buy a new set. The best detectors are affordable, reliable, and easy to install. More importantly, these fire alarms will provide you and your family with protection and peace of mind.

Best photoelectric: First Alert SA511CN2-3ST

First Alert SA511CN2-3ST is the best photoelectric smoke detector.

FIRST ALERT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The First Alert SA511CN2-3ST packs powerful interconnectivity and voice alerts to let you know when there’s a fire.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered (AA x 2)
  • Sensor: Photoelectronic
  • Interconnectivity: Yes

Pros

  • Interconnectivity
  • Simple setup
  • Voice alert

Cons

  • Limited number of location presets

The First Alert SA511CN2-3ST hits all the basic marks we look for in a smoke detector. This UL-Listed photoelectric model features interconnectivity so you can connect up to 18 smoke alarms across your home. You can also assign this fire detector with one of 11 pre-set home locations, so its voice alert can tell you where the smoke is coming from.

Since it is designed to work as part of a larger set, we recommend a two-pack of detectors to make it a little more affordable if you decide to replace a full set of smoke detectors. That said, you can always get an individual model as well.

Best for kitchen: First Alert SCO7CN Combination Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Detector

The First Alert SCO7CN Combination Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best smoke detector for the kitchen.

First Alert

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This photoelectric smoke detector senses both smoke and carbon monoxide and has a triple alarm system, but can also distinguish between danger and a cooking mishap.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered (AA x 2)
  • Sensor: Photoelectric
  • Interconnectivity: No

Pros

  • Alerts to both smoke and high levels of carbon monoxide
  • Provides multiple alarms: beeping, LED light, and voice
  • Distinguishes between threats and overcooked meals

Cons

  • Some users say it’s hard to change the batteries 
  • Alarm is shrill and difficult to turn off

Home fires are most likely to start in the kitchen, according to the Red Cross. That’s why you might want a dedicated smoke detector in the room. First Alert’s SCO7CN Combination Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Detector is a good choice. Its photoelectric sensor can detect smoldering fires, alerting you before you smell smoke or see flames. It’s designed with simultaneous alarms to let you know about smoke or high levels of carbon monoxide: a flashing LED light, beeping, and a voice alert. This kitchen smoke detector allows you to pre-program 11 potential threat locations in your home and can also help you pinpoint where the threat is coming from, so you can find the best escape route. That said, the device is also designed to detect between real danger and that concoction you left in the oven a little too long.

Best ionization: Kidde Smoke Detector (i12060)

Kidde Smoke Detector (i12060) is the best for the budget.

Kidde

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Kidde Smoke Detector is simple, affordable, and offers powerful interconnectivity.

Specs

  • Type: Hardwired (battery backup; 9-volt)
  • Sensor: Ionization
  • Interconnectivity: Yes

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Interconnectivity
  • Easily replaceable backup battery

Cons

  • Requires professional installation
  • Hardwired might work in all homes

If you’re already planning to get some electrical work done, this Kidde Smoke Detector is a very affordable hardwired smoke detector with a battery backup. It looks simple but can sync with up to 24 safety devices, including up to 18 smoke alarms. In addition to a hush/test button on the front, Kidde’s smoke detector also features a tamper-resistant locking pin, a low battery indicator, and a flashing LED, so you know it’s working. Conveniently, the unit also features a front-facing battery door, so you can easily replace the 9-volt battery. Small features like this can make a big difference, particularly if you’re in a space with multiple alarms.

Best for smoke and carbon monoxide: Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector

Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best smoke and carbon monoxide detector.

Kidde

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you don’t already own a carbon monoxide detector, Kidde’s combination smoke/CO alarm has you covered.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered (9-volt)
  • Sensor: Photoelectric
  • Interconnectivity: No

Pros

  • Also offers a carbon monoxide detector
  • Voice alerts
  • Easy battery replacement

Cons

  • No interconnectivity

Kidde’s combination smoke and carbon monoxide alarm is an excellent option if you need to install both smoke and carbon monoxide detectors. The battery-powered combination alarm constantly monitors your home for smoke and gas, providing specific voice alerts if danger exists. (It also calls out “low battery” when it’s time to replace its 9-volt power source.) Kidde’s combination alarm also features a convenient hush/test button and a battery compartment on the front, making it easy to perform an annual battery change. For additional peace of mind at home, check out our guide to home security systems.

Best battery-powered: First Alert PR710 Slim Smoke Alarm

First Alert PR710 Slim Smoke Alarm is the best battery-powered smoke detector.

FIRST ALERT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a slim profile and long-lasting battery, the First Alert PR710 Slim is a great way to protect your home.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered (lithium-ion)
  • Sensor: Photoelectric
  • Interconnectivity: No

Pros

  • Long-lasting battery
  • Very little maintenance
  • Slim profile

Cons

  • No interconnectivity

If your home is too old for a hardwired smoke alarm, but you don’t want to change a battery ever, the First Alert PR710 Slim is a solid photoelectric smoke detector with a sealed lithium-ion battery guaranteed to last 10 years. Its thin, low-profile design is no-frills—just a single test/mute button, and that’s it. Unlike many of our other picks, it uses a classic siren rather than voice alerts. It also cannot sync with other alarms. All in all, it’s a great option for apartments and other small spaces where you just need one smoke alarm, and you’d prefer to buy a new smoke detector every 10 years than replace a set of batteries every few months.

Best smart: Google Nest Protect

Google Nest Protect is the best smart smoke detector.

Google

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Nest Protect by Google provides a multitude of smart features in addition to smoke and CO detection.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered or hardwired
  • Sensor: Split-spectrum
  • Interconnectivity: Yes

Pros

  • Smartphone notifications
  • Supports battery-powered and hardwired setups
  • Split-spectrum sensor
  • Advanced interconnectivity

Cons

  • Expensive

The Google Nest Protect offers traditional smoke and carbon monoxide monitoring, with several convenient smart features. Chief among them, you receive a direct alert through the Nest smartphone app (for iOS and Android) when it detects danger. You can also conveniently mute the alarm through that alert. This smart smoke detector features a specialized photoelectric “Split-Spectrum” sensor, which uses two LED lights to detect a wider range of smoke particles. According to Google, the Split-Spectrum Sensor adds all the benefits of Ionization smoke detectors, without drawbacks like false alarms (or buying two types of smoke detectors).

Of course, the downside here is that the Nest Protect costs a lot more than any other smoke detector. In many cases, you can buy three standard photoelectric detectors for the price of one Nest Protect. It may be a convenient upgrade if you already have Nest gear at home, but it’s paying a pretty penny for the privilege. If you want connectivity throughout your home, consider these smart home devices.

Best budget: First Alert 9120B Smoke Detector

First Alert 9120B is the best ionization smoke detector.

FIRST ALERT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The First Alert 9210B Smoke Detector supports interconnectivity, an easily accessible test/mute button, and a 9-volt backup battery system.

Specs

  • Type: Hardwired (battery backup; 9-volt)
  • Sensor: Ionization
  • Interconnectivity: Yes

Pros

  • Battery backup
  • Interconnectivity
  • Easily accessible test/mute button

Cons

  • Hardwired means more difficult installation

The First Alert 9120B Smoke Detector is a hardwired ionization unit with a single test/mute button and a 9-volt battery backup system. It can also act as part of an interconnected, multi-unit alarm system of up to 12 First Alert smoke detectors, so you have more comprehensive coverage in your home. The 9120B also features a dust cover to keep particles from getting in, a mounting bracket lock for tamper resistance, and smart technology designed to reduce false and “nuisance” alarms. 

Things to consider when buying the best smoke detectors

A smoke detector, or “smoke alarm,” senses the presence of smoke and blasts a loud alarm in response. While the options we’ve recommended vary in size and shape, home detectors typically feature plastic enclosures and are mounted high on a wall or ceiling.

“Today’s home fires burn faster than ever. In a typical home fire, you may have as little as two minutes to escape safely from the time the smoke alarm sounds,” says Susan McKelvey, communications manager at the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). “Having working smoke alarms installed in the required locations throughout your home—at least one on every level of the home, in each bedroom, and near all sleeping areas—can make the difference between life and death in a home fire.”

Though modern smoke detectors seem ubiquitous and interchangeable, manufacturers use a couple of different methods to make them:

  • Photoelectric smoke detectors trigger an alarm when smoke enters a chamber and reflects light onto a sensor. They protect better against slow, smoldering fires than fast, raging fires. 
  • Ionization smoke detectors feature a sensor with a small amount of radioactive material between two electrically charged plates. When smoke enters the chamber, the flow of ions becomes disrupted, activating the alarm. Ionization-type detectors are generally better at identifying fast-burning flaming fires.

Both photoelectric- and ionization-style detectors have advantages and disadvantages, so there is no one obvious choice. For comprehensive coverage, NFPA recommends using both kinds in your home. Some devices feature both technologies in a single device.

We recommend placing your smoke detectors based on their expertise. Use photoelectric detectors near stoves and outside of bathrooms, where smoke may accumulate over time from a small fire. Put ionization-style units in areas where fires are less likely to start so that they can catch fast-moving flames.

You shouldn’t have to think too much about your smoke detectors. A great one should be easy to install, take little effort to maintain, and accurately alert you when there’s an emergency. After installing a smoke detector, you shouldn’t even notice it’s there (unless it goes off). We considered dozens of options to find the best smoke detector. These factors separated the good detectors from the bad ones.

UL listing

The first and most important thing to look for in a smoke detector is a certification from Underwriters Laboratories, the safety science company that sets standards for equipment like smoke and carbon monoxide detectors. All smoke detector manufacturers must meet the company’s most recent standard for smoke alarms, ANSI/UL 217, to place a UL certification on their products. Essentially, the “UL Listed” seal of approval tells you that a detector has been tested to meet strict requirements and will work as advertised. 

Hardwired vs. battery-powered

In addition to sensor technology, smoke detectors vary based on how they receive power. It’s worth keeping this in mind when you’re considering smoke detector installation. Most detectors rely on disposable batteries but hardwired models that you wire into your home’s power are also an option.

Battery-powered smoke detectors—which usually rely on disposable 9-volt, AA, or lithium cells—offer flexible placement. You can easily install one in any room in your home at any time. They also require slightly more maintenance, as you need to replace their batteries annually to ensure they’re operational. It’s important to note that manufacturers advise against using rechargeable batteries in smoke detectors, as they lose their charge more quickly and have a shorter runtime than standard disposable batteries.

Alternatively, some battery-powered detectors come with sealed-in lithium batteries designed to last 10 years, making it so you never have to worry about replacing a battery. Some states, including California, require you to use this kind of detector to prevent people from taking the batteries out when the alarm goes off. Check your state and city ordinances for the best guidance on what’s required in your area.

Other smoke detectors are designed to get hardwired into your home’s electrical system. This makes it so you’ll never have to replace a battery to keep them operational. That said, installing them is a much more time-intensive process and includes working with electrical wiring. If you purchase a hardwired detector, make sure to buy one that features a backup battery, which will keep your detectors on if your house loses power.

Interconnectivity

If you need to protect a large home with multiple floors, it helps to buy a set of “interconnected” smoke detectors that can sync with each other so that if one detector senses smoke, all of your alarms will go off. In the event of a serious, fast-moving fire, this will ensure that everyone in your home knows to get outside as quickly as possible.

Smart features

Most smoke detectors are relatively basic devices, but there are some newer “smart” models with internet-enabled features. If you’re in the market for wireless smoke detectors, these options will often sync up with a mobile app, allowing you to check their status and mute them from your phone. The app also can give you a warning before the alarm goes off, giving you a small window to silence it if you’re cooking or already know it’s a false alarm. Some even offer voice alerts and can tell you which detector senses smoke.

General best practices

So you’ve set up your new smoke alarm: what now? Steve Kerber, vice president and executive director of UL’s Fire Safety Research Institute (FSRI), says that frequent testing, not disabling smoke alarms (especially when cooking), and making a home fire escape plan is imperative to keeping you and your family safe.

“Your fire escape plan should include a plan A, B, and C,” Kerber says. “In Plan A, you exit through the nearest exit, most likely a door, close the door behind you as you exit, and head to your family’s meeting place to call 911. In Plan B, you exit through an alternate exit, which could be a window or a door located in a different part of the home, and, if you can, close the door or window behind you before going to your family’s meeting place to call 911. In Plan C, if you can’t get out, you get behind a closed door as far away from the fire as possible, turn on the light and do whatever you can to let the fire department know where you are inside the home. Cover the cracks with clothes, towels, drapes, or anything else available.”

McKelvey adds that it’s important also to check if your smoke alarm is still within its life limit, since they need to be replaced every 10 years.

“To do this, check the date of manufacture on the back of the alarm,” McKelvey says. “The smoke alarm should be replaced 10 years from that date or sooner if it begins to show signs of malfunction, such as when the alarm continues to chirp after the alarm is checked for dust or other disruptions and the batteries (if replaceable) are replaced.”

FAQs

Q: How much does a smoke detector cost?

Depending on features, a smoke detector can cost between $15-$120. Sets are more expensive up-front but are cost-effective in the long run.

Q: How often should I replace my smoke detector’s battery?

The U.S. Fire Administration and National Fire Protection Association recommend replacing the batteries in your smoke alarms at least once yearly. With a 10-year lithium battery, you should replace the detector when the battery gets low. Either way, you should test your alarms once monthly to ensure they work properly.

Q: How often should I replace my smoke detector?

You should consult the manufacturer’s instructions when replacing your smoke detector. In general, smoke alarms should be replaced every 10 years. This will ensure you always have a properly working unit that meets modern safety standards.

Q: How many smoke detectors should I install in my home?

It may sound like overkill, but the U.S. Fire Administration recommends you place a smoke detector inside and outside each bedroom and sleeping area. You should also have at least one smoke alarm on every level of your home to ensure every corner is covered. Remember, you only have a few minutes before conditions in your space become untenable from a raging fire, so it’s essential to have as early a warning as possible. An early warning could provide you with precious time to respond accordingly.

Q: What should I do if a smoke detector goes off while I’m cooking?

Everyone triggers a smoke alarm while cooking every once in a while. While “nuisance alarms” like these are annoying, you shouldn’t take the battery out of your detector. When a smoky kitchen threatens to set off the detector, press the alarm’s hush button and open nearby doors or windows. Then wave a towel at the alarm to help clear the air. You can also temporarily move the alarm away from your kitchen, but remember to move it back when the smoke clears.

Final thoughts on the best smoke detectors

A house fire can spread quickly, so every second counts. An early warning from a smoke detector can be the difference between life and death. Additionally, some smoke detectors come with a carbon monoxide detector built-in; others have smart capabilities and can send alerts to your phone. If your home isn’t properly outfitted with detectors, you should take the time to install them. It’s a worthy investment—your safety depends on it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smoke detectors in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best smart ovens of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-ovens/ Tue, 29 Mar 2022 16:10:10 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=430511
The Best Smart Ovens
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Make cooking a breeze with these fast and easy ovens.

The post The best smart ovens of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Smart Ovens
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro
SEE IT

Breville’s smart oven has actual smart home functionally that doesn’t futz with its ability to cook.
Best smart oven air fryer https://www.amazon.com/Ninja-DCT451-Thermometer-FlavorSeal-Convection/dp/B0BRL9F8HV/ref=sr_1_3?crid=32JMSQNZGMR36&keywords=ninja+double+oven&qid=1677646047&s=home-garden&sprefix=ninja+double+oven%2Cgarden%2C84&sr=1-3#:~:text=2%20VIDEOS-,Ninja%20DCT451,-12%2Din%2D1 Ninja DCT401
SEE IT

This smart oven’s dual-door design isn’t just a flashy gimmick.
Best budget NuWave Bravo XL is the best smart convection oven. NuWave Bravo XL
SEE IT

The NuWave Bravo XL is big, powerful, inexpensive and has some really handy features.

Smart ovens simplify and speed up cooking. These convenient countertop ovens feature cooking modes that make them highly versatile, including air frying, reheating, dehydrating, and even steaming. You’ll also find units with extra “smart” features to save you time, like the ability to reorder food as you use it or digital thermometers that alert the oven to turn off when a dish is done. In other words, the best smart ovens can help a lot in the kitchen if you find one that fits your cooking workflow. 

What is a smart oven?

Though it sounds catchy, “smart oven” is a somewhat nebulous term. Smart ovens are multifunctional cooking devices that can heat food in many different ways. Whereas a toaster oven may be able to bake and broil, a smart oven may also feature convection-based heating, microwaving, or other techniques specific to certain kinds of foods. Many also have features that allow you to monitor and/or control your cooking more easily throughout the process.

Though there are full-size ovens that replace a stovetop or wall oven, many companies and home cooks use the phrase to refer to countertop ovens, so that’s what this list covers. These smaller convection ovens offer the benefit of often heating up faster than stovetop and wall ovens. It might be best to consider these as amped-up toaster ovens or more versatile air fryers. (That said, we threw an appliance-sized oven in there, just in case.)

Despite invoking the “smart” motif popularized by smart home devices like security systems and speakers, connecting to WiFi or a smart home ecosystem is not a core feature among countertop smart ovens. Ironically, it is more common among full, appliance-size smart ovens.

How we picked the best smart ovens

I’ve tested and reviewed kitchen and home products for five years for sites like Business Insider, Tom’s Guide, and Reviewed. To choose the best smart ovens, we thoroughly researched and considered approximately 50 different models, including popular options like the June Smart Oven, Brava Smart Oven, Tovala Smart Oven, and WLabs Smart Oven. To find the best, we considered each design’s physical size, capacity, power, temperature range, and additional helpful features, like WiFi connectivity and digital thermometers. Of course, we weighed each oven’s feature set against its price to see which ones offered the best value.

The best smart ovens: Reviews & Recommendations

With smart ovens becoming so popular, there are more options to choose from than ever before. You’ll have your choice of brand, with different oven sizes, features, and price points. Having lots of options is great, but it can make finding the right option a challenge. Our selections for the best ovens span seven categories and a wide range of culinary needs. Whether you’re looking for a smart microwave, a smart air fryer, or the most versatile smart oven, there’s something for everyone.

Best smart oven: Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro

Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro features a compact design and 10 smart cooking functions.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 21.5 x 17.5 x 12.7 inches
  • Weight: 38 pounds 9 ounces
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Toast, bagel, bake, air fry, broil, roast, pizza, cookies, proof, reheat, slow cook, keep warm, dehydrate
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $319.95

Pros 

  • Smart features encourage you to cook
  • Large LCD display is easy to read
  • 13 cooking functions

Cons

  • Expensive

Of all the smart ovens we’ve tested, Breville’s Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro is the one that truly lives up to its name. This smart oven works with a companion app that can send you alerts when the oven is preheated and let you know how much time is left on your cook. Having this information at a glance is helpful, and I checked the app often during longer bakes—looking at you, banana bread.

The front of this smart oven is packed with dials and buttons, which may give the impression that it’s complicated to use. We never found this to be the case. Each knob serves a single important function—cook time, temperature, setting select—while buttons handle standard functions like turning on the oven’s light or changing the temperature from Fahrenheit to Celsius. It’s a lot easier to have these functions mapped to a physical knob or button rather than a touchscreen, in our experience.

Regarding performance, Breville’s Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro worked flawlessly. French fries, croissants, the aforementioned banana bread, and anything else we put inside came out correctly without any intervention. Eventually, we began trusting this smart oven as much as our full-sized oven—which it could easily replace for most functions.

One of the problems with kitchen tools is that we buy them intending to cook more but often never use them to their full potential—if at all. The Breville Joule App (available on iOS and Android) is packed with step-by-step recipes courtesy of the team at ChefSteps. The site’s staff sweats all the small details, so their recipes always turn out. Many ovens come with a physical recipe book that’s easy to lose or cast aside, but you’ll spend enough time within the Breville Joule app that one of them will likely catch your eye.

Many smart ovens don’t live up to the promise of that lofty adjective—this one is an exception to that rule.

Best with subscription: Tovala Smart Oven

The Tovala Smart Oven is the best smart oven with a subscription.

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For the ultimate convenience, you can order chef-prepared meals through a subscription service developed to be cooked in this smart oven. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.32 inches D x 18.5 inches W x 11.75 inches H
  • Weight: 24.9 pounds
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Air fry, steam, bake, broil, reheat and toast
  • Wattage: 1525W
  • Price: $269.99

Pros

  • Six cooking settings, including air fryer and convection oven
  • Programmable with more than 100 presets 
  • Option for affiliated meal service subscription 

Cons

  • Smaller cooking space

Tovala’s smart oven comes equipped with six cooking modes: air frying, steaming, baking, broiling, toasting, and reheating. But what sets this option apart is what you can pair with it. The company has a subscription service called Tovala Meals that allows users to order chef-prepared meals through their smartphones (for a separate fee). You get a $50 credit for three to five meals with the purchase, but the subscription service is separate. 

The app also comes with more than 100 presets and allows users to scan popular foods for cooking instructions that are transmitted to the countertop oven. The oven also features a basket for air frying and a sheet pan, though some users have noted that the cooking space is smaller than they would like.

Best smart countertop oven: Brava Oven Starter Set

Brava Smart Oven

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The small but mighty Breville Mini Smart Oven with Element IQ can toast four slices of bread and cook an 11-inch pizza with minimal counter space.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.3 x 16.4 x 11.3 inches
  • Weight: 54 pounds, 14 ounces
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Toast, slow cook, reheat, dehydrate, rice cook
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $1,295

Pros

  • Ten preset functions
  • Multiple heating zones
  • Growing recipe list

Cons 

  • Price

Once you get over the initial sticker shock of Brava’s smart oven, you can begin to understand why it’s the most powerful, versatile option for serious home cooks. The oven has 10 functions and can be controlled via a touchscreen atop the oven or through Brava’s mobile app. You can also use the screen and app to cycle through a growing list of recipes, searching for ones that feature a certain ingredient or fit under the restrictions of a particular diet. Part of the Brava’s appeal is its ability to adjust the intensity of its heat in three different zones, so sets of ingredients that cook at different rates will be finished simultaneously. This means you’ll need to be cognizant of where you’re putting inertness on its tray, or else you risk having over or undercooked food. This shouldn’t be an issue, but it’s something to consider.

We recommend the Brava Smart Oven because of its consistent performance, made possible by its heating elements, which can reach their maximum temperature in seconds. We made s’mores, and they went from raw ingredients to ready-to-eat in about three minutes. Any home cook who values their time will appreciate what this smart oven offers. On the other hand, it also has some fun, techy extras, like cameras that allow you to monitor your food as it cooks. The Brava Smart Oven is the most interesting, fully-featured item in its category. Still, its high price may make it hard to justify unless you’re making a serious kitchen upgrade.

Best smart convection oven: Wolf Gourmet Elite

Wolf Gourmet Elite Digital Countertop Convection Toaster Oven

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Wolf Gourmet’s Elite smart oven is one of the best-constructed kitchen tools we’ve ever used, and the results speak for themselves.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.4 x 16.7 x 12.5 inches
  • Weight: 46.6 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Proof, warm, roast, bake, broil, toast/bagel
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $749.95

Pros 

  • Ample cooking space
  • Premium look and feel
  • Comes with a lot of accessories

Cons 

  • Price

Let’s get one thing out of the way: This smart oven was designed for home chefs looking to create their dream professional kitchen, and its price reflects that reality. That said, we can’t imagine a single serious home cook that would be disappointed by the machine. Every detail—from how the oven door opens to the click when cycling through settings—feels premium. The Elite oven looks simple compared to many of our other recommendations, but focusing on usability is necessary for this type of device.

We couldn’t find any fault with how Wolf Gourmet’s Elite performed. There was enough space to roast an entire chicken or reheat leftovers and sides simultaneously. The oven’s temperature probe—one of many accessories Wolf Gourmet includes—made it easy to assess meat’s doneness without poking at it or relying exclusively on visual and recipe clues.

The Wolf Gourmet Elite is a premium piece of kitchen gadgetry, and it’s only worth the investment if you’re set on replacing your full-sized oven for day-to-day baking and cooking. If you’re not cooking for a big crowd frequently, this countertop oven will likely become the workhorse of your kitchen.

Best smart toaster oven: Cuisinart Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven

Cuisinart Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven is the best smart toaster oven.

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With space for nine slices of bread and “always even” toasting, the Cuisinart Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven speeds up breakfast and lunch quite a bit.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.42 x 16.93 x 20.87 inches
  • Weight: 32 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Bagel, waffle, pizza, sandwich, roast, dual cook
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $299.99

Pros 

  • “Always even” toast control
  • Comes with pizza stone, cooking racks, baking and broiling pan
  • 15 cooking functions for versatile, precise cooking

Cons 

  • Extremely heavy
  • Expensive

Most ovens can serve as a toaster, but the Cuisinart Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven puts toasting first. It can heat up to nine pieces of bread at a time and features unique cooking functions for sandwiches and quick convection cooking. When toasting bread, the Chef’s Convection Toaster has a feature called “always even” toast control, which allows you to tune your toaster based on what shade of golden brown you prefer. It’s a level of granular control you won’t find on most toasters or smart ovens.

Though its toasting duties come first, the Chef’s Convection Toaster works well as a general smart oven, too. Its 15 cooking functions make it one of the most versatile ovens. It also has more accessories than your typical smart oven, including a pizza stone, two cooking racks, and an enamel baking and broiling pan. With its 0.95-cubic-foot capacity, it’s a larger oven that can cook a pizza or a whole chicken. While it does cost more than our top pick, the Breville Smart Oven Pro, this oven’s toasting precision makes it an excellent choice if you’re looking for an oven that truly doubles as a quality toaster. 

Best smart wall oven: Samsung 30-inch Built-in Single Wall Oven

Samsung 30” Built-in Single Wall Oven is the best smart wall oven.

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Samsung 30-inch Built-in Single Wall Oven features a large capacity, WiFi compatibility, and intuitive digital controls.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 28 3/16 x 29 ¾ x 26 ⅝ inches
  • Weight: 130 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Bake, broil, keep warm, bread/proof
  • Amperage: 20 amperes
  • $1,299

Pros 

  • 5.1-cubic-foot capacity
  • Full-touch display for easy use
  • Pairs with the SmartThings App for control from your phone

Cons 

  • Expensive, especially compared to traditional built-in ovens
  • Black stainless steel finish costs nearly $100 more than stainless 

Unlike most of the ovens on our list, the Samsung 30-inch Built-in Single Wall Oven is a conventional oven rather than a secondary appliance made to sit on your counter. By connecting it to WiFi, you can control the oven with your phone via Samsung’s SmartThings ecosystem. That means you can preheat your oven or adjust its temperature from another room.

We also appreciate that it’s Americans with Disabilities Act compliant, meeting certain specifications around maximum high-forward reach for controls, one-handed controls, and safety measures without tight grasping or twisting. These specifications make it possible for anyone to use the oven.

Unsurprisingly, the exceptionally well-made smart oven with connected features costs considerably more than a traditional wall oven. Compared to other smart wall ovens, however, it isn’t poorly priced. Meanwhile, Samsung’s WiFi connectivity, self-cleaning options, and ADA compliance set it apart from most competitors.

Best smart microwave oven: TOSHIBA ML-EM34P Smart Countertop Microwave

TOSHIBA ML-EM34P

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Smart features allow you to create presets and activate all of the features of this WiFi-enabled microwave.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 16.6 x 20.4 x 12.4 inches
  • Weight: 35 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Popcorn, Kitchen timer, Eco mode
  • Wattage: 1100W
  • Price: $143.99

Pros 

  • Pairs with Alexa for easy voice operation
  • Powerful
  • Affordable

Cons 

  • Requires an external Alexa device for voice commands
  • Not as powerful

Toshiba’s ML-EM34P offers an updated approach to microwaving food. Instead of cooking preset buttons, you can press a button to ask Alexa to operate the microwave with commands like, “Reheat 8 ounces of rice.” You need an external Alexa device to use those commands, but you also have the option to operate it using an app if you don’t have one yet.

At $179.99, this 1.3-cubic-foot capacity microwave is right in the middle of the pack price and size-wise, but it has features our other recommendations lack. Our only complaint is that at 1100W, it’s a little less powerful than some of the larger ovens. That’s par for the course for a microwave, but something to consider.

Best smart oven air fryer: Ninja DCT401

https://www.amazon.com/Ninja-DCT451-Thermometer-FlavorSeal-Convection/dp/B0BRL9F8HV/ref=sr_1_3?crid=32JMSQNZGMR36&keywords=ninja+double+oven&qid=1677646047&s=home-garden&sprefix=ninja+double+oven%2Cgarden%2C84&sr=1-3#:~:text=2%20VIDEOS-,Ninja%20DCT451,-12%2Din%2D1

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Ninja DCT401’s dual-door design is no gimmick—it’s genuinely useful.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 16.39 x 21.5 x 13.26 inches
  • Weight: 31 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Dehydrate, air fry, air roast, whole roast, pizza
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $329.99

Pros 

  • Can cook multiple dishes simultaneously
  • Compact design
  • Easy to use

Cons 

  • May be too small for some applications

We’re generally wary of kitchen gadgets built around a fancy-looking design. It’s easy for a company to choose style over substance to catch your eye while compromising performance. Thankfully that isn’t the case with Ninja’s DCT401.

This is the only smart oven with two doors, a niche feature you’ll only see in a handful of full-sized ovens. Pushing a button on the handle will open the top door, while pulling the handle without the button will open both. It’s an incredible-looking party trick, but once you get over the “oohing” and “ahhing,” you’re in for the real treat. The DCT401’s chambers can be operated independently, meaning you can set their time and temperature individually.

If you’re cooking protein as your main dish and starchy vegetables as your side, you can time your recipes so that they finish simultaneously. Dual-chamber air fryers have been around for a bit, but this is the first time we’ve seen that concept in a smart oven, and we hope the trend continues to grow. The 401 was smart enough actually to heat both chambers appropriately, and the recipes we tried turned out. Now, the downside to this oven is that Ninja had to split up the vertical space of this smart oven into two sections. This means you won’t be able to cook as much in the bottom as in a single-chamber smart oven.

We think this tradeoff is worthwhile given the feature you’re getting, but it’s something to consider if you plan to rely more on a countertop appliance than your full-sized oven. We’d argue that the Ninja 401’s design is more efficient for many applications and could replace a pair of appliances rather than just one. All you need to know is that this smart oven isn’t just a flashy-looking tool; its performance matches its pretty face.

Best compact: Our Place Wonder Oven

Our Place Wonder Oven

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wonder Oven is the eye-catching even-cooking smart oven we’ve all been waiting for.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.6 x 11.5 x 10.6 inches
  • Weight: 11.6 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Air fry, bake, broil, reheat, roast, toast
  • Wattage: 1400W
  • Price: $195

Pros 

  • Small but powerful
  • Sturdy feeling
  • Lightweight
  • Comes in fun colors

Cons 

  • May not be big enough to cook for a big crowd

The first thing we noticed when unboxing Our Place’s Wonder Oven was its gorgeous design, courtesy of both its Blue Salt colorway and cube shape. In a world of nondescript rectangular chrome appliances, this smart oven stands out in the best possible way. While the Wonder Oven is smaller and lighter than most of our other recommendations, it’s still as capable of cooking thick cuts of meat or servings of sides as larger models.

Part of the Wonder Oven’s appeal is its ability to fit in tight spaces, which is essential if you’re short on counterspace. This could be the answer if you’ve wanted an air fryer but haven’t had enough room to justify one. Depending on your needs, you can also use the Wonder Oven to bake, broil, reheat, roast, and toast food. Despite its toy-like look, we found this smart oven to be every bit as polished as our bigger, more expensive recommendations.

Its temperature, cooking setting, and timer knobs had enough resistance that you wouldn’t accidentally miss your mark without requiring too much force. Similarly, the door’s hinge had the right amount of tension so that it wouldn’t fly open with a light tug. All of these little details added up, and make the Wonder Oven a (relatively) portable powerhouse, at least compared to other smart ovens.

The Wonder Oven performed very well in our cooking tests, turning fresh potato wedges into air fries and broccoli into a tasty charred side. Cookies cooked evenly on its bake setting, too. While you could fit an entire chicken inside the Wonder Oven, you’ll have to be very conscious about the size of your bird to pull it off. This leads to our only reservation about the Wonder Oven: its small size is a double-edged sword.

Given its compact frame and cooking performance, the Wonder Oven is a slam dunk if you don’t cook large batches of food. If you’re cooking for a party, however, you may find yourself cooking batch after back of a side or turning to your full-sized oven for backup.

Best budget smart oven: NuWave Bravo XL

NuWave Bravo XL is the best smart convection oven.

NuWave

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The NuWave Bravo XL features a three-speed convection fan and a large capacity perfect for evenly cooking pizzas, whole chickens, large roasts, and more. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 23 x 19 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 24.6 pounds 
  • Noteworthy cooking modes: Air fry, dehydrate, grill, frozen, slow roast, yogurt
  • Wattage: 1800W
  • Price: $177.75

Pros 

  • Adjustable heating elements for precise cooking
  • Digital temperature probe
  • Wide temperature 50 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit.
  • Huge interior

Cons 

  • Weighs nearly 25 pounds

The NuWave Bravo XL smart oven is primarily a convection oven but can do much more. Its three-speed convection fan ensures an even and thorough cook, but it also features top and bottom heating elements that you can adjust independently. It also has a built-in digital temperature probe that automatically ends the cooking cycle when your food reaches the right internal temperature. 

The XL in the name isn’t just for show. The Bravo XL’s cubic-foot interior can accommodate six slices of toast and even a 10-pound chicken. In comparison, the Cuisinart AirFryer Toaster Oven has a 0.60-cubic-foot interior, while the Emeril Power AirFryer 360 has a 0.53-cubic-foot interior. And it has the power to match. Most countertop ovens feature temperature ranges from about 120-450 degrees Fahrenheit; the NuWave Bravo XL Smart Oven features a range of 50-500 degrees F.

That spacious interior and wide cooking range come at the expense of space: It’s also a big oven and weighs almost 25 pounds, so it’s for larger kitchens only.

Things to consider before buying the best smart oven

Smart ovens are a relatively new kitchen gadget, but they’re rapidly gaining popularity. Even for cooks with an oven, the increased range of cooking types adds versatility to most kitchens in a single package. Meanwhile, they also offer presets that cater to cooking specific types of food, which can take some guesswork out of meal preparation. With plenty of smart oven brands and models, it can be tricky to tell which option is best. Here’s how to ensure you choose the best smart oven for your kitchen.

Oven size

Smart ovens come in many sizes, so it’s important to consider what you’ll need and what will fit in your space. Consider whether the smart oven will replace an appliance in your kitchen, like a toaster oven or air fryer, then figure out how much room you have to spare. Remember that, depending on what you hope to cook, you may not need the biggest possible oven. Bigger isn’t always better: While you want an oven that can handle the dishes you prepare most often, larger ovens can take longer to heat up. It’s best to look for a smart oven large enough for your typical cooking needs and no bigger.  

Cooking modes

A smart oven is a utilitarian appliance that usually offers many kinds of cooking. Basic oven features like baking, broiling, toasting, and reheating are all common options. Some more advanced models offer seven or even 10 cooking modes in a single device, though, including reheating, air frying, roasting, and pizza making. Those more advanced models tend to be bigger and more expensive, so you may have to compromise between getting the features you want and the smart oven that makes the most sense for you and your home.

Automated features

Smart ovens set themselves apart from conventional countertop ovens with automated features, which allow you to prepare foods without having to monitor the oven as intensely as you need to watch a traditional oven. For example, many ovens feature automated settings that will bring the oven to the correct temperature, then monitor and adjust that temperature throughout the cooking process. They may also automatically turn down the temperature after cooking and switch to a warming setting so the dish is ready to enjoy without getting overcooked. These capabilities are often accompanied by features like oven cameras that you can access from your smartphone to check the dish’s progress from another room. Some ovens even learn which settings you use most often and automatically select them to save you more time.

Extra features

You can also look for a smart oven with extra features that enhance its performance and ease of use. Options like an in-oven camera let you keep a close eye on your food without opening the oven door, a must-have for sensitive foods like a souffle. Some ovens even feature the ability to cook two dishes at different temperatures simultaneously. Others feature generously sized touchscreens that you can use to watch videos or check your social media. Remember that while these extra features are fun, they can increase the oven’s price. 

FAQs

Q: What is the advantage of a smart oven? 

Countertop smart ovens often feature more ways of cooking food, such as convection technology, which makes them capable of standing in for a conventional oven in ways that a toaster oven cannot. Appliance-size smart ovens, like our wall oven pick, often reflect the more conventional smart oven definition: an internet-connected device that allows you to control cooking and other features using your phone.

Q: Why would you need WiFi on an oven? 

WiFi connectivity lets you operate your oven through your smartphone or a compatible AI assistant such as Amazon Alexa. This allows you to preheat an oven or change its temperature when you’re in another room. A WiFi-connected oven may also offer other conveniences, like the ability to monitor food usage and reorder those foods so you don’t run out.

Q: How much does a smart oven cost? 

The cost of a smart oven varies significantly depending on the brand, size, number of cooking types, and more. Smaller smart ovens with limited features often start around $150, but larger, more versatile models can cost many hundreds of dollars.

Final thoughts on the best smart ovens

Combining a lower price point with plenty of versatility and a more compact design, smart ovens like the Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro greatly expand the range of things you can do with a countertop oven. If you’re looking to simplify your cooking workflow and consolidate appliances like your toaster oven and air fryer into a single device, a smart oven may make sense for you.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart ovens of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best pizza ovens in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-pizza-oven/ Fri, 21 May 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=365249
A closer look inside the Gozney Dome pizza oven
Stan Horaczek

We slice through the competition to find you the best pizza makers to get the most out of your dough.

The post The best pizza ovens in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A closer look inside the Gozney Dome pizza oven
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Stainless steel pizza oven. Ooni Karu 12
SEE IT

This pizza oven can be brought to any outdoor event and uses both wood and charcoal.
Best large A large oven all metal and silver color, with a long chimney-shaped tube and wide from below to create space for baking that will be done in it. ALFA 4 Pizze Outdoor Stainless Steel Oven
SEE IT

This pizza oven can cook up to four pizzas at once. It also has built-in lateral shelves and a peel holder.
Best countertop A copper and oven for silver pizza and rectangular shape and inside it with a grill in which there is a pizza. Professional Series Pizza Oven Baker
SEE IT

This fits easily on your countertop and can handle pizzas up to 12 inches.

A dedicated pizza oven can really revolutionize your pizza game. Takeout and delivery ’za is expensive. Frozen slices are tragic. While investing in a pizza maker sounds like an excessive “solution,” it’s actually essential if you want to upgrade meals instantly while saving money in the long run. Say bye-bye to soggy bottoms and freezer burn. Plus, baking pizza is fun! On a night at home, making a pizza together as a family is a great boredom buster, bonding activity, and time filler. And when you’re done, you have a delish meal to share that you all made together (which automatically makes it taste better). The best pizza oven is a small kitchen appliance worth adding to your cooking arsenal ASAP.

How we chose the best pizza ovens

There’s nothing like a piping-hot slice with all your favorite toppings. And there’s really nothing like making one of those picture-perfect pies all by yourself. Whether you like deep dish, thin crust, or a classic New York slice, it’s possible to find the best pizza oven for you once you know what you’re looking for. The trick is to know your budget and then go from there. Pizza makers can range anywhere from 40 bucks to thousands of smackeroos, so narrow down your options by price, then decide what features are non-negotiable: Do you want something that rotates on its own, so you don’t have to stand sentry and turn the pie every few minutes? Would you like to be able to pop the machine in the dishwasher when you’re done? Are you looking for something that can make multiple pies at once to satisfy both the pineapple-and-ham lover and the pepperoni-only lover in your group? The world of cooking appliances is vast and potentially overwhelming, so this list of the best pizza ovens is where to start. 

The best pizza ovens: Reviews & Recommendations

There are lots of options on this list because pizza comes in lots of different forms. Sure, some smart ovens have a pizza option, but there’s nothing quite like a dedicated device that’s finely tuned for its pizza purpose. Be sure to check out all of the models before deciding to make sure you get the model that works best for you.

Best overall: Ooni Karu 12

Stainless steel pizza oven.

Ooni

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: Up to 900 degrees F
  • Fuel: Wood, charcoal, or gas (with the optional adapter, which we recommend)
  • Price: $299

Pros

  • Heats up in just 15 minutes
  • High maximum temperature
  • Relatively compact for its level of sophistication
  • Maintains heat nicely
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Requires an optional adapter for gas power

Use the Ooni Karu 12 to level up your homemade pizza game. It can reach up to 950 degrees Fahrenheit and is ready to use within 15 minutes. To get it going, you can pick your preference between wood or charcoal. The specially designed fuel tray maximizes airflow to bolster the flames while leaving it with no excess ash to clean out after cooking. Weighing in at just over 26 pounds, you can bring this oven anywhere, from your backyard to a park BBQ. If you want to use the oven for other food—like steak, fish, or vegetables—Ooni has add-ons and other cast iron cookware to make the Ooni Karu 12 super multifunctional.

This portable, patio-sized artisan pizza oven is ready to cook with charcoal or wood right out of the box. The optional gas adapter allows it to cook with liquid propane, which is even easier than the other methods. The double-layer ceiling, ceramic pizza stone, and micro-adjust flame controls achieve heating dynamics like a wood-fired brick oven, perfect if you want to bake bread, roast meats, or just make a perfect artisan pie. And a built-in temperature gauge monitors your slices. 

Best upgrade: Gozney Dome

Gozney Dome pizza oven with fire inside outdoors

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: Up to 950 degrees F
  • Fuel: Wood, charcoal, or gas
  • Price: $1,999 and up

Pros

  • Beautiful design
  • Maximum temp goes over 900 degrees
  • Sturdy cart and side tables
  • Easy electric start
  • Simple temperature control
  • Steam injector prevents dry bread

Cons

  • Requires some trial and error
  • Expensive

At first glance, you know this is a pizza oven. The elegant dome shape and visible flame licking the insides of the cooking chamber give it away right away. Our test unit sits on the optional stand, which holds the oven at the ideal working height. It also adds a pair of handy side tables for basic prep and setting down tools. 

The oven itself operates on either gas or traditional wood fire. To cook in gas mode, this Dome works a lot like a propane grill. You simply turn on the gas, press the electric starter, and watch the fire woosh across the top of the chamber. The flame resides on one side of the oven, so you can control cook times by adjusting the pizza’s proximity to it. It really closely emulates the process of cooking with a wood fire. In gas mode, the oven reached more than 930 degrees Fahrenheit in under 20 minutes. It didn’t require any tending or finesse. It’s a wonderfully simple process. 

The wood cooking process is relatively similar. You build your fire on the other side of the chamber. An air intake below the wood area allows a built-in fan to blow a consistent and controllable breeze across the wood to get it lit and keep it glowing. It offers just enough help to make the process accessible without taking out the artistry of it. 

Cooking on this grill requires some practice. You’ll need to figure out just how high you want your temperature, where to put the pie when you first slide it into the cooking chamber, and how to move it so the whole thing cooks evenly. It took us three or four test pies before we really dialed in our settings for a classic Neapolitan pie. But once we had it figured out, it was easy to replicate.

This is obviously a splurge when it comes to outdoor cooking, but the Dome also offers commercial-grade construction, so it will perform reliably for years to come. That means fewer wasted ingredients and less frequent maintenance. 

Most versatile: Ninja Woodfire 8-in-1 Outdoor Oven

The Ninja Woodfire Pizza Oven on its stand

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: 105-700 degrees F
  • Fuel: Electricity
  • Price: $399

Pros

  • Extremely easy to use
  • Also great for a variety of other cooking situations
  • Compact
  • Woodfire compartment allows for adding smoke taste
  • Doesn’t require propane or wood fuel

Cons

  • 700-degree max temp isn’t as hot as other options
  • Cooking area just big enough for one pizza

We love pizza as much as the next person, but you must eat something else occasionally. Ninja’s compact outdoor oven is ready to handle just about anything you’d ever want to scarf down. The oven itself is about the size of a microwave. It draws its power from electricity, so you simply plug it in, put in the proper accessories, racks, or pizza stone, set the temperature, and let it preheat. It’s a very simple hands-off process, unlike the other more complex models on this list. 

The oven offers five different pizza settings: thin crust, pan, New York, Neapolitan, and even frozen. We tried the Neapolitan and New York modes, which cook at very high temperatures. It took about 15 minutes to get to its max temp, then we slide in the pizza and closed the door. It requires almost no real learning curve, and you don’t need to rotate or babysit it. Once you open the door, you’re left with a very well-cooked pizza. We were extremely surprised at how well it cooked without our attention. 

The cooking chamber isn’t massive. Our 12-inch (roughly) pizza just barely fit and took a little nudging to make sure it wasn’t oozing over the sizes. But, with super-quick cook times, you can go through several pies in a hurry. Afterward, cleanup is relatively simple since the pizza stone comes out of the oven for simple washing. The rest of the oven chamber didn’t get dirty, so it was a quick job.

Once you’re done making pizza, you have many different cooking functions at your disposal. It can roast, broil, bake, dehydrate, and more. It can even smoke. It easily keeps a 225- to 250-degree temperature, and the pellet box on the side of the oven allows it to easily imbue smoke flavor onto whatever you’re cooking (a feature familiar to grillmasters). 

This is an all-around great cooker for people who want occasional pizzas without taking up tons of space with a single-use device. 

Best for beginners: Nexgrill Ora

The Nexgrill Ora pizza oven

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: Up to 800 degrees F
  • Fuel: Electricity
  • Price: $299

Pros

  • Easy setup
  • Rotation knob
  • Compact design

Cons

  • No thermometer

Cooking homemade pizza in a 900 degree Fahrenheit oven can feel very intimidating but Nexigrill’s Ora has a feature that makes it way easier to get great results on your first try. A knob on the right side lets you rotate the oven’s central pizza stone, turning your pizza to achieve even cooking. Other pizza ovens require you to turn your pizza manually, which can feel stressful and intimidating. Pizza ovens are pretty unforgiving because of their extreme heat; 10 seconds can be the difference between a perfectly cooked pizza and a charred mess.

Setting up Nexgrill’s Ora was surprisingly easy. The oven itself comes fully assembled; all we had to do was insert the five pieces of its stone inside. It felt like a giant, easy-to-complete puzzle. With the pizza stones fully in place, it was time to connect the oven to a propane tank and start cooking. The Ora is a gas-powered pizza oven, which is friendly to new pizzaiolos as you’ll get a consistent heat source without worrying about feeding wood chips or logs into a hopper. That said, a chamber on top of the Ora can be filled with wood, which will burn and impart a wood-fired smokey flavor to your pies.

Turning on the Ora was as simple as twisting its power knob to the on position (there’s a picture of a flame, you can’t miss it) and waiting a few seconds for the fire to start. The Ora’s flame is concentrated toward the back of the oven, so rotating your pie is necessary. After waiting about 10 minutes for it to heat up—our only complaint is that the Ora doesn’t have a built-in thermometer so you can check its temperature—it was time to cook.

Getting pizzas into and out of the oven worked the same way as with other ovens we’ve tested: flour your dough on a peel, top it lightly, launch it into an oven, then take it out after about 90 to 120 seconds. The difference was that we got a more even cook every time using the Ora’s rotation knob. The knob offers just enough resistance that you won’t send the pie spinning like a top while still being easy to turn. In our experience, the result was better-looking (and better-tasting) pizza every time. When we were done cooking, all we had to do was turn the Ora’s power knob to the off position; the flames stopped, and we could wait for the oven to cool down before putting it away.

Cooking homemade pizza in an outdoor oven has become a lot more popular in the last few years, and if you’re looking for a good entry point into the hobby, we highly recommend Nexgrill’s Ora.

Best large: ALFA 4 Pizze Outdoor Stainless Steel Wood-Fired Oven

A large oven all metal and silver color, with a long chimney-shaped tube and wide from below to create space for baking that will be done in it.

ALFA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: Up to 950 degrees F
  • Fuel: Wood
  • Price: $4,499

Pros

  • Commercial grade
  • Will last forever
  • Heats up quickly
  • Lots of space for cooking
  • Excellent wood-fired flavor

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Requires technique

You get what you pay for. This wood-fueled cooker is a looker and super-efficient thanks to a stainless steel dome. You’ll achieve 840 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes to achieve that truly wood-fired char. Additionally, this backyard pizza oven got bonus features, including shelves and utensil holders and ceramic-fiber insulation (which maintains warmth and reduces wood consumption).

Best countertop: Professional Series Pizza Oven Baker

A copper and oven for silver pizza and rectangular shape and inside it with a grill in which there is a pizza.

Continental Electric

SEE IT

Specs

  • Temperature range: Up to 900 degrees F
  • Fuel: Electricity
  • Price: $75

Pros

  • Fits on a countertop
  • Stainless design is easy to clean
  • Simple to learn
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • Doesn’t offer much in the way of control over the cook

This durable, stainless steel countertop pizza oven preheats in minutes, features a cool-touch handle, and cleans up quickly. Able to cook a 9-inch pizza in six minutes thanks to top and bottom heating elements, it’s perfect for the busy undergrad or grad or grown-up—basically anyone who wants something relatively affordable and simple to operate. And a 30-minute timer reminds you that food is ready. Families and groups with different tastes will definitely benefit from the adjustable heat setting. 

Things to consider when picking the best backyard pizza ovens

If you’re looking for a small pizza oven for your backyard or patio, size is as important as quality. If you don’t have much space to spare, look for something highly regarded but won’t take up a huge amount of room. (Note that just because a pizza oven is small doesn’t mean it will be lightweight, so plan to use a strong, stable surface—one where you wouldn’t mind leaving the oven for a while.) The best small oven can be used for more than just ’za—you can cook fish, veggies, and other stuff al fresco when the weather’s right. 

If you’ve got room—and dough!—to spare in your outdoor space, go big and go home! A massive restaurant-style backyard pizza oven won’t just turn out stellar pies; it’ll also give you serious bragging rights (these are very, very cool looking). In general, a larger oven will heat up to hotter temps and feature extras like a wooden handle (for easy, burn-free opening and closing), as well as a stainless steel dome.

How to pick the best electric pizza oven for your needs

There are pros and cons to an electric pizza oven. Though they might not turn out the restaurant-quality ’za of a big beautiful brick or stainless-steel oven, they do the job without taking up a huge amount of room. Plus, they’re safe to use inside. And just because they’re not as fancy as, say, a massive outdoor gas option, lots of newer options come with the bells and whistles of their bricky brethren, like quick preheating times, easy cleanup, and a built-in timer. Nestle this baby between the toaster oven and coffee maker, and you’re good to go.

Want to cook pizza like a pro but don’t know how? Pick a simple oven!

Sure, if you’re a more confident dough designer, you could splurge on something complicated, like a backyard pizza oven or professional-grade model with loads of extras. But if you’re just a hungry person with limited time and/or space, or maybe someone intimidated by overly customizable kitchen appliances, search for something small and easy to use. A simple oven will rack up many enjoyable meals.

Got more dough to cook than to spend? No worries!

Two words: Betty. Crocker. The fictional best mom in the world has been around since 1921, and though she’s known for her cookies, her pizza oven is a top choice among homemade pizza aficionados. In addition to being a legacy brand, the Betty Crocker pizza oven is versatile and a total bargain. Plus, it’s lightweight and travel-friendly, ideal if you can’t imagine traveling without your very own pizza maker.

FAQs

Q: How do you clean the inside of a pizza oven?

Every model is different, so read the instructions that come with yours to avoid any mishaps. In general, if you have a classic stainless steel or wood-fired oven, invest in a scraper brush to remove food and ash. You can also use a damp, hot rag to remove peskier residue. Some smaller electric models are dishwasher-safe (when securely removed from all electrical sources, of course). Again, when in doubt, read the user manual.

Q: How long do you cook pizza in a pizza oven?

The answer depends on what kind of pizza oven you’re using, the temp you’re cooking at, and how you like your ’za. After that, it’s a bit of trial and error and requires total concentration and supervision, at least in the beginning, and plenty of rotation for an even cook. Lower temps could mean a pizza takes 20 minutes to cook; higher temps could mean piping-fresh dough in a few minutes. Again, read your user’s manual, follow directions, and don’t be afraid to trust your instincts. If you feel your pizza is ready, pull it out and check!

Q: What is the best pizza oven for home use?

The answer depends on your home type, how seriously you take your pizza-making, and what kind of budget you’re working with. If you’re short on space and want to keep things simple, a standard countertop electric pizza oven will get the job done and pinch-hit on other foods like eggs and baked goods, saving you money and space. If you fashion yourself a pizza aficionado and/or aspiring chef—and you’ve got the outside space to spare—you can go for a high-end, professional-quality cooker. The good news is that there are loads of options in between for those Goldilocks-like pizza makers out there. 

Related: You need somewhere to enjoy that slice, so grab the best patio furniture.

Final thoughts on choosing the best pizza ovens for your needs

The best pizza oven for you and your family could be a massive backyard pizza oven, a countertop pizza oven, or even one of your favorite small kitchen appliances—like the Betty Crocker pizza oven, which doubles as a miracle worker on all sorts of foods. The biggest things to consider before you invest are your budget, space, and particular needs and wants from your new kitchen gadget. What’s right for you may not be right for someone else, so figure out how much you want to spend, then go looking for the right pizza oven—it’s definitely out there. Buon appetito!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best pizza ovens in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save big on a mini Ninja air fryer that’s 50% off on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/ninja-mini-air-fryer-amazon-deal/ Thu, 03 Aug 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=561024
Kitchen products on a pink and orange background
Amanda Reed

Whether accessorizing a dorm room or a new studio apartment, this mini air fryer from Ninja is convenient to pack and perfect for a quick mid-move snack.

The post Save big on a mini Ninja air fryer that’s 50% off on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Kitchen products on a pink and orange background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’ve hit August (insert that one Tuck Everlasting quote about August), which means it’s way too hot to use the oven. However, the heat doesn’t stop any cravings for french fries, dinosaur nuggets, and mozzarella sticks. Counter space is also an issue—whether you’re an adult in a studio apartment or buying for a college kid who doesn’t have a kitchen. Solve your cooking dilemma without sacrificing space with this Ninja mini air fryer, on sale for 50% off on Amazon.

Ninja AF080 Mini Air Fryer $39.99 (Was $79.99)

A Ninja mini air fryer on a blue and white background

Ninja

SEE IT

Don’t let this air fryer’s small size fool you—it can fit up to one pound of french fries, 10 taquitos, and not one, but two Hot Pockets. If you’re looking for scientific measurements, that’s two quarts-worth of space. Regardless, that’s plenty of room to make a post-night-out midnight snack. The basket is dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning, and the cooking basket and crisper plate include a nonstick coating so crumbs don’t overstay their welcome. Plus, you don’t have to worry about waiting near your air fryer while your food is cooking: You get alerted when your food is done.

You won’t get alerted when this deal is done, so snag it before other parents, college kids, and new apartment tenants.

Here are more home & kitchen deals perfect for minimalist spaces and max savings:

The post Save big on a mini Ninja air fryer that’s 50% off on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best drip coffee makers in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-drip-coffee-makers/ Tue, 01 Aug 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560414
Best drip coffee makers sliced header
Tony Ware

We've brewed up a comprehensive list of the best-looking, best-performing, drippiest coffee makers available, according to experts.

The post The best drip coffee makers in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best drip coffee makers sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Breville Precision Brewer drip coffee maker product image Breville Precision Brewer
SEE IT

There are multiple presets, as well as many adjustable, programmable options so you can craft your perfect carafe.
Best splurge Wolf gourmet best splurge drip coffee maker product image Wolf Gourmet Coffee Maker
SEE IT

The renowned precision controls of their heirloom brand ensure the perfect result based on the strength and volume selected.
Most colorful Technivorm MoccaMaster best color drip coffee maker in orange Technivorm MoccaMaster
SEE IT

The MoccaMaster offers ideal brewing temperatures for both half and full carafes, as well as two-dozen finishes to match your appliance aesthetics.

A drip coffee maker is as essential an appliance as a refrigerator or (countertop) oven for most of us coffee lovers. And that is no surprise to Greg Dawson, director of coffee for Bellwether Coffee in Berkeley, Calif., who says drip coffee makers offer several advantages. “Generally, they are user-friendly, can produce a sizable amount of coffee at once, and offer customization options like brew strength and water temperature.”

Despite being straightforward to use, the sheer variety of brewing apparatus—from different sizes and shapes to the assortment of features available—can make it difficult to know what to look for when choosing one. However, we’ve tested many and also spoken with experts to come up with this list of the best drip coffee makers. 

How we chose the best drip coffee makers

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including Forbes, CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, TechRadar, Better Homes & Gardens, and Bob Vila. I’ve tested and written about several dozen coffee makers and brought this experience to the task of narrowing down the drip coffee maker options based on various factors—and also interviewed several coffee experts for suggestions and tips on making the best cup. 

The best drip coffee maker: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’re the kind of person who lives to tinker with every cup’s grind size and water temperature, it’s better to opt for a specialty coffee machine like the xBloom. But one of the great things about drip coffee, and our suggestions for drip coffee makers, is the amount of effort required to enjoy your java is quite minimal. 

“Overall, the level of customization is limited in comparison to, say, a pour-over,” says Bellwether Coffee’s Dawson. “But if you are looking for a solid cup of joe in the morning, [a drip coffee maker] is a great choice.”

Based on rigorous testing and the factors explained at the end of this roundup, along with our personal love of coffee accouterments and recommendations from colleagues, these are the best drip coffee makers.

Best overall: Breville Precision Brewer  

Breville Precision Brewer best overall drip coffeemaker with chrome thermal carafe on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s programmable, with adjustable temperatures and customizable brewing modes—yet easy to operate and beautiful to look at. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14” x 9” x 16”
  • Weight: 3.15 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 60 ounces
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Six brewing mode presets
  • SGA Gold Cup standard certification
  • Includes both flat bottom and cone filter baskets
  • Three flow rates
  • Adjustable temperature
  • Programmable
  • Supports pour-over mode

Cons

  • Water tank lid doesn’t attach

The Breville Precision Brewer has so many features that it’s hard to list them all. It has presets for Gold (according to SCA Gold Cup standards), Fast, Strong, Iced, Cold Brew, and you can even customize a My Brew option to remember your favorite settings. People who like to make adjustments will appreciate being able to adjust the bloom time, brew temperature, and choose from one of three flow rates for the Thermocoil heating system.

The generous 60-ounce thermal carafe provides the ability to brew a little or a lot of coffee, and the water container has markings listed in both ounces and cups to ensure you pour just the right amount of water. And since the shape of the filter basket can determine the type of coffee (for example, a flat bottom basket is better for medium and dark roasts, while a cone shape does better with light coffees), Breville includes both flat and cone-shaped options.

The thermal stainless-steel carafe keeps coffee hot for a long time (although you can also order the model with the glass carafe instead if that’s your preference). The coffee maker can even use a drip adapter when you want to make pour-over coffee instead of brewing into the carafe. It’s the best auto coffee maker, and the only con we can find (and this is really nit-picking) is that the water tank’s lid isn’t permanently attached like almost every other coffee maker we’ve ever tested. So, instead of just flipping it up, you need to take the lid off and set it down somewhere until you’ve filled the water tank. 

Best smart: Café Specialty Drip 

Cafe Specialty best smart drip coffee maker with a black carafe on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Built-in WiFi lets you control the coffeemaker via your smartphone or Alexa and Google Home.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14” x 7.3” x 12.5”
  • Weight: 10 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Built-in WiFi
  • Programmable
  • SGA Gold Cup standard certification
  • Adjustable water temperature
  • Three color choices

Cons

  • No presets to brew iced and cold coffee

With a temperature range of 185 to 205 degrees F, the Café Specialty Drip Coffee Maker—which is SCA Gold Cup Certified—lets you brew gold, light, medium, and bold strengths. (For the price, we wish it had presets for iced and cold brew as well.) The coffee maker is simply beautiful and available in three finishes: matte black, matte white, and stainless steel—each with copper trim. There’s also a glass carafe option. 

The coffee maker is easy to use, with touch buttons to select the strength and temperature. Easy-to-read markings on the water tank (in both cups and ounces) also make it easy to pour water into the machine. However, perhaps the best feature is the ability to control this WiFi-enabled connected coffee maker via smartphone. You can set the strength, temperature, amount, and even program it without ever touching the coffee maker. In addition, voice assistants such as Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant can also be used, making this machine the best choice for a smart home.

Best with grinder: Breville Grind Control 

Breville Grind Control best with grinder chrome drip coffee maker on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a built-in grinder with six settings and the option also to use pre-ground coffee, you can always find the perfect consistency.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.5” x 8.5” x 16.3”
  • Weight: 16 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 cups
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Built-in grinder with six ground settings
  • Programmable
  • Can also use pre-ground coffee

Cons

  • Looks rather plain compared to some coffee makers

If you take your coffee seriously, the brushed stainless steel Breville Grind Control puts you in control. It has a built-in grinder with a stainless-steel burr and six grind settings. This lets you select the optimized grind for various coffee beans, including Brazilian, Colombian, and Sumatran. It can also grind and brew directly into your stainless steel thermal carafe.

However, this coffee maker can also grind and brew from one to 12 cups so that you can brew into a coffee cup or travel mug, and the bean hopper can hold half a pound of coffee beans. The LCD display on top lets you see your selections, such as grind settings, grind time, and quantity. The programmable coffee maker includes a gold-tone filter and cleaning brush.

Best splurge: Wolf Gourmet Coffee Maker  

Wolf Gourmet best splurge drip coffee maker in chrome with red knobs on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The built-in scale weighs the coffee grounds to ensure the perfect result based on the strength and volume selected.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.5” x 11.5” x 14.5”
  • Weight: 13.8 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Built-in scale
  • Programmable
  • Adjustable brew strength
  • Removable water reservoir

Cons

  • Costs a pretty penny

The Wolf Gourmet Coffee Maker is just one of the famous Wolf Gourmet kitchen appliances—a line that includes countertop ovens, cutlery, cookware, blenders and toasters, mixers, griddles, and even multi-function cookers. All of the items are known for superior workmanship and precision control, and the appliances are known for their iconic red buttons. The Wolf Gourmet Coffee Maker is constructed of the same high-quality materials and will likely be an heirloom item.

It has an Accu-Brew setting with an integrated scale that weighs coffee grounds when you put them into the brew basket. Based on the number of cups selected and the brew strength selected (on a range from mild to bold), the scale indicates that the amount of coffee added is correct, not enough, or too much. However, for more control, coffee can also be brewed in manual mode. The coffee maker is also programmable, and the time can be set in 12-hour or 24-hour (military time) formats. Other convenient features include a completely removable water reservoir and front-load coffee drawer. Anyone with space concerns will appreciate not bumping into the back wall or the upper cabinets when making coffee.

Best design: OXO Brew 9 Cup  

OXO 9-Cup best design curvy chrome drip coffee maker on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The sleek, minimalist design looks good without taking up much space, and it’s ridiculously easy to use.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15 x 8.3 x 17.2
  • Weight: 10.5 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 9 cups
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Minimalist design
  • Programmable
  • SGA Gold Cup standard certification
  • Silicone mixing tube

Cons

  • Can’t adjust brew settings

Although I love the boxy design of the OXO Brew 8-Cup Coffee Maker, the slim, round shape of the OXO Brew 9-Cup Stainless Steel Coffee Maker (also known as the “Barista Brain”) still gets my vote for best design. It’s lightweight (10.5 pounds) and achieves just the right balance between stainless steel, glass, and black. Just watching the water draining out of the reservoir is a therapeutic experience similar to watching rain fall (but in reverse).

The coffee maker is also quite easy to use. There’s only one button. One. Merely press it to turn the coffee maker on and off, then turn it to select the clock, timer, and brew quantity. Selections are viewed on the intuitive LED interface. The stainless steel thermal carafe also includes a silicone mixing tube. As coffee is being brewed into the pot, the mixing tube thoroughly blends it to ensure the best taste.

Best for pods and grounds: Ninja Pods & Grounds Specialty Single-Serve Coffee Maker     

Ninja Pods & Grounds Single-Serve Coffee Maker drip coffee maker on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With the ability to use either pods or grounds and choose various brew sizes, this coffee maker can adapt to various users.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.07 x 5.51 x 13.31
  • Weight: 7.83 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 24 ounces
  • Carafe: N/A

Pros

  • Uses pods and grounds
  • Built-in milk frother
  • Four brew styles and various quantities
  • Removable water reservoir

Cons

  • Doesn’t support a carafe

Sometimes you may want the convenience of pods, and other times, you may prefer the economy of using ground coffee. The Ninja BP051 Pods & Grounds Specialty Single-Serve Coffee Maker can handle both. It’s programmable and has a generous 56-ounce water reservoir. The coffee maker can brew classic, rich, over ice, or specialty coffees. In addition, you can create lattes, cappuccinos, lattes, and macchiatos using the built-in milk frother, which can be used for hot or cold milk. It also folds out of the way when not in use.

When using pods, brew sizes are 6, 8, 10, or 12 ounces. When using grounds, you can brew all of the aforementioned sizes and also brew 18- and 24-ounce sizes. You can even brew into an 8-inch travel mug. Plus, the compact design of the coffee maker also makes it easy to store on your countertop.

Best single-serve and carafe: Keurig K Duo Plus  

Keurig K Duo Plus best chrome thermal carage drip coffee machine on a kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A Keurig with a thermal carafe? Yes, please, especially when you can still use coffee cups and mugs.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.19” x 8.2” x 15.88”
  • Weight: 15.97 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 12 ounces
  • Carafe: Thermal

Pros

  • Uses ground coffee or K Cup pods
  • Multiple-position water tank
  • Four brew sizes
  • Programmable

Cons

  • Lack of customizable features

If you like to use K cups and pods, and you’d like a thermal carafe to keep coffee hot, consider the Keurig K-Duo Plus Single Serve & Carafe Coffee Maker. It has a generous 60-ounce water reservoir that’s removable and can be positioned on the left side, right side, or even on the back of the machine, providing more versatility when dealing with space limitations. The stainless-steel thermal coffee keeps coffee warm for 2 hours and is also durable.

When brewing coffee, you can brew 6, 8, 10, or 12 ounces into the carafe. However, when using the K cups, you can brew 6-, 8-, 10-, and 12-ounce mug sizes as well.  There’s also an option to make the coffee stronger and more intense.  In addition, the gold-tone mesh filter eliminates the need for using disposable filters.

Best combination coffee/espresso maker: Cuisinart Coffee Center Barista Bar 4-in-1 Coffeemaker   

Cuisinart shiny silver coffee center best espresso drip coffee maker on a crowded kitchen counter

Terri Williams

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This fancy-schmancy coffee and espresso maker rivals your local coffee shop.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.88” x 12.88” x 16.85”
  • Weight: 21.44
  • Brewing capacity: 12 cups
  • Carafe: Glass carafe

Pros

  • Makes coffee and espresso
  • Uses coffee grounds and capsules
  • Programmable
  • Milk frother

Cons

  • Glass carafe

If you’re ready to splurge on a dual coffee maker/espresso maker, consider the Cuisinart Coffee Center Barista Bar 4-in-1 Coffeemaker. Besides offerings from Ninja and Keurig, there aren’t a lot of coffee makers that do a good job of also making espresso. I chose this one over the other few competitors because it doesn’t have as many plastic body parts and doesn’t look or feel as cheap. In fact, it has a sturdy and elegant look. The Barista Bar also has a brew strength control feature and adjustable temperatures, is programmable, plus the adjustable keep-warm and auto-shutoff can be adjusted. The coffee maker can also brew up to 12 cups of coffee.

In addition, the machine is compatible with any brand of single-cup pod, including Keurig K-Cup pods. And when you want espresso, it is compatible with Nespresso OriginalLine-style capsules and can make single or double espresso shots. The machine also has a steam wand that can be used to make lattes, cappuccinos, and other drinks. The wand can also be used to provide hot water for tea, soup, hot chocolate, and other hot drinks and meals.

Best color choices: Technivorm Moccamaster 53941 KBGV  

Technivorm MoccaMaster best color drip coffee maker in orange

Technivorm

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You can match (or mix) your kitchen décor with this high-quality coffee machine that comes in over two-dozen colors.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.25” x 12.75” x 14”
  • Weight: 6.25 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Glass

Pros

  • SGA Gold Cup standard certification
  • Auto pause function
  • Numerous color choices

Cons

  • No thermal carafe option
  • Water tank lid doesn’t attach

The SCA Certified Technivorm MoccaMaster is a popular coffee maker, especially among my PopSci colleagues. It can brew water to the best temperature for full coffee flavor—between 196 and 205 degrees—and is smart enough to shut off when it detects the absence of water in the water reservoir. It doesn’t have a thermal carafe, but the glass carafe sits on a hot plate that shuts off after 100 minutes. It also uses an auto-pause feature that stops coffee from flowing when the carafe has been removed.

The controls are simple to use. There’s an on/off button and a selector switch for half or full carafe, which controls the brewing speed, quantity, and hotplate temperature (between 175 and 185 degrees F). The cone-shaped brew basket steeps for 4-6 minutes, extracting all the grinds’ nuances, and an automatic drip-step makes sure there’s no mess when it’s time to pour the redolent elixir. Some of the color choices include polished silver, beetroot, black, brushed brass, butter yellow, candy apple red, juniper, midnight blue, turquoise, rose gold, pistachio, orange, and merlot red.

Best budget: Krups Simply Brew 

Krups Simple Brew best small budget drip coffee maker

Krups

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The economically priced coffee maker, which keeps coffee warm for an hour using the plate, is a good value for the money.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.27” x 6.65” x 12.83”
  • Weight: 4.06 pounds
  • Brewing capacity: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Glass

Pros

  • Economically priced
  • Permanent filter
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Not programmable

Proof that you don’t have to spend a lot of money on a coffee maker, the Krups Simply Brew is a simple machine that handles all of the basics. With the touch of a button, it starts brewing, so there are no fancy instructions to figure out—and not even a digital display clock to set (but you probably have one on your oven and your microwave, anyway). The reusable permanent filter helps you save on purchasing and throwing away disposable filters.  

When kept on the warming plate, the glass carafe can keep coffee warm for up to an hour. Then it shuts off as a safety measure. The coffee maker is a good choice for someone who just wants the best small drip machine to make a basic pot of coffee without all of the bells and whistles.   

Things to consider when buying drip coffee makers

Temperature

According to Sean Stewart, founder and director of Good Citizen Coffee in Nashville, Tenn., a high temperature is the most important feature. “When looking at a home coffee maker, I am looking first and foremost at whether or not it can brew at a high enough water temperature,” he says. Stewart says he wants it to reach 200 degrees Fahrenheit and above at the brew head and maintain above 190 degrees F for the entire brew.

Heather Perry, CEO at Klatch Coffee, also cites a high temperature as something to look for. “Get a brewer that brews hot water, and many brewers won’t get to 185 degrees F—which is really the minimum to brew a good cup of coffee.” You may be wondering why the temperature needs to be so high. “Below 185 F, and the water isn’t hot enough to extract all of the delicious flavor in the coffee, so you end up with an underwhelming cup.” Perry recommends a Technivorn MoccaMaster as a drip coffee maker that reaches high temperatures. 

In fact, Greg Dawson, director of coffee at Bellwether Coffee, recommends selecting a drip coffee maker with adjustable temperature controls. “This will allow you to manipulate the water temperature, which significantly impacts the flavor of your coffee,” he explains.

The Specialty Coffee Association of America (SPCA) has a Golden Cup Standard, in which the water temperature is 200 degrees F (plus or minus 5 degrees) when it comes in contact with coffee. We’ve noted which coffee makers on our list have this designation.

Carafe 

Drip coffee makers come with either glass or thermal carafes—also, some companies made identical models so that you can select the glass carafe model or the thermal carafe model. 

Perry recommends a brewer that brews into a thermal carafe instead of one that brews into a glass carafe that sits on a heated plate. “It will cost more, but your morning coffee will taste better throughout the morning,” she says. However, if you can’t avoid this, Perry recommends transferring it to a thermos after your coffee has finished brewing.

Filter basket 

Surely, your filter basket would be large enough to hold your coffee grounds, no? Well, no, according to Perry. “This one is hard to tell just by looking, but essentially many brew baskets don’t hold enough grounds, so you end up brewing a weak pot of coffee.” If you’ve never noticed, it could be that you don’t brew a full pot of coffee (for example, I tend only to brew 4 cups), or Perry says your coffee may be too weak. She recommends 2 tablespoons for every 6-8 oz of water as a great starting point. “If you are making a full pot of coffee and notice your brew basket is full to the brim with grounds, you need to make fewer cups at a time,” Perry says.  

In addition, Stewart recommends a removable brew basket—and trust us, it’s a lot easier to clean the basket if you can remove it. Disposable filters also make clean-up a breeze. However, Dawson says reusable filters can help to minimize the waste of throwing away paper filters each time.

Programmability and other features

Another feature that Stewart, Perry, and Dawson all recommend is a programmable coffee maker so you can wake up to fresh coffee each morning.

And after you’ve covered all of the basics, Perry says you can start looking for other features that can make the brewing process more enjoyable. “From programming start times or changing how the water flows to various types of coffee like gold, strong, over ice, or cold brew, the Breville Precision Brewer is quite versatile.”

Grinder

Whether you’re considering a coffee maker with a built-in grinder or a separate grinder, Dawson says freshly ground coffee will yield a more flavorful experience.

FAQs

Q: Is drip coffee better or healthier than instant coffee?

Ultimately, it’s a matter of taste. Heather Perry, CEO at Klatch Coffee, says drip coffee is absolutely better than instant—but when she’s camping and only has a fire, instant tastes pretty good. “In all seriousness though, instant has come a really long way and is much more than just something to fill in when you don’t have electricity—but in my opinion, a fresh pot of drip coffee is definitely superior.”  

Sean Stewart, founder and director of Good Citizen Coffee, also admits that he would generally respond with a resounding yes. “However, with the rise of specialty coffee in the instant market, the drop is not as noticeable as it once was.” In fact, he says drip-quality instant coffee is soon going to be a market standard.

But for right now, Greg Dawson, director of coffee at Bellwether Coffee, says drip coffee is fresher and can deliver a much more nuanced and richer flavor. “Most instant coffee is made by brewing large batches of coffee and then crystalizing the liquid with large flash freezers.” He admits that boutique coffee roasters have really made strides in the instant-coffee market but says, “even the best quality instant doesn’t give you the depth of flavor, freshness, or customizability that fresh brewing does.”

This is due, in large part, to the fact that you can grind beans before making drip coffee. “Freshly ground beans make all the difference in the world,” Dawson says.

Q: What are the advantages and disadvantages of a drip coffee maker?

There are several advantages to having a drip coffee maker. For example, Perry appreciates the ability to make coffee for a group—or a lot of coffee for herself. “My husband and I typically go through two pots on a weekend morning.”

In addition, with pour-over coffee, the results can be inconsistent. “The ability to have a consistently good cup of coffee is another major advantage,” Perry adds, noting that it can be difficult to make pour-overs or single cups that are really delicious. “There is a reason almost every cafe has a drip brewer – they do a good job of making good coffee.”

Stewart agrees and says home drip coffee makers can be a great do-it-all way to have your morning coffee. “Just about any coffee you put in it with a good grind size and coffee-to-water ratio will be represented and brewed consistently well.”

Regarding disadvantages, Perry says the only real advantages she sees are the cost—and the countertop space. “You really do get what you pay for, so look at spending $100-$300 for a good brewer.”  

Also, if you are a fan of creating a dynamic brewing profile where you control all of the variables to make your high-quality coffees really shine, Stewart says drip makers may be limited. 

Finally, Dawson says maintenance can be a drawback as well. “Drip coffee machines typically require regular cleaning and maintenance to avoid the buildup of coffee oils and mineral deposits.”

Q: How can you tell the quality of your coffee?

Dawson oversees the Green Coffee Marketplace at Bellweather Coffee, where they source quality beans and handle all roasting and quality-control projects. “There’s no doubt that the quality of your coffee is strongly influenced by the quality of your beans and how they are roasted,” he says. “Pay close attention to the origin of the coffee beans, as that alone significantly impacts the quality, as well as the nuanced flavors.”

Freshness is another quality indicator, and Dawson recommends buying whole beans and grinding them yourself as needed. “This strategy ensures maximum freshness and produces an entirely different coffee experience.” However, he says you should look at the roast date when purchasing coffee beans. “Ideally, you should be consuming your coffee within 30 days of its indicated roast date.”  

In addition, Stewart says that what defines a coffee’s quality can be subjective. “What is not subjective though is that coffee farmed using sustainable and earth-friendly farming methods will typically be of higher quality,” he explains. “Likewise, if you see hard-to-read farm names and unique tasting notes on the outside of a coffee bag, you can rest assured that the coffee roaster put about as much love and care into its production as the farmers themselves did.”

Stewart also recommends looking for certifications like “USDA Organic” and “Regenerative Organic Certified,” as well as phrasing like “Direct Trade” or “Relationship Sourced.” “Since quality can be a subjective perception, I much prefer to define it by how transparent and sustainable the process was to get that coffee to you,” he says.

Q: How do I make good drip coffee at home?

Perry says people often come into her shop and complain that the coffee they brew at home never tastes good. She provides these tips to help make it better:
1. Use fresh roasted, fresh ground coffee—If you don’t know if your coffee is fresh, an easy way to test is right before you go to brew when your grounds are in the brew basket, take a half cup of water just off a boil and gently pour it on top of those grounds. Do the grounds puff up and make bubbles in the water? Or does the water just run straight through? If your coffee is fresh, it will puff up and create bubbles.
2. Use good water since coffee is 98% water—and if your water sucks, so will your coffee.
3. Use enough coffee; probably the biggest mistake I see people making is not using nearly enough coffee.
4. After all this, look at the equipment and if your water is hot enough.
5. Make sure you’re buying coffee from someone who can help you troubleshoot. And this is not going to be a grocery store. Find a great roaster where you can reach out and get help.

Final thoughts on the best drip coffee makers

“Drip coffee makers come in many different price points—some are no-frills, while others have many features that allow users to customize their coffee experience,” Dawson says. “Drip coffee makers also tend to come in a range of sizes, offering people the ability to brew the amount they need, whether it’s for their morning cup or for a larger group.” Indeed, the drip coffee maker is the machine that introduces most people to home-brewed coffee, and our recommendations will introduce you to the right appliance for your tastes.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best drip coffee makers in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Get your sofa in tip-top shape with $100 off this upholstery cleaner at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/tineco-vacuum-cleaner-amazon-deal/ Tue, 25 Jul 2023 19:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=558981
A tineco carpet cleaner on a blue background
Amanda Reed

Maintain and make the most of your furniture with this Tineco carpet and upholstery cleaner on sale at Amazon.

The post Get your sofa in tip-top shape with $100 off this upholstery cleaner at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A tineco carpet cleaner on a blue background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re moving and looking for things to offload or acquire, a couch is one of the most sought-after furnishings—a furnishing you might need to clean. A compact carpet and upholstery cleaner can help you get the most bang for the buck, whether you’re looking to sell for top dollar or buy cheap and refurbish. And you can save 100 bucks on a Tineco carpet and upholstery cleaner on Amazon.

Tineco CARPET ONE Spot Essentials Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner $266.90 (Was $399)

A white compact carpet cleaner on a blue and white background

Tineco

SEE IT

Say goodbye to bending and scrubbing with the Tineco CARPET ONE Spot Essentials Smart Cordless Carpet and Upholstery Spot Cleaner. Its iLoop smart sensor technology allows you to set the device down to scrub and remove tough stains. It also adjusts roller speed and water flow depending on the stain and will turn blue when the area is clean, saving you water and time. It’s also self-cleaning and can run for 25 minutes wirelessly, meaning you don’t have to search for an outlet.

Just like that couch you once lusted for that was quickly snatched on the secondhand marketplace, this deal will be gone before you know it—snag it at a comfortable price before it’s too late.

Here are other vacuum deals we think don’t suck:

The post Get your sofa in tip-top shape with $100 off this upholstery cleaner at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best countertop ice makers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/shop/best-countertop-ice-maker/ Thu, 17 Jun 2021 16:58:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=372394
Stay cool and hydrated with one of the best countertop ice makers.

Stay cool with the help of these handy appliances for parties and everyday use.

The post The best countertop ice makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Stay cool and hydrated with one of the best countertop ice makers.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Igloo makes the best countertop ice maker overall. Igloo Automatic Portable Electric Countertop Ice Maker
SEE IT

An efficient, powerful ice maker in a charming retro package.

Best smart GE makes the best countertop ice maker that's smart. GE Profile Opal 2.0 Countertop Nugget Ice Maker
SEE IT

Achieve the perfect chewable nuggets of every ice connoisseur’s dreams.
Best self-cleaning Euhomy makes the best countertop ice maker that's self-cleaning. Euhomy Countertop Ice Maker
SEE IT

This workhorse can produce up to 40 pounds of ice every 24 hours.

There’s nothing more frustrating than getting ready to pour a refreshing glass of iced tea or fix yourself a cocktail, only to realize that, once again, you’ve run out of ice—which is why you should have a countertop ice maker handy. For some people, keeping a full ice reservoir can be an eternal struggle. Flimsy plastic ice trays can spill, make messes, and take up valuable space, while built-in refrigerator ice makers often get clogged or go on the fritz. But it doesn’t have to be this way! A portable ice maker is an excellent way to ensure you’ll always have ice on hand, whether throwing a party or just for your daily use. And those aren’t the only perks. Unlike those dense cubes or half-moons from the freezer, portable ice makers typically make the perfect, crunchy ice or have the capacity to churn out ice cubes in different sizes within minutes. Gone are the days of waiting hours for a batch of ice cubes. With one of the best countertop ice makers we’ve compiled below, you could have a fresh batch of ice waiting for you in the time it takes to read this guide.

How we chose the best ice makers

As reviewers with extensive experience vetting small home countertop appliances, we considered quality and value in deciding which ice makers made the cut for this list. We assessed over a dozen of the most highly rated products on the market today, all with no less than four stars in average user reviews. Though each product has unique features—style, type of ice produced, and other bells and whistles—we tried to level the playing field by choosing five inherently similar products.

For example, none of these ice makers connect to a water source, and all operate by pouring water into a reservoir. Another commonality is that all products make ice but don’t cool and store it. If the ice isn’t removed from the basket or container, it will eventually melt into the water reservoir and become ice again.

However, these features also make the ice makers on this list portable and eco-friendly. Not only can they be taken anywhere, but they’re not wasting water or harming the environment with unnecessary coolants or other chemicals.

The best countertop ice makers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re entertaining a crowd or refilling water bottles all day for the whole family, the best countertop ice makers will help keep you hydrated and cool. Here are our favorites.

Best overall: Igloo Automatic Portable Electric Countertop Ice Maker

Igloo makes the best countertop ice maker overall.

Igloo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek ice maker is designed for convenience and can produce up to 26 pounds of ice in a single day while also looking fantastic on your counter.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 9.61 x 14.69 x 12.4 inches
  • Capacity: 26 pounds per 24 hours
  • Voltage: 120 volts

Pros

  • Makes ice in as little as seven minutes
  • Compressor cooling system
  • No chemical refrigerants

Cons

  • Minimal difference between small and large cubes
  • Ice must be used or transferred quick

With the ability to crank out a tray of ice in as little as seven minutes, the Igloo Automatic Portable Electric Countertop Ice Maker performs even better than it looks. But fans of kitsch will also love its retro metallic finish that comes in various colors to look fantastic in any kitchen. To use the ice maker, simply pour water into the three-quart capacity reservoir and watch it go. And we mean literally, as the transparent lid allows for easy viewing. No installation is necessary!

Electronic controls with easy-to-read LED lights allow the user to choose from small and large cubes—though some customers have noted that there’s only a minimal difference between sizes. The panel will flash in the event more water is needed or if the ice basket is low. But because the ice maker itself is not refrigerated, it’s a good idea to transfer the ice to a freezer or bucket before it fills, as the ice will eventually melt and drain back into the reservoir.

Best smart: GE Profile Opal 2.0 Countertop Nugget Ice Maker

Why it made the cut: This ice maker is definitely worth the splurge for the option to use an app to order the perfect chewable nugget ice that won’t hurt your teeth like solid cubes.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.5 x 13.43 x 16.5 inches
  • Capacity: 24 pounds per 24 hours (holds 3 pounds at a time)
  • Voltage: 120 volts

Pros

  • Makes the perfect chewy ice
  • Refills automatically when ice is low
  • Built-in Bluetooth connectivity

Cons

  • Pricier than other options
  • Loud operation

Those who are serious about ice in a big way will love the GE Profile Opal 2.0 Countertop Nugget Ice Maker, which makes perfectly crunchy ice, just like your favorite restaurants and drive-ins. Take your soft drinks and cocktails to the next level with these soft nuggets of ice that better retain flavors and are easy to chew.

Unlike traditional ice, which freezes into hard cubes, nugget ice is made by scraping the ice flakes off a chilled stainless-steel cylinder. The flakes are then extruded through a round hole, which compacts them into chewable nuggets like tiny snowballs.

In addition to making only the most perfect ice, this machine also features several bells and whistles that set it apart from the competition. With built-in Bluetooth connectivity, you can schedule fresh ice right from the convenience of a smartphone app. The latest generation of Opal also comes with an optional side water tank to produce approximately three times more ice, with an automatic “smart” refill setting that powers on when the reserve is running low.

Sure, the price tag is a bit heftier than the other ice makers on this list, but it all just depends on how seriously you take your ice. True ice enthusiasts will not be disappointed!

Best self-cleaning: Euhomy Countertop Ice Maker

Euhomy makes the best countertop ice maker that's self-cleaning.

Euhomy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If the self-cleaning feature of the Euhomy Countertop Ice Maker doesn’t sell you, then perhaps its ability to produce up to 40 pounds of ice will.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.1 x 11 x 13.7 inches
  • Capacity: 40 pounds per 24 hours (holds 2.2 pounds at a time)
  • Voltage: 110 volts

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Automatic cleaning function
  • Anti-corrosion ice tray

Cons

  • Ice tray distributes in a large brick
  • Must be broken apart upon ejecting

One of the downsides of a portable countertop ice maker is that unless you’re using the appliance daily, it must be cleaned regularly to prevent mildew and other buildups from forming inside the water reservoir. But that’s not a problem with the Euhomy Countertop Ice Maker, which miraculously comes equipped with an automatic cleaning function. To start cleaning, simply press the “timer” button and hold for more than five seconds. It’s as easy as that.

But that’s not the only thing you’ll love about this ice maker. Whereas most models on the market produce approximately 25 pounds of ice in 24 hours, the Euhomy has an impressive output of a whopping 40 pounds of ice per day. That’s more than enough to get the party started or pack into coolers for a beach or camping trip.

This unit is also unique because the ice forms in a pure copper nickel-plated ice tray instead of copper tubes. Though the tray is corrosion and rust-proof, some reviewers complain that the ice ejects a single block that must be broken apart into cubes. It’s a small extra step but could be a dealbreaker for some consumers.

Best for families: COOLLIFE Compact Countertop Ice Maker

CoolLife makes one of the best countertop ice makers for families.

CoolLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a maximum production of 44 pounds of ice per day, this countertop ice maker will help keep your whole family hydrated and cool.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.1 x 9.8 x 19 inches
  • Capacity: 44 pounds per 24 hours
  • Voltage: 110 volts

Pros

  • High output 
  • User-friendly control panel
  • Portable

Cons

  • Ice sticks together
  • Can’t accommodate larger bottles

If you have a large family that goes through a lot of ice, consider the COOLLIFE Compact Countertop Ice Maker. Within 15 minutes, you can have restaurant-quality nugget ice. Within 24 hours, it can produce an impressive 44 pounds of ice. However, the manufacturer does indicate that the ice maker is insulated but not a freezer by definition. So if you’re not using the ice immediately, it must be transferred to a freezer. Some user reviews have noted that the ice comes out wet and can stick together once frozen, but it’s a small price to pay for the convenience of ice in just minutes.

Best budget: AGLUCKY Countertop Ice Machine

You can get one of the best countertop ice makers at a budget-friendly price.

Aglucky

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact, efficient, and budget-friendly machine can operate anywhere with a standard outlet, making it the perfect option for the home, office, camping, or beach.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.32 x 8.74 x 12.59 inches
  • Capacity: 26.5 pounds per 24 hours
  • Voltage: 110 volts

Pros

  • Small and compact
  • Quiet and efficient operation
  • Exhaust cooling for added safety

Cons

  • Ice melts too quickly
  • Max fill line can be difficult to read

The compact and portable size of the AGLUCKY Countertop Ice Machine makes it not just the ideal ice maker for home but also a perfect option to take camping, in an RV, to a beach house, or in the office. As long as there’s access to a standard electrical outlet, you can have freshly made ice in just minutes from virtually anywhere.

The exhaust cooling system makes this ice maker a safe choice by helping the machine cool quickly by releasing heat into the air. Compared to previous generations or competitor products, the exhaust system also ensures quiet and efficient operation, which is a huge bonus when using the machine in common areas, where other models may be loud and distracting.

Like many standard countertop ice makers, the AGLUCKY operates by pouring water into the reservoir and selecting options from the easy-to-use control panel. Indicator lights will flash if the ice maker requires more water or if the tray is full. Some customer reviews indicate that the ice melts too quickly if not used or transferred promptly or that the max fill line is difficult to read if the basket is in place. However, these are minor inconveniences that also aren’t unique to this brand or model.

Things to consider before buying a countertop ice maker

If you’re thinking of splurging on a countertop ice maker, there are some primary considerations you may want to keep in mind. First and foremost, do you have the counter space to accommodate an extra appliance? Since most ice makers are intended to be portable, they are also relatively lightweight and portable by design. That said, an ice maker can still occupy a fair amount of real estate on your counter. Another requirement is proximity to an electrical outlet. It should also ideally not be far from a sink, for draining and cleaning purposes.

Another fundamental thing to consider is your primary purpose for an ice maker. For example, if you shop for personal home use or use a lot of ice daily, you might want to invest in a high-end model with greater output. However, if the ice maker is primarily used as a backup for entertaining or to bring along camping or to the beach, you may want to consider a compact option for easy storage.

Or, maybe you’re thinking about adding an ice maker to your home bar for making mixed drinks and cocktails. Of course, nothing makes a perfect mint julep or tropical tiki drink quite like nugget ice. But if your mixology skills aren’t quite so ambitious, you can always scale down with a standard model.

FAQs

Q: How long do countertop ice makers last?

The life expectancy of countertop ice makers can vary depending on several factors, including the brand, usage, and how well it’s maintained. However, you can probably expect your countertop ice maker to last approximately four to five years with average use. With heavy or everyday use, a countertop ice maker rarely will last longer than 10 years.

Q: Can I leave my countertop ice maker on all the time?

There’s technically no reason you can’t always leave your countertop ice maker on, though it’s not the best idea for several reasons. For one, these ice makers are not designed to keep ice cold for a long time, and eventually, the ice will melt and drain back into the water reservoir. Leaving your countertop ice maker on all the time will also decrease the overall lifespan and use unnecessary electricity. So it’s best only to turn it on when actively in use.

Q: Do countertop ice makers use a lot of electricity?

The amount of electricity your countertop ice maker uses will vary depending on brand and model, as well as how often you use it. But because portable ice makers typically do not chill ice after making it, they’re way more energy efficient than ice machines installed under the counter or even refrigerators with built-in ice makers. You could run one with a portable solar generator if needed. Generally, if the machine is only plugged in while in use, it’s unlikely that you’ll notice an increase in your electricity bill.

Q: How much does a countertop ice maker cost?

The cost of a countertop ice maker depends on its features. The GE Profile Opal 2.0 Countertop Nugget Ice Maker is designed with smart features that let you schedule refills from your phone and produce restaurant-quality ice. For a more affordable option that gets the job done, consider the AGLUCKY Countertop Ice Machine.

Final thoughts

If you’ve got the budget, the model that stands out from the rest here is the GE Profile Opal Countertop Nugget Ice Maker because there’s nothing we love better than those tiny, chewy cubes. Except for the Euhomy Countertop Ice Maker, which freezes cubes into a tray, the rest of the ice makers on this list all produce hollow, bullet-style cubes. 

Though not as soft as nugget ice, bullet ice cubes are also an excellent option for those who like to chew on ice, particularly after the cubes have been sitting in the basket and melted down a bit. But whether you need a machine for parties and entertaining or just love ice, you can’t go wrong with any of these ice makers.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best countertop ice makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best food processors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-food-processor/ Thu, 10 Dec 2020 13:53:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-food-processor/
The best food processors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Bring speed, precision and ease into your kitchen prep.

The post The best food processors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best food processors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System
SEE IT

This well-equipped system includes everything you need for blending, chopping, and pureeing.
Best large capacity Cuisinart Food Processor 14-Cup Vegetable Chopper Cuisinart DFP-14BCNY
SEE IT

This powerful and sturdy stainless steel processor can power through big batches of any ingredient.
Best budget Cuisinart ECH-4SV Elemental 4-C Chopper Cuisinart ECH-4SV
SEE IT

For less than $40, this is a highly durable and well-made appliance.

A food processor is a countertop appliance that can open up a world of new culinary possibilities. They blend, mix, and chop anything from onions (without the tears) to chickpeas for homemade hummus. And unlike a blender, which provides a uniform result every time, you can get plenty of variety in the size and texture of your dish using a food processor. However, there are plenty of machines on the market that over-promise and under-deliver on power and durability. So to help ensure that you find the best food processor for your kitchen, we’ve narrowed down the list of the top five food processors on the market.

How we chose the best food processors

To select the best food processors in every category, I took into account personal testing experience with the products, as well as customer reviews and product specifications. In particular, I looked for the top-performing appliances in a range of sizes and price points to accommodate every home cook. I also sought products with appropriate power for their size to ensure efficiency. In addition, I looked for helpful features like dishwasher-safe parts, useful cutting accessories, and smart design features, such as pulsing or multiple power levels. I have personally tested the Cuisinart and Ninja products on this list, and regularly use both my Cuisinart 14-cup food processor and smaller Ninja food chopper.

The best food processors: Reviews & Recommendations

When trying to find the best food processor for your kitchen, you want to first and foremost consider what you want the machine to do. The majority of tasks will be easily achieved with a few basic blades. Extras and accessories are neat, but pointless if you won’t use them. Higher quality stainless steel blades in combination with a powerful motor will help deliver the most precise slices, be able to handle tough jobs, as well as offer you the longest life span. Simple designs and dishwasher-safe parts are also important features to consider before deciding on which machine to purchase.

Best food processor-blender System: Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System

Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 64 ounces (food processor); 72 ounces (blender)
  • Product dimensions: 9.5 inches L x 8.25 inches W x 17.75 inches H
  • Wattage: 1500 W

Pros

  • Includes single-serving blending cups
  • Dough mixer blade
  • Comes with recipe booklet

Cons

A lot of pieces to store

If you’re looking for both a food processor and a blender, this kitchen system from Ninja has it all. The 72-ounce blender pitcher and 64-ounce food processor bowl both fit onto the powerful motor base for blending, chopping, crushing, or pureeing just about anything. The system also includes two single-serving blender cups that double as takeaway cups for smoothies. In addition to a four-blade food processor attachment, you’ll also get a dull dough mixer attachment, which can knead up to two pounds of dough in seconds to save your hands the tiring work. 

All of the non-electrical parts are BPA-free and dishwasher safe, though the company recommends hand-washing the blades to maintain their sharp edge as long as possible. If you’re wondering what to make with your new system, there’s even a 31-recipe booklet full of inspiration for drinks, dips, doughs, and more.

Best mini: Ninja Express Chop Professional

Ninja Food Chopper Express

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 16 ounces
  • Product dimensions: 5.75 inches L x 5.75 inches W x 10.13 inches H
  • Wattage: 200 watts

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Dishwasher safe
  • Great for travel

Cons

  • No slicing or grating attachments
  • One power setting

Whether you’re camping, traveling, or just want a food processor that performs well but won’t take up your entire pantry, this option from Ninja is the way to go. It’s incredibly lightweight (just two pounds), convenient to store, and still can mince, chop, or puree like the best of them. In fact, though this processor has just one power setting, it’s strong enough to grind harder ingredients like roasted nuts and can make a smooth and fluffy sauce in minutes. Because the blending bowl is smaller, you don’t have to stop and scrape it down as often as larger products. 

The bowl also comes with an airtight storage lid so you can blend up salsa and stash it in the fridge right in the blender bowl for later. While you shouldn’t expect to use this miniature processor for the same volume as a larger and more powerful model, it does execute small jobs, such as chopping soft vegetables, perfectly. For cleaning, the bowl and blade are dishwasher-safe.

Best large capacity: Cuisinart DFP-14BCNY 14-Cup Food Processor

Cuisinart Food Processor 14-Cup Vegetable Chopper

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 14 cups
  • Product dimensions: 11 inches L x 7.9 inches W x 14.8 inches H
  • Wattage: 720 watts

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Pulse feature
  • Includes shredding and slicing blades

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Large to store

This large-capacity food processor is a total workhorse. It’s the ideal appliance for large households or any cook who plans to use their food processor regularly. The heavy-duty plastic blending bowl has a spacious 14-cup capacity, which can whip up homemade hummus for a crowd of 10 in minutes. The large blender is powered by a whopping 720 watts of power. 

The machine is also well designed with a 36-inch long cord, which is great for kitchens that may be low on electrical outlets. The processor comes with a stainless steel slicing disc, a medium shredding disc, and the standard stainless steel S blade for pureeing and chopping. It also comes with a food-scraping spatula and a recipe booklet for meal inspiration. The bowl, lid, and blades are all dishwasher safe, and it even comes with a full five-year warranty, so you can rest assured that this investment will last. 

Best blender attachment: Vitamix 12-Cup Food Processor Attachment

Vitamix 12-Cup Food Processor Attachment

Vitamix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 12 cups dry, 9 cups wet
  • Product dimensions: 11.75 inches L x 8.5 inches W x 12.75 inches H
  • Voltage: 240 volts

Pros

  • Saves space
  • Includes slice/shred discs
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Requires Vitamix base (sold separately)

Expensive

Vitamix is known for making some of the most powerful blenders on the market, so it’s no surprise that the brand knows what it’s doing when it comes to food processors. This food processor bowl is compatible with Vitamix Ascent and Venturist blender bases, so if you already have a Vitamix base or are considering a new blender, this is a great way to save space at home (though it’s not cheap). For the price, however, you get an extremely durable appliance that does its job faster than most. 

The food processor comes with two food pushers in two different sizes, a standard S blade, two reversible slicing and shredding discs for safe and uniform cutting, and even a carrying case to protect the blades. Unlike some processors, which can be difficult to attach to their base, the Vitamix model has a helpful Self-Detect system that simply shuts off if the bowl is not properly in place. The parts are also dishwasher safe and made from BPA-free clear plastic.

Best budget: Cuisinart ECH-4SV Elemental 4-C Chopper

Cuisinart ECH-4SV Elemental 4-C Chopper

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 4 cups
  • Product dimensions: 5.88 inches L x 8.13 inches W x 10.25 inches H
  • Wattage: 250 watts

Pros

  • Includes spatula for food removal
  • Comes with recipe book
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Only two settings (grind and chop)
  • No slicing or grating accessories

Though this budget-friendly food processor won’t win any awards for flashy features, it’s a reliable and high-performing option that’s a great size for smaller households of four or fewer people. The machine weighs just over three pounds, making it easy to store even in hard-to-access places, such as over your fridge. The clear blender container is made from durable BPA-free plastic and both the container and S blade are dishwasher-safe. Two buttons on the front make it easy to chop (the lower setting) or grind (a higher speed) anything from fresh salsa to homemade nut butter. The Cuisinart bladelock system ensures that nothing will come apart once you start processing, as the machine will not turn on until everything, including the lid, is tightly locked in the correct position

What to consider when looking for the best food processors

When trying to find the best food processor for your kitchen, you want to first and foremost consider what you want the machine to do. The majority of tasks will be easily achieved with a few basic blades. Extras and accessories are neat, but pointless if you won’t use them. Higher quality stainless steel blades in combination with a powerful motor will help deliver the most precise slices, be able to handle tough jobs, as well as offer you the longest life span. Simple designs and dishwasher-safe parts are also important features to consider before deciding on which machine to purchase.

How powerful should your food processor be?

The best food processors will be able to handle all types of jobs, from delicate slicing to chopping hard vegetables and mixing dough. Power wattage refers to the amount of electricity the machine uses. For example, a 1000-watt machine uses 1 kilowatt for one hour of use. The higher the wattage, the more power, and strength the machine has to tackle jobs without stalling. It’s important to note that if your machine’s power becomes overloaded you should turn it off and let the motor cool down before reusing. The major benefit of a higher wattage food processor is the machine’s ability to discriminate and control the quality of the cutting. In addition, this higher power can capably handle sticky and tough ingredients.

The majority of devices have a pulse feature that allows for short bursts of power at optimum speed. This gives the user added control over the amount of processing the machine will do. This is a useful feature to prevent over-processing your food items.

Look for dishwasher-safe parts

The most effective food processors are designed to save you time and effort. However, the added time assembling and then cleaning after use can impact the overall convenience and practicality of these items. With this in mind, it is smart to look for a food processor that comes with detachable, dishwasher-safe parts, as this ultimately will save a great deal of time and make the experience more satisfying.

When considering what materials hold up best in the dishwasher, you want to avoid materials that will tarnish, rust, shatter, or melt. High-quality stainless steel is the best choice for a dishwasher-safe material. Plastic parts can be added to the dishwasher if they are deemed dishwasher safe by the manufacturer, but it’s best to place them on the top rack, which is further from the heating elements on the dishwasher. Also, it is best to avoid high heat settings if your dishwasher has those options (like a sanitizing mode) to prevent any melting or distortion of plastics.

Juicer Combos

Who doesn’t like fresh orange juice? Or a fresh citrus marinade? Food processors and juicers are both really convenient machines to have in your kitchen and allow for many ways to create fresh and healthy foods and drinks. But truth be told, the more of these machines you have the less storage space available for anything else. Both food processors and juicers require a powerful motor, and the ability to chop—so it’s not a bad idea to consider a space-saving device that combines multiple functions.

While a solitary juicer may offer more functions specific to the art of juicing, if you are interested in mainly citrus juicing, it’s worth considering a food processor that has an attachment to handle that. It is possible to do other types of juicing, but straining would be required by the user. If your kitchen would benefit from traditional chopping as well as fresh citrus juices, it’s absolutely a safe bet to combine these devices in a juice combination food processor.

How much cupboard space do you have?

Not every job in the kitchen requires a large volume cup and a big heavy machine. Often, a smaller food processor is the best and fastest solution, and one that you will get the most use out of. Even if you are blessed with an abundance of cabinet space, the sheer act of unboxing and setting up a very large machine (nevermind also cleaning it and putting it all away) can be a deterrent for small daily food prep jobs.

Most small batch daily cooking requires small portions. Whether mincing onions and garlic, making sauces and dressings, or dicing up nuts, often the portions you are working with are small. Smaller portion food processors are also typically more budget-friendly, so it is useful to consider this type of food processor if you anticipate you will be most likely using the machine for these small daily jobs.

Should your device perform more than one function?

If space is a concern, and convenience a must, then it makes sense to invest in a food processor that can fill multiple roles in your kitchen prep. Beyond just processing food or making juice, some devices can surprise with additional functionality that quickly takes them from helpful to necessary. So many people miss out on culinary adventures simply because the prep seems so daunting—but a processor that makes any step along the way easier will open doors.

It’s not easy to find a device that does many things, much less many things well, but those that do typically prioritize user-friendliness, and convenient cleanup. These are important considerations as a lack of either one will make just the thought of reaching for your processor a chore, and that defeats the purpose.

FAQs

Q: How do I determine how much power I need for my food processor?

Typically, food processors range in power from 500W to 1000W. A rule of thumb is 700W and above should handle most jobs. Smaller, easier jobs consisting of softer foods do perfectly well at the low end of the power wattage spectrum. On the higher end (wattage closer to and above 1000W), you get more professional quality. With a higher power motor, the processor should be able to handle even the most difficult kitchen prep, including tough fruits and veggies, frozen items, and dough.

Q: What size food processor should I buy?

Typically, they range in power from 500W to 1000W. A rule of thumb is 700W and above should handle most jobs. Smaller, easier jobs consisting of softer foods do perfectly well at the low end of the power wattage spectrum. On the higher end (wattage closer to and above 1000W), you get more professional quality. With a higher power motor, the processor should be able to handle even the most difficult kitchen prep, including tough fruits and veggies, frozen items, and dough.

Q: What type of blades and attachments do I need?

The best food processors can handle a wide variety of kitchen prep jobs. Across the board, any food processor will offer an S-shaped blade for chopping, and a disk for grating and slicing. Higher-end models will offer better quality blades that will remain sharp for years of use. In terms of extras, some food processors come with a dough blade, juicing attachment, and specialized julienne disks.

Q: How can I find a food processor that is easy to use?

Ease of use will make you more likely to enjoy your food processor and more likely that you will actually use it frequently. Fewer controls to navigate makes a unit easier to use—so if convenience is key, you really don’t need much more than an on and off switch and pulse function. Dishwasher-safe parts will also be easier as it will make your clean up quicker.

Related: Food processor and blender combos are a great space-saving option

Final thoughts on the best food processors

Your cooking preparation will be faster and more professional with the right food processing machine. The best food processors can offer you a plethora of chopping and slicing options, along with extra time to enjoy your meal. Whether you want professional-level power and the ability to cook for a crowd, or a small time-saving machine for your countertop there are many quality options to consider. You just need to decide which one will fit your lifestyle and fit into your kitchen.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best food processors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Last chance to save on these more than $300 on Blueair purifiers this Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-blueair-air-purifier-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 10:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554471
Save hundreds on Blueair air purifiers this Amazon Prime Day.
Blueair

These essential appliances that fight allergies and germs are deeply discounted for the shopping event.

The post Last chance to save on these more than $300 on Blueair purifiers this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save hundreds on Blueair air purifiers this Amazon Prime Day.
Blueair

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Between wildfire smoke, pet hair, pollen, pet hair, and airborne bacteria, an air purifier is an essential appliance to have in your home. Fortunately, whether you’re looking to equip a nursery or your bedroom, Blueair has discounted a range of models 30% this Prime Day. But the sale is winding down tonight, so be sure to take advantage of the discounts before they disappear.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

BLUEAIR Advanced Air Purifier for Large Room 7470i $288 (Was $599.99)

Save big on Blueair air purifiers this Amazon Prime Day.

Blueair

SEE IT

Now’s the time to take advantage of a steep discount on Blueair’s award-winning air purifier. Blueair’s 7470i is designed for large rooms, and it provides continuous protection, monitoring the air quality with three sensors to give updates in real-time. This model comes with germ-fighting technology and a proprietary smart filtration system that can clean the air in a 2,000-square-foot space within an hour. Plus, it’s quiet, uses just 8 watts of power, and is Energy Star-certified. It’ll help you and your family breathe easier while also going easy on your wallet.

More Prime Day Deals on Blueair air purifiers

Prime Day deals on Dyson air purifiers

More Prime Day deals

The post Last chance to save on these more than $300 on Blueair purifiers this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Clean up with these last-minute deals on vacuums from Dyson, Shark, Bissell, Black+Decker, Robovac, & more this Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-dyson-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 09:10:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554698
Save hundreds on vacuums and air purifiers from Dyson this Amazon Prime Day.
Dyson

Take advantage of big Amazon Prime Day discounts on essential appliances that don't suck at sucking up more mess for less.

The post Clean up with these last-minute deals on vacuums from Dyson, Shark, Bissell, Black+Decker, Robovac, & more this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save hundreds on vacuums and air purifiers from Dyson this Amazon Prime Day.
Dyson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Dyson is known for innovation and quality, reinventing what common household appliances can do. Lucky for us, some of their versatile vacuum cleaners and air purifiers are steeply discounted this Prime Day. Whether you’re looking for a premium or handheld model, you can find what you need and save hundreds this Prime Day. But the sale is winding down tonight, so be sure to take advantage of the discounts before they disappear.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Dyson Outsize Total Clean Cordless Vacuum Cleaner $559.99 (Was $799.99)

Save hundreds on vacuums and air purifiers from Dyson this Amazon Prime Day.

Dyson

SEE IT

Frustrated by cordless appliances that peter out before you finish the job? Consider Dyson’s Outsize Total Clean Cordless Vacuum Cleaner, which is in it for the long haul. This all-in-one stick vacuum lasts for up to 2 hours on a single charge while providing 90% more suction power. It comes with a full-size cleaner head and three cleaning modes. Dyson’s DLS technology also detects different types of flooring, and the LCD screen displays run time and battery life. You can easily convert this stick vacuum into a handheld or car vacuum. So don’t miss the chance to save $200 on this handy appliance this Prime Day.

More Prime Day deals on Dyson vacuums

Prime Day deals on Bissell vacuums and cleaners

Prime day deals on Shark and BLACK+DECKER vacuums and cleaners

Prime Day deals on Roomba robot vacuums

Prime Day deals on robot vacuums from Roborock and eufy

Prime Day deals on Dyson air purifiers

More Prime Day deals

The post Clean up with these last-minute deals on vacuums from Dyson, Shark, Bissell, Black+Decker, Robovac, & more this Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save $200 with this Prime Day deal on GE’s Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-ge-opal-nuggest-ice-maker-deal-2023/ Wed, 12 Jul 2023 19:06:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=556171
GE Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Ice, Ice, Prime Day.

The post Save $200 with this Prime Day deal on GE’s Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
GE Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The “good ice” is the ultimate kitchen luxury. It’s somehow both soft and crunchy in a way that makes any drink feel disappointing without it. The solution is the GE Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker, which is nearly half off, thanks to a Prime Day deal. At $229, we can wholeheartedly recommend the countertop appliance, especially if you plan on hosting parties this summer.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

GE Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker $229 (Was $449)

What sets the Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker apart from the competition is the type of ice it makes. Instead of a solid cube, you get compacted ice flakes, which GE says retains some flavor and creates an unmatched texture. The company says the Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker can have its first round of cubes done within 10 minutes and make up to 34 pounds of it per day. It can hold up to three pounds of ice before needing to be emptied, so you can leave it running without the risk of it overflowing if you can’t get to it right away.

You’ll have to fill up this ice maker’s internal water tank each time you want to make ice, but picking up its optional side tank—also on sale for Prime Day—will make that task less frequent. It may seem like an indulgence, but the Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker deserves a place in every host’s home. The fact that its stainless steel construction makes it easy on the eyes while it’s on your countertop doesn’t hurt, nor does its single-button controls. If you’re looking for a Prime Day deal that’ll make chilling during the summer a little easier, don’t skip this one.

The best appliance Prime Day deals

The best coffee maker Prime Day deals

The best air fryer Prime Day deals

The best kitchenware Prime Day deals

The best grill Prime Day deals

Other Prime Day kitchen deals

The post Save $200 with this Prime Day deal on GE’s Profile Opal 1.0 Nugget Ice Maker appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best Breville kitchen appliance Prime Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-breville-appliance-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 10:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554168
The Best Breville Prime Day Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Give your kitchen the upgrade it deserves with Breville's appliance deals this Prime Day.

The post The best Breville kitchen appliance Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Breville Prime Day Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Give your kitchen the upgrade it deserves this Prime Day by taking advantage of Breville’s deep discounts. The company’s countertop appliances are known for their quality and longevity, and the company has knocked hundreds of dollars off the price of some of them for Prime Day 2023. Whether you’re a cooking novice looking to expand your repertoire of recipes or want to start piecing together your dream kitchen, you’ll find what you’re looking for here.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Breville Smart Oven Pro Toaster Oven $223.95 (Was $349.95)

Breville Smart Oven Pro Toaster Oven

Breville

SEE IT

Breville’s Smart Oven Pro Toaster Oven is so powerful it can actually replace a full-sized oven—assuming you’re cooking smaller portions—in most cases. Its 10 functions cover everything from baking, toasting, and reheating to more specialized cooking scenarios like slow cooking and baking pizza. Dials on the front of the countertop oven make it easy to navigate between settings, while its large LCD screen allows you to preview your settings before hitting start. At 1800 Watts, the Smart Oven Pro Toaster Oven can roast an entire chicken, bake non-stop batches of cookies, and everything in between. The oven’s convection setting allows it to cook foods more quickly, too. If you’re frustrated with how long it takes to preheat your full-sized oven, or want to replace your toaster, air fryer, and slow cooker with a single device, don’t skip this Prime Day deal.

The best Breville appliance Prime Day deals

The post The best Breville kitchen appliance Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best portable air conditioners in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-portable-air-conditioner/ Fri, 28 May 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367136
Keep your home cool and save energy with one of the best portable air conditioners.

Escape the heat and save energy with these handy mini coolers.

The post The best portable air conditioners in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Keep your home cool and save energy with one of the best portable air conditioners.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall LG Dual Inverter Portable Air Conditioner LG DUAL Inverter Smart Air Conditioner 
SEE IT

Keep any room cool with this model that you can operate with voice controls.
Best dual-hose Platinum and black portable air conditioner Whynter ARC-14S Dual-Hose Portable Air Conditioner 
SEE IT

This pick offers not only high-powered cooling capacity, but also a fan, dehumidifier, and activated carbon filter.
Best for small rooms White portable air conditioner BLACK+DECKER BPACT08WT Portable Air Conditioner
SEE IT

With remote control capabilities, a portable design, and easy-clean filter, this pick will keep small rooms cool and comfortable.

An easily portable air conditioner is one of the unsung heroes of the appliance world. For many people who can’t install a window unit or that have a system that’s controlled by the (seemingly random) hand of a building super or management company, a moveable air conditioner let you take back control of your body temperature. The best thing about a compact portable unit is that it does what it says: provides all the frigid satisfaction of an AC but requires zero installation; plus, you can reposition it from room to room. The downside: Most portable air conditioners are not cheap, sometimes they can be noisy, they’re most effective in small spaces, and they likely will not compare to central air or window units. Having said all that, if you live someplace where the heat gets unbearable and actually affects your quality of life—you can’t sleep, you can’t get comfortable, you have to take constant cold showers—the best portable air conditioners are a wise investment that’ll serve you for years to come.

How we chose the best portable air conditioners

Popular Science has expertise in vetting home appliances and explaining the technology behind how they work. Except for a couple people who are van-lifers, we live in traditional dwellings—apartments to single-family homes—and like them to be comfortable, so we’re always trying out new gear. In making our recommendations for the best portable air conditioners, we considered the portable AC units available from leading brands, such as LG, Honeywell, and Black+Decker. We also weighed the design of these mini air conditioners, their reach, how energy-efficient they are, how easy they are to install and operate, longevity, and cost.

The best portable air conditioners: Reviews & Recommendations

Using a portable air conditioner as opposed to central AC can help you save energy and money. That said, these models vary in power, coverage area, functionality, and price. Here are our picks to help you keep your cool when picking the best portable air conditioners.

Best overall: LG DUAL Inverter Smart Air Conditioner 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 19.41 inches D x 18.11 inches W x 30.43 inches H
  • BTUs: 10,000
  • Power: Corded electric

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Quiet
  • Works with smart home assistants

Cons

  • Expensive

The LG DUAL Inverter Smart Air Conditioner uses the latest technology to allow you to control the climate in your home, making it our best overall pick. An oscillating air vent in this 10,000 BTU LG portable air conditioner circulates cool air efficiently, and dual-inverter technology is powerful but not loud (it operates at 44 decibels). Its dual inverter is not only quiet, but cuts down on the air conditioner’s energy usage by up to 40% compared with other air conditioners.

An installation kit and hose make it easy to set up, and it won’t take up much room at 19.41 inches by 18.11 inches by 30.43 inches. A trio of modes—Cool, Fan, and Dry—gives you the option of controlling humidity in addition to temp. Smart home-assistant compatibility (Alexa and Hey Google) is a cool feature when things heat up, and an app (iOS and Android) lets you control the portable AC with your phone. These smart features—along with this air conditioner’s energy efficiency and quiet operation—make it hard to beat.

Best for small rooms: BLACK+DECKER BPACT08WT Air Conditioner 

White portable air conditioner

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.5 inches D x 26 inches W x 11.5 inches H
  • BTUs: 8,000
  • Power: Corded electric

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Filter you can clean
  • Energy-saving timer

Cons

  • Not as powerful as other models

If you’re for a small portable air conditioner to cool without wasting energy, the Black+Decker portable air conditioner is a solid choice. Designed for small rooms under 450 square feet (about 15 feet by 20 feet), this 8,000-BTU portable air conditioner has an adjustable fan speed that can cool down to 6 degrees Fahrenheit. It’s easy to set up and features an LED display and energy-saving timer. You can choose between cool, fan, and dehumidifying modes. And when you’re ready for bed, it goes extra quiet in sleep mode.

Best quiet: De’Longhi PACEM370 WH Penguino

White and black portable air conditioner with black remote control

De’Longhi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.6 inches D x 16.7 inches W x 27.6 inches H
  • BTUs: 11,500
  • Power: Corded electric and two AAA batteries

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Optional white noise feature
  • Easy to move

Cons

  • Some reviewers say it’s hard to return

Cooling your living space can help you get to sleep on hot nights, but not if the unit is loud. The De’Longhi PACEM370 WH Penguino can take care of both. This 11,000 BTU comes with an optional quiet night mode that doubles as white noise for all the insomniacs out there. It also features a remote control, energy efficiency, multiple settings (including quiet), and an easily washable filter. Operating at about 53 decibels, this unit covers up to 500 square feet and is designed with casters that make it easy to move it from room to room.

Best dual-hose: Whynter ARC-14S Dual-Hose Air Conditioner

Platinum and black portable air conditioner

Whynter

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16 inches D x 19 inches W x 35.5 inches H
  • BTUs: 14,000
  • Power: Corded electric

Pros

  • Acts as a dehumidifier as well
  • Energy Star-certified
  • Doesn’t use chlorofluorocarbons

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Some users say the unit doesn’t cool the air significantly

If you’re looking for a unit that cools fast and cleans your air to boot, consider the Whynter ARC-14S Dual-Hose Portable Air Conditioner. Its dual-hose design allows the unit to recycle, cool, and dehumidify up to 71 pints of air per day. This portable AC operates at a powerful 14,000 BTU, and you can choose from three modes: air conditioner, fan, and dehumidifier.

For people interested in sustainability, this dual-hose portable air conditioner is designed with a carbon filter that helps air quality. The unit’s R-32 refrigerant is free of potentially toxic chlorofluorocarbons, and it’s also Energy Star-certified, with a maximum power consumption of 1,300 watts.

Best budget: Honeywell HJ5CESWK0

White and black portable air conditioner with remote control

Honeywell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.9 inches D x 15.4 inches W x 30.7 inches H
  • BTUs: 10,000
  • Power: Corded electric

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Energy-saving timer
  • Comes with kit

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Some users say the tube does not connect correctly

This portable model from Honeywell is used, making it a great pick if you’re looking for a cheap air conditioner. This model is designed to cool rooms up to 450 square feet and comes with a window kit for easy installation of the tube. It comes with a washable filter (to weed out pet hair, dander, and dust) that extends the life of this 10,000-BTU option (just run the filter under the tap to clean it). You get three fan speeds, sleep and auto-wind modes, and a 24-hour energy-saving timer. And a remote is included.

Things to consider buying the best portable air conditioners

With electronics and appliances, including small portable air conditioners, people tend to fall in love with one or two brands and outfit their homes with as many of that company’s gadgets as possible. If you’re a brand-loyal gearhead, you’re in luck: Many of the biggest names in tech, from Black+Decker to Whynter, have some of the best portable air conditioners around. Here are the factors to consider when making your decision.

BTUs

BTUs, short for British Thermal Units, quantify the energy needed to remove heat from the air in one hour. An air conditioner should have 20 BTUs for every square foot of the area you are looking to cool, according to Consumer Reports. While it may be tempting to buy a unit with the highest BTUs, keep in mind the space that you’re looking to cool and promoting energy efficiency and savings.

Energy efficiency

Cooling your home by targeting certain spaces as opposed to a whole-home system should help you to save on your electricity bills. Energy Star recommends seeking air conditioners that allow you to schedule cycles, turn the appliance off remotely, and track your energy usage. Several models also come with 24-hour timers that allow you to schedule when the unit is on.

Installation

Many portable air conditioners are designed with an exhaust hose or two that goes through a window to release hot air. Most come with window installation kits that include an adapter and bracket, but you’ll want to ensure that the kit will fit the window in your home before making a purchase. If you don’t have a window next to an outlet, you can also potentially vent through the ceiling or chimney, but that could require the assistance of a professional.

Types of systems

Single-hose systems draw hot air in from a room and then expel it through an exhaust hose, typically through a window. Dual-hose systems are designed with both and exhaust hose and an intake hose that cools down the air within the machine, generally resulting in more cooling power and energy efficiency. 

Brand

A quick review of brands and what they represent: LG, which has been around since 1958, promises “innovation for a better life.” Honeywell, founded in the Midwest at the turn of the 20th century, is best known for thermostats but has also dipped a toe in aerospace engineering and PPE manufacturing. Italian brand De’Longhi probably makes your favorite coffee maker or toaster oven, and Whynter is, as you could probably guess, all about keeping things the perfect temp, whether that’s with outdoor fridges, portable freezers, cigar humidors, intelligent ovens, or ice cream makers. Black+Decker is one of the most trusted names in kitchen appliances, in addition to making portable ACs. (And there are, of course, loads of other manufacturers that make portable ACs, like Toshiba, Haier, Hisense, Frigidaire, and GE.)

FAQs

Q: Do portable air conditioners work well?

Whether portable air conditioners work well depends on your definition of success. If you buy a portable AC that is made to cool down a room that’s 150 square feet and your room is 700 square feet, then you’ll be disappointed. However, if you’re used to going without AC in the summer and you purchase a model that’s appropriate for your space, it’s not hyperbolic to say that the best portable AC will truly change your life. Some people say they’re better than a fan but not as effective as a window unit, so calibrate your expectations. 

Q: Is a portable AC worth buying?

Again, whether a portable AC is worth buying depends on what you’re looking for. If you live somewhere that gets oppressively hot and your options are no AC at all or a portable model, then yes, it’s worth buying. If you’re just looking for something to tide you over until, say, your window unit is fixed or you already have central air installed, then probably not. Portable ACs are not inexpensive (though there are relatively cheap portable air conditioner options for the smallest spaces). They’re best for people looking to cool down relatively small spaces and get some relief in an otherwise airless room. Think of it this way: If you use a fan and that seems to do the trick, then you probably don’t need to drop that much cash on a portable AC. 

Q: How many watts does a portable air conditioner use?

How many watts a portable air conditioner uses varies. The models listed here use a minimum of 950 watts and increase from there. Though portable ACs are not intrinsically energy-efficient, your electric bill will depend on how often you use it/keep it turned on and what mode you have it on (e.g., full blast vs. sleep mode). If you are strategic, you can help cut your electric bill by using a portable AC. For example, instead of installing window units in every room, you simply move your unit around the house, saving you money. (Venting the hoses into the windows every time you move it could get tiresome, though.) Suppose you already have an AC and want a portable model as a supplement. In that case, you can save money that way too: Keep the thermostat higher than you typically would and use the portable only in the rooms you use, ignoring the empty ones. 

Final thoughts on buying the best portable air conditioners

Take a hard look at your current cooling situation and your electric bill. If you live somewhere sweltering and have no AC, you live somewhere with adequate air but are looking to lower your bill, or you live somewhere so small that one portable unit will get the job done, investing in the best portable air conditioner can be pretty cost-effective. A small portable air conditioner could be your hot-weather game changer.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable air conditioners in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best toaster ovens of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-toaster-oven/ Fri, 05 Feb 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-toaster-oven/
person turning the dial on the best toaster oven
Andrew "Donovan" Valdivia via Unsplash

They’re powerful, compact, and these days can bake just about anything. They're the best toaster ovens and here are a few of our top picks.

The post The best toaster ovens of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person turning the dial on the best toaster oven
Andrew "Donovan" Valdivia via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget A product photo of the Hamilton Beach Easy Reach Toaster Oven Hamilton Beach Easy Reach Toaster Oven
SEE IT

This toaster oven ticks all the boxes for an item in this price range, offering convenient broil and bake functions as well as a cooking timer.

Best large A product photo of the Cuisinart TOB-260n1 Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven Cuisinart TOB-260N1 Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven
SEE IT

The inner cavity of this toaster oven is big enough to fit a standard quarter sheet rack.

Best overall Breville BOV800XL Smart Oven 1800-Watt Convection Toaster Oven with Element IQ Breville 1800-Watt Convection Toaster Oven
SEE IT

The convection-power of this Breville oven reduces cooking time and offers nine settings that suit any recipe.

The ubiquitous toaster oven has humble beginnings that stretch back to 1910 when scientist William S. Hadaway cobbled together a small oven out of spare parts for the Westinghouse Corporation. Today, sales of the countertop contraption have bloomed to nearly 2 million units per year, thanks to these kitchen appliances’ versatility and countertop-friendly form. The best toaster ovens excel at crisping, toasting, warming, and baking food at the level of a conventional oven, using electricity to get the job done quickly and efficiently. With some models, especially at larger sizes, cooking results can be virtually indistinguishable from those achieved in regular-sized ovens. Below, we’ll break down some of our favorite models as well as important factors to consider when selecting the best toaster ovens for every culinary need.

How we chose the best toaster ovens

In order to select the best ovens, we took a peek around our personal kitchens, gathered technical information, perused critical impressions, and consulted first-hand user experiences. We gathered a list that included various size options, paying particular attention to wattage and capacity. We also looked at multifunctional options and models with special features or included accessories, which are particularly useful if you’re supplementing other kitchen appliances. The best toaster ovens should be easy to use, making cooking quicker and simpler so you can fuel up with your favorite dishes.

The best toaster ovens: Reviews & Recommendations

From pizza rolls to garlic bread, the best toaster ovens can warm them all to perfection. Here are our choices.

Best air fryer: Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer 

Breville 1800-Watt Convection Toaster Oven

Breville

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Smart Oven Air Fryer uses advanced technology to support a ton of cooking modes, including air fryer, which allows you to utilize high temperatures and maximized airflow for more healthy snacking. 

Specs 

  • Wattage: 1800w
  • Dimensions: 18.5 x 16 x 11.25 inches 
  • Featured cooking modes: Air Fry, Slow Cook, Roast, Broil, Bake 

Pros 

  • 11 cooking modes 
  • Speedy cooking times 
  • Element iQ system

Cons 

  • Some report a buzzing noise 
  • Pricey

Air fryers have been taking over the kitchen appliance scene ever since they graced our TikToks several years ago. If you, too, have been bitten by the air fryer bug, but also want the versatility of the best toaster oven for temperature range, check out the Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer—our best overall pick. It features the Element iQ System, with five distinct quartz elements, digital PID temperature control, and power regulating algorithms to cook food efficiently and evenly. Cooking modes include Broil, Bake, Toast, Warm, Reheat, Slow Cook, Airy Fry, and more. The Air Frying technology can reduce cooking time by 30% and eliminate the need for oils, resulting in crispy french fries, nuggets, and more. The large-capacity interior is roomy enough for a full roast chicken and a 4.4-quart dutch oven. This toaster oven and best air fryer combo even comes with a fry basket, wire rack, non-stick pizza pan, and a broiling pan.

Best convection: Cuisinart TOB-260N1 Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven

A product photo of the Cuisinart TOB-260n1 Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Chef’s Convection Toaster Oven from Cuisinart is a large toaster oven that can handle a 13-inch pizza, nine slices of bread, and more with almost a foot of cubic space.

Specs

  • Wattage: 1800w
  • Dimensions: 20.87 x 16.93  x 11.42 inches 
  • Featured cooking modes: Toast, Bagel, Dual Cook, Leftovers, Waffle

Pros 

  • 15 cooking functions 
  • Digital Interface 
  • Toast shade control 

Cons 

  • A little bit of a learning curve to some cooking modes 

This high-wattage toaster oven is perfect for cooking meals for friends and family. Forget two slices of bread, this machine can tackle nine slices at a time (and gives you shade control options to boot). The inner cavity is big enough to fit a standard quarter sheet rack and also features four rack slots. It’s even big enough to bake two layers of cake at one time. The Chef’s Convention oven comes with two racks, a baking pan, broil tray, and a pizza stone. It also boasts over 15 cooking modes, which include Leftovers, Sandwich, Bagel, Defrost, and Dual Cook—a mode that allows you to run two cooking functions at different temperatures consecutively. For air frying fans, this model has two convection speeds.

Best compact: Panasonic FlashXpress Compact Toaster Oven

Panasonic FlashXpress Compact Toaster Oven

Panasonic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Panasonic FlashXpress is a great option for those looking for a more compact option to accommodate less counter space; great for cooking small meals this toaster oven can fit a 9-inch square baking tray for a personal pizza or four slices of bread. 

Specs 

  • Wattage: 1300w
  • Dimensions: 12 x 13 x 10.25  inches 
  • Featured cooking modes: Toast, Waffle, Roll, Pizza 

Pros 

  • Price
  • Digital temperature control 
  • 5 browning settings 

Cons 

  • Timer is limited to 25 minutes 

This compact toaster oven from Panasonic runs on 1,300 watts of power and uses a pair of quartz and ceramic elements to quickly and evenly cook, reheat, and defrost your food with high-efficiency infrared heat. It offers six auto-cook modes, a digital timer, and manual controls, and it comes with a removable pan and crumb tray for extra flexibility. At only 12-by-13 inches, this is one of the best small toaster ovens if you’re looking for something to sit comfortably on crowded countertops. It’s also light enough to easily be stored when not in use. The connected baking rack automatically pulls out when it’s time to retrieve your toasted treats, and each model comes with a square baking tray that can fit up to four slices of bread. 

Best multifunction: GoWISE USA Deluxe 15-in-1 Oven

GoWISE USA Deluxe 15-in-1 Oven

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The GOWISE Deluxe does it all and comes with 10 additional accessories, including a rotisserie rod, mesh basket, drip pan, and oven rack. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 1600w
  • Dimensions: 12 x 13 x 10.25  inches 
  • Featured cooking modes: Dehydrate, Rotisserie, Frozen Food, Toast

Pros 

  • Included recipe book 
  • 10 additional accessories 
  • 16 presets 

Cons 

  • Heavy
  • Small interior 

This amazingly versatile air fryer and toaster oven combo is an incredible value, thanks to its 15 available cooking modes and included 10 accessories (there’s a rotisserie cage, drip pan, mesh basket, and more). The multi-cooker operates with a simple touch interface and sports three separate tray racks to max out flexibility and capacity during use. The rotisserie feature deserves a special mention for its ability to prepare roasts, tenderloins, kebabs, and whole chickens. The Deluxe model even comes with a recipe book that includes step-by-step instructions for 50 different dishes that need only your toaster oven to finish. It’s available in five colorways and two different sizes, meaning you can find something that fits both your kitchen aesthetic and kitchen counter.

Best budget: Hamilton Beach Easy Reach Toaster Oven

A product photo of the Hamilton Beach Easy Reach Toaster Oven

Hamilton Beach

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Easy Reach is an affordable model from Hamilton beach that is easy to use and efficiently executes basic cooking functions. 

Specs

  • Wattage: 1200w
  • Dimensions: 8.6 x 16.12 x 11.93  inches 
  • Featured cooking modes: Bake, Broil, Toast

Pros 

  • Simple, straightforward
  • Auto-shutoff 

Cons 

  • Basic controls 
  • Only 3 cooking functions 

It’s not difficult to find a budget toaster oven for under $50, but be prepared to cut some corners in terms of versatility and build quality. The Hamilton Beach Toaster Oven ticks all the boxes for an item in this price range, offering convenient broil and bake functions, as well as a cooking timer, all in a small toaster oven. Still, you’ll likely have to spend a bit more if you want to ensure thorough, quick, and predictable results from such a compact toaster oven, which is usually half the reason for buying one at all.

What to consider when buying the best toaster ovens

Space and wattage should be your first consideration. Also, consider whether this appliance will supplement your existing kitchen collection or fully replace and take on the duties of a traditional oven, toaster, or dehydrator. These factors will determine the number of features you’ll want to look for, and because this category is so varied, identifying your needs will be the first important step in settling upon the toaster oven for you.

How many functions does the toaster oven have?

Not surprisingly, the best toaster ovens have come a long way since their invention, adopting functionality that stretches far beyond simple bread toasting. If you have any inclination that you’ll be using your toaster oven for cooking or reheating—say, preparing a side dish from scratch or crisping up a frozen pizza—you should look for a unit that offers temperature and time control at bare minimum, if not one with dedicated modes for specific types of cooking. Fortunately, today’s toaster ovens generally include these basic features and should be able to tackle the most common small-scale cooking and reheating needs of your kitchen. If you’re looking to replace or meet the power and cooking capabilities of a larger conventional oven or dedicated pizza oven, etc., a toaster oven may be able to deliver there as well, thanks to some models packing true convection heating, air frying, steaming, and a whole host of other cooking modes to maximize your kitchen’s flexibility. Regardless of whether you have space to spare or are looking for a unit that can absorb multiple cooking responsibilities, a multifunctional countertop oven with specialty functions is by far one of the most versatile kitchen appliances available on the market.

Check the wattage

In the most basic terms, wattage determines energy consumption and overall power. In the world of toaster ovens, this metric directly affects the heating capabilities of a particular unit and the time it takes to heat your food as a result. When considering different wattages in an oven, it’s important to take into account what you’re aiming to heat or cook and whether or not you have wiggle room in your electricity bill to upgrade to a unit with higher power. Generally speaking, toaster ovens don’t consume an unreasonable amount of energy when compared with most other appliances, but once you get into the realm of convection heating, air frying, and beyond, these changes may start to appear on your electric bill. The plus side to choosing an oven with high operating wattage is a marked increase in cooking temperature, which is essential for performing quick operations at high heat like crisping and browning. Higher wattage also means shorter cooking time, which can make a big difference when preparing food at a moment’s notice. Higher wattage isn’t nearly as significant when it comes to slow cooking, but if you’re looking to achieve perfectly prepared meals in a hurry, it’s important to go for an oven that’s powered sufficiently for your needs.

Take note of the dimensions

Toaster ovens are a go-to space-saving kitchen appliance, thanks to the unique combination of their versatile heating capabilities and traditionally small footprint. While the average toaster oven on the market can accommodate a cooking surface area that amounts to the equivalent of four slices of bread, some models take space-saving to extremes and offer up high power and versatility in an even tinier package. Settings, where a smaller-than-average oven might excel, include small apartment kitchens, auxiliary kitchens, entertaining spaces, RVs, offices, bars, and more. If no more than one or two people are eating or preparing food at once, you can probably get away with a smaller unit.

Temperature range

If you’re looking for a toaster oven to replace your traditional oven, it’s important to consider whether the oven is capable of reaching high enough temperatures. This sounds simple enough, but considering that conventional ovens rely on either gas power or high-voltage electric hookups, the toaster oven has its work cut out for it.

As mentioned earlier, toaster ovens reach high temps through high wattage, but this process takes further delicate engineering and is facilitated by using multiple heating elements and placing them in specific areas of the oven’s interior. This multi-zoned heating is key to even cooking and maintaining the temperature throughout the food. Some of the favorite ovens employ the added benefits of convection, moving hot air around the food to prevent heat pockets from forming and ensuring even cooking every time.

Accessories

If a toaster oven’s role in your kitchen is to be as versatile as it can be, it follows that it should include accessories that enhance its ability to be pushed to the max. Because of their varying shapes and sizes, toaster ovens often won’t accommodate traditional baking pans, skewers, or any other type of generic cooking implements. A budget toaster oven generally won’t include any of these extras, and it’s important to consider whether a model includes everything you’ll need to start cooking right away or if you’ll have to make additional purchases to round it out.

A flat or ridged baking pan is of the most common accessories included with a toaster oven. These are included to support items that might otherwise crumble or melt through the oven’s internal rack during the cooking process, such as cookies, pizza, or egg-based dishes. If a toaster oven model is on the larger side and capable of cooking modes like broiling or roasting, you might consider whether it includes a dedicated high-temperature pan or a pan insert for drippings. Some toaster ovens even offer a rotisserie mode, and in cases like these, a proprietary roasting spit is almost always included.

FAQs

Q: Do toaster ovens use a lot of electricity?

Compared to many other household appliances, toaster ovens do not use a lot of electricity. In fact, they use roughly one-third the amount of power as a conventional electric oven. Each toaster oven is different, typically using between 800-1,500 watts per hour. A full convection toaster oven may use up to 1,800 watts. Electricity usage will also depend on the cooking temperature and time. You can do a few other things to further minimize energy consumption: choose a model with an Energy Star seal, unplug when not in use, and don’t try to bake anything that takes longer than 50 minutes to cook all the way through.

Q: What is the difference between a toaster oven and an air fryer?

The difference between an air fryer and a toaster oven is that an air fryer relies on a large fan to circulate hot air around food in a small space to both cook and crisp. A toaster oven uses metal conductors to generate heat and cook food. Air fryers generally have a smaller capacity than most toaster ovens but cook quickly. Their major claim to fame is being able to cook crispy dishes, like french fries, without the need for additional oils. Toaster ovens have a larger capacity for cooking more at once but offer less versatility in terms of the possible dishes one can make. However, many toaster ovens feature an air fryer cooking mode, delivering the best of both worlds.

Q: How much do toaster ovens cost?

Toaster ovens can cost anywhere between $25 to $1,200. Generally speaking, toaster ovens under $100 are fairly small, only have manual controls, and come with minimal accessories. Between $100 and $300, you can find better options for cooking presets, capacity, temperature control, and overall design. Beyond $300, you’re looking at luxury products, including large convection toaster ovens and models than can perform other functions, like dehydrating.

Q: Are toaster ovens toxic?

Generally speaking, toaster ovens are no more toxic than any other cooking appliance. A few reports have identified potentially harmful chemicals found in various parts that may make up a toaster oven. Try to avoid PFAS chemicals, often found in non-stick Teflon pans. Ensure your toaster oven is made from stainless steel, forgoing any plastic features, and you can also look for options that do not have a California Prop 65 warning label. This label tracks over 900 potentially harmful chemicals and is attached to products that use a higher level than deemed “healthy.” A toaster oven that does not have a Prop 65 warning label could generally be considered “safer.” However, consult a doctor for more information about chemical components found in everyday appliances if you are concerned.

Final thoughts on the best toaster ovens

The venerable toaster oven, versatile as it is, comes in a predictably huge number of variants and sizes. Some models simply toast or reheat food at a cost-effective price point, while others sometimes eliminate the need for larger kitchen appliances. Depending on the space in question and the culinary needs of the user, there’s a specific one out there that’s a perfect fit for every situation. Whether you’re downsizing and replacing an appliance, looking for a compact way to spit roast a chicken, or just trying to make good toast, one of the best toaster ovens might be just the thing you need to round out your kitchen.

The post The best toaster ovens of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best ice cream makers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-ice-cream-maker/ Thu, 13 May 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=364215
best ice cream maker
@nassimo, Unsplash

Customize homemade confections with one of the best ice cream makers for your kitchen.

The post The best ice cream makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best ice cream maker
@nassimo, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Ninja Creami is the best ice cream maker overall. Ninja CREAMI
SEE IT

This 11-in-1 device  let you make ice cream, smoothies, frozen beverages, and more.
Best old-fashioned Old fashioned ice cream maker Elite Gourmet Electric Motorized Maker
SEE IT

Want to make ice cream the classic way? Get ready to use ice and manual cranking,
Best budget Hamilton Beach ice cream maker Hamilton Beach 68330N Automatic Ice Cream Maker
SEE IT

The affordable option is easy to use and has a capacity of 4 quarts.

It’s hard not to love ice cream, whether it’s full-strength or dairy-free. After all, it’s a nearly timeless treat: it dates back to at least 550 BCE when ancient Persians were known to whip up milk, fruit syrup and snow-chilled honey confections in their pioneering walk-in freezers. In 1843, Nancy Johnson of Philadelphia patented the first ice cream maker for domestic use, for which we should all thank her. Now there are many options, so choosing the best dessert machine for your kitchen comes down to capacity, method of power, and desired consistency. Whether you’re looking for a fun and hands-on family activity or a quick and easy way to make a large batch, there’s a machine out there for when you scream for ice cream.

The best ice cream makers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Ninja CREAMI

The Ninja Creami is the best ice cream maker overall.

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 24 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 14.44 pounds
  • Dimensions: 12.01 x 8.42 x 16.69 inches

Pros

  • Make ice cream, gelato, milkshakes and more
  • Easy to use
  • Re-spin feature allows for creamier texture
  • Comes with recipes

Cons

  • Hard to get

CREAMi takes all the guesswork out of making frozen desserts by streamlining the cooking process, which boils down to filling its container with your ingredients, freezing it for 24 hours, and pressing one of the buttons on CREAMi’s face. The appliance allows you to make anything from hard ice cream to a smoothie bowl and milkshake. There’s even a specific setting for processing your dessert after you’ve added mix-ins to distribute them evenly.

Ninja includes a pint container with lid, so you can easily store leftover ice cream, or bring your latest flavor combo to a friend. Once you’re done making dessert, you can pop all the parts into a dishwasher for easy cleanup. Making ice cream can seem intimidating, but Ninja’s CREAMi makes it a lot more accessible. —Brandt Ranj

Best electric: Whynter ICM-15LS Automatic Ice Cream Maker

Whynter ice cream maker with timer

Whynter

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.6 quarts
  • Weight: 27 pounds
  • Dimensions: 18.5  x 11  x 10 inches

Pros

  • Designed with internal pre-cooling function
  • Stainless steel and BPA-free
  • Motor protection feature turns off if mixture is already frozen

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

This Whynter ice cream maker has a capacity of 1.6 quarts and cools ice creams, sorbets, and other creamy confections to a chilly -31 degrees Fahrenheit without the need for pre-freezing. It has a removable BPA-free aluminum mixing bowl and churn blade for easy cleaning and uses an automatic alarm system so you’ll know when to shiver with excitement. 

Best old-fashioned: Elite Gourmet Electric Motorized Maker

Old fashioned ice cream maker

Elite Gourmet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 4 quarts 
  • Weight: 7.65 pounds
  • Dimensions: 12.13 x 12.13 x 16.26 inches

Pros

  • Rustic wood design
  • Large capacity
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Uses manual cranking
  • Requires rock salt

Elite Gourmet’s old-fashioned ice cream maker (available in 4 quart and 6 quart sizes) is a versatile answer to traditional electric designs, offering a preparation process built upon rock salt and lots of ice in a classic wooden bucket (salt lowers the freezing temperature of the water, making things colder). Users can dial in their ideal experience by choosing between the included whisper-quiet 90 RPM electric motor or the hand crank to prepare soft-serve goodness, and the removable internal aluminum canister allows for easy cleanup and storage.

Best for soft-serve: Cuisinart Mix It In Soft-Serve Ice Cream Maker

White Cuisinart ice cream maker for soft serve ice cream

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 1.5 quarts 
  • Weight: 16.7 pounds
  • Dimensions: 9.7 x 9 x 18.2 inches

Pros

  • Comes with cone and sprinkle containers
  • Makes ice cream in 20 minutes
  • Doesn’t use dry ice or chemicals
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Doesn’t make hard ice cream

Here’s a Cuisinart ice cream maker that will prepare up to 1.5 quarts of ice cream in as little as 20 minutes and allow you to automatically apply up to three toppings. The soft-serve ice cream maker includes a double-insulated freezer bowl and contains plenty of easy-to-clean BPA-free parts. Soft-serve ice cream is dispensed in one motion, just like on commercial machines, and its included cone holder accommodates an entire stack of ice cream cones.

Best for kids: Play and Freeze Ice Cream Ball

Blue ice cream maker for kids in a ball shape

hand2mind

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 1 pint
  • Weight: 2.2 pounds
  • Dimensions: 8 x 8 x 7.6 inches

Pros

  • No electricity required
  • Lightweight
  • Doubles as science lesson

Cons

  • Not much capacity

Kids will love this ice cream ball from Play and Freeze thanks to its interactive design that encourages play, learning, and collaboration. It requires no electricity and relies upon salt, ice, and manual agitation to render a pint of ice cream in roughly 30 minutes. This kids pick is a great option for teaching scientific principles in a fun and unique way.

Best budget: Hamilton Beach 68330N Automatic Ice Cream Maker

Hamilton Beach ice cream maker

Hamilton Beach

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 4 quarts
  • Weight: 5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.3 x 12.5 x 11.1 inches

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Easy to use
  • Makes ice cream in 20 to 40 minutes

Cons

  • Some users said the components were flimsy

Here’s a Hamilton Beach ice cream maker that comes with the same features you’d expect from a pricier model. It’s fully motorized and equipped with automatic timers, and all it requires is ice and rock salt. It’s designed with an easy-lock lid to prevent spills and includes over 20 ice cream recipes that are sure to spark inspiration for users of every taste. 

Things to consider when shopping for the best ice cream maker

The best ice cream makers of every type operate upon the simple principle of taking a sweet mixture, exposing it to very cold temperatures, and constantly moving it around. This churning motion gives ice cream its signature creamy texture and prevents it from becoming solid, crystallized, and unpleasant. Most models of ice cream machines on the market are automatic designs that perform this churning automatically, but users looking for a more traditional feel can opt for an old-fashioned ice cream maker that allows for manual hand-crank operation that’s perfect for bringing nostalgia and fun to a get-together.

Before you find the best homemade ice cream maker, think about your use case. Are you looking to prepare small single-serving quantities, or for large amounts for sharing? Ice cream makers with at least a 2-quart capacity should be plenty big enough for families and small gatherings. Yearning and churning for large parties? Go for a big one, perhaps up to 6 quarts. Although some large ice cream makers allow users to prepare quantities below their capacity, this often requires plenty of annoying adjustments to ingredient amounts and prep times, so it’s often best to stick to making an entire batch at once unless the model explicitly accommodates smaller batches. For this reason, couples and individuals may prefer one with a smaller maximum prep capacity.

An electric ice cream maker offers consistent results

Electric ice cream makers are far and away the most compact and versatile designs in this product class and are the ideal choice for casual users and professional home cooks alike. When considering an electric ice cream maker, look for a model that includes convenient modern features like digital display controls and timers that automate the ice cream formation process to take the guesswork out of the equation. There are two main types: one requires you to freeze a liquid-filled container, typically overnight. The other version has a compressor, like for an air conditioner, that is built-in and removes the need to pre-freeze, which is certainly easier and quicker—but pricier.

Old-fashioned ice cream makers are perfect for preparing old-timey ice cream

If you’re looking to feature the ice cream-making process front and center for entertaining purposes, nothing beats an old-fashioned design. These models emulate old-school designs from the earliest days of ice cream making by using a wooden bucket and a hand crank combined with lots of ice to deliver a hands-on user experience with a delicious payoff. The best old-fashioned ice cream makers on the market are great for keeping family members or partygoers of every age engaged and entertained with a truly novel group activity.

The specialized designs and materials of old-fashioned ice cream makers often come at a cost that’s comparable to pure electric models, but this is typically offset by the inclusion of modern options and features for added versatility. When shopping for an old-fashioned ice cream maker, look for a design that includes an electric motor option to ensure that you’re able to get the most flexibility out of your purchase and use it in a variety of circumstances.

Bring nostalgic treats straight to your kitchen with a soft-serve machine

Soft-serve ice cream is a popular variant of the frozen treat, given a silky, light texture by infusing the ice cream with air while churning. While most soft-serve machines are bulky and expensive pieces of equipment that would be impractical for home users, there are a handful of companies manufacturing compact models aimed squarely at home users and families.

Much like their commercial counterparts, the best soft-serve ice cream machines for personal use are set apart from other ice cream makers by offering integrated dispensing options for serving directly into a cone or cup. These soft-serve machine designs are a great option for parties and families with kids due to their speed and novelty, especially if you go with a model that offers automatic toppings of sprinkles, nuts, and more.

The best kids ice cream makers offer a hands-on experience

While many products for kids attempt to blur the line between toy and useful tool, few are as fun as an ice cream maker. Even the most basic designs can be considered an appropriate device for keeping kids entertained with hands-on preparation, but if you’re looking for a truly special experience that simply can’t be replicated otherwise, an ice cream maker cleverly disguised as an interactive toy is by far the best way to keep kids coming back for more.

When shopping for an appropriate kids option, hand-crank designs are likely to be the most common variety you’ll encounter, but we highly recommend opting for a toy-like design, such as a rolling ball. These balls contain ice and rock salt, much like old-fashioned manual designs, but instead of churning, you use kinetic energy by rolling the ball around. Because of this mechanism, ice cream balls are much better suited to group collaboration and also provide kids with a relatable illustration of motion’s role in preparing ice cream.

Even cheaper kitchen appliances can deliver quality results

It’s easy to enjoy homemade ice cream on a budget, with plenty of manufacturers offering barebones ice cream makers at an accessible price point. Less expensive ice cream makers won’t have compressors to keep things cold, so you’ll have to go with either a rock salt-and-ice combination or a bowl that you freeze overnight. We like the rock-salt version because it requires less forethought.

One benefit of this style is that these machines don’t have a large, dedicated refrigeration system, so these budget options are often more compact than one might expect. Motorized stirring is also frequently present in the lower price bracket, so you won’t have to settle for a manually operated ice cream machine if you’re just looking to save a few bucks. When shopping for a cheap ice cream maker, it’s especially important to keep an eye on the capacity of your desired unit, as they often become smaller as the price gets lower.

FAQs

Q: How to make homemade ice cream with an electric maker?

There are a few different ways to make homemade ice cream with an electric ice cream maker, largely depending on where your frigid temperatures are coming from. Electric ice cream makers come in automatic freezing designs as well as manual freezing designs that require users to add ice or freeze a canister. However, all-electric makers utilize a motor to automatically stir the mixture, sparing users the need to churn manually.

Q: How to make ice cream without an ice cream maker?

The most common method for making ice cream without an ice cream maker involves using plastic bags and either a conventional freezer or a large quantity of ice and salt to lower the mixture’s temperature. This technique requires a lot of manual agitation and can be quite messy, but it works in a pinch. We’d recommend a proper ice cream maker, however.

Q: What is the best ice cream maker for home use?

The best ice cream maker for home use will be an electric model that offers automatic freezing, automatic stirring, or both. These features drastically reduce the requirements of user operation and pack plenty of power into a compact form, making them space-efficient and easy to use.

The final word on choosing the best ice cream makers

Finding the best ice cream maker for handcrafting delicious cool treats on-demand is first and foremost a question of capacity and cooling. Most first-time users should go for an electric option since they’re ideal for feeding small and large groups alike. For a custom-tailored twist on entertaining, a kids ice cream machine, a soft-serve machine, or an old-fashioned design are by far the best choices if you’re looking for a unique hands-on group activity.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ice cream makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-energy-efficient-air-conditioners/ Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449644
The best energy efficient air conditioners composited
Stan Horaczek

Beat the heat and save some money with the best energy-efficient air conditioners.

The post The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best energy efficient air conditioners composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT) is the best overall energy efficient air conditioner. Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT)
SEE IT

Midea’s unique U-shaped design, energy-efficient components, and support for smart features make it our top pick.
Best for big rooms LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM) is the best energy efficient air conditioner. LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM)
SEE IT

The LG LW1817IVSM is powerful enough to cool off an entire large one-bedroom apartment.
Best budget Frigidaire FFRE053WAE is the best cheap energy efficient air conditioner. Frigidaire FFRE053WAE
SEE IT

The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE will keep you comfortable on a budget.

No one wants to sit at home, sweating, on a sweltering summer day but staying cool can be a challenging and expensive proposition for those who lack an air conditioning system. Luckily, an energy-efficient AC can help you keep your home cool while keeping your utility bills low. Listen. If you’re reading this, it’s probably hot out (or it will be soon). Do yourself a favor and let us guide you through picking the best energy-efficient air conditioners for every person and space.

How we chose the best energy-efficient air conditioners

I live on the bottom floor in a small apartment with no central air conditioning. It can get hot in the summer, with temperatures in our bedroom generally hovering around 80 degrees. That’s not conducive to sleep, and even the best portable fans don’t always provide enough respite throughout the place. In other words, my air conditioner is very important. Therefore, I take buying a new one very seriously.

Our selections are the product of hours of research, including personal experiences, peer suggestions, user impressions, and the foundation we used for Popular Science’s previous air conditioner guides, including the best window air conditioners and best portable air conditioners. I have over 10 years of experience covering consumer electronics for Popular Science, CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and XDA Developers, among others.

The best energy-efficient air conditioners: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’re in a situation where fans alone cannot keep you cool, it may be time to get an air conditioner. Now that you know how to pick one, let’s talk about the best energy-efficient air conditioners you can buy today.

Best overall: Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT)

Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT) is the best overall energy efficient air conditioner.

Midea

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Midea U will quietly cool down your space, thanks to its distinctive U-shaped design.

Specs

  • Type: Window
  • Energy efficiency: 15 CEER
  • BTUs: 8,000
  • Energy Star certified: Yes
  • Estimated noise level: 42 dB (low) – 47 dB (high)

Pros

  • U-shaped design
  • Quiet operation
  • Support for smart features

Cons

  • Difficult installation process

Most window air conditioners feature a box-style design. The Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner takes a slightly different approach. It features a slot between its vents and the housing for most of its hardware. The shape lets you close your window and keep most of the air conditioner’s noise outside your home. It also lets you freely open and close the window without the unit falling out.

The Midea U also uses inverter technology, which helps better regulate energy flow to the unit based on demand. It received an extremely high 15 CEER score, which is incredible considering that most efficient units score an 11 or 12. Lastly, the Midea U supports smart home features so that you can set recurring schedules—and it’s compatible with Alexa and Google Assistant, allowing you to turn the unit on or off with your voice.

Finding an in-window AC unit with great design, intelligent features, and energy efficiency can be challenging. The Midea U hit all those marks, making it a rare and exciting appliance.

Best window: Friedrich CCV08A10A

Friedrich Chill Premier

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Friedrich’s CCV08A10A is a simple-looking high-performing surprisingly quiet window air conditioner.

Specs

  • Type: Window
  • Energy efficiency: 15 CEER
  • BTUs: 8,000
  • Energy Star certified: Yes
  • Estimated noise level: 32 dB (fan-only mode) – 42 dB (cool)

Pros

  • Simple look
  • Quiet button actually works
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Pricey

If you have a mid-sized room that needs to get cooled down quickly during the summertime, Friedrich’s CCV08A10A is the perfect solution. Installing the window unit is easy thanks to Friedrich’s well-written instructions, and can confirm the job can be done with one person—though having two people makes it easier. We like that the side flaps built into the CCV08A10A are solid and flat rather than fan-like wings found on other window air conditioners because of their clean look.

The best thing about this energy-efficient air conditioner is that it can run the gamut from being an ultra-quiet fan to a high-powered AC. It has a physical quiet button, which automatically controls its fan speed—you can typically manually adjust between low, medium, and high modes—that actually makes a big difference. At its maximum cool setting the CCV08A10A made our room appreciably colder in a couple of minutes.

You can control the CCV08A10A through a remote, app, or buttons on its front face. We appreciated that the CCV08A10A’s buttons were big, legible, and easy to press, which isn’t the case for most window air conditioners. In our view buttons don’t wreck the air conditioner’s aesthetics, and improve its usability substantially. There’s even an energy saver mode you can enable with a single button press, which again takes the air conditioner’s control out of your hands and automatically adjusts its settings.

The CCV08A10A is easy to use, works well, and has a pleasing industrial design. This win-win-win is tough to find in tech, but Friedrich succeed. If you need a window AC to cool your home this summer (and for years to come), Friedrich’s CCV08A10A is our go-to pick.

Best for big rooms: LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM)

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The LG LW1817IVSM is quiet, energy-efficient, and supports smart functionality.

Specs

  • Type: Window
  • Energy efficiency: 14.7 CEER
  • BTUs: 18,000
  • Energy Star certified: Yes
  • Estimated noise level: 44 dB (sleep mode) – 59 dB (high)

Pros

  • Quiet operation
  • Capable of cooling off large spaces
  • Smart feature support

Cons

  • Pricey

If you need a powerful air conditioner that cools a whole apartment or floor of your home, the LG LW1817IVSM is a high-powered window unit. Like our top pick, it features inverter technology, which makes it especially quiet and efficient for its size. It provides 25 percent more energy savings than the Energy Star certification requirement. It has a CEER of 14.7 and pumps out up to 18,000 BTUs, allowing it to cool spaces up to 1,000 square feet. Meanwhile, it keeps comparatively quiet, hitting just under 60 dB at high power and shushing down to just 44 dB in a specialty sleep mode.

In addition, the LW1817IVSM supports a smartphone app that allows users to set schedules and turn the unit on or off remotely. It also supports Alexa and Google Assistant for hands-free control. These features make LG’s air conditioner easy to use, allowing you to stay cool effortlessly rather than fiddle around with settings.

Best portable: Whynter ARC-14S

Whynter ARC-14S is the best portable energy efficient air conditioner.

Whynter

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Whynter ARC-14S portable air conditioner features a slick design and convenient auto-drain technology.

Specs

  • Type: Portable
  • Energy efficiency: 11.2 EER
  • BTUs: 14,000
  • Energy Star Certified: N/A
  • Estimated noise level: 56 dB

Pros

  • Slick design
  • Capable of cooling large spaces
  • Auto-drain technology

Cons

  • Loud

Portable air conditioners often don’t meet the same specs as window units, but the Whynter ARC-14S comes close. It offers a respectable 11.2 EER rating while pumping out an impressive 14,000 BTUs of cooling power. That makes it one of the best energy-efficient air conditioners on the market.

It also offers some convenient features, including an auto-drain function that recycles captured moisture to create more cool air. This helps your room cool and means you don’t have to worry about emptying out a moisture tank (a common feature on portable AC units). It also features a dual-exhaust design, improving its ability to cool your space. Regarding portable air conditioners, the Whynter ARC-14S hits all the right notes with its design, features, and energy efficiency.

Best design: Windmill AC With WhisperTech

Windmill AC with WhisperTech in an apartment window (color-corrected header)

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Windmill AC features an attractive design, an app that lets you control the window unit remotely, and a new compressor that helps keep it quiet.

Specs

  • Type: Window
  • Energy efficiency: 11.9 CEER
  • BTUs: 8,000
  • Energy Star Certified: No
  • Estimated noise level: 42 dB (low)

Pros

  • Great design
  • Smart home features
  • Easy to install

Cons

  • Unable to control the direction of the fan
  • Not energy star certified

Air conditioners are generally an eyesore. They’re big … they’re bulky … they’re hanging out of our windows or taking up space in the corners of our rooms. Windmill puts extra care in its AC aesthetics, with rounded corners and a clean, pleasing front vent. Windmill also prides itself on making the unit especially easy to install and comes with step-by-step instructions.

The company has just introduced a new model—available in 8,000 and 10,000 BTU configurations—with a variable speed inverted and linear fan. These two design changes allow the AC to operate at volume levels as low as 42 dB. In our first-hand tests, the technology Windmill calls WhisperTech lives up to its name. We could use this air conditioner regularly without needing to crank the TV or leave our living room to nap. Keeping the air conditioner on eco mode cooled the room as quickly as similarly sized units would on their higher settings despite consuming less electricity. This is because Windmill’s air conditioner sucks air from your room through a vent at the bottom while blowing cool air from the top. This design improves its cooling efficiency.

The Windmill AC also features an app, so you can turn it on/off remotely, set it to one of three different modes, and use your voice with support for Alexa and Google Assistant. Air conditioners have looked the same for several years, and while Windmill isn’t reinventing the wheel, its AC is undeniably easier on the eyes than its competition. The fact that it supports remote control and operates more quietly and efficiently is all icing on the cake.

Best budget: Frigidaire FFRE053WAE

Frigidaire FFRE053WAE is the best cheap energy efficient air conditioner.

Frigidaire

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE offers quiet operation, a programmable timer, and impressive energy efficiency at an affordable price.

Specs

  • Type: Window
  • Energy efficiency: 12.1 CEER
  • BTUs: 5,000
  • Energy Star Certified: Yes
  • Estimated noise level: 50 dB (low) – 56 dB (high)

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Programmable timer
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Noisy on high

The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE includes everything you need in a basic air conditioner for a small room. It features a programmable timer and remote control. Plus, it’s Energy Star certified and very efficient. The unit is also relatively quiet on low at 50 dB but gets relatively close to our noise limit of 56 on high. And there’s no avoiding the fact that this air conditioner is affordable because it isn’t all that powerful. We don’t recommend going for this one to cool off a big room. If 5,000 BTUs will get the job done, then this is a very strong choice.

What to consider when picking from the best energy-efficient air conditioners

It’s easy to get blindsided when picking a new air conditioner. It’s one of those appliances that we don’t think about too much until they stop working. Before choosing the best energy-efficient air conditioner unit for your home, it really helps to learn the basics—knowing the pros and cons of different air conditioner types and energy ratings will help you make an informed decision about balancing energy consumption and cooling power. We also considered factors like smart features and noise level, which can significantly affect the overall experience. 

One programming note: While central air will definitely keep any home cool, the installation is a very involved process that you should sort out with experts, including a contractor. This guide focuses on in-window air conditioning units and portable air conditioners, which you can buy as a quick and efficient way to cool a room or home without any major installation costs.

Window units vs. portable air conditioners

Window and portable AC units offer roughly the same amount of cooling power for around the same price. However, they operate in different ways, which may determine whether one works better for you. Before making your choice, you should know what type of air conditioner you need to shop for.

An in-window air conditioner must be installed in a window, often using a bracket to keep it from falling out. Depending on the unit, you may be able to leave your AC in place all year round, or you may have to take out and reinstall it every year. Once installed, in-window air conditioners are almost always quieter than portable air conditioners and don’t take up any space in your home.

By contrast, a portable air conditioner usually needs to be near a window but is far easier to move around. Simply plug it into an outlet and install a window kit to vent moisture and exhaust. Many portable ACs vent their exhaust through a hose, potentially giving you the ability to cool down a room with a smaller window that couldn’t hold an in-window model.

You definitely want to figure out whether you have a place to install an in-window or portable air conditioner before picking a unit. All things being equal, we’d usually recommend a window unit over a portable AC, but plenty of logistical factors may lead you to go the other way.

How much power do you need?

Air conditioners come in many sizes, often based on their cooling capacity. To figure out what size air conditioner you need, look at the size of the room or home you’re trying to cool. Measure the space to determine how many square feet you need your AC to cover. Energy Star’s buying guide features a geometry refresher to help people calculate a room’s area specifically for this purpose.

Once you know the square footage, you can determine how much cooling power you need from your air conditioner. Appliance manufacturers measure AC cooling power in British Thermal Units, commonly known as BTUs. According to Consumer Reports, you need 20 BTUs per square foot for the area you want to cool down. The amount of cooling power you need may vary beyond this basic calculation, though, based on room-specific factors such as sun exposure.

A 5,000 BTU air conditioner should have enough power to effectively cool 100-150 square feet, which is more or less the standard bedroom size in homes and apartments. To cool more than a single room, your power requirements climb: Realistically, you want 12,000-14,000 BTUs to cool 550-700 square feet.

Some factors may prevent you from using an air conditioner large enough for your space. For example, your window may be too short or narrow to support a large window unit. While it isn’t always up to you, remember that using an air conditioner that’s too small may reduce its effectiveness. Likewise, a large air conditioner may use more power than necessary when cooling a smaller room. 

Understanding energy-efficiency ratings

No matter what you do, your air conditioner will use a lot of power. We recommend picking an air conditioner with energy efficiency in mind for a variety of reasons, from saving money to minimizing the environmental impact of keeping cool. Air conditioners feature several energy efficiency ratings, which indicate certain thresholds for sipping power rather than guzzling it. For this guide, we’re going to focus on three energy standards: The Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER), Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER), and Energy Star certification.

The Energy Efficiency Ratio measures the ratio of an air conditioner’s output per hour, as measured in British thermal units (BTUs), to the AC’s power draw, measured in watts (W). The EER measures the system’s overall efficiency, with a higher rating resulting in a more efficient system. For example, let’s say a 12,000 BTU air conditioner is powered by 1,000W. For every 1W of energy provided to the AC unit, we will get 12 BTU of cooling effect in return. That’s better than a 12,000 BTU unit powered by 1,400W, which would result in a less efficient rating of 8.57.

Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER) is a standard set by the Department of Energy (DOE) in 2014 that rates the energy efficiency of window-based air conditioners. The ratio shows the cooling capacity output, measured in BTUs, relative to the electricity use and standby/off-mode power consumption.

Some of the best air conditioners also have an Energy Star rating, indicating that they meet federal guidelines for energy efficiency and use 10 percent less energy than an AC unit that isn’t Energy Star-certified. In general, picking an Energy Star-certified air conditioner is the way to go. While window and central AC systems offer Energy Star ratings, no portable units are Energy Star-certified.

How loud is it?

All air conditioners are noisy. There’s no way around it, but that’s all the more reason to try and buy one that’s as quiet as possible. Most air conditioners feature an estimated noise level, measured in decibels (dB), to tell you how loud an AC gets at peak performance.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, air conditioners often operate around 60 dB, which is “comfortable” to listen to over a sustained period. That said, the Environmental Protection Agency recommends limiting exposure to indoor noises above 45 dB. Of course, these statistics don’t factor in your personal tolerance for ambient noise. Ultimately, the best advice we can give is that you should look for an AC that runs quietly, especially if you’re buying an AC that you want to last, and avoid any unit that hits above 60 dB.

Are there smart features?

As with many modern appliances, many modern air conditioners feature nuanced controls and internet-enabled “smart” capabilities, such as setting target temperatures and schedules or controlling the device through a smartphone app. These functions make your air conditioner more convenient and more efficient. Of course, these features are considered luxuries, so you may not find them on less expensive units.

FAQs

Q: How much money will an energy-efficient air conditioner save me per year?

According to the Department of Energy, an air conditioner with an Energy Star rating can save you an average of $70 per year compared to older, less efficient air conditioners. That may not sound like a lot, but it adds up over the lifespan of your appliance. With modern air conditioners, you can save even more money by programming your unit to cool on a schedule.

Q: How cool should my space be if it’s 100 degrees outside?

For the most energy efficiency, the U.S. Department of Energy recommends residents set their indoor temperature to 78 degrees when they’re asleep during the summer months. When you go out, you should set the temperature to 85 degrees. When you’re sleeping, a balmy 82 degrees. Of course, these are recommendations for people with central air, who can cool their home to a specific temperature, and don’t keep your personal preferences in mind.

Q: Is it more energy-efficient to leave an air conditioner on all day?

The short answer is yes; it is more energy-efficient to leave your air conditioner on all day. The long answer is a little more complicated. The most effective way to run your air conditioner is to program it to keep your space at a specific temperature throughout the day, whether it’s the suggested 78 degrees or slightly cooler.

Surprisingly, the worst thing you can do is turn the air conditioner off completely. Yes, you save power when it’s off, but it’ll inevitably have to work extra hard to regulate your space’s temperature and humidity when you need it again.

Q: How much does an energy-efficient air conditioner cost?

This depends on its size and other features, but you can spend as little as $206 to as much as $650 on the models we recommend.

Final thoughts on the best energy-efficient air conditioners

As temperatures rise over the summer, air conditioning can be the difference between a comfortable summer and a sticky, sweaty one. Picking one of the best energy-efficient air conditioners requires a little planning, but it’ll be worth it when you don’t have to suffer through a heat wave. Whatever style you choose, the energy-efficient options on our list will help keep you cool and save you money.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best coffee makers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-coffee-maker/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 18:14:43 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-coffee-maker/
Appliances photo

A menagerie of coffee maker options might get your head spinning, but the one for you may specialize in your favorite brew.

The post The best coffee makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Appliances photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best drip coffee The Technivorm Moccamaster on a countertop Technivorm Moccamaster
SEE IT

Quality and simplicity come together in a reliable coffee maker with a delicious brew every time.

Best overall Café Specialty Grind and Brew Coffee Maker on a red countertop in front of a microwave Café Specialty Grind and Brew Coffee Maker
SEE IT

This elegant coffee maker allows you to customize temperature, grind size, and easily make one cup to go or 10 for a group.
Best espresso machine a Breville Barista Express espresso maker Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine
SEE IT

Fine-tune your favorite brew and explore all the flavors of a beloved bean.

Whether you prefer to start your day with the latest latte art or a simple cup of joe, it all starts with your coffee maker. The term “coffee maker” encompasses a wide range of functionality and tastes. From a manual Aeropress to a nine-bar espresso machine, each type of coffee maker has its pros and cons, and some are easier to use than others. It all depends on your tastes, preferences, and level of coffee connoisseurship. The best coffee makers offer your favorite brew at the right quality with the time you have.

Take a look at the following guide to help you pick the best coffee makers to satisfy your palate. Whether you want a small, simple machine for brewing your morning cup or the option to make something fancy, we’ve got a coffee maker for you.

How we chose the best coffee makers

There are lots of options on the market when you search for “coffee maker.” But what’s the best model for you? Is it a simple one-and-done you turn on in the morning? Or do you prefer a model with a range of options? The best coffee makers hit all the right notes, including:

Versatility: Can the coffee maker brew different volumes or be used to make different kinds of coffee drinks? Versatility adds value and lets users expand their tastes. 

Adjustability features: Many factors influence how coffee tastes, from how you grind it to how hot you brew it. Some machines take the guesswork out preparing a cup of joe, which is good for users looking for easy-to-use options. Coffee makers that showed consistency in temperature and pressure or allowed for accurate adjustability stood out amongst the competition. 

Ease of cleaning: Maintenance is half the battle with a coffee maker. The ability to easily clean the machine also weighed into our selection of the best coffee makers.

Bonus features: Built-in milk frothers or grinders reduce the number of gadgets needed in the kitchen. We gave bonus points to coffee makers that incorporated these extra features in their design.

The best coffee makers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Café Specialty Grind and Brew Coffee Maker

Café Specialty Grind and Brew Coffee Maker on a red countertop in front of a microwave

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek coffee maker provides adjustable temperatures, customizable brewing modes, and makes it easy to take a cup of coffee to go or make it for the family.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.5” x 17.4” x 14.5”
  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Brew size: 45 ounces, up to 10 cups
  • Carafe: Thermal, stainless steel
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Four brewing mode presets
  • Reusable filter
  • Adjustable temperature
  • Programmable
  • WiFi-enabled

Cons

  • Can be tall and difficult to fit under some cabinets

With the Café Specialty Grind and Brew Coffee Maker you’ll get a beautiful, feature-packed machine with adjustable temperatures from 185-205 degrees, and customizable brewing modes. It features four strength settings—light, medium, bold, and gold. All of the settings are easily accessible on the touchscreen display on the front of the device. You can also connect the appliance to the SmartHQ app to control the machine and brew your coffee.

With the machine, you’ll get a 10-cup thermal carafe, but you’ll also have the option to  brew into smaller travel mugs, courtesy of brewing volume controls that allow you to brew between 1 and 10 cups. This gives you the freedom to brew a single cup on the go or enough for multiple people in the household. 

The built-in burr grinder has six settings, giving you further control over your brew since different beans can benefit from varying grind size. The hopper can hold up to 200 grams of coffee, so you’ll be able to make multiple pots before having to top off your beans. And compared to other grinders, I find this one to be on the quieter side. 

One of my favorite design choices of this machine is the water reservoir. Instead of the typical rectangular reservoir that sits in the back of most machines, the side tank is easy to remove, holds 75 ounces of water—enough water for up to 1.5 carafes—and is easier to grip than most larger rectangular designs. 

Cleaning the machine is fairly quick and easy, too. After brewing your coffee, pop the dishwasher-safe, reusable filter—the machine is also compatible with 8-to-12-cup paper filters—out and dispose of your grinds in a compost bin or the trash. 

The biggest downside to the machine is the height. If you’ve got enough counter space with no cabinets above, you’re golden. But if you also have an appliance-filled counter with very little real estate, you might have to move some things around or invest in a separate coffee cart.

Best drip coffee: Technivorm Moccamaster

The Technivorm Moccamaster on a countertop

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The simplicity and consistency of the Moccamaster’s brews make it well worth the price and earn it the best drip-coffee maker spot on our list. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5″ x 12.75″ x 14″
  • Weight: 6.25 pounds
  • Brew size: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Fast, easy setup
  • Hot plate maintains ideal temperature for up to 100 minutes
  • Copper heating element heats faster and more consistently

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Can’t make different types of drinks

The handmade Technivorm Moccamaster produces delicious coffee without the bells and whistles of more complex machines. Although its price tag might give you pause, know that you’re paying for quality. That quality includes copper coils that conduct heat better, faster, and more evenly, as well as a hotplate that keeps the brew at the perfect temperature for up to 100 minutes—perfect for anyone who gets sidetracked in the morning. 

You really can make your coffee with a single touch and no mess with this drip coffee machine. However, it only makes basic coffee, so it’s not the best choice if you want to experiment with your brew or make your own coffeehouse drinks.

Best pour-over: CHEMEX Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker

Chemex Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker - Hand Blown Series makes the best coffee.

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut Simple design and high quality meet in this beautiful pour-over coffee maker that can be used to make both hot and cold brew coffee. It’s one of the best pour-over coffee makers on the market.

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎6.3″ x 9.6″ x 1.35″
  • Weight: 1.9 pounds
  • Brew size: 6 cups
  • Carafe: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Beautiful, sculptural design
  • Carafe can be covered and refrigerated
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Carafe may chip or break

The Chemex Pour-Over Glass Coffeemaker leaves pressure adjustments and specialty coffees for other coffee makers. This simple design looks amazing and artistic while brewing delicious, rich cups of coffee. The glass carafe holds up to six cups of coffee. Once brewed, you remove the grounds and filter and use the carafe to pour the coffee. You can also cover the carafe and put it in the refrigerator for an iced coffee later in the day. It’s a simple method that looks beautiful and produces a delicious brew. However, that’s all it does—make hot or cold coffee. There are no extra bells and whistles, and some reviewers report breaking or cracking carafes.

Best for hot and cold coffee: Zojirushi EC-YTC100XB Coffee Maker

A product image of the Zojirushi Coffee Maker

Zojirushi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This coffee maker is easy to use, easy to clean, and can easily make a good cup of iced coffee.

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎8″ x 10.63″ x 15.88″
  • Weight: 9 pounds
  • Brew size: 10 cups
  • Carafe: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Programmable timer
  • Easy to clean
  • Little to no leaks

Cons

  • Reviews report brew temps of around 185 degrees versus the advertised 200.

Zojirushi is known for its high-quality, long-lasting rice cookers. Turns out, they make a mean coffee maker as well. Connoisseurs will enjoy the coffee maker’s ability to brew Japanese-style iced coffee thanks to an included ice basket. Instead of steeping the grounds in cold water for an extended period, like traditional cold brew, the coffee is flash-chilled by brewing 200-degree coffee directly over ice cubes. The resulting coffee is smoother and lighter-bodied compared to standard cold brew—and ready immediately. And for those who drink iced coffee to ingest caffeine faster, the Zojirushi coffee maker features specific water measure lines to ensure a strong cold cup.

The coffee maker can also brew hot coffee—four warming plate settings keep it as warm as you like. The programmable timer means you can wake up to your bean juice, and an easy-pour carafe minimizes dribbling so you keep every precious drop of it. The coffee maker also features a drip prevention mechanism when the carafe is removed from the unit so rogue drops don’t drip and burn onto the hot plate. However, if you like a piping-hot cup, beware: some reviewers note that they were hoping for hotter coffee in the carafe.

Best espresso machine: Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine

Breville Barista Express Espresso Machine

Breville

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Breville espresso machine lets you be your own barista with its built-in grinder and steam wand. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.8″ x 12.5″ x 15.9″
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Brew size: 1 cup at a time
  • Carafe: N/A
  • Milk frother: Yes

Pros

  • Make micro-adjustments to your brew with grinder, pressure, and temperature
  • Grind on-demand, making only as much as you want
  • Small footprint for an all-in-one machine

Cons 

  • Sometimes needs help getting all the beans in the grinder
  • Expensive

The Breville BES870XL Barista Express Espresso Machine provides plenty of options for creating your own specialty drinks from start to finish. And we do mean start, thanks to the built-in bean grinder, and finish, thanks to the included frother. The built-in grinder is on-demand, which means you can load it and only grind as many grounds as you need. Those grounds can be adjusted to further customize your drinks. 

The Breville also offers adjustable pressure and temperature to fine-tune each cup of coffee. The machine guides users through the process and helps time the pull of the espresso. Once everything’s brewed, the built-in steam wand froths milk to create coffee art. All of the adjustment features can be used to extract the perfect flavor and mouthfeel for each bean used. 

There aren’t many downsides to this espresso machine except for the high price, and the beans sometimes need a little help getting into the grinder. 

Best budget: Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker

The Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker is the Best Value.

Black + Decker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Black + Decker’s classic looks and no-nonsense performance make it a great, budget-friendly choice for anyone who just wants a simple cup of coffee. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.25″ x 12.25″ x 11″
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Brew size: 12 cups
  • Carafe: Glass
  • Milk frother: No

Pros

  • Can remove carafe mid-brew
  • Program it to automatically brew each morning
  • Easier cleaning with removable brew basket

Cons

  •  Basket easily overflows

The Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker harkens back to a simpler time when most countertop coffee makers had a similar drip system. This model features a removable brew basket for easier cleaning, though that basket can easily overflow. It doesn’t waste time making coffee, though some people find its brew too weak for their tastes. 

However, it makes a good cup of coffee, and it does it quickly. The carafe can be removed mid-brew to pour a cup without dripping. Finally, an automatic timer lets you set it to start at a specific time each day so that you can wake up to a fresh brew.

What to consider when buying the best coffee makers

Brewing method

First, you’ll want to pick your brewing method. Brewing method affects the taste, quality, and time to make the brew from start to finish.

  • Drip: If you watched your parents brew coffee years ago, they used the drip method to make coffee. This method pours hot water through the coffee grounds. The water then seeps through the grounds, dripping through the other end. Pour-over coffee makers also use this brewing method.
  • Immersion: Aeropress, French press machines, and vacuuming brewing fall into the immersion category. The hot water and coffee grounds are mixed together for a specific length of time, and then the water is pressed out of the grounds.
  • Espresso: An espresso machine uses pressure to force hot water through the coffee beans to extract their flavor.
  • Stovetop: Stovetop brewing involves a Moka pot. It’s similar to an espresso machine in that it uses pressure to extract flavor from the beans. However, it’s a much simpler process that results in a strong cup of coffee.

Number of cups

How many cups of coffee do you want to make at once? A single-serve machine may be all you need if only one or possibly two people drink coffee in the morning. You could also use a pod machine for single servings. However, families or offices where several people need their morning cup of joe will require a machine that makes several cups at a time.

What kind of drinks do you want to make?

Cappuccinos, lattes, and macchiatos require a milk frother, which some coffee makers include. With others, you need to buy a milk frother separately. Some machines allow you to adjust the pressure, temperature, and other factors that influence the taste of the brew. A machine with more adjustments will cost more, so if you don’t fine-tune your brews, skip machines with the extra bells and whistles.

FAQs

Q: Are expensive coffee makers worth it? 

Expensive coffee makers are worth it for the right coffee drinker. More expensive machines often include built-in frothers, pressure or temperature adjustment settings, and different brew sizes. If you like to tinker with your brew, one of these machines might be the best coffee makers for your needs. A no-nonsense coffee drinker who just wants to make the coffee and go probably doesn’t need all the bells and whistles. 

Q: When should you replace a coffee maker?

You should replace the coffee maker when certain functions stop working or you can no longer find the right accessories for the machine. For example, if it stops brewing, it’s time. If it doesn’t get warm enough, it’s time. If it doesn’t make enough coffee for your family or guests, it’s time. You might also need a new coffee maker if your tastes have changed, or if the coffee maker doesn’t fit your lifestyle anymore. 

Q: How to make cold brew coffee?

Make a coarse grind with your favorite coffee beans. Add the grounds to the water, and steep them overnight. (Overnight = approximately 12 hours). In the morning, your cold brew is ready. Some coffee makers also make cold brew by using cold water and pressure for a quicker cool cup. 

Final thoughts on the best coffee makers

The Ninja 10-Cup Specialty Coffee Maker is a great option for those who need to make varying brew sizes and want to dip their toe into more complex espresso drinks. However, if all you need is a quick cup, the Black + Decker Programmable Coffee Maker makes a strong brew in less than five minutes. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coffee makers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best pool vacuums for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-pool-vacuum/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 21:20:39 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-pool-vacuum/
Appliances photo

Ready for warm weather but need to restock on pool-cleaning gear? Check out our selection of effective pool vacuums.

The post The best pool vacuums for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Appliances photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Aiper Seagull Pro is the best pool vacuum overall. Aiper Seagull Pro Cordless Robot Vacuum
SEE IT

This cordless, battery-powered robot can clean your pool for up to three hours on a single charge.
Best robotic Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner
SEE IT

Customize this mostly hands-off machine to clean your pool on your preferred schedule.
Best budget POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum
SEE IT

This lightweight, ultra-affordable pick is easy to assemble and works well in hot tubs.

When you’re picturing long days spent poolside, vacuuming the pool is probably not top of mind. If you have a pool, you likely spend all winter dreaming of the day you can take a dip. But, along with the benefits (and there are so many benefits) of owning a pool, come the responsibilities of upkeep, which can get out of hand if you don’t have the right tools with which to keep your pool in tip-top shape. Case in point? The pool vacuum cleaner, that all-important piece of equipment that keeps the debris out and the good times rolling, all summer long. So get a head start on summer with our picks for the best pool vacuums.

How we chose the best pool vacuums

When it comes to pools, we’d rather spend more time swimming in them than cleaning them. To find the best pool vacuums, we considered the latest models from top brands, including Aiper and Zodiac. We dove into the specs to find a selection of great products. We then considered our hands-on testing, critical reviews, and peer recommendations to narrow down the options to the best pool vacuums.

The best pool vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

Our choices for the best pool vacuums are workhorses that can cannonball debris out of your backyard oasis. Here are our recommendations for in-ground, above-ground, manual and robotic options, and more.

Best overall: Aiper Seagull Pro Cordless Robot Vacuum

The Aiper Seagull Pro is the best pool vacuum overall.

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight, high-tech pool vacuum does all the work for you.

Specs

  • Weight: 30 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: ‎19.6 x 18.43 x 14.5 inches
  • Style: Automatic pool robot

Pros

  • Comes with four motors for extra power
  • Internal gyroscope helps it map your pool
  • Rechargeable

Cons

  • May need a manual nudge in some parts of the pool
  • Some users say it doesn’t charge well
  • May be overkill for smaller above-ground pools

This rechargeable pool vacuum is so decked out in high-tech features that it barely requires your help to get the job done. Equipped with four motors and a gyroscope, the Aiper Seagull Pro cleans up to 3,200 square feet in the three hours of battery power it gets from each charge. This cordless model’s internal gyroscope provides smart navigation that allows the Seagull Pro to map the floor and walls of a pool. The powerful motors offer 130GPM (gallons per minute) of suction while bottom brushes sweep out leaves, dirt, and other debris.

Appliances photo
Billy Cadden

The Seagull Pro also cleans walls and the waterline and it’s programmed to stop near a pool wall when the battery starts to drain. Plus, it only 1.5 hours to charge up. Essentially, all you have to do is drop it in the pool, and watch it do all the work.

Best in-ground: Zodiac MX6 In-Ground Suction Side Pool Cleaner

Zodiac MX6 In-Ground Suction Side Pool Cleaner

Zodiac

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Leaves and debris are no match for this vacuum’s suction, easy maneuverability, and side cleaning capabilities.

Specs

  • Weight: 6.54 pounds
  • Item dimensions: 40.38 x 8.88 x 14.75 inches
  • Style: Automatic cleaning robot

Pros

  • Automatic
  • Cyclonic suction
  • Can clean floors, walls, and waterline

Cons

  • Can get stuck if the suction isn’t high enough

This small pool robot has the power of a much bigger vacuum, and will quickly traverse the walls and floor of your pool for a flawless clean. Swiveling hoses make for an easy hook-up and assembly, and “cyclonic” suction gives this Zodiac MX6 some serious chops. It easily maneuvers your pool floor using a grooved track design and it can also be used for above-ground pools. Here are some more above-ground pool vacuums options.

Best robotic: Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner

Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner

Dolphin Nautilus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This automatic pool vacuum has a scheduling timer, meaning it will run automatically when you want it to.

Specs

  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 16 x 10 x 16 inches
  • Style: Automatic pool robot

Pros

  • Scheduling capabilities
  • 60-foot cable
  • Great at cleaning walls

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Want the best robotic pool vacuum? The Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus is what pool cleaning dreams are made of. Essentially independent, you can program this robot to a weekly schedule, and you’re all set. It’s not completely hands-off, though—you still need to take it out of the pool regularly, if not daily, to empty it and clean out the filters. Also, it weighs 19 pounds, which is quite heavy, and has a 60-foot cable, so it’s not cordless.

Best manual: POOL BLASTER Water Tech Catfish Pool Cleaner

POOL BLASTER Water Tech Catfish Pool Cleaner

POOL BLASTER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This small pool vacuum works with above-ground and inground pools.

Specs

  • Weight: 6 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 8 x 8 x 18 inches
  • Style: Manual pool vacuum

Pros

  • 45-minute battery life
  • Affordable
  • Rechargeable

Cons

  • Not for deep in-ground pools

Searching for a pool vacuum that can do it all? This small pool vacuum is the ideal piece of equipment if you’re looking for a no-frills, easy cleaning system. Suck up all debris and then recharge for its next use (the battery is designed to run for up to 45 minutes). This model comes with the vacuum head, wall charger, one all-purpose filter bag, and two disposable micro-filter bags. At less than three pounds, it’s also easily transportable. You won’t get the depth of a deep in-ground pool vacuum, or the thoroughness, but you will get a simple, affordable cleaner.

Best for debris: Poolmaster Big Sucker Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum

Poolmaster Big Sucker Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum

Poolmaster

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This manual pool vacuum is specifically designed to capture pesky leaves.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.82 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 15 x 15 x 2.64 inches
  • Style: Manual pool robot

Pros

  • No batteries required
  • Smooth maneuverability
  • Durable

Cons

  • Hose and pool pole sold separately

It’s back to basics with the Poolmaster vacuum; simply attach this cleaner to your garden hose, assemble the vacuum, and get to work. It should be able to pick up large debris, but smaller leaves or dirt might get left behind. The plus side? No batteries mean no time limit, and no recharging when you’re done.

Best budget: POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum

POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum

POOLWHALE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Inexpensive and easy to assemble, this handheld vacuum is perfect for above-ground pools, spas, ponds, and fountains.

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 4.72 x 10.43 x 47.24 inches
  • Style: Manual

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Portable
  • Easy to assemble

Cons

  • Handle feels flimsy

Weighing in at a mere 1.2 pounds, the Poolwhale pool vacuum is probably the most portable vacuum on our list. Because it’s so tiny, it works best with spas and hot tubs, and less well in deep inground pools. It’s easy to assemble, attached to a standard garden hose, and comes with a 6 sections pole of 56.5-inches, making it perfect for collecting stains, leaves, and stones from the bottom of a shallow pool.

Things to consider before buying a pool vacuum

Buying and maintaining a pool is a significant expense. So before you buy a pool vacuum, take into consideration these factors to ensure you make the best choice for your needs.

Type and size of pool

There are pool vacuums that are designed for both above-ground and in-ground pools, and some models will work for both. Look for options designed for your type of pool. Also, make sure you know the size of your pool before you make a purchase. An above-ground pool that’s just 8 feet in diameter and 4 feet deep all around won’t take hours to clean. But if you’ve got a 16-foot by 32-foot lap pool that’s eight feet down in the deep end, you may want to consider a robotic model that can map the surfaces of your pool and that you can program to clean for hours.

Corded or cordless

If you decide to go with a corded option, keep the size of the pool in mind and make sure the pool vacuum comes with a hose that’s long enough. Battery-powered units tend to be lighter, but they might not clean as well as those that plug into an outlet.

You want a balance between a cleaner heavy enough to fight off buoyancy to clean the bottom of the pool but light enough for you to easily lift it from the water. And with cordless models, you’ll also want to figure in how long they clean on a single charge and how long it takes them to recharge.

Suction power

Suction strength is another important measure to consider when purchasing a pool vacuum. Suction power is typically measured in GPM (gallons per minute) or LPM (liters per minute). Look for higher suction strength if your pool collects a lot of debris. Seek out pool cleaners that are easy to clean with a lift-off debris container that won’t drip or drop leaves and other crud back into the water.

Smart features

Do you like to clean your pool manually or do you prefer a unit that allows you to program cleaning times? How about the ability to control it with your smartphone? The ideal pool vacuum will not only clean your pool but fit seamlessly into your life as well so you’ll rarely think about it.

FAQs

Q: How much does a pool vacuum cost?

Pool vacuums can range in cost from less than $25 for a manual version that attaches to a garden hose to more than $1,500 for robotic vacuums that incorporate several motors, sophisticated mapping technology, and long run times. The best option for you depends on the pool you have, the amount of time you want to spend cleaning it, your comfort (or lack thereof) with technology, and your budget.

Q: How long does a pool vacuum last?

How long a pool vacuum lasts depends on the quality of your vacuum; a more expensive model could last five years, while a cheaper one will only make it through a couple of seasons. Your caretaking skills will also play a part—if you treat your vacuum poorly, for example, it’s almost inevitable that it won’t max out its potential lifespan.

Q: Are robotic pool cleaners worth the money?

For those perfectionists among us, a robotic pool cleaner may be worth the money. Here’s why: they’ll nab every last piece of debris in your pool, scrub the tiles, filter the water, and could last up to five or even eight years, so you won’t have to pay for a replacement anytime soon.

Q: Do you really need a pool vacuum?

If you’re reading this article (and have made it this far), chances are you already believe in the effectiveness—and, thus, necessity—of a pool vacuum. If you’re on the fence, though, the answer to this question really comes down to your standards. Do you want your pool to be spotless? Or can you turn a blind eye to the occasional floating debris? Where you live and what you use your pool for can help you answer these questions, and figure out if you really need a pool vacuum.

Final thoughts on the best pool vacuums

Long, loungy days spent by the pool are arguably the best way to experience summer, and a pool vacuum will only make those days that much more enjoyable. Find the best pool vacuum for you by figuring out your priorities—price, efficiency, or technological innovation—and your pool care will be set for years to come.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best pool vacuums for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best vacuum sealers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-vacuum-sealers/ Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:26:33 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=432692
Best vacuum sealers
Stan Horaczek

Seal in the freshness and seal out contaminants with the best vacuum sealers.

The post The best vacuum sealers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best vacuum sealers
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall FoodSaver VS2150 Vacuum Sealing System is the best vacuum sealer. FoodSaver VS2150 Vacuum Sealing System
SEE IT

Easy to operate, with all the all the tools you need.
Best for heavy use FoodSaver V4840 2-in-1 is the best vacuum sealer for heavy use. FoodSaver V4840 2-in-1 Vacuum Sealer
SEE IT

A one-button automatic process that’s easy to sue, and the durability to handle all of your needs.
Best for sous vide Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO is the best vacuum sealer for sous vide. Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO
SEE IT

A cooking app helps this serve as a hub for sous vide cooking.

According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, more than 1/3 of available food in the U.S. goes uneaten every year. The average family of four wastes $1,500 on uneaten food. Much of this food waste stems from purchasing more food than can be consumed in a timely manner, which results in spoilage. 

Using a vacuum sealer, which wraps food in plastic and removes air from inside the packaging, can help keep food from spoiling so it can be safely stored for longer. Sealing your food, rather than simply wrapping it, limits exposure to oxygen, which causes most food to start breaking down. We found the best vacuum sealers that preserve food longer, with features that will make the process as easy as possible.

How we picked the best vacuum sealers

 As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications including CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. These recommendations are based on personal testing, extensive research, recommendations from fellow critics, and user impressions. 

The best vacuum sealers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best vacuum sealers come in different shapes and sizes that cater to different people, depending on why they want to seal up their food. Whether you’re using it for long-term storage or cooking, we’ve got you covered.

Best overall: FoodSaver VS2150 Vacuum Sealing System

FoodSaver VS2150 Vacuum Sealing System is the best vacuum sealer.

FOODSAVER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The FoodSaver VS2150 has the best mix of features to make it the right choice for most people.

Specs

  • Weight: 6.7 lb
  • Dimensions: 17.7 x 9.8 x 7.5 inches
  • Automatic: Yes
  • Price: $170.08

Pros

  • Built-in roller storage
  • Cutter bar
  • Removable drip tray
  • Accessory hose

Cons

  • Expensive

The FoodSaver BS2150 has all the tools you need in a vacuum sealer. It’s easy to operate, with both wet and dry modes for meats, veggies, beans, nuts, and bakery items. You can also use it for sous vide cooking and to seal non-food items. Its built-in bag roll and cutter make it easy to make custom bags for each sealing. The removable, dishwasher-safe drip tray makes cleaning incredibly easy. There’s even a hose attachment to remove the air from canning jars or vacuum containers. 

The FoodSaver BS2150 comes in black, white/silver, and black/silver. With the starter kit, you get some useful supplies, including an 11 x 8-inch vacuum seal roll, two quart-sized vacuum-seal bags, and 2 gallon-sized vacuum seal bags. 

Best budget: Geryon Vacuum Sealer 

Geryon Vacuum Sealer is the best for the budget.

GERYON

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight vacuum sealer lets you go automatic on a budget.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 2.56 x 5.5 x 14.4 inches
  • Automatic: Yes
  • Price: $50.99 ($40.79 with an Amazon coupon)

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Compact
  • Starter kit comes with bags

Cons

  • Not as much suction as higher-priced models

The Geryon Vacuum Sealer shows that you don’t have to break the bank to get a good vacuum sealer. It’s fully automated and easy to use, with intuitive digital buttons and LED lights. The vacuum sealer can be used for both moist and dry foods, making it ideal for meats and fish, fruits, veggies, and cookies. It can also be used for sous vide cooking.

At only 2.6 pounds and is 14 inches long, the Geyron is easy to store when you aren’t using it. It’s also convenient to clean thanks to a removable base. The machine includes a starter kit with a suction hose, five 7.8 x 11.8-inch heat seal bags, and one 7.8 x 78-inch roll of sealing plastic. It may take a little longer to finish sealing, but that’s an acceptable trade-off for a sealer that costs less than $50.

Best for heavy use: FoodSaver V4840 2-in-1 Vacuum Sealer

FoodSaver V4840 2-in-1 is the best vacuum sealer for heavy use.

FOODSAVER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The FoodSaver V4840 2-in-1 is big.

Specs

  • Weight: 10 pounds
  • Dimensions: 18.8 x 9.5 x 10.6 inches
  • Automatic: yes
  • Price: $239.99

Pros

  • Combo: handheld and standard
  • Generous starter kit
  • Pull out drip tray
  • Sturdy

Cons

  • Bulky
  • Expensive

If you plan on vacuum sealing a lot of food on a regular basis, the FoodSaver V4840 is durable enough to easily handle all of your needs. It has a one-button automatic process that makes wet and dry sealing incredibly easy. You can also seal food in sous vide mode for cooking. It features a machine-washable drip tray, making cleaning easy as well.

There’s also a retractable handheld sealer stored conveniently in a pocket on the side, which you can pair with an optional FoodSaver Jar Sealing kit accessory to seal mason jars with homemade sauces or jams.

The Foodsaver V4840 includes a generous starter kit with one 11 x 10-inch vacuum seal roll, three 1 quart vacuum seal bags, two 1 gallon vacuum seal bags, three 1 quart vacuum zipper bags, and two 1 gallon zipper bags.

As the more heavy-duty option, however, the FoodSaver V4840 may have some drawbacks for new users. It’s a large, heavy countertop model, which may be problematic if you aren’t prepared to make room and keep it out all the time. Second, it costs $239.99, considerably more than most of the other models on our list. It’s a great option if you already use a vacuum sealer and need something ready to go at all times, but may not be a great fit for beginners.

Best for sous vide: Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO  

Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO is the best vacuum sealer for sous vide.

Anova Culinary

SEE IT

Why this made the cut: The Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO’s pulse vacuum setting makes it an especially good choice for chefs who want a sealer specifically for sous vide cooking.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16.73 x 4.8 x 3.14 inches
  • Automatic: Yes
  • Price: $59.99

Pros

  • Pulse vacuum setting
  • Anova app
  • Starter kit

Cons

  • No drip tray
  • No separate wet and dry sealing options

If you’re interested in using a vacuum sealer to prepare food for sous vide cooking using a water circulator, you’ve probably heard of Anova. The company is well known for making some of the best sous vide cooking machines, so it makes sense that it also makes vacuum sealers, as they’re often used together. The Anova Precision ANVS01-USOO is fully automatic with a one-touch vacuum and seal button. It also has a pulse vacuum option for liquids and delicate foods, which makes it a great choice for both sealing and sous vide cooking. 

Though it doesn’t really impact the sealer, Anova also has a cooking app that serves as a hub for sous vide cooking. The app comes with over 1,000 free sous vide recipes for cooks at every skill level.

Best with food saver settings: Nesco VS-12 Deluxe  

Nesco VS-12 Deluxe is the best vacuum sealer with food saver settings.

Nesco

SEE IT

Why this made the cut: The Nesco Vacuum Sealer lets you choose the best settings for small and large food items.

Specs

  • Weight: 6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 8 x 4.5 inches
  • Automatic: Yes
  • Price: $119.99

Pros

  • Bag cutter
  • Various settings
  • Storage
  • Countdown timer

Cons

  • Bulky

Some people just want to press a button and start sealing, but some of us would prefer to have a wider range of options. The Nesco VS-12 Deluxe provides a range of settings—including dry, moist, and double-heat seals—which is handy for when there will be a lot of liquid in the bag. There are also canister and marinate settings. You can even choose between either normal or gentle vacuum pressure, which helps keep soft foods intact.

It offers built-in bag storage so you can keep your materials with the sealer, and it has a cutter so you can easily make custom sealer bags. It also has a viewing lid, which lets you check in on the process while the bag seals. The starter pack includes two rolls of sealing plastic.

Best handheld: Zwilling Fresh & Save

Zwilling Fresh & Save is the best handheld vacuum sealer.

ZWILLING

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Avoid the learning curve with this simple, handheld vacuum sealer.

Specs

  • Weight: 2.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.3” x 9.25” x 5.67”
  • Automatic: No
  • Price: $79.99

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • BPA Free Glass
  • Reusable containers

Cons

  • Not automatic
  • Can only seal items when you have free containers

The Zwilling Fresh & Save Vacuum Sealer is extremely easy to use, especially for a handheld vacuum sealer. Rather than using sealing plastic, the Fresh & Save works with reusable sealing bags and storage containers with a locking mechanism that connects to the sealer. While that means you’ll only be able to seal things when you have free containers (or buy extras), that means you don’t need to worry about cutting bags or throwing out tons of plastic.

The BPA glass containers are also oven proof and the bags can go from the freezer to the microwave to the dishwasher. And there’s even a Zwilling Culinary World app to help you track your food storage and determine when it will spoil.  This 6-piece starter set includes one large glass container, two medium zip-seal vacuum bags, and 2 small zip-seal vacuum bags. (There are versions with plastic containers instead of glass, if you prefer.)

What to consider when buying the best vacuum sealers

“When choosing the best vacuum sealers, I find that you really need to know what you’re going to be using it for,” said Crystal Reinwald, a personal chef in Greenwich, Conn. Although vacuum sealers can help cut down or, hopefully, eliminate food waste, some savvy consumers use them to prep and store food items in bulk.

And if, for example, if you plan on sealing a lot of liquids or wet items with marinades, she recommends splurging on a chamber machine (we found some starting at $300 and also some over $1,000—but are not including them in this article). “They are best for sealing liquids—definitely more expensive, but you can sometimes find them second-hand.”

For the average household chef, who probably doesn’t need to seal hundreds of liquid items at a time, a home model should suffice. So what should you look for in a vacuum sealer? Here are some things to keep in mind:

Automatic or handheld vacuum sealers

“It can be difficult enough figuring out what you can and can’t seal, and when you need to seal it, you don’t want to worry about all of the ins and outs of how to seal it too,” said Christina Russo, creative director and chef at The Kitchen Community. She said the most important feature to her is automatic sealing, which makes activating the device a one-button process.

However, some people may enjoy the level of control offered by handheld models, which require you to use the pump to take the air out yourself. Handheld vacuum sealers also tend to be less expensive.

If you can’t choose, some companies make a combo vacuum sealer that includes both automatic and handheld sealing.

Bag storage

 A vacuum sealer with built-in bag storage will cost extra, but Russo said it’s worth every single cent. “It makes life infinitely easier, and you can just pull a bag off the roll, cut it to whatever size you need, and you’re ready to start sealing.”

Many sealers also feature a cutter, which automatically slices the bag for you. While it sounds convenient, it’s not a huge loss if you get a model without one. “It’s OK but not necessary,” Reinwald said. “I buy rolls of bags so that I can have whichever size that I’d like, but it’s just as easy to cut it with scissors.” 

Easy cleaning  

Vacuum sealing can get messy, so you want something that is quick and easy. To cut down on spills, leaks, and mess, Russo recommends a vacuum machine with a removable drip tray so you can easily transport all of the mess to the sink. 

“When you’ve finished sealing whatever you need, or want to, just remove the tray, pour out or empty the contents, wipe it down, and you’re ready to start sealing again,” Russo said.

“Nobody likes cleaning, it isn’t therapeutic, it isn’t good for the soul, and it won’t make you a better person,” Russo said. And I certainly agree with everything she said! 

Accessories

Some vacuum sealers come with accessories, such as a jar attachment that lets you create an airtight seal on the jar. Not every accessory is especially useful, but it’s always a good idea to check whether the manufacturer sells accessories separately, and make sure the sealer has an accessory port.

Is it easy to use?

They may seem intimidating, but most vacuum sealers aren’t especially complicated devices. That said, Reinwald noted that vacuum sealers have a small learning curve for new users.

“It does take a little bit of practice and can be frustrating if you don’t know what you’re doing,” she said.

To give you a sense of the process, here’s an overview of the process with an automatic sealer. It takes a few button presses to create a bag, vacuum it and seal it. Handheld sealers require a little more work. Typically, you select your mode, connect the hose from the sealer to the bag, then select “vac,” and the sealer will suck the air out. 

Keep in mind that these are general examples to explain the process. The actual instructions for each individual vacuum sealer may vary, so you should always consult the owner’s manual.

Keep in mind that the sealing process requires a fair amount of counter space. Unlike self-contained appliances like coffee makers and toasters, a vacuum sealer will usually require at least an additional foot of space for the items you’re sealing, bags, etc. You probably won’t have room to have a permanent sealing station.

FAQs

Q: Is vacuum sealing food safe?

Yes, vacuum sealing food is safe, so long as you handle your food safely. Make sure to wash your hands before handling food, keep perishable foods refrigerated or frozen before sealing, and thaw frozen food in the fridge instead of on the counter. And, of course, make sure your food is still fresh before sealing it. (That sounds obvious, but vacuum-sealed food isn’t always easily identifiable as spoiled.)

Q: Will vacuum-sealing vegetables make them last longer?

Yes, The University of Minnesota confirmed that removing air from a food package does indeed increase the storage time. All vacuum sealers should make vegetables–as well as meats and other food–last longer.

Q: Are vacuum food sealers worth the money?

That’s a question that only you can answer. Most vacuum sealer manufacturers claim that the process keeps food fresh up to 5 times longer. If you like to purchase food in bulk, a vacuum sealer can keep fruits, veggies, meats, poultry, grains, and other foods from deteriorating as rapidly, likely reducing food waste. With frozen food, vacuum sealing mitigates freezer burn, maintaining freshness for longer, in addition to keeping it from spoiling.

Final thoughts on the best vacuum sealers

A vacuum sealer can be a game-changer if you find yourself frequently cleaning rotten food out of the fridge. Companies claim that vacuum sealing can preserve food for up to 5 times longer. Even if these claims are exaggerations, the ability to preserve food even 2-3 times longer can cut down food waste dramatically.

If you don’t already seal food or use sous vide, the most important question to ask yourself before buying a vacuum sealer is whether you will actually use it. Even the best vacuum sealer won’t make a difference if it collects dust in a kitchen drawer or cabinet. The FoodSaver VS2150 is easy to use, making it an ideal choice for the average person. However, if you don’t want to keep up with purchasing and disposing of bags, the Zwilling Fresh & Save eliminates both.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vacuum sealers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best espresso machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-espresso-machines/ Sat, 07 Nov 2020 01:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-home-espresso-machines/
Good morning.

At-home espresso machines are the best when you’re sick of paying $6 for a latte and you want to skip the drip.

The post The best espresso machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Good morning.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Breville espresso machine on a blue and white background Breville the Barista Express Espresso Machine
SEE IT

Sling barista-level shots in your own kitchen with the Breville the Barista Express Espresso Machine.
Best for beginners Nespresso VertuoPlus product image Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi
SEE IT

Save on counter space with this compact, beginner-friendly espresso machine.
Best budget Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso
SEE IT

This moka pot proves you don’t need frills and fancy parts to make a good cup of espresso.

Six bucks for a cappuccino? You’ve got to be kidding me. Coffee shops these days are charging top dollar for espresso drinks, and if you’ve got a daily milk and espresso habit, the cost is going to quickly add up. Imagine enjoying a cappuccino in the morning without waiting in line or speaking to a soul. Alternatively, imagine impressing guests at a dinner party by serving macchiatos with dessert. Espresso also tends to be less acidic than drip coffee, so many people find it to be easier on the gut and a pleasing digestif. Depending on how advanced you want to get, there are home espresso machines for the pro barista and layperson alike. Here are some of our favorites to help you start your search for the best espresso machines.

How we chose the best espresso machines

As journalists, our bodies are 99.9-percent coffee. This means we have a thing or two to say about creating the coffee shop experience at home. We downed a double and had jittery discussions about our own brewing experiences, looked at product reviews, talked to coffee aficionados, and scoured coffee chat boards—yes, those exist—to find the best espresso machine for your home.

The best espresso machines: Reviews & Recommendations

Making a quality cup of joe or mug of latte takes more than hot purified water, freshly ground coffee, and time. Take the temperature of any barista and they’ll say it’s both an art and a science. At the heart of all good coffee is a great shot of espresso and at the core of great espresso is a great espresso machine—the exacting, expressive tool that lets you can pull perfect shot after perfect shot in the comfort of your own home. Here are our picks so you won’t get steamed yourself looking for the perfect pressurized apparatus.

Best overall: Breville the Barista Express Espresso Machine

Breville the Barista Express Espresso Machine

Breville

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This professional-grade espresso machine pulls no punches and pulls perfect shots of espresso.

Specs

  • Capacity: 64 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 23 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 12.5 x 12.6 x 13.1 inches

Pros

  • Built-in grinder
  • Espresso in less than a minute

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Not for small spaces

The Barista Express has an on-board burr grinder that allows you to adjust the grind size and grind espresso beans directly into the portafilter. It also portions out the beans so that you get the amount for a perfect single or double shot. You will have to tamp your grounds the way the pros do (don’t worry—it’s easy), and the tamper is cutely nestled into the machine for storage. This machine also has precise temperature control so that your espresso is being extracted at the perfect temperature. For milk, it has an advanced steam wand for microfoam and latte art and comes with a stainless steel milk jug. Because this espresso machine is heavy-duty and professional, it requires a slightly more involved cleaning regimen, but all the necessary cleaning tools come included.

Best timesaver: Solis Grind & Infuse Espresso Machine

Solis makes one of the best home espresso machines if you're looking for a timesaver.

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Solis Grind & Infuse Espresso Machine features a built-in burr grinder and steam wand, making it a great option for saving time and space in the kitchen.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.6 liters (2.74 quarts)
  • Weight: 27 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 15.7″ H x 11.8″ W x 15″ D

Pros

  • Very easy to set up, quick warm-up
  • Integrated static-free grinder with 25 speeds
  • Built-in swiveling steam wand
  • Available in two colorways

Cons

  • Drip tray periodically fills with stray grounds
  • May not fit on smaller countertops

The Solis Grind & Infuse Espresso Machine strikes a great balance between value, size, and ease of use, making it a great choice for home or office. Setting up the machine for a test drive in our office was fast and simple with the included instructions. We were pulling shots in no time thanks to the machine’s snappy 45-second warm-up time. Unlike some home espresso machines, the Solis Grind & Infuse has a very small learning curve due to its straightforward and intuitive user interface, which we consider a win, since espresso machines are often intimidating and complicated to use.

At this price point, one of the Solis Grind & Infuse machine’s biggest advantages are its built-in stainless steel burr grinder, which features a belt-driven design with 25 grind settings and a grind timer that’s programmable to a tenth of a second. A unique anti-static feature aims to prevent stray grounds from clumping inside the grinder, eliminating waste and keeping dosage accurate. While we found that the anti-static design of the grinder did make for accurate dosage, the placement of the grinder output did allow a tiny amount of stray grounds to fall out into the drip tray each time.

Appliances photo
The Solis Grind & Infuse Espresso Machine lets users grind beans and make espresso at the same time.

For brewing, the Grind & Infuse has a semi-automatic design with an optional pre-infusion step for delivering tasty, balanced shots of espresso. Users can also take advantage of the machine’s integrated manometer and digital timer to maintain exact control of extraction pressure and duration. The machine has a sizable 2.6-liter water tank that translates to around 50 single espresso shots without use of the steam wand, which is plenty for any busy home or office. The steam wand features two temperature settings and rotates freely, making it super easy to use in a variety of spaces.

Speaking of space, the Solis Grind & Infuse isn’t exactly the smallest home espresso machine out there—its 15-inch depth makes it incompatible with shallower countertops, and the rear-mounted water tank requires a bit of headroom for removal when filling and cleaning. It’s still fairly impressive that the design manages to pack a burr grinder and steam feature into a footprint less than 12 inches wide, but this is a decidedly mid-sized unit that may be too large when you’re tight on space.

The machine pre-infuses the coffee to ensure the coffee grounds are evenly saturated. If this doesn’t occur, you can often get bitter or sour espresso. The water tank is removable, making it easy to fill and clean. The machine can grind and brew coffee at the same time. The built-in grinder is a great feature that allows users to have freshly ground coffee every time they brew and can help save counter space. It has a stainless steel exterior that is easy to clean and maintain.

Best statement piece: Smeg Espresso Coffee Machine

Smeg Espresso Coffee Machine

Smeg

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This espresso machine features a smaller profile for a minimalist kitchen.

Specs

  • Capacity: 34 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 11 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 12 x 6 x 13 inches

Pros

  • Passive cup warmer
  • Slim

Cons

  • No built-in grinder

This is a great option for someone who isn’t a pro barista but cares about their espresso and their aesthetics. It is made of stainless steel with a filter holder for either espresso grounds or pods depending on how involved you want to get. The control panel is easy to use with buttons for one cup, two cups, and steam. It also has a one-liter water tank that can be removed for filling. For the more detail-oriented espresso hound, this machine allows you to adjust water hardness and extraction length. The onboard chrome steam wand also makes it easy to froth milk for your fancier drinks. The Smeg unfortunately does not have an onboard grinder, so that’s something to consider.

Best for beginners: Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine by De'Longhi

Nespresso

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beginner-friendly machine makes barista-worthy shots.

Specs

  • Capacity: 40 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 9 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 5.59 x 16.88 x 12.79 inches

Pros

  • Hands-off
  • Thin profile

Cons

  • No steam wand
  • Pod-only

This machine is great for home or office; just insert a Nespresso capsule, push a button, and watch it go. The Nespresso VertuoPlus gives you options for single (1.35-ounce) espresso, double (2.7-ounce) espresso, or Americanos in 5-, 8-, or 14-ounce sizes. Any of these pours can be extracted from a single capsule. The removable water tank holds 40 ounces and it can store up to 12 capsules before the container needs emptying. This is a more hands-off option for somebody in search of a quick fix. The espresso drinks pour nicely with crema on top, but the VertuoPlus does not have a steam wand for milk. It comes with a complimentary assortment of 12 capsules to get you started.

Easiest to use: Café Affetto Automatic Espresso Machine + Milk Frother

an image of the Café Affetto Automatic Espresso Machine + Milk Frother

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This machine can make a custom cup to your liking, no mental math required.

Specs

  • Capacity: 40.6 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 16.1 x 7.1 x 12.48 inches

Pros

  • Brews in 90 seconds
  • Compact

Cons

  • Touch panel is very sensitive
  • Water reservoir hard to reach if you have low cabinets

Are you the person with the complicated coffee order because your cappuccino has to be a certain way? Congrats, this machine is for you. This smart espresso machine is Wi-Fi connected and syncs with the SmartHQ app, which allows you to customize drink preferences by volume and strength—ristretto and beyond. And, your custom cup is available in 90 seconds at the push of a button. The froth wand rotates 90 degrees for control and convenience and the included 15.8-ounce steel frothing pitcher includes liquid measurement engravings inside. A built-in conical burr grinder includes 5 levels of grind, from coarsest to finest, to prep your beans for pre-infusion, balanced extraction, and a consistent cup blooming with flavor.

Best budget: Bialetti Moka Express, Stovetop Coffee Maker, Aluminium, 9-Cup Espresso

The Original Bialetti Moka Express

Bialetti

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This moka pot proves that you don’t need a fancy machine to make a good cup of espresso.

Specs

  • Capacity: 17 fluid ounces
  • Weight: 2 lbs.
  • Dimensions: 7.05 x 5.12 x 9.64 inches

Pros

  • Zero-waste
  • Hands-on

Cons

  • Takes more time to make a shot

This is the old-school Italian way to make espresso at home, and it works like a charm. Just fill the lower chamber with cold water, add ground espresso to the filter, and screw the top chamber on. Put it on the stove over medium-low flame and let it bubble until the water travels through the grounds and into the top chamber. The result is delicious and complex considering you don’t have to plug anything in. The Bialetti is compact to the point that you could travel with it, so it is quite the opposite of any of the other counter space-eating espresso makers on the market.

What to consider when buying the best espresso machines

Not all espresso machines are built alike. Here are some important considerations to make before purchasing the best espresso machine for you.

Price

Professional-style machines tend to cost more than ones meant for the regular consumer. If you just want to make a simple Caffè Americano or latte and don’t need bells and whistles like a milk frother or built-in grinder, don’t splurge on a barista’s dream espresso machine.

Size

Espresso machines can take up as much space as a coffee maker to an entire corner of the counter. You may want a larger, professional-style machine, but you might not have the counter set-up that can accommodate it.

Drink preferences

If you’re a mocha or cappuccino fan, you might benefit from a more technical machine that preserves the quality of the espresso. If you’re just trying to get some caffeine in your body and don’t care about the particulars, don’t worry about things like boilers and what temperature the machine gets to.

Related: Best coffee makers

FAQs

Q: What kinds of coffee can I make with an espresso machine?

Lots! You can make lattes, Caffè Americanos, cappuccinos, mochas … you name it, it’s possible with an espresso maker. The amount of steamed milk, foam, and espresso determines what kind of drink you will have. For example, an Americano is just espresso and hot water. Lattes and cappuccinos are both made from espresso, steamed milk, and milk foam, but the ratio of the three ingredients differentiates the two.

Q: What are some tips for using the espresso machine?

It depends on the kind of machine you have. But for a manual machine—the kind where you have to pull the shot—make sure you use fresh beans, clean your machine, and don’t use hard or untreated water when making a shot of espresso.

Q: How long do espresso machines last?

Depending on the quality, amount of use, and care, an espresso machine can last between 5-10 years.

Final thoughts on the best espresso machines

Making your own espresso at home saves you money, and can also add to your morning ritual. Yes, being on a first-name basis with a barista is a great humblebrag, but so is engaging in small acts of mindfulness by paying attention to the way the espresso smells when it’s brewing.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best espresso machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-kitchen-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:01:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543240
The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

Warm up to big savings on air fryers, espresso makers, blenders, and more kitchen gadgets this Memorial Day.

The post The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is just around the corner, meaning backyard cookouts and outdoor parties with family and friends. You can save on the gear you’ll need for more than a seasons-worth of gatherings by shopping the best sales on kitchen items and appliances. From an outdoor pizza oven to a mug that has a basketball hoop, we have you covered.

Ooni Fyra 12 $244.30 (Was $349)

Ooni Fyra 12

Ooni

SEE IT

Ooni is hosting a 30% off sale on select pizza ovens and accessories for Memorial Day Weekend, and you can score a $105 discount on the entry-level Fyra 12. This pizza oven runs on wood pellets and can reach temperatures of up to 950 Fahrenheit, necessary for cooking a traditional Neapolitan pie in about a minute. The Fyra 12 reaches its maximum temperature in about 15 minutes so that you can get cooking quickly—you don’t want to leave your guests hungry. If you’re not the one hosting the pizza party, the Fyra 12 is only 22 pounds, so you can easily grab it and go with ease. If you’ve been curious about getting a pizza oven but uncomfortable committing to one due to its price and typical size, don’t skip Ooni’s sale. The company even offers a 60-day guarantee, so you can knock out a few pies without making a full commitment.

Here are more Memorial Day kitchen and appliance deals:

Microwaves

Toasters & toaster ovens

Air fryers & pressure cookers

Blenders, food processors, & stand mixers

Coffee & espresso machines

Appliances

Pots, pans, and utensils

Miscellaneous

The post The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool https://www.popsci.com/gear/windmill-whispertech-air-conditioner-review/ Wed, 24 May 2023 17:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542854
Windmill AC with WhisperTech in an apartment window (color-corrected header)
Brandt Ranj

Windmill's WhisperTech is proof that, when it comes to a quieter window AC, you can have your (ice cream) cake and eat it too.

The post Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Windmill AC with WhisperTech in an apartment window (color-corrected header)
Brandt Ranj

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

For city dwellers, air conditioners humming is an omnipresent summer sound, as familiar as the melody of birds chirping and ice cream trucks chiming. But what if it didn’t have to be like that? For the past few weeks, I’ve tried the latest generation of the Windmill AC with WhisperTech, and this efficient, easy-to-install, WiFi-enabled window unit is a game-changer for anyone who wants to keep cool without getting an earful of white noise while working or trying to sleep.

Windmill AC

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Overview

  • Windmill developed WhisperTech, a new technology that offers the same air conditioning performance while making less noise.
  • Installation and setup can take as little as five minutes, and the air conditioner is compatible with most windows that open upward and downward.
  • The air conditioner’s minimalist look isn’t necessary, but Windmill’s focus on aesthetics and simplicity extends from the hardware to the software, creating a welcome harmony.

Pros

  • WhisperTech lives up to its name
  • Can be controlled remotely using a streamlined mobile app
  • Incentives are there to make the air conditioner eco-friendly

Cons

  • Expensive
  • The most powerful model only covers rooms up to 450 sq. ft.

Verdict: If your window unit’s sound irritates you, but you still need a way to beat the summer heat, Windmill’s WhisperTech makes its latest AC hard to beat.

The build

What if an air conditioner didn’t have to suck? This seems like the question the designers at Windmill asked themselves during the development of their first-generation model, which was released a couple of years ago. The company has just released a new energy-efficient air conditioner, which builds upon the successes of the original with a new technology it developed called WhisperTech, which makes the AC up to nine times quieter than traditional models, according to Windmill. After listening to what the 8,000 BTU version does, or maybe that should be what it doesn’t do, I can recommend the Windmill AC with WhisperTech to anyone looking to upgrade from an old air conditioner before the summer, especially if you need a unit for your bedroom.

To its credit, Windmill didn’t try to fix what wasn’t broken in an attempt to make this new air conditioner overly complicated to install or use. It has the same minimalist look as the original model (with its auto-dimming LED display), comes bundled with the same accessories, uses the same app, and has an identical installation process. Windmill simply added a welcome feature, and even offers its original air conditioner alongside the new one.

The setup

Installing the Windmill AC with WhisperTech took about five minutes. All you really need is a single- or double-hung window that’s 23-37 inches wide and can open 14 inches (no through-the-wall, no casement, and no slider windows). The air conditioner comes with strips of insulation, which can be placed on the bottom of your window to prevent outside air from getting in and to ensure your air conditioner fits snugly. The AC unit comes in a single piece, and once it was unboxed, I put it into my window, extended its accordion-like arms, and closed the top window sash on top of it. The top frame of this air conditioner has three holes, which you can use to screw the unit into your window to hold it securely. My landlord doesn’t want any more holes in the window and instead uses a fitted piece of wood between the top window sash and frame to hold AC units in place.

Windmill includes a set of cosmetic side panels, which match the top and bottom of the air conditioner to make the unit look even more sleek, but I actually prefer the out-of-box look. The company went so far as to include a pair of scissors with its air conditioner, so you can cut the panels to fit the exact size of your window—this is a nice touch and impressive detail. The second (and technically optional) part of setting up this air conditioner is connecting it to your home’s WiFi network with Windmill’s app (available for iOS and Android). This allows you to control the AC from your phone at home or remotely (there’s also an included remote if you prefer that when in the house). This might sound like it could be tedious, but Windmill streamlined the onboarding process, and I got it on my WiFi router and added to my many smart devices within about 10 minutes. You can also connect the Windmill AC unit to Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa for voice control.

Windmill AC app on an iPhone
Windmill’s mobile app puts all the air conditioner controls in your pocket. Brandt Ranj

The performance

So, how does it sound? It’s weird because I’ve never really listened to an air conditioner before. It seemed unnecessary because the assumption was every AC would sound kind of like a tractor in the far distance. Windmill’s WhisperTech has me rethinking my entire approach. I keep the Windmill AC on eco mode (its default), and my Apple Watch’s microphone registered it at about 57 decibels from roughly six inches away. That number dropped into the 40s when I moved to the couch. This number is impressive because it means you could sit right next to Windmill’s air conditioner all day without it causing any hearing loss—in fact, you’re liable to tune it out as I did.

The reason for this air conditioner’s quiet behavior is the switch from a fixed-speed compressor with a rotary fan to a variable-speed compressor with a linear fan. Switching to more adaptable components allows the Windmill to dynamically cool your room, getting a little louder or softer automatically if need be. Practically speaking, turning up the air conditioner’s fan speed to high, or switching from eco to cool mode, increased the noise some. However, the AC is so efficient at cooling my room that toggling those settings never felt necessary. It’s like the highest gear on a car—rarely important, but nice to have when necessary.

It could be tempting to crank this air conditioner to its highest setting (generally quiet) to cool your room down as quickly as possible, but I never felt the need. Windmill’s air conditioner sucks hot air from your room through a vent on the bottom and shoots cold air out the top. This approach makes the AC much more efficient at cooling a room—I could feel the effects within a few minutes—and gets you to your target temperature more quickly. The eco mode on the Windmill AC, which the company says is 35% more efficient vs. the minimum efficiency standard, works as well as the high cool setting on similarly sized models.

The eco mode will also shut off your air conditioner after it reaches your set temperature rather than continually blasting cool air until you ask it to stop. And if you’re in parts of California and New York, Windmill will also incentivize you to keep the air conditioner on eco mode by offering to enroll you in its Eco Rewards program, which automatically adjusts the AC’s settings to be less burdensome to your power grid. You can opt out of Eco Rewards anytime, but sticking with it can earn you up to $10 in cash or a four-pack of activated-carbon filters (a $65 value), which help protect against fumes, odors, smoke, and volatile organic compounds.

So, who should buy the Windmill AC with WhisperTech?

Plan to purchase an air conditioner in 2023? The Windmill AC with WhisperTech should be near the top of your list, so long as you plan on keeping it in a room that’s not much larger than 365 sq. ft. Its $399 price tag—tack on an extra $100 if you’d like the larger 10,000 BTU model that covers up to 450 sq. ft.—isn’t cheap, but you’re getting what you pay for. The good-looking, easy-to-install air conditioner won’t interrupt you while you work and can keep you cool all summer long.

The post Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-amazon-sale/ Wed, 17 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541645
A lineup of Shark appliances on a purple background
Amanda Reed

Ditch that toaster you've had since college for something that is utilitarian—and on sale—from Amazon.

The post Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of Shark appliances on a purple background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re in the throes of apartment hunting like myself, you know how fun it is to window shop and imagine what cool gadgets you will put in the new crib. If you’re lucky enough to have a place locked down and are moving in, you can turn window shopping into real shopping. If security deposits and pet fees have your wallet crying for relief, find respite in these SharkNinja deals on Amazon.

Ninja DT251 Foodi 10-in-1 Smart XL Air Fry Oven $209.99 (Was $349.99)

A Ninja airfryer on a blue and white background.

Ninja

SEE IT

This countertop appliance has 10 presets: air fry, air roast, bake, whole roast, broil, toast, bagel, dehydrate, reheat, and pizza. No offense to your toaster, but can it bake? Exactly. A digital display lets you know exactly what temperature it’s currently at, and a 90-second preheat time means you don’t have to wait around to get a frozen pizza going. I personally have seen someone put at least two dozen chicken wings in this thing multiple times to feed an entire party of people participating in a group Hot Ones challenge. If the price and the capacity don’t sway you to purchase it, then I don’t know what will.

If you’re upgrading your car while you drive boxes over to the new pad—or if you’re picking up an Uber/Lyft side job to help get back on your financial feet after that deposit—we have a completely different recommendation on sale. The Rexing V33 3 Channel 1440p Resolution Dashcam is on sale for $199.99—a $120 savings from the usual $319.99 price. It comes with a front, cabin, and rear camera, and records in 2K resolution. Plus, it comes with voice control and a built-in GPS logger in case of an accident.

Someone else could swoop up that apartment you want, and plenty of people could sell out these deals—snag them before they’re gone. You can also check out our other air fryer recommendations.

Here are more SharkNinja deals to make your new place feel like home:

The post Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/breville-espresso-machines-amazon-deal/ Mon, 06 Mar 2023 15:30:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517323
Breville espresso machines on a white background. they're on-sale at Amazon.
Stan Horaczek

Catch this rare sale on Breville's high-end Barista-series espresso machines, discounted up to 20%.

The post Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Breville espresso machines on a white background. they're on-sale at Amazon.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A quality caffeinated beverage can really change the tone of the morning, whether it’s yours or that of a special lady in your life, and Amazon is currently offering 20% discounts on Breville’s high-end Barista-series espresso machines. The entire line offers stainless steel construction and everything you need to make an espresso better than the one that costs $6 at the local coffee shop. They grind, brew, and even steam milk, so there’s no need for extra devices to fuel a morning routine. None of these devices are cheap, but with the price of commercial coffee shops climbing constantly, one could pay for itself in just a couple of months. It all depends on how dependent someone is on those morning shots (we can’t keep the hopper even half full of beans, so no judgment).

Breville Barista Touch Espresso Machine $879 (Was $1,099)

Breville Barista Touch espresso machine on-sale at Amazon

Breville

SEE IT

This is the big dog in the Breville Barista pack, and it’s being offered at its lowest price in months. If espresso machines were the Muppets, this would be Kermit. The Breville Barista Touch replaces some analog controls with a handy full-color touchscreen display you can use to choose your favorite drinks. It makes flat whites, lattes, Americanos, and a host of other delicious drinks with names that sound like paint colors you might choose for your understated dining room. It heats up in just four seconds and handles every step of the coffee creation process. Plus, it looks extremely classy.

More deals on coffee and espresso machines

Maybe you’re not ready to spend that much on an espresso machine. We totally get it. Here are some more coffee and espresso machine deals that will leave money in your budget for beans, a fancy insulated mug, and more:

The post Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/nugget-ice-machine-amazon-deal/ Mon, 08 May 2023 15:05:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539686
I don't know what that orange drink is, but I want it.
Imagine how good that will make your. Stan Horaczek

If you've always wanted the good chewy ice at your home, this is a solid opportunity.

The post Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
I don't know what that orange drink is, but I want it.
Imagine how good that will make your. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Imagine it’s summer, and you’re sitting outside drinking your warm-weather drink of choice (mine is the Liquid Death iced tea lemonade that it calls Armless Palmer). Your cup is filled with perfectly soft little pillows of ice that you can chew on without assaulting your teeth and gums. You’ve essentially made yourself a sophisticated slushy because you hit up these Amazon deals on nugget ice makers. Whether you call it nugget ice, pebble ice, or just “the good ice,” it’s like having access to the awesome ice from Sonic in your own home.

Kndko Nugget Ice Maker Countertop $279 (Was $339)

Kndko nugget ice machine

Kndko

SEE IT

Nugget ice makers don’t simply freeze water into little chunks. Instead, an auger rotates ice, which gets reduced to shavings before it’s compressed into small pellets that are softer and much easier to chew than typical cubes. This countertop ice maker can churn out up to 45 pounds of ice daily, so it’s great for parties. It’s also self-cleaning, which is very handy because cleaning these machines can be a real pain.

EUHOMY Nugget Ice Maker Countertop $299 (Was $399)

Euhomy nugget ice machine

Euhomy

SEE IT

This machine only churns out 30 pounds of ice per day (which is likely still way more than you need), but it measures 17.64″ D x 9.69″ W x 17″ H so that it won’t take up scads of counters space. It takes about 15 minutes to get the first batch of ice once you turn it on, or you can hook it up directly to your home’s water system and have a constant supply of delicious little ice pellets at all times.

GE Profile Opal $629 (Was $679)

If you’re flush with tax refund cash and want the gold standard of nugget ice makers, you can save yourself $50 on the GE Opal right now. It comes with a one-gallon side tank, WiFi connectivity, and a clever recirculation system that prevents the ice from clumping up (which is an issue with some cheaper and older models).

More ice maker deals

It’s getting warmer out, and Amazon wants to sell you some ice machines. As a result, you can find some very solid deals right now. Here are some more ice machines you may want to check out. Note: Some of these deals require applying a coupon, which involves clicking a checkbox below the price on the product page, so keep a lookout for those.

The post Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/nespresso-machine-sale-mothers-day-amazon/ Fri, 05 May 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539445
Breville Nespresso machines in a fancy pattern for Mother's Day
Stan Horaczek

The gift of a classy coffee maker will have someone buzzing with excitement even before their first cup.

The post Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Breville Nespresso machines in a fancy pattern for Mother's Day
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It has gotten absurdly expensive to buy a cup of coffee from just about anywhere. The iced coffee I like from a well-known chain now costs $5.58. It’s like paying airport prices repeatedly without leaving the neighborhood. If you or someone you know—for instance, your mom—also feels the squeeze of the coffee price hikes, these deep discounts on Nespresso machines at Amazon should be very appealing. Sure, it’s an upfront investment, but it will save money in the long run, and you won’t have to hear any Enya music playing over the coffee shop PA.

Nespresso Vertuo Next Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville with Milk Frother $171 (Was $229)

Breville Nespresso machine with milk frother

Breville

SEE IT

For those who are unfamiliar, Nespresso is a pod-based coffee system that makes brewing incredibly simple. Unlike some other pod coffee systems, however, Nespresso creates more gourmet brews and more complex drinks. This machine offers a 37-ounce water reservoir and can brew traditional coffee, pour-over coffee, and both single and double espressos. Each pod will run you roughly $1 to $1.50, depending on what kind you get and how many you buy at one time. They often go on sale, though, so you can sometimes snag a large supply of them at a discounted rate. This model also includes a milk frother in case regular milk doesn’t have enough air in it for you.

More Nespresso deals at Amazon

There are a ton of different Nespresso models on sale at up to 25% off right now, and most of them will still arrive by Mother’s Day if you order soon. Pick the one that fits your budget and your crippling dependency on caffeine.

Breville Nespresso Creatista Plus $487 (Was $649)

If you really want to go for a classy coffee maker, this is the machine you want. It’s a Barista-grade machine that makes both coffee and espresso with a simple, elegant process. It offers durable stainless steel components that are easy to clean and will last for years. Plus, it has a great name that you’ll sound really classy saying. “Would you like some coffee? Let me just make you some here on the Creatista.” How continental.

The post Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best stand mixers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-stand-mixers/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=392406
The Best Stand Mixers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Whip up sweet and savory treats with this kitchen essential.

The post The best stand mixers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Stand Mixers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Kitchenaid Artisan Mini Series is the best stand mixer KitchenAid Artisan® Series 5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer
SEE IT

This all-in-one kitchen helper can make nine dozen cookies, cut pasta, and spiralize veggies.
Best for professionals Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer
SEE IT

Wolf Gourmet’s High-Performance Stand Mixer would be the powerhouse of any baker’s kitchen.
Best budget Cuisinart SM-50BC Stand Mixer Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer
SEE IT

Cuisinart’s stand mixer offer most of the performance as its competition at roughly half the price.

Whether you’re a budding baker or an experienced enthusiast, a stand mixer is a must-have in your kitchen. Stand mixers have evolved over the years from burdensome appliances used solely for mixing dough to multi-use devices with attachments to make everything from pasta to ice cream. The best stand mixers not only look great displayed on your kitchen counter, but they are highly functional pieces of equipment that seriously cut down the amount of time it takes to make a cake or whip up a batch of whipped cream. 

A great stand mixer can be a hefty investment, so it’s important to do your research before you bite the bullet. We compiled a list of the best stand mixers in every category so you can find one that your inner baker (and your wallet) will enjoy for years. 

How we selected the best stand mixers 

There are more than a baker’s dozen stand mixers worth considering, and the search can feel exhausting and overwhelming. You want to ensure you’re getting the best value for your dollar, but you also don’t want your stand mixer to die on you after just a couple of years. 

We researched the highest-rated stand mixers available in a variety of price ranges and designs to come up with our list of the best stand mixers in six distinct categories. We considered capacity, size, bulkiness, price, design, color options, versatility, and durability when making our list. Finally, we did hands-on testing with some models to determine whether their performance was up to snuff. Whether your top priority is affordability, aesthetics, or function, we have a recommendation for you.

The best stand mixers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best stand mixers should save you time and prevent hand cramps in the kitchen. They should be simple to use for novices, but powerful enough for pros. After carefully researching and testing a bevy of stand mixers, we’ve slotted them into easy-to-understand categories to help you find the best one for your needs.

Best overall: KitchenAid Artisan Series 5-Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer

KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Quart best stand mixers

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The longtime leader in stand mixers delivers a high-quality, long-lasting appliance in a variety of stylish colors.

Specs

  • Accessories included: coated flat beater, coated dough hook, 6-wire wire whip, pouring shield
  • Capacity: 5 Quarts
  • Dimensions: 14.3 x 9.3 x 14 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 26 pounds

Pros

  • 10 speeds
  • Ample color options
  • Ability to transform the mixer into different kitchen tools
  • Large 5-quart capacity bowl

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy and bulky

KitchenAid is synonymous with “stand mixer,” and there’s a good reason for it. The original stand mixer back in 1919, KitchenAid changed the game for home bakers everywhere by automating the manual, labor-intensive processes of baking. The company has maintained many of its original values including mixers that last for decades if properly cared for. 

The Artisan Series mixer features 10 speeds for every level from mixing to kneading. The 5-quart stainless steel bowl has the capacity for up to 9 dozen cookies at once. The paddle rotates in a 59-point pattern (called a planetary pattern) that allows it to cover the entire bowl for complete integration. The tilt-head design makes it easy to add ingredients and clean the bowl and attachments. The bowl is dishwasher-safe, and the comfort handle allows for ease of use that some older models lacked. Another perk is the rainbow of colors available: no matter what your style or wallpaper color is, you’ll be able to find a KitchenAid mixer to match. 

The innovative hub design allows for 10 different attachments, making your Artisan Series mixer an all-in-one kitchen assistant. From a pasta cutter to a veggie noodle spiralizer, these additions will make your life easier in the kitchen from dinner to dessert. The Artisan Series mixer clocks in at a whopping 26 pounds, and it’s larger than some other options, which is important to note if space is a concern.

Best for professionals: Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer

Wolf Gourmet Stand Mixer

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The built quality and performance of Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer cannot be bested, and it’s a must-have if you’re a daily baker.

Specs

  • Accessories included: coated flat beater, coated dough hook, 6-wire wire whip, pouring shield
  • Capacity: 7 Quarts
  • Dimensions: 17 x 10.5 x 17.63 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 35.6 pounds

Pros

  • Durable build quality
  • Rock solid performance with all recipes
  • Top-notch design

Cons

  • Price

Let’s be clear: High-Performance Stand Mixer is the best-looking, highest-performing, most durable option on the market today, and nothing comes close. We’ll be honest, this is a serious piece of kitchen equipment that will look a little intimidating on a kitchen counter. It’s the largest stand mixer—in size, weight, and capacity—that we’re recommending, so you’ll need a fair amount of space to accommodate it. That said, the larger size allowed Wolf Gourmet to use bigger, higher-powered components, which made a big difference in our tests.

We used this mixer to make bread dough, cookie dough, whipped cream, cake batter, and everything in between. In each case, the recipes we made turned out flawlessly, and we began to push our luck by making double, triple, or quadruple batches of certain ones to push the mixer to its limit. It never caved—its motor never strained, the attachments never bent, and the mixer never shook around violently even when bread dough was being knocked against the sides of its bowl.

For such a luxe piece of equipment, Wolf Gourmet made its stand mixer extremely simple to use. There’s a single red dial with speed settings between one and 10 with half intervals denoted with a dot. The mixer’s bowl fits into a slot at the bottom, then gets raised when you turn it clockwise to be closer to the attachment. When your recipe looks ready, you turn the knob to 0, turn the bowl counterclockwise, detach your attachment, and pull the bowl away.

Every piece of equipment that comes with this stand mixer, from the mixer itself to its accompanying bowl and attachments, is extremely well made. There were no signs of damage after months of baking, and each attachment was easy to clean either by hand or in a machine. Wolf Gourmet’s High-Performance Stand Mixer would be the centerpiece of any home baker’s kitchen, but it’s not perfect.

We’ve decided to name this stand mixer the best choice for professionals because it costs nearly $1,000, which puts it out of reach for most home chefs. You’re absolutely getting what you’re paying for—this is an appliance that should last a lifetime (or more if you pass it down to someone else)—but it’s a big up-front investment. That said, if you’re an avid home baker who wants the stand mixer, this is the obvious choice.

Best for small kitchens: KitchenAid Artisan Mini Series Tilt-Head Stand Mixer, 3.5 Quart

Kitchenaid Artisan Mini Series is the best stand mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The compact version of the classic KitchenAid mixer is cheaper and lighter.

Specs

  • Accessories included: flex edge beater, coated dough hook, and 6-wire whisk
  • Capacity: 3.5 Quarts
  • Dimensions: 14.3 x 9.3 x 14 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight:18 pounds

Pros

  • Lower price than the original KitchenAid
  • Smaller footprint on your counter
  • Lighter weight at 18 pounds
  • Same durability and high performance as the original

Cons

  • Small capacity bowl
  • No splatter shield

You want the quality and durability of the KitchenAid mixer, but you can’t fit it in your small kitchen. The KitchenAid Artisan mixer comes with all the bells and whistles of the original, at a 25% lighter weight while taking up 20% less space on your counter—meaning you don’t have to choose between your stand mixer and your microwave. 

Just like the original, the Artisan Mini Series features 10 speeds from a light knead to a brisk whip, with a powerful, 250-watt motor. The mixer also includes the iconic tilt-head design for easy access and a comfort handle on the dishwasher-safe stainless steel bowl. The mixer provides the same opportunity to use any of the 10 optional hub-powered attachments. The Artisan Mini comes in several colors, including honeydew green and aqua sky blue, so you can get creative with your kitchen style. 

It’s slightly more affordable than its bigger sibling, though still pricey when compared to other options on the market. It’s a reliable, durable choice for those with limited space who don’t need a large-capacity mixer. At 18 pounds, it’s still rather heavy, but much lighter than the original. 

Best style and design: Smeg 1950s Retro Style Stand Mixer

smeg pink is our pick for the best stand mixer

Smeg

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stylist and powerful stand mixer for those who pride themselves on sleek decor.

Specs

  • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, pouring shield
  • Capacity: 5 Quarts
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 8.75 x 14.9 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 19 pounds

Pros

  • Sleek, retro design in several colors
  • High wattage with more power
  • Large capacity bowl
  • Non-stick accessories

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No optional add-on accessories

Folks who believe that style comes first can’t go wrong with a Smeg stand mixer. The attractive retro design comes in several neutral and pastel colors, including pink, red, blue, and green. The stylish design comes at a high price point, but the impressive features don’t disappoint, either. 

With a 600-watt motor, it’s also the most powerful mixer on our list, making it a better choice if you’re frequently making things like stiff bread doughs. It features a planetary mixing movement that makes for a smooth, complete combination of ingredients. The 10 variable speeds give KitchenAid a run for its money when it comes to versatility. A large-capacity stainless steel bowl can hold up to 5 quarts for bigger baking projects. With a tilt-head design and several different accessories, this stand mixer provides agility in the kitchen. 

Additionally, the accessories come with an all-new coating to make them non-stick and easy to clean. On top of that, they’re also dishwasher safe. If you can swing the cost, the Smeg stand mixer will not only look great in your kitchen, but it will put in the work as a solid stand mixer with a long life expectancy. 

Best for bread: Kenmore Elite Ovation 5-Qt. Stand Mixer

Kenmore Elite Ovation

Kenmore

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Kenmore’s innovative stand mixer design prevents flour from flying, which is a big boon for bread bakers.

Specs

  • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, egg separator, grater
  • Capacity: 5 quarts
  • Dimensions: 14.75 x 13 x 9.5 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 30 pounds

Pros

  • 360-degree splash guard prevents messes
  • Pour-in top design actually works well
  • Relatively compact

Cons

  • Shakes under a heavy load

Bread is one of the deepest categories in all of baking, which is ironic considering the core of many recipes is a combination of four simple ingredients: flour, water, yeast, and salt. Kenmore’s Elite Ovation is the right tool for bread baking because its innovative design makes dough-making less messy. Many of our stand mixer recipes come with a plastic guard, which prevents dry ingredients from flying everywhere as they’re first combined with wet ones, but Kenmore went a step further.

A removable splash guard fitted into the top of the mixer fits perfectly on top of the mixer’s bowl to create an enclosed environment. There’s a hole open at the top, which allows you to pour ingredients into the mixer’s bowl while it’s working, but we’ve never had dry ingredients fly out of it during our tests. This was true whether we were making banana bread—an admittedly wet dough made with the paddle attachment—hamburger buns, a standard loaf of white bread, or even fresh pasta dough.

The ability to pour extra liquid or flour in through the top of the mixer as it was working was a huge help. We could course-correct recipes on the fly without wasting time turning the machine off and on again. Amateur bakers who are scared of making a mess will appreciate this as much as pros who’ve had the unfortunate experience of getting a face full of flour at the start of bread baking.

Our sole complaint with the Elite Ovation is that it’ll shake if you’re mixing a thick dough at high speeds. If you have it set on a kitchen island, it may rattle your other kitchen tools and appliances. This isn’t a dealbreaker by any means, just something to keep in mind if you’re not going to keep your stand mixer on a solid countertop. This wasn’t an issue when we used this mixer to make thinner doughs or batter, but bread bakers should be aware.

Best budget: Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer

Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Cuisinart’s stand mixer offers many of the same features as our premium picks at a far lower cost.

Specs

  • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, pouring shield
  • Capacity: 5.5 quarts
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 8.75 x 14.9 inches (LxWxH)
  • Weight: 19 pounds

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Supports lots of accessories
  • Price

Cons

  • Slightly worse look and feel

The biggest impediment for many bakers who want to go from a hand mixer to stand mixer is cost, but this is one of the few appliances where it pays to spend more money. Stand mixers are complicated machines with powerful motors, so getting an extremely inexpensive one means running the risk of having it break down after a couple of years. If you’re budget conscious but still want a stand mixer that’ll go the distance, your best bet is Cuisinart’s SM-50BC, which can be had for well under $200.

In our tests, the SM-50BC handled typical recipes like chocolate chip cookie dough as well as the more premium picks we’re recommending. It also had some little creature comforts, like making a clicking sound when the mixer’s head was tilted all the way up. Other little features, like how easy its knob was to turn, also stood out. There was definitely a little hit to the overall look and feel of this stand mixer compared to our recommendations, but not in a way that hurt its performance.

For common recipes—cookie dough, cake batter, whipped cream—this stand mixer will offer similar results to one that costs roughly double the price. If you’re looking for a way to cut down your cooking time with those recipes while adding some more complicated ones into your repertoire over time, this stand mixer will help guide you through that journey.

Speaking of journeys, we only used this stand mixer with the included attachments, but we’re pleased by the fact that Cuisinart is expanding its functionality with a wide assortment of accessories. This includes everything from a pasta extruder to a meat grinder. It’s worth noting that these accessories are also a lot less expensive than the ones available for a KitchenAid mixer.

If you’re looking for an entry-level stand mixer to take your baking to the next level, Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer should be the first one to consider.

What to consider when shopping for the best stand mixers

Before you decide on a stand mixer, you’ll need to decide what you actually want to use it for. A basic stand mixer will mix up things like cookie dough, cake batter, and whipped cream. But, some stand mixers are equipped to work with accessories to make things like burgers, pasta, and ice cream. It’s also important to consider how often you’ll use it. Many stand mixers are built to last a lifetime, but those typically come with a higher price tag. 

When choosing a stand mixer for your kitchen, keep in mind your counter space. These machines are typically heavy and a bit bulky, so size may be a consideration for apartment dwellers. Even if you have space to store it, moving it in and out of a cabinet can be a hassle if it’s too heavy. 

Here are some of the most prudent questions to ask yourself as you hunt for your ideal stand mixer: 

Attachments and accessories

If the idea of making pasta from scratch sounds like more effort than it’s worth, then you probably don’t need to worry about getting a stand mixer that allows for all kinds of fancy attachments. A basic stand mixer will meet all of your needs as a baking companion, including whipping, mixing, kneading, and creaming. If you’re looking for an all-in-one kitchen assistant, spring for a stand mixer that has the ability to add on cool accessories. Just make sure to factor the cost of those extra gadgets into your budget. 

Capacity

Stand mixers come in various sizes, so it’s worth considering what kind of capacity you want yours to have. If you’re a professional baker who will be whipping up large batches of batter, cream, and dough every weekend, a 3-quart mixing bowl might not cut it. Working in small batches can get frustrating if you’re in a time crunch and have a lot of work ahead of you. Alternatively, if you’re a hobby baker who whips up a few dozen cookies once a year for the holidays, a huge bowl and paddle may be a hindrance.

Design and footprint

Between your rice cooker, air fryer, toaster, and blender, your kitchen counter might be getting a bit crowded. Consider where you’re going to store your stand mixer before you go for a large-batch mixer. Many folks opt to display their stand mixer on the counter for aesthetic purposes, and because that sucker can be heavy to lug out every time you need it. If counter space is an issue, cabinet or pantry storage is another option. Luckily, there are some great compact options for those who live in close quarters. Some of the options on this list weigh more than 25 pounds and stand well over a foot high. 

FAQs

Q: Which stand mixer do professional chefs use?

The KitchenAid Professional Series stand mixers are popular among professional bakers and chefs. The Artisan Series mixer is great for hobby bakers, but the pros tend to go for a stand mixer with an even higher capacity. The KitchenAid Professional 600 has a 6-quart capacity and the KitchenAid ProLine and commercial mixers have 7-and-8-quart capacities, respectively.

Q: Does wattage matter in stand mixers?

Wattage essentially translates to power, and how much power your stand mixer will use while it operates. So a stand mixer with higher wattage should be able to do the job of a lower-wattage mixer much faster. If you ran a 300-watt mixer and 600-watt mixer for the same amount of time. A 250-watt stand mixer will perform well with most doughs and batters. Anything more than that would only be helpful for things like super-stiff bread doughs. 

Q: Which is better: hand mixers or stand mixers?

It depends what your priorities are. Stand mixers will be able to handle thicker doughs and take less of your energy to operate. You can get larger jobs done a lot faster with a stand mixer. Hand mixers are great if space is an issue in your kitchen, or if you are an occasional baker who only makes small batches anyway.

Q: How long do KitchenAid stand mixers last?

KitchenAid stand mixers have a full warranty of one year, but many customers report that their mixers last 10-25 years, depending on how frequently they use them and how they care for them. 

Q: How much do stand mixers cost?

Stand mixers can cost between $200-$1,000, depending if they’re made for home use or industrial purposes.

A final word on the best stand mixers

Whether you’re an occasional baker or an aspiring professional, the best stand mixer will make a huge difference in your kitchen. With proper care, these versatile devices can pump out cakes, cookies, bread, pasta, and more for decades to come.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best stand mixers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best air fryers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-fryer/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-fryer/
The best air fryers of 2021.

Cook food faster and healthier, using less oil, with the best air fryers.

The post The best air fryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best air fryers of 2021.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer is the best overall. COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer
SEE IT

Enjoy the same crispy textures and delicious flavors with up to 85-percent-less fat.
Best budget The Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer is the best option on a budget. Ninja AF101 4-Quart Air Fryer
SEE IT

The wide temperature range allows you to either gently remove moisture from foods or quickly cook and crisp.
Best multifunction The Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker is the best air fryer combo. Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker
SEE IT

An 11-in-1 functionality allows you to air fry, broil, bake, roast, dehydrate, reheat, rotisserie, toast, and more

Air fryers are all the rage these days because of their ability to simulate deep frying without having to actually submerge food in oil, as a standard deep fryer would, giving people the ability to enjoy healthier fried food right at home. These small kitchen appliances are essentially small convection ovens, which work by radiating heat from the cooking chamber and using a fan to circulate the hot air around the food. Air fryers also typically cook food faster. Though they vary, the best air fryers may reduce cooking time by 20 percent or more when compared to traditional ovens.

In addition to health and convenience, air fryers also shine when it comes to versatility. When the uninitiated think of air frying, they may conjure images of perfectly crisped tater tots and appetizers from the freezer section of your local grocery store. But there’s so much more than that. Air fryers are also great for cooking main dishes, from whole chickens and steaks to fresh vegetables and tofu, depending on the size of the fryer. You also absolutely cannot do better for reheating tricky leftovers such as pizza and french fries than the different types of best air fryers.

Air fryers can perfectly cook such a wide variety of food because most models have temperature and timer adjustments that allow more precise cooking, in addition to other intelligent features that vary by model. If you’re feeling overwhelmed just thinking about these options, we’ve compiled our best air fryer reviews to help you narrow down what’s on the market today. Let’s get frying!

How we chose the best air fryers for convenience and flavor—without the grease

In deciding on which products to feature on this list, we examined a variety of appliances with a diverse range of features that would accommodate consumers with average to advanced needs and understanding of the product. We researched 25 to 30 of the best air fryers on the market, taking into consideration personal experience, peer suggestions, critical reviews, and user impressions before settling on the six we chose. The basic criteria we looked at were quart capacity, cook and temperature settings, added-value special features, safety, and accessories.

Though prices have dipped in recent years from when air fryers first began growing in popularity, the downside is that now the market is more inundated with options than ever before. As such, it can be challenging to determine at face value what constitutes the real deal and what is just a cheap imitation.

The best air fryers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer

The COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer is the best overall.

Cosori

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Customize and save up to a dozen of your favorite settings for each of the 10 one-touch cooking presets on the bright, easy-to-read LED display.

Specs

  • Capacity: 5.8 quarts
  • Weight: 12.3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 11.78 x 13.87 x 12 inches

Pros

  • 12 different cooking functions
  • Personalized shake reminders
  • Nonstick square basket

Cons 

  • Nonstick coating wears off eventually
  • Operation could be quieter

The COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer is all about practical touches, which is why it was named one of the 2021 iF Product Design Awards winners. Enjoy the same crispy, delicious foods with up to 85 percent less fat using any one of 12 different cooking functions. In addition, the digital LED display and touch panel allow you to customize and save your favorite settings, which are angled toward you, so you won’t have to bend down to operate the machine. 

This device also comes with other helpful features, such as personalized shake reminders, which allow you to add an optional reminder to any cooking preset to flip or shake foods halfway through cooking. Learn to cook over 100 recipes with the included recipe guide, which is perfect for those still learning the ropes of air frying.

The removable nonstick square baskets are designed to fit a variety of foods and are also dishwasher safe, PFOA-free, and BPA-free. However, a few users noticed that the non-stick coating starts to wear off after regular use, so you may want to handle and wash with extra care. Another slight downside is that the air fryer can be loud. But thankfully, it doesn’t take long to cook your favorite healthy and delicious meals, so any noise will always be kept to a minimum.

Best large: Ninja DZ201 Foodi 10 Quart 6-in-1 DualZone 2-Basket Air Fryer

Ninja Foodi Dual-Zone Air Fryer in a kitchen counter corner

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’ve got a hungry family and need to fill some plates but have a lot already on your plate, the DualZone Technology of this Ninja Foodi air fryer lets you prepare multiple parts of a meal simultaneously.

Specs

  • Capacity: 8- or 10-quart models
  • Weight: 17.86 pounds – 19.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.86 x 15.63 x 12.4 inches – 13.9 x 17.1 x 12.8 inches

Pros

  • DualZone technology allows two independent baskets to operate simultaneously
  • Match Cook lets you double the capacity of a single food
  • 6 cooking functions
  • Easy to clean

Cons 

  • Takes up sizable countertop real estate, plus requires room to vent
  • No shake/flip reminder, and no automatic pause when drawer removed

Sometimes you want to prepare a balanced meal but with minimal juggling. And with the Ninja Foodi air fryer, you can cook both your protein and vegetables, or multiple sides, or simply enough fries to feed an army, all within one countertop contraption. With two easy-to-clean nonstick baskets (each a 4-quart or 5-quart capacity, depending on model), the Ninja Foodi can whip up its rapid heaters and cyclonic fans so you can whip up dinner, faster with less fuss.

Featuring a temperature range of 105- to 450-degrees Fahrenheit and six selectable programs (Air Fry, Air Broil, Roast, Bake, Reheat, and Dehydrate), this 1690 watts air fryer can handle any menu. Admittedly, every air fryer takes some getting used to in order to find the perfect temp and time configuration to maximize crispiness. And if you want to make sure a single-drawer air fryer finishes its cycle at the exact same time as something you’re simultaneously cooking in the oven, well, that’s an extra challenge. The Foodi works to take some of that guesswork out of the equation with Smart Finish, which intelligently synchronizes the two drawers, even if they’re operating different modes. This means you no longer have to have something sit while you back-to-back cook two foods.

Deeper than they are wide, the drawers do require learning optimal positioning for airflow. But you’ll quickly be surprised by the combinations you’re crafting. Nuggets and fries, sure. Reheating last night’s fava bean falafel on top of a frozen piece of Trader Joe’s garlic naan, all under four minutes? Even more exciting. Both the baskets and crisper plates are dishwasher-safe, adding to the ease of this appliance, though handwashing will prolong the life of components. Pro tip: To avoid overcooking (because who wants dry fries), reduce the recommended temperature by 25 degrees and the time by 1/3. Also, leaving room behind the Foodi is a must for venting, otherwise your wall can be discolored/damaged by hot exhaust.

Best Insant: Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker

The Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker is the best air fryer combo.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With 11 functions, including air fry, broil, roast, rotisserie, toast, the limitations of what you can do with this multipurpose gadget are up to your imagination.

Specs

  • Capacity: 8 quarts
  • Weight: 26.1 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.35 x 12.57 x 14.78 inches

Pros

  • Impressive 11-in-1 functionality
  • Customizable cooking programs
  • Evencrisp technology uses 95 percent less oil

Cons 

  • Large size makes it difficult to store
  • Dual lids are also cumbersome

Minimalists will love the Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker, which allows you to replace up to 11 kitchen appliances so you can air fry, pressure cook, slow cook, steam, sauté, sous vide, roast, broil, dehydrate, and more with just one machine. Though, with the size of this beast, you may need to get rid of some other gadgets just to make room for it on your counter. To dictate your favorite recipes, it also comes with five fully programmable settings.

Two interchangeable lids make it easy to switch between the pressure cooker and air fryer functions. However, the extra lid can be cumbersome to store, but it delivers all the crunch and tenderness of deep-frying with 95 percent less oil using Evencrisp technology.

For all your cooking needs, the pot also comes with standard includes accessories such as a stainless-steel multi-use steam rack, a nonstick multi-level air fryer basket with a stainless dehydrating/broiling tray, and a heat-resistant protective pad and storage cover. So you and your family will sleep well at night knowing that the safety features protect against overheating, steam, splashing, and more. If you’re loyal to the Instant Pot brand but want a dedicated air fryer, the Instant Vortex Plus 6-Quart 6-in-1 is also recommended.

Best for most: Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer

The Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer is the best option on a budget.

Ninja

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Choose between four programmable cooking functions to air fry, roast, reheat, and dehydrate a wide variety of different foods on a budget.

Specs

  • Capacity: 4 quarts
  • Weight: 10.58 pounds
  • Dimensions: 8.5 x 12.1 x 11 inches 

Pros

  • One-touch control panel
  • Four programmable cooking functions
  • Wide temperature range up to 400 degrees

Cons

  • Cooking area can be difficult to clean
  • Plastic or chemical smell hard to remove

For straightforward air frying without all the extra bells and whistles, the Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer lets you choose between four programmable cooking functions: air fry, roast, reheat, and dehydrate. The roast setting is ideal for casseroles and roasted veggies, while the reheat option is optimal for reviving leftover pizza, fries, wings back to crispy perfection. Or choose the dehydrate setting to make homemade dried fruits, veggie chips, and jerky and save even more money.

This air fryer also puts the “fry” in frying, as the four-quart ceramic-coated nonstick basket and crisper plate are the perfect size to cook up to 2 pounds of french fries. With a wide temperature range from 105 to 400 degrees Fahrenheit, you can either gently remove moisture from foods or quickly cook and crisp foods with convection heat on manual settings.

The only design flaw is that the interior cooking area, particularly the rubber tabs on the bottom grate, can be challenging to clean. So it might be a good idea to have a dedicated sponge for cleaning the air fryer. A chemical or plastic smell may linger out of the box, so you should thoroughly wash the basket and all components with warm, soapy water before using.

Best budget: GoWISE USA 2.75-Quart Air Fryer

The GoWise USA 2.75-Quart Air Fryer is the best for small spaces.

GoWise

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This air fryer’s miniature size and compact shape leave plenty of room on countertops for other small kitchen items and appliances.

Specs

  • Capacity: 2.75 quarts
  • Weight: 2 pounds 
  • Dimensions: 8 x 8 x 5 inches

Pros

  • Easy-to-use controls
  • Nonstick frying pan and basket
  • Uses little to no oil

Cons

  • Accessories and steamer papers not included
  • Automatically turns off when finished cooking

Not everyone needs an air fryer big enough to feed a family, which is why this mini-sized GoWISE USA 2.75-Quart Air Fryer is the perfect choice for singles and those who live in small apartments or dorm rooms. With rapid air technology, you can enjoy your favorite fried foods without the extra calories using just a tiny amount of oil or none at all. For healthier eating in no time, choose from seven cooking presets, including fries or chips, meat, shrimp, cake, chicken, steak, and fish.

Easy-to-use controls allow the time and temperature to be set from 175 to 400 degrees, or up to 30 minutes with the push of a button. An alarm will sound when the cooking is finished, and the timer will automatically switch to standby mode. Though some customers wish there was an option to add another minute or two before the fryer stops cooking.

The air fryer also comes with a nonstick, PFOA-free air fry pan and basket with a cool-touch handle and button guard to prevent accidental detachment. Unfortunately, the fryer doesn’t come with many accessories or steamer papers, but you can purchase a kit separately that includes an insert rack, skewers, toasting and warming rack, and more. Prefer a less retro look and a bit more capacity? GoWISE makes many models, such as this 3.7-quart fryer and several 5-quart options that still don’t take up much counter space.

Also consider: Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer

The Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer is the best for groups.

Ultrean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a high-capacity output and durable ​​stainless steel design, this air fryer is perfect for large families and those who frequently entertain guests for dinner.

Specs 

  • Capacity: 8 quarts
  • Weight: 16.37 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.35 x 15.75 x 13.58 inches

Pros

  • Durable stainless steel design
  • Easy-to-use LCD touch screen
  • Preheating feature saves even more time

Cons

  • Touchscreen can be finicky
  • Difficult to change the temperature

The whole family will be eating healthier and cleaner when you’re cooking with the Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer, which eliminates the messy oil splatter of traditional frying. It’s also easy to operate with eight standard preset cooking functions that cook everything from french fries and bacon to chicken, fish, steak, and whole roasts. Then, when you’re finished, the detachable air frying rack and basket make cleanup a breeze.

The stainless-steel design also makes it more durable compared to comparable air fryers, while the compact, square shape makes it convenient to store when not in use. This air fryer also comes with a handy preheating function to help you save even more time. Simply press the “P” button and then preheat at 400 degrees for three minutes for even faster cooking.

Though a few users have noted, one minor drawback is that the touch screen display can occasionally be finicky, making it difficult to change the temperature. However, those complaints are definitely exceptions to the rule, as this high-quality air fryer consistently gets high marks from customers across the board.

Things to consider before buying one of the best air fryers

Capacity

For the reasons we’ve already laid out, shopping for an air fryer can be daunting. So in deciding which air fryer is the right pick for you and your family, first consider your basic needs for an air fryer. For example, how many people will you be feeding on a regular basis? For obvious reasons, singles and couples can get away with having a standard, smaller quart-capacity air fryer. On the other hand, larger families, particularly kids, may opt for a workhorse that can produce snacks and meals for the whole family daily or multiple times per week.

Uses

Another thing to ask yourself is what type of cooking you plan to do with an air fryer. Likewise, if your main goal is to throw pizza rolls and fries into your air fryer for the big game or movie night, your needs may be different than someone who plans to regularly cook entire meals, main dishes, sides, and veggies with it. As such, the former air fryer user can probably get away with a more budget-friendly air fryer with standard features, whereas the latter may want to invest in a model that also doubles as a pressure cooker or a toaster oven.

Space

Space is another significant consideration, as air fryers tend to take up a not-insignificant amount of real estate on kitchen counters. Do you have somewhere to store an air fryer? However, if you’re considering a combination air fryer, you also may be able to get rid of a few excessive kitchen gadgets, which could be a good trade-off. Heck, you might even end up with even more counter space when all is said and done!

FAQs

Q: How does air-fried food taste?

How air-fried foods taste depends on who you ask. Technically, since the food is not actually deep-fried, it’s not going to replicate that crispiness and flavor of deep-frying completely. That said, they do come pretty close. Air fryers are basically tiny convection ovens that work by circulating hot air around the food. So essentially, it tastes like extra-crispy oven-baked food, which is not a bad thing when you’re saving so many calories and fat.

Q: Is air frying healthier than baking?

Whether air frying is healthier than baking boils down to how much oil you’re using. Air fryers require little to no oil. However, depending on what you’re baking in a conventional oven, you’re probably also adding fat or oil to help with the cooking process and prevent the food from sticking to baking sheets and roasting pans. So if you add the same amount of oil to your air fryer as you would a baked dish, even if that’s no oil, then the air-fried dish would be just as healthy as if you would have baked it.

Q: Can you put aluminum foil in an air fryer?

Since we’ve always been taught not to put aluminum foil in the microwave, you may be wondering if it’s safe to put it in the air fryer. In a word, yes, it’s safe to put aluminum foil in an air fryer cooking basket. However, it’s not necessarily the best option. Manufacturers generally advise that parchment paper or an empty basket are better options since they won’t interfere with the cooking process.

Q: What are the pros and cons of an air fryer?

The pros of air fryers are versatility, ease of use, and the ability to achieve a crisp exterior and moist interior of most foods with up to 75 percent less oil than actual frying (since an air fryer is actually closer to a mini convection oven). In addition, an air fryer has the ability to bypass a full-sized oven and all the energy it takes up and the heat it puts out. Plus an air fryer is far easier to clean. As for the cons, air fryers cost you counter space and have far less cooking capacity than a full-sized oven. And those smaller compartments mean it takes some practice to determine the perfect placement of food for consistent airflow and the temperature and time needed to cook thoroughly but not dry food out.

Final thoughts about the best air fryers

There are so many models and features to consider when dealing with air fryers that it can be difficult to even the playing field. That’s why our favorite air fryer is a Ninja model (the brand also makes one of our favorite smart ovens), such as the Ninja DZ201 Foodi 8 Quart 6-in-1 DualZone 2-Basket Air Fryer. In addition to being one of the best-rated air fryers on this list (another Ninja, the Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer, actually gets the distinction of top air fryer in popularity), the Foodi comes with features making it versatile enough to handle mains, sides, or a combination. However, larger families and those who plan to be using their air fryer heavily may want to consider a higher-capacity model such as the COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer or Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer. The best air fryers all just depend on how you plan to use them and how many people you’re feeding.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air fryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best charcoal grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-charcoal-grill/ Sat, 31 Jul 2021 13:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=385340
A lineup of the best charcoal grills on a white background
Amanda Reed

Give food the unbeatable, smokey outdoor flavor by cooking with the best charcoal grill.

The post The best charcoal grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best charcoal grills on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill is the best for traditionalists. Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill
SEE IT

The familiar face of the best backyard burgers.

Best budget The Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill is the best budget pick. Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill
SEE IT

A cheap, portable camping grill that works anywhere.

Best for large parties The Royal Gourmet CD2030AN Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker is the best for big families. Royal Gourmet CD2030X Deluxe Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker
SEE IT

A perfect large charcoal grill and smoker.

The grill is an icon of the American backyard and it’s more popular than ever. The best charcoal grill is an affordable way to cook mouth-watering meat and veggies. With better temperature controls and smoking options, charcoal grills are becoming the cooking device of choice for serious outdoor eaters. The smokey flavor of charcoal briquettes or hardwood lump charcoal infuses burgers and chicken with distinct summer magic. These grills are easy to use, so even if you are a terrible chef, you can still cook up impressive food. Vegetables, hotdogs, pork chops, ribs, and more will all taste better when you cook them with these dependable, high-quality charcoal cookers.

How we chose the best charcoal grills

We grilled the best charcoal grill contenders based on reviews, recommendations, personal testing, research, and user impressions. To narrow down the list, we also looked at material, size, weight, and built-in features like thermometers.

The best charcoal grills: Reviews & Recommendations

While there are small differences between various models, the basic science and design remain the same. More robust temperature controls and smoking options can bump up the price, but these can be well worth it for serious outdoor chefs. With a budget in mind, look for the options that will make your grilling experience easier and the food tastier.  

Best overall: Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill

The Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill is the best for traditionalists.

Weber

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a 70-year legacy behind it, this charcoal grill is proof that good design is timeless and durable.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.5 x 22.5 x 27 inches
  • Weight: 32.3 lbs.
  • Material: Porcelain
  • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

Pros

  • One-touch cleaning system
  • Durable
  • Heat shield on handle

Cons

  • Instructions unclear

For over 70 years, the Weber kettle charcoal grill has cooked perfect burgers and deliciously smokey chicken. If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it. The Weber charcoal grill is an easy-to-use, basic grill that can comfortably cook 13 burger patties on its 363 square inches of grilling space. The handle on the lid doesn’t get too hot thanks to the shield, so you won’t fling the lid into the pool in anger. And ashes collected in the bottom bin are easy to remove. This is a great grill for cooking dinner every day. It’s consistent. It’s dependable. And it will last a long time.

Best for experienced grillers: Char-Griller E56720 AKORN Kamado Charcoal Grill

The Char-Griller E56729 AKORN Kamado Charcoal Grill is the best for experienced grillers.

Char-Griller

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An insulated design brings—and seals—the heat for juicy meats and smoky vegetables.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 45 x 31 x 47 inches
  • Weight: 97 lbs.
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

Pros

  • Temperature control
  • Fuel-efficient
  • Large grill space

Cons

  • Expensive

The Char-Griller charcoal grill is a powerful backyard beast. The 447-square-inch cooking surface makes this one of the best large charcoal grills. It’s more expensive than a basic charcoal model, but you’re paying for temperature control and even cooking. The grill can reach temperatures of 700 degrees to sear big steaks, but can just as easily maintain a cool, smokey 200 degrees for ribs. The adjustable top and bottom dampers give you more control over the heat and smoke. The folding side shelves offer a helping hand when moving food to a serving tray. This large model is designed for those who want absolute power over the heat and smoke, to fine-tune the flavor profile of any grilled food.   

Best for large parties: Royal Gourmet CD2030X Deluxe Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker

The Royal Gourmet CD2030AN Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker is the best for big families.

Royal Gourmet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Two build-in side tables and large cooking racks mean there’s enough room to grill and serve everything at once for a backyard party.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 58.66 x 28.74 x 50.39 inches
  • Weight: 70.3 lbs.
  • Material: Porcelain-enamel
  • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

Pros

  • Built-in paper towel holder
  • Ample grilling space
  • Height-adjustable charcoal pan

Cons

  • Large

It looks like a gas grill, but the Royal Gourmet cart grill uses charcoal to cook anything on its spacious 764-square-inch surface (511 square inches of cooking space and a 253-square-inch warming rack). A side crank raises and lowers the coals for better temperature control. The smokestack makes it easy to keep air circulating without smoking out the chef. Even though it’s bigger than others, it’s easy to move and maneuver around a backyard. And a charcoal cart grill has more storage options with shelves and side tables ready to support the grill master’s tools. Just don’t forget the grill cover to protect it from the elements!

Best for gas grill lovers: Weber 15501001 Performer Deluxe Charcoal Grill

The Weber 15501001 Performer is the best charcoal grill for gas-grill lovers.

Weber

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The touch-and-go propane-powered ignition system gives you the feel of a gas grill with the smokiness of charcoal.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8 x 48 x 43.5 inches
  • Weight: 91 lbs.
  • Material: Porcelain-coated steel
  • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

Pros

  • Removable LCD cook timer
  • Extra space compared to base model
  • Touch ignition

Cons

  • Screws for lid holder can interfere with grate removal and replacement

If you want the power and ease of a gas grill but the flavor of a charcoal grill, the Weber Deluxe Charcoal Grill is the best of both worlds. The touch ignition uses gas to get coals cooking instantly. The deluxe version also comes with a handy side table that doubles as a charcoal bin for easy access and storage. The shelf underneath adds even more storage space. Plus, it’s a fantastic Weber grill made of high-quality materials. Is it worth the extra money to opt for the deluxe model over the basic? If you want easy ignition and extra space, it’s money well spent. 

Best budget: Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill

The Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill is the best budget pick.

Fire Sense

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable tabletop grill is ready for tailgates, camping, and small backyard get-togethers.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 17.53 x 11.82 x 14.18 inches
  • Weight: 8 lbs.
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Built-in temperature gauge: No

Pros

  • Portable
  • Carrying case included

Cons

  • Not for large cookouts

What can you get for $30? You can get a pretty great tabletop charcoal grill. The Fire Sense is the best budget charcoal grill, perfect for camping or setting up in a stadium parking lot. The 18-inch by 13-inch by 13-inch portable grill folds up and is easy to carry or stuff in a camping bag. This is a small charcoal grill, so don’t expect to feed 50 guests unless they don’t mind taking turns. But you can fit four burgers on the grill with room left over for veggies and hotdogs. Plus, this mini grill is easy to set up, fill, and light. For being a budget model, the Fire Sense is the best grill for the money.

Think the concept of a portable BBQ grill/fire pit is … lit? If you’re looking for a step-up, check out the Front Runner, a more durable/aesthetically oriented option than the Fire Sense thanks to its rust/corrosion-resistant stainless steel design. It packs flat for easy transport and after a quick 30-second setup can be filled with charcoal and/or wood for cooking or keeping warm post-grilling on a chilly night.

What to consider when buying the best charcoal grills

If you’re still using an old grill that’s more rust than a cooking appliance, it’s time for an upgrade. Today’s modern charcoal grills are as stylish as they are useful. And with the right grilling know-how, you’ll be hosting gourmet backyard parties and family dinners all season long. 

Gas grill vs. charcoal

Gas grills are easier to use, easier to clean, and cook food faster. So why would you ever want to ditch the gas grill and opt for a charcoal cooker? Simple answer: The best charcoal grills are cheaper, and the food tastes better. But there’s more to these grills than just an attractive price point. 

Yes, the charcoal grill creates ash that must be cleaned. And yes, it can take a few minutes to get the charcoal hot and ready for cooking. But the flavor is unmistakable and delicious. The smokey charcoal penetrates burgers, chicken, and steak with a taste that screams hot-weather fun. And charcoal grills are also more affordable. For a reasonable price, you can have a great backyard grill that will last for years. Setting up a charcoal grill is simple since the device itself is simple: Three or four metal legs, a pit for hot coals, a metal grill for the food, and a dome lid to contain the heat and smoke.  

And best of all, there’s something to be said for the ritual of charcoal. Everything takes a little longer but feels more important and sacred. From starting the coals to dumping the ashes, it’s a time-honored tradition and a quasi-religious experience. (Or maybe it’s just a cheap way to make burgers taste yummy.)

Cart vs. kettle charcoal grill

When you think of charcoal grills, you probably imagine a kettle grill. These charcoal grills have the classic design of a circular surface with a rounded dome lid. They’ve been around for nearly 100 years, so clearly the design works. They are smaller than gas grills, but that’s a good thing for getting the right temperature without wasting heat and space. They are also easy to assemble and easy to store in a garage or shed during the off-season. 

A charcoal cart grill looks more like today’s gas grills, with a rectangular grilling surface and boxy shape. They may also come with a handy side tray and storage shelf underneath. Cart grills are typically bigger than kettle grills, and that means you’ll need more charcoal to heat up the large area. Getting up to the right heat is critical for charcoal, so a bigger model can be more hassle if you’re only cooking a couple of cheeseburgers. But for big parties and big families, a large charcoal cart grill does an amazingly efficient job. 

Direct vs. indirect charcoal grilling

There are two ways to cook on a charcoal grill: With direct heat or indirect heat. For burgers and hotdogs, you want the heat directly under the food to give it a blast of cooking power and sear the surface of the meat. Chicken should be cooked with indirect heat, meaning the hot coals are pushed to one side of the grill and the meat rests on the other side. This lets the chicken heat up to the right temperature slowly and evenly without drying out. 

Charcoal grills can also be used to smoke meat over a long period of time. With strategic placement of the charcoal, you can smoke a rack of ribs in an afternoon. Simply shifting the charcoal position provides a whole new cooking option.

Temperature control

The biggest drawback to charcoal grills is cooking time. Unlike a gas or electric grill that is ready to start cooking at the touch of a button, charcoal grills need extra love and support to get the coals hot enough. 

The best grill accessory for a charcoal grill is a charcoal starter or charcoal chimney. These metal tubes ensure all the briquettes are red hot. Put newspaper at the bottom and load your bricks to the top. Light the bottom and the charcoal will start working together to get each brick hot enough. When you start to see flames at the top of the chimney, the coals are ready. Carefully remove the chimney and spread out the coals. (A charcoal rake is another great accessory to have on hand.) The whole process shouldn’t take more than 15 minutes. Yes, that’s a lot longer than clicking a gas grill starter. But good things come to those who wait. Patience is part of the process. 

If you don’t have a charcoal chimney, you can still stack the bricks in a pyramid formation and hit it with the lighter fluid to get things burning. But the chimney really does make things easier and more consistent.

Speaking of the best charcoal grill accessories: Temperature control is a big part of any grilling process. Many come with built-in thermometers, but these are notoriously inaccurate. It’s always best to use a trusted meat thermometer to make sure the food is properly cooked.

Types of charcoal

Charcoal is basically wood that’s been through a rough couple of years. But there are two types of charcoal to pick from. Charcoal briquettes are the trusted old friend of traditional suburban backyard grills. These evenly shaped bricks are usually made of sawdust plus a binding agent to keep everything in the right shape. They are cheap. They are consistent. They are available in any grocery store or hardware store. The downside is flavor and heat. Because they are not 100-percent wood, they lack the smokey depth of lump charcoal. And they can struggle to get up to the proper temperature quickly. However, they are fantastic for slow and low cooking, such as smoking a rack of ribs for several hours. 

Hardwood lump charcoal is exactly as the name says: 100 percent hardwood. They are not in a uniform shape and size, so they can’t cook food evenly. But they do get very hot, very fast. The biggest benefit: They give burgers, hot dogs, and any meat you’re cooking a deliciously distinct seared flavor. Hardwood lump charcoal will be more expensive, and they aren’t ideal for long, multi-hour cook times. That said, for foodies and backyard chefs who demand top-quality cooking materials, hardwood lump charcoal can’t be beaten.

And you can always go for the best of both worlds by throwing a handful of hardwood lump charcoal on your traditional briquettes. 

FAQs

Q: Are charcoal grills easy to use?

Yes, charcoal grills are easy to use. They are even easier than setting up and using gas grills. They may take longer to heat up, and you will need to clean out the ashes, but charcoal models are very user-friendly. Add charcoal. Add fire. Add meat. And that’s it. Even the smoking options on some are simple to use, with instructions on how to maintain good airflow and smoke over long periods of time. Plus, the best are smaller and lighter than gas grills. They are easier to move and store. The only easier way to cook food outside is over an open wood fire, but that results in lost hotdogs and burnt marshmallows. Charcoal is the easiest way to safely cook food outdoors. Just make sure you’re cleaning your grill regularly, and this easy-to-use grill will serve you for years.

Q: How do I choose a charcoal grill?

To choose a charcoal grill, consider how big you want it. Some portable grills are small, and can only accommodate two or three chicken breasts. A grill with over 300 square inches of cooking space should be more than enough for a family of four. You also want to make sure the grill is easy to clean. Digging out the ashes of a poorly designed grill can be a real pain. Temperature control is a plus, but for fine-tuning heat, you may need to spend more for a grill with more features. And watch your wallet. It’s always a good idea to start with a budget. Luckily, there are a lot of great grills that cost less than $150. 

Q: Why are Weber charcoal grills so expensive?

Comparatively speaking, Weber charcoal grills are not expensive. The basic model is affordable and will do a fantastic job. You can find cheaper charcoal grills, but they tend to be smaller. The small portable grills are designed for camping and tailgating. Tabletop grills cost less, but they need a level surface to rest on. Weber makes deluxe models, and these offer gas-powered ignition for fast, easy cooking. Are they worth the money? Only if you want the extra features like instant fire and bonus storage space.

Final thoughts on the best charcoal grills

Charcoal grills are easy to use and affordable. For half the price of a gas grill, you can equip your backyard with a high-quality charcoal grill. Food tastes better when cooked with charcoal, and with flavorful lump charcoal, you can experiment and give backyard food an extra special kick of charred goodness. While charcoal grills do take longer to cook, it’s not too much time. The fifteen minutes it takes to get it going is a thoughtful time for you to reflect on the cooking process or stir up some secret BBQ sauce. And it’s worth the wait. There’s no better way to grill meat and vegetables.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best charcoal grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save $70 on the Ninja CREAMi at Amazon and become an ice cream influencer https://www.popsci.com/gear/ninja-creami-ice-cream-machine-amazon-deal/ Tue, 25 Apr 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=536531
Ninja Creami machines lined up
Stan Horaczek

This is the rare kitchen gadget that truly delivers on its lofty promises, on TikTok and on your counter.

The post Save $70 on the Ninja CREAMi at Amazon and become an ice cream influencer appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ninja Creami machines lined up
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve spent time on TikTok lately, you’ve probably seen influencers using the Ninja CREAMi 7-in-1 ice cream maker. It’s a seemingly magical machine that turns a frozen protein shake, fruit, milk (or nut/oat “milk”), and anything else you can cram into a pint-sized container into perfectly smooth ice cream. It’s one of the few viral kitchen gadgets that truly delivers on its lofty promise, and Amazon has it for $159 right now, a huge discount from its typical $229 price.

Ninja CREAMi, $159 (Was $239)

Ninja Creami machine on a plain background

Ninja

SEE IT

If you’ve ever used an at-home ice cream machine, you know how frustrating the process can be. You typically need salt and tons of time for it to churn. Then it freezes too hard, and you don’t want to eat it, so the whole process was a waste. The CREAMi is different. You freeze your sweet concoction in the included pint-sized container for 24 hours. Then, you lock the container into the machine, and a precisely shaped spinning blade mashes its way through the solid block, turning it into a smooth ice cream, smoothie bowl, or sorbet.

It can take a little tweaking to get your recipe and your process just right, but I’m absolutely infatuated with it at the moment. I typically add a single Fair Life protein shake and a few tablespoons of dry peanut butter, or some regular Fair Life milk and some Oreo-flavored Ghost protein. The whole process takes roughly two minutes and, while it’s absurdly loud, it truly delivers on its promise. If you regularly eat Halo Top or other lower-calorie ice creams at $6 a pop, this thing is a total game changer.

More kitchen deals from Amazon

Maybe you don’t need an ice cream maker, or you’re already part of the CREAMi Crew (an online group I just made up for people who like to eat mashed-up frozen protein shakes). That’s cool. Amazon has several other kitchen deals ready to clutter up your countertop in the best way possible:

The post Save $70 on the Ninja CREAMi at Amazon and become an ice cream influencer appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Tovala Smart Oven review: Cooking up a winner? https://www.popsci.com/gear/tovala-smart-oven-review/ Tue, 18 Apr 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520460
Tovala Smart Oven
Is a tomato a fruit or vegetable? When it's in a recognized recipe, the Tovala Smart Oven and meal service doesn’t care and won’t judge. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Finally, a smart kitchen gadget that reasonably answers the question, "Where's the beef?" (Or chicken, fish, vegetables, etc. ...)

The post Tovala Smart Oven review: Cooking up a winner? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Tovala Smart Oven
Is a tomato a fruit or vegetable? When it's in a recognized recipe, the Tovala Smart Oven and meal service doesn’t care and won’t judge. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

For the better part of two weeks, I’ve made lunch and dinners almost completely from scratch without neglecting my work or partner. This sudden burst of culinary creativity came courtesy of Tovala, an appliance maker and meal delivery service that’s just released its Smart Oven. I’ve tried the $249 countertop multipurpose oven, and it’s the first kitchen gadget that’s reliably got me out of a takeout or thrown-together dinner rut, though not without some compromises.

Tovala Smart Oven

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

What is the Tovala Smart Oven?

If you look at the Tovala Smart Oven from the outside, it looks like any ordinary countertop smart oven—because it is. The Smart Oven has Toast, Bake, Broil, Air Fry, and Reheat settings, along with buttons that allow you to select the time and temperature of your cook (a Pro edition adds in a steam function, as well as an additional cost). The Reheat button, which has become standard on newer countertop ovens, will set the Smart Oven to 400 degrees for 10 minutes—a perfect way for me to enjoy the warmed jelly donut shown above. At its heart, the Tovala Smart Oven is a 5-in-1 device that wants to fill your stomach with delicious meals while it empties your kitchen of other appliances—maybe not my stand mixer, but countertop ovens feel almost as essential at this point. Still, the Tovala is far from the only multipurpose oven on the market.

None of the Smart Oven’s features are remarkable except for the top-most function button, Scan, and that button makes all the difference. Pushing the Scan button turns on a scanner that reads QR codes printed on recipe cards. These cards are bundled in a small package along with individually wrapped preportioned ingredients that, when assembled, allow you to cook a single-serving meal in roughly half an hour with minimal effort.

Tovala is so confident in the quality of the meals developed by its chefs that it’ll slash the Smart Oven’s price from $249 to $99 if you order meals six times (you pay for the oven upfront when you set up your subscription). Having made roughly a dozen Tovala meals, the Smart Oven is a straightforward gadget to recommend if you’re concerned about eating more healthily, saving money (compared to dining out), and fighting against the choice paralysis that comes with meal planning. Tovala’s system isn’t perfect, but it beats the sinking feeling of realizing you won’t have time to cook as planned.

Setting up the Tovala Smart Oven

The Smart Oven may have a neat trick up its sleeve, but it’s a Wi-Fi-enabled countertop oven at the end of the day, so setting it up doesn’t require much time or technical know-how. After removing the oven from its packaging, I installed the crumb tray into a slot beneath the door, then slid its wire rack into the middle position. Tovala also includes an air fryer rack and baking tray, which can be used if you cook using those functions. Sometimes, the baking tray will be necessary to cook Tovala’s meals. The Smart Oven’s functions are all clearly labeled. The same is true of the appliance’s time and temperature setting buttons.

Once the oven was set up, I downloaded Tovala’s app (iOS and Android), created an account, entered my credit card information, and ordered some meals. It’s important to note that most of Tovala’s meals aren’t pre-made dishes you’re simply heating up. Each is a mini meal kit with fresh ingredients that can be unboxed, prepared, scanned, and put into the oven in about two minutes.

Tovala’s meals start at $9.99 but can balloon to nearly $18 if you choose a premium entree with an optional extra. To keep things fresh, Tovala offers a rotating list of 25 options that appeal to many diets—whether you have a food restriction, allergy, or want to keep track of your calories. You can instantly see which of the meals Tovala offers will fit within your diet by tapping a button under the “meal type.” You can order between four and 16 meals per week and change the number you get each week. You also have the option to skip weeks if necessary or cancel your Tovala meal subscription entirely with no penalties. Tovala will e-mail you about its new menu a few days in advance so you don’t feel rushed when making your selections. If you don’t choose the meals you want by 6 pm CT, Tovala will choose the meals for you.

Tovala Panko-Crusted Chicken In Box
A freshly delivered Tovala Panko-Crusted Chicken Breast. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Using the Tovala Smart Oven

If I had to give Tovala credit for one thing, it’s that the company has perfected the process of getting its meals from a raw state to your plate in under half an hour while requiring virtually no effort. Each meal kit comes in a small paper box with an easy-to-read label (featuring ingredients, weight, and expiration date), a simplified recipe card, and pre-portioned ingredients. There’s no chopping, cutting, or marinating required. Instead, putting together a Tovala meal is a matter of assembly: Remove your protein from its vacuum-sealed plastic bag, place it inside a disposable foil tin, cover it in a sauce, cheese, or other condiments, and similarly prepare a side dish. Once the meal has been assembled, hitting the Smart Oven’s Scan button will allow it to read the QR code on the meal kit’s recipe card and automatically set the correct time and temperature for that recipe. Hitting the Start button will begin cooking your food, and you’ll hear a ding (and get an app alert, in case you’re out of earshot) when the meal is done and ready to be removed.

This plug-and-play cooking style may irk some home chefs who are used to the flexibility of tailoring a recipe to their taste—Tovala does include an optional ingredient with some meals to offer some variability—but the focus here is on sheer efficiency. The truth is that while I love cooking, using Tovala’s Smart Oven to make fresh meals twice a day was refreshing. I didn’t have to plan my lunch hour around meal prepping something for dinner or worrying about whether I was missing an ingredient that would require an inconvenient trip to the store. All the common mishaps that can derail dinner plans were taken care of.

None of this would matter if Tovala’s meals tasted terrible, but that was typically far from the case. The from-scratch meals were very good, including a BBQ Cheddar Chicken Sandwich, Italian Meatballs & Penne in Marinara, Chicken Parmesan, Gyro-Spiced Chicken Breast, Lemon Garlic Rice & Toasted Carrots, and the Kung Pao Chicken & Fried Rice Bowl. In all of those cases, I was impressed with how well-seasoned the meat was, the amount of additional flavor provided by the sauces, and the fact that both the main and side dishes were cooked simultaneously without one element being over or underdone. My only disappointing Tovala meal was its Beef Lasagna, which came preassembled and only needed to be unwrapped and heated up. In this case, the food looked (and tasted) like a leftover rather than something cooked that night.

Tovala Panko Crusted Chicken
A freshly prepared Tovala Panko-Crusted Chicken Breast. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Tovala’s approach combines the convenience of heating a frozen dinner with the taste of fresh food while requiring no additional kitchen tools or cooking skills. This combination is successful as long as you continue to order food from Tovala, but what happens when you don’t? It turns out Tovala has accounted for this in a few ways. The first is making the Smart Oven compatible with thousands of frozen food items from dozens of companies. A full index of compatible meals is available in the Tovala app, which we recommend reviewing before considering the Smart Oven. If you have a recognized meal, you can scan its barcode using the Smart Oven’s QR reader to set its time and temperature automatically. This is the same behavior you’d get when cooking one of Tovala’s meals. In my tests, the Smart Oven successfully cooked a handful of relatively healthy frozen items from Whole Foods with no fuss.

If you’d like to use the Smart Oven to cook your own concoctions, Tovala’s app contains recipes from the company’s chefs. You can use this digital cookbook to make everything from chicken wings and pigs in a blanket to brownies and roasted shishito peppers. The ingredient list for all of Tovala’s recipes is always reasonable, and the directions are incredibly easy to follow. Most steps are only one sentence long; you can read the entire recipe without scrolling. Just assemble the ingredients, put your dish in the oven, and hit start in the app. It’s clear that the Smart Oven was designed with Tovala’s meals in mind, but this appliance needs to be just as useful if you’ve paused your subscription.

Tovala Hoisin Meatballs & Sweet Potatoes in the oven.
Tovala Hoisin Meatballs & Sweet Potatoes in the oven. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

So, who should buy the Tovala Smart Oven?

Waking up with the desire to cook—only to have the traffic report, a long meeting, an unexpected phone call, or some other unforeseen circumstance—derail your plans can be very disappointing, especially if you spend twice the money on takeout and or end up having to throw out spoiled ingredients. Tovala’s Smart Oven can help save you time in the kitchen and cut down on food waste even if you only order four meals per week. If you pause your subscription but later find more time, gather your ingredients or run by the store for your favorite frozen feast. Tovala’s Smart Oven will heat up faster than your full-sized one, and Tovala’s recipes can inspire you on what to cook. Countertop ovens have never been better, but Tovala’s unique approach helps its appliance stand out as a kitchen gadget I’d add to my favorite smart home devices. If you’re a frustrated home cook, the Tovala Smart Oven may help get lunch or dinner onto your table instead of reaching for the delivery app on your phone.

The post Tovala Smart Oven review: Cooking up a winner? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Take hundreds off Coway smart air purifiers at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/coway-air-purifier-deals/ Thu, 06 Apr 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=532169
Coway Airmega AP-1512HHS
Coway

Save yourself money and discomfort from pollen, dust, odors, and other airborne irritants with these deep discounts on air purifiers.

The post Take hundreds off Coway smart air purifiers at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Coway Airmega AP-1512HHS
Coway

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Air purifiers aren’t a gadget many of us thought much about until a few years ago, but they’ve become nearly ubiquitous because they filter dust, some bacteria, and smells that might irritate our noses and lungs. If you’re looking to pick one up or upgrade from an older model you got when options were sparse, Coway has discounted a whole bunch of its latest air purifiers. The home goods company has even thrown in a few bidet deals to keep you as clean as your environment.

Coway Airmega AP-1512HHS $222.52 (Was $299)

Appliances photo

Coway

SEE IT

While the deepest discount is 51% (nearly $400) off the Coway Airmega 400 True HEPA Air Purifier, that might be too much air purifier/cost for many people. So we’re highlighting the Coway’s Airmega AP-1512HHS, which has all the features you could want from a compact connected air purifier. The WiFi-enabled model allows you to adjust its settings and monitor your air quality through an app on your iPhone or Android device. It even supports Amazon’s Alexa, so you can control it with an Echo or other compatible smart speakers. Coway says this air purifier’s filters can reduce 99.999% of pollen, pollutants, and other allergens up to .01 microparticles in size.

An LED on top of this air purifier will let you check the air quality of your room at a glance. The Airmega AP-1512HHS was designed to be used in rooms up to 788 square feet and clean all the air inside within a half hour. If you’d like it to filter air continuously, you can set the air purifier to run for one, four, or eight hours. Don’t miss this deal if you have allergies or a room that always smells slightly funky.

Here are other air purifier and home deals to keep your place so fresh and so clean:

The post Take hundreds off Coway smart air purifiers at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> How to clean your dryer vent so it doesn’t catch on fire https://www.popsci.com/story/diy/how-to-clean-dryer-vent/ Mon, 05 Apr 2021 13:32:51 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=281097
A white clothes dryer with a clean dryer vent behind a white curtain, in front of a tall window with sunlight shining through.
So serene. Let's keep it that way. Andrew Winkler / Unsplash

Dryer maintenance doesn't stop at the lint trap. You are cleaning your lint trap—right?

The post How to clean your dryer vent so it doesn’t catch on fire appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A white clothes dryer with a clean dryer vent behind a white curtain, in front of a tall window with sunlight shining through.
So serene. Let's keep it that way. Andrew Winkler / Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Maintaining a clean dryer vent is an underappreciated household task. Not only will ensuring smooth airflow between your machine and the great outdoors help your clothes dry faster, but it will also reduce your fire risk. Trust us: a couple hours of your time (at most) is a small price to pay for avoiding a lint-fueled blaze.

When to clean your dryer vent

Guidance varies on how often you need to clear out the ol’ dust pipes, but most recommendations fall between every three months and at least once a year. You’ll probably need to do it more if you dry lots of laundry, and less if you live alone.

But if your clothes are taking increasingly longer to dry, your machine gets surprisingly hot to the touch, or (red alert) you notice a burning smell when the dryer is on, you should clean the vent and ducts immediately. There are about 3,000 dryer fires each year and neglected cleanings are the leading cause, the US Fire Administration says.

What you’ll need

At minimum, you’ll need a vacuum with a hose or otherwise tubular attachment. Depending on the length of your dryer duct, your desired cleanliness level, and how everything is connected, you may also want a long-handled brush, a face covering, a power drill, and/or a screwdriver.

[Related: A bare minimum guide to spring cleaning]

You can buy dryer vent cleaning kits with super-long brushes, but you can also improvise with a balled-up rag strapped to a stick. If you DIY your own cleaner, you should be careful not to damage the ductwork and ensure your makeshift swab doesn’t get stuck, or fall apart and block the duct. And of course, if you’re unsure about what you’re doing at any point, you can call a professional dryer cleaning service.

How to clean a dryer vent

1. Unplug your dryer. Disconnecting the power supply should be the first thing you do when working on any electrical appliance, and your dryer is no different. If you have a gas-fueled machine, find the supply line and turn the gas off too.

2. Locate both ends of the dryer vent. This should be relatively easy: one end is at the back of your dryer and the other is on the outside of your home.

  • Note: If you live in multi-family housing, you may not have access to the exit vent, so check with your property manager or landlord to see if they or you are responsible for cleaning the vent.

3. Remove your exterior vent cover. This cover prevents animals and debris from entering your home, and taking it off will make cleaning easier. It may be fastened with screws or it might slip on and off.

4. Move your dryer away from the wall. Give yourself enough space to access the vent connection in the back so you don’t bend or damage the ducts. If you have a gas line, be extremely careful not to bend or break it. You absolutely do not want a gas leak.

5. Disconnect the duct from the back of your dryer. Fasteners vary, so you may see tape, a screw-tightened steel hose clamp, or some kind of clip. When your machine is free of all restraints (except for any a gas connection), you can move it to wherever is comfortable for the rest of the job. 

6. Clean the dryer. If you haven’t done so already, take the lint trap out and clean it. You should be doing this after every load anyway—it’ll reduce the amount of lint that makes it into your duct, keeping it cleaner for longer. Then brush and vacuum out the lint trap area. Next, use your brush and vacuum to clean out the vent in the back of the dryer.

7. Disconnect the duct where it enters your wall. You might not be able to do this, but if you can, it will make cleaning easier. It likely connects to the outside-bound ductwork the same way it fastened to the back of your dryer.

[Related: How to wash your clothes without wearing them out]

8. Brush out the duct. Remove what lint you can by hand, and carefully vacuum inside—you don’t want to damage the pipe. For longer ducts, you can use a long-handled brush and rotate it as you move it back and forth (the ones included in cleaning kits often connect to power drills so you can spin them easily inside the duct). You might want to cover your face during this step to avoid inhaling dust and lint.

  • Pro tip: If one end of your dryer duct is higher than the other, clean from that side if possible. This will ensure that debris does not fall onto you while you work, and tumbling dirt might loosen up other grime as it falls.
  • Note: If you’ve been cleaning your lint trap or have a short distance between your dryer and the outside, you might not have to do much, but this can also be a dirty job. Flexible ducts, for example, are more likely to bend and clog.

9. Clean up. Vacuum or sweep up any dust and debris that’s on the floor or piled up outside where the vent exits the house. Any lint left behind the dryer may be sucked into the machine when it turns on. If you removed your exterior vent cover, don’t forget to put it back on—you don’t want a bird or small mammal moving into your dryer duct.

10. Reconnect your dryer. As you put everything back together, make sure nothing got damaged during the cleaning process. Put it back in place, plug it in, and (if necessary) turn the gas back on.

  • Pro tip: If you’re taping your duct, use foil tape instead of standard duct tape. Foil tape won’t dry up and fall off.
  • Warning: Do not fasten ducts with screws or other sharp fasteners. They can puncture the ductwork, causing leaks and catching lint.

11. Test the dryer. To ensure there are no air leaks and your setup works smoothly, run the empty dryer for about 15 minutes on a low setting.

How to prevent lint buildup

Future cleanings will be easier and your dryer will work better if you make it hard for lint to build up in the first place.

  • Clean the lint trap. We mentioned this above, but it bears repeating: make sure this removable screen is clear of lint before and after every load. Dryer sheet residue can also get stuck in the mesh, so try putting some water on it. If it doesn’t flow through, clean it with a brush and warm soapy water, then dry it with a towel.
  • Regularly clean around your dryer. Simply put, the less dust your machine can suck up from its environment, the better.
  • Hang heavier items out to dry. The heavier your dryer load, the harder your machine works. Stick that bulky duvet cover outside if you can, and your machine will thank you. You can also build yourself a handy wall-mounted drying rack if you’re feeling ambitious.
  • Consider replacing your duct. Because flexible dryer ducts are more likely to clog than solid metal ones, they are also more fire-prone. They may also be against building code in your area. If you have one, check with your local building code office to see if it’s OK. Even if it is, straight ducts are easier to clean.

The post How to clean your dryer vent so it doesn’t catch on fire appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best propane grills in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-propane-grills/ Thu, 23 Mar 2023 22:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520981
The best propane grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Enjoy the nicer weather with family and friends by cooking outdoors with one of these convenient grills.

The post The best propane grills in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best propane grills
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Weber Genesis Smart EX-335 Weber Genesis Smart EX-335
SEE IT

This traditional at-home propane grill offers both power and sensible smart features to the home cook with outdoor space.
Best for camping Coleman Gas Camping Grill/Stove Coleman Gas Camping Grill/Stove
SEE IT

This mini, two-burner grill is prepared to take you from breakfast to dinner.
Best budget Coleman RoadTrip Party Basic Propane Grill Coleman RoadTrip Party Basic Propane Grill
SEE IT

Coleman packed a surpring amount of features into this inexpensive, ultra-lightweight grill.

Propane grills offer a few advantages over their charcoal-powered counterparts. They heat up faster, don’t create leftover ashes, and offer the ability to heat specific areas of the grill precisely. They don’t require a learning curve to cook up a couple burgers. A propane grill is also a lot easier to reignite if you realize you need to cook more food, and there are no briquettes to discard once you’re done grilling. The best propane grills are easy to use, clean, maintain, and transport, which makes them friendly to both newer cooks and old pros.

How we chose the best propane grills

Everyone’s grilling needs differ (not everyone needs the glorious grilling overkill of a Traeger Ironwood XL), so we’ve made versatility the guiding light for our recommendations. Our evaluations are based on a thorough canvassing of all the best and latest gear from well-known companies to fit any grilling needs. Of course, there’s a recommendation for those who want a reliable way to grill at home while the weather’s nice, but we found portability particularly interesting to many readers, too.

With the ability to use compact compressed gas canisters, a smaller propane grill can go camping or cook on balconies in some city apartments. Whether you have a sprawling backyard or a sliver of space, you’ll find a propane grill below that suits your environment. Naturally, smaller grills require less propane, so you can stretch out your supply longer by using them. Durability was paramount in our selection of propane grills because they’ll likely be left outside (covered, of course) for some portion of the year. You’ll find a majority of our picks are made from stainless steel, which won’t rust quickly like lesser metals.

Whether shopping for your first grill or jumping from charcoal or natural gas to propane, you’ll find what you’re looking for here.

The best propane grills: Reviews & Recommendations

The grilling scenario you find yourself most often will determine the best propane grill for you, and with that in mind, we’ve selected five options to cover all the major bases. Be mindful that some of the grills below may suit a scenario—home or camping, for example—in which case it may be worth prioritizing one or getting both.

Best overall: Weber Genesis Smart EX-335

Weber Genesis Smart EX-335

Weber

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: Four
  • Cooking area: 787 square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 39,000 BTU
  • Weight: 197.6 pounds
  • Material: Stainless steel

Pros

  • Primary and side burners
  • Digital temperature gauge
  • Supports the Weber Connect app

Cons

  • Not designed for portable use

If you looked up the term “propane grill” in the dictionary, you could easily see a picture of Weber’s Genesis Smart EX-335, and for a good reason. The 200-pound four-burner grill has all the features any home cook would need to cook outdoors easily. The main chamber has three burners—plus a specific knob that raises the temperature between the second and third so you can get extra-high heat for a hard sear. A propane-powered side burner can cook side dishes. The side burner is especially helpful if you’d like to grill up vegetables or bacon, which require constant attention and have more telling visual indicators for doneness than a big hunk of meat.

Equally useful is the Smart EX-335’s right-hand side panel, which features a digital temperature reading that’s easy to read when cooking in the dark, and a couple of slots for meat probes. If you elect to use the meat probes, you can sync your phone to the grill using Weber’s Connect app—available on iOS and Android—to get a notification when it’s done cooking. The app will even tell you when to flip your meat if necessary. We’re always skeptical about smart features making their way into product categories that have been fine for years, but Weber’s make sense.

The Smart EX-335 is a full-sized grill, which means it’s big, heavy, and designed to be used exclusively in one place. Once it’s set up, you won’t easily transport it to another location. The grill’s wheels make it easy to move around a porch or patio with minimal effort, but you can’t put it in a car and go. If you’re looking for an at-home propane grill, you’re not going to find a better one than this.

Best portable: Cuisinart CGG-306

Cuisinart CGG-306

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: Two
  • Cooking area: 275 Square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 10,000 BTU
  • Weight: 28.66 pounds
  • Material: Stainless steel

Pros

  • Hits the sweet spot between portability and cooking area
  • Two full-sized burners
  • Stainless steel grates

Cons

  • A little heavy for a portable grill

Cuisinart’s CGG-306 is fully capable of being the at-home grill for a four-person household, but it’s also small and light enough to be taken on the road. At 30 pounds, you’ll certainly feel its weight when taking it and out of your car, but that discomfort is temporary, and the pros far outweigh the cons.

The biggest feature the CGG-306 has going for it the combination of is its relatively large cooking area and two full-sized burners. You can make a two-zone grilling space with enough room for plenty of protein and sides. If you walk the middle path and use both burners at the same temperature for a uniform heating surface, all the better. Most portable propane grills—including all of our other recommendations—either have two smaller burners or a single larger one. In this way, the CGG-306 is more of a shrunk-down full-sized grill than a souped-up portable one.

One of the seemingly-small-but-surprisingly-important design choices Cuisinart made was outfitting the CGG-306 with stainless steel grates. This will allow you to keep the grill outdoors for extended periods of time without the risk of opening it up to find a rusty mess. Positioning its analog thermometer on top of its lid was another wise choice, as it’s easy to spot so long as you have enough light.

If you want a portable propane grill with plenty of power, Cuisinart’s CGG-306 is the one to get.

Best for camping: Coleman Gas Camping Grill/Stove

Coleman Gas Camping Grill/Stove

Coleman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: Two
  • Cooking area: 130 Square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 20,000 BTU
  • Weight: 7.5 pounds
  • Material: Synthetic

Pros

  • Two burners
  • Retractable drip tray
  • Fuel efficiency

Cons

  • Synthetic materials

Space is always at a premium when you go camping, and this grill’s penchant for portability makes it a very solid choice. It’s our lightest recommendation at well under 10 pounds, but it still has a two-burner cooking system—albeit one that’s a lot weaker than the one you’ll find in the Cuisinart model we mentioned earlier. Still, what this grill lacks in size, it more than makes up for in ease of use.

For instance, the area beneath its main burner is open, which allows fat and other drippings to fall directly onto a tray, which can be pulled out and cleaned after every cook. You’ll still need to wipe down its non-stick grates, but this is far less hassle than cleaning other propane grills. This grill’s secondary burner has raised grates and is designed for a coffee pot or pan rather than allowing you to cook directly on top of it.

Coleman bundles its grill with a griddle, which can be placed over its larger burner and is perfect for everything from pancakes, eggs, and bacon to smash burgers and stir-fried vegetables. It’s nice to see Coleman make the most of this grill’s small form factor. It even built windscreens on the right and left side to keep cooking consistent during inclement weather. Similarly, Coleman says the Perfectheat technology it invented makes this propane grill more fuel efficient.

If you need a quick propane grill to throw into the back of your car for a camping trip, this is the one you want.

Best countertop: Pit Boss Grills Single-Burner Tabletop Grill

Pit Boss Grills Single-Burner Tabletop Grill

Pit Boss

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: One
  • Cooking area: 322 Square inches.
  • BTU per hour input: 10,000 BTU
  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Material: Stainless steel

Pros

  • Surprisingly large cooking area
  • Two layers of grill grates
  • Stainless steel grill grates

Cons

  • Single burner

If you can get over the fact that it only has one burner, you’ll find much to like about Pit Boss Grill’s Single-Burner Tabletop Grill. This is especially true of its 322-square-inch cooking area, which is more space than our favorite portable grill, even though it’s roughly 10 pounds lighter. Part of the reason this grill has so much cooking space is that it has a top rack in addition to its main grate. This will allow you to toast hamburger buns while you’re cooking the patties or finish off a more delicate piece of meat off direct heat. In this sense, you can create a quasi-two-zone cooking area—but that comes with far less control.

We were pleased that Pit Boss opted to make both of its grates out of stainless steel, which matches this grill’s exterior. Smart design choices, like having its legs contract when it’s not in use, serve to improve its portability. Similarly, this grill has an easily-accessible slip-out grill tray to clean out drippings before they become a fire hazard. Interestingly, Pit Boss designed this propane grill with a dedicated push-button starter rather than building that functionality into its temperature knob. This isn’t good or bad, but a feature we’d only expect to see in a full-sized grill.

Suppose you want a tabletop-friendly propane grill with plenty of space and are confident enough in your cooking skills to work a single-burner grill with consistent results successfully. In that case, you’ll be very happy with Pit Boss Grill’s Single-Burner Tabletop Grill.

Best budget: Coleman RoadTrip Party Basic Propane Grill

Coleman RoadTrip Party Basic Propane Grill

Coleman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: One
  • Cooking area: 122 Square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 8,000 BTU
  • Weight: 6.65 pounds
  • Material: Alloy steel

Pros

  • Compact design
  • Lightweight
  • Price

Cons

  • Not as powerful

The Coleman RoadTrip is an ultra-lightweight single-burner propane grill costing under $100. It’s the perfect tool for a cookout on the beach or in a park. Despite its space limitations, you can still cook four or five hamburgers or a full handful of hotdogs simultaneously. Coleman includes a grate, griddle, and wire rack, so you could just as easily cook breakfast foods, sauté vegetables, or use the grill with a pot or pan. This versatility is welcome from such a small grill. The Coleman RoadTrip might not be as powerful as our other recommendations, but it’s still a solid pick if your propane grill needs are relatively basic.

What to consider when shopping for the best propane grills

Number of burners

The number of burners a propane grill has is important for several reasons. The first is that having more burners will allow the grill to heat up more quickly, which is helpful if you’re on a time crunch. Secondarily, having more burners gives you greater control over the hot and cold parts of your grill. Sometimes, you’ll want to create a two-zone grilling area to sear food in a hotter section and cook it through in the cooler one to avoid burning or overcooking.

Cooking area

A propane grill’s cooking area denotes how much space you have for your food. This unit of measurement is helpful because it’s different than the total width and length of a grill, which takes into account the gap between its grates and frame, plus the frame itself. If a grill has an upper grate—primarily used to keep food warm rather than directly heat it—this space is also counted.

BTU (British Thermal Units)

You’ll find this unit of measurement in the description of every grill, but it isn’t a measurement of heat—though the two are directly related. A propane grill’s maximum BTU denotes how much energy is required to heat the grill to a specific temperature. This is analogous to acceleration in the car world: It’s the time it takes to get a vehicle from 0 to 60 miles an hour rather than a measure of distance. In any event, most of our propane grill recommendations top out at 10,000BTU, which is standard for smaller grills.

Weight

If you’ve decided to get a portable propane grill, weight is the most important factor to consider. Most of our recommendations weigh less than 30 pounds, with some options weighing in at 10 or less. For comparison, our best overall pick, which was designed exclusively for home use, weighs nearly 200 pounds.

Material

A majority of the propane grills we’re recommending are made out of stainless steel, which means they’re not going to rust if they’re exposed to moisture—either directly from drizzling rain or humidity. Stainless steel will begin to get damaged if it comes in contact with liquid for extended periods of time, which is why you shouldn’t grill during rain storms with any frequency.

FAQs

Q: Can I use a propane grill inside?

No. Using a propane grill inside is not safe, as even the slightest gas leak could be potentially hazardous. We do have a guide to the best indoor grills, which are suited to this use-case.

Q: How do I connect a propane tank to a gas grill?

This will vary from model to model, so we recommend reading the manufacturer’s instructions before assembling your propane grill for the first time.

Q: Can I use a propane grill in the rain?

You should not use your propane grill—or any grill—in the rain, as direct, extended exposure to water may damage one or more of its components.

Q: How should I clean a propane grill?

The grates of a propane grill should be cleaned using a brush. Once it’s cooled down, you can clean the outside of a propane grill with paper towels or a clean rag before covering it.

Q: How long do propane grills last?

If it’s cleaned, stored, and handled properly, a propane grill should last over 10 years without any issues.

Final thoughts on choosing the best propane grills

Propane grills are popular because of their versatility and ease of use, which is especially helpful for less experienced home cooks just getting the hang of cooking outdoors. You’ll need to be mindful of how much propane is left in your tank and to store it properly for safety reasons, but beyond that, they’re pretty plug-and-play. There’s no wrong fuel when it comes to grilling; we like them all, but propane is beginner friendly. Just make sure to have the right grilling tools before your outdoor cooking to avoid getting burned or losing your food between the grates.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best propane grills in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save more than $200 on Vitamix blenders today at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-deal/ Mon, 20 Mar 2023 15:30:28 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=520965
The vitamix blenders that are on-sale at Amazon on a white background
Stan Horaczek

Get more than 40% off these pro-grade blenders that will last through years of smoothies, soups, salsas, and more.

The post Save more than $200 on Vitamix blenders today at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The vitamix blenders that are on-sale at Amazon on a white background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Your New Year’s resolutions to get healthy fell apart weeks ago. Maybe even months ago. It’s OK. It happened to me, too. And while we can come up with all excuses we want, the real reason is clearly that we didn’t have a fancy enough blender for making protein-laden, algae-tinted, spinach-ruined smoothies. Now, Amazon has Vitamix blenders for more than $200 off, so there’s never been a better time to try and rejoin the healthy shakes crowd. Or, just fill them up with vitamins and shout, “Look, I’m literally vitamixing!”

Vitamix Professional Series 750 Blender, Professional-Grade, 64 oz. Low-Profile Container $399 (Was $629)

Vitamix Pro 750 blender on a plain background

Vitamix

SEE IT

While lots of appliances and devices make users navigate every function with a touchscreen, this professional-grade blender still relies on dials and switches that will hold up much better over many years. The 64-ounce container has a set of hardened steel blades in the bottom that will easily chop through even the most freezer-burned berry cluster you can throw at it. It offers 10 variable speeds and several specific mode settings to match your desired texture. Plus, it’s self-cleaning, so you don’t have to live out your Final Destination fears by reaching inside to scrub it out.

This is a truly pro-grade piece of kitchen equipment that will be making smoothies well into Phase 8 of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (that’s 2033) and beyond.

Vitamix A3300 Ascent Series Smart Blender, Professional-Grade, 64 oz. Low-Profile Container $349 (Was $549)

Vitamix A3300 blender on a plain background

Vitamix

SEE IT

If you want something a little more gadget-like, the A3300 offers a control dial and a touchscreen display for selecting your blending modes. In addition to the screen, it also offers built-in wireless connectivity that allows it to recognize other Vitamix containers and automatically adjust its blending performance to match it. This blender is every bit as burly as its siblings, so go ahead and chuck a whole squash in there. It won’t even flinch.

More kitchen deals

Once you’ve sorted out your blender situation, check out some of Amazon’s other kitchen deals. You could save money while turning your kitchen into a full-on gourmet restaurant. Or at least you can make pretty good soup.

The post Save more than $200 on Vitamix blenders today at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best above-ground pool vacuums of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-above-ground-pool-vacuum/ Tue, 06 Apr 2021 17:05:09 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=280997
A happy man floating on water with his eyes closed.
Dennis Irorere, Unsplash

With the best above-ground pool vacuums, you’ll keep your cool as you prep your pool

The post The best above-ground pool vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A happy man floating on water with his eyes closed.
Dennis Irorere, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget A sky color extreme power vacuum cleaner with a pool at the back. XtremepowerUS 75037 Climb Wall Pool Cleaner
SEE IT

You don’t have to spend a lot of money to get a high-quality above-ground pool vacuum.
Best overall Nautilus CC Plus blue and black above ground pool vacuum cleaner Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum
SEE IT

Two scrub brushes demolish grime in your pool.
Best battery-operated Blue Pool Blaster Max Cordless above ground vacuum cleaner. Pool Blaster Max
SEE IT

Clean small pools or hot tubs in a flash with this rechargeable pool vacuum.

Above-ground pools are a popular and relatively affordable way to bring warm-weather fun to your yard, but they still require routine maintenance to ensure hygiene and longevity. Unlike inground pools, which feature integrated underground filtration system installation, above-ground pools rely solely on passive external filtration and removable electric pool vacuums to remove the debris that invariably, well, pools, in the water. The best above-ground pool vacuums are essential pieces of pool cleaning equipment designed to quickly and efficiently sweep or even scrub the inside of a pool without requiring draining, making them perfect for folks who want to automate their swimming pool maintenance and save money on cleaning services.

How we chose the best above-ground pool vacuums

We’re well-versed in aquatic accessories and have conducted past research on the best above-ground pools. Based on that, we know what an above-ground pool vacuum needs to meet the demands of above-ground pool ownership. We looked to critical reviews, peer recommendations, user impressions, and personal preferences to dive into our choices.

The best above-ground pool vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

Like any outdoor accumulation of water, natural or otherwise, pools are subjected to a variety of elements—from temperature fluctuations to direct sunlight, as well as interactions with plants, wildlife, people, and a host of other environmental factors. Proper and frequent swimming pool maintenance is key to staving off buildups of algae and dirt in your above-ground pool that can stress your filtration system or develop into more stubborn muck that requires a harsher, more labor-intensive deep cleaning.

When shopping for the best pool vacuum, environmental factors such as pool size and location are key considerations to keep in mind. A suction model that connects to your pool’s filtration system will require no extra electricity to operate but will move randomly and offer less scrubbing power, which can translate into longer cleaning times. If your home has ample power in proximity to your pool, an electric model is by far the most efficient and easy-to-use option and will offer fully automated cleaning with a simple one-plug operation.

If your home has ample power in proximity to your pool, an electric model is by far the most efficient and easy-to-use option and will offer fully automated cleaning with a simple one-plug operation.

Best overall: Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum

Nautilus CC Plus blue and black above ground pool vacuum cleaner

DOLPHIN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Schedule when you want the Dolphin Nautilus to run, and let the automatic pool vacuum do the rest.

Specs

  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 16 x 10 x 16 inches
  • Style: Automatic

Pros

  • Automatic scheduling
  • 360-swiveling
  • Two hours of cleaning time

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

The Dolphin Nautilus is one of the best pool vacuums for above-ground and inground pools alike thanks to its easy one-cable operation and an automatic scheduling function that allows users to adopt a hands-off approach to pool cleaning. The Nautilus above-ground pool vacuum robot sports two scrubbing brushes for deep removal of grime, a large twin-cartridge filter to capture debris of every size, and a 60-foot tangle-free cable equipped with 360-degree swiveling for uninhibited travel. An onboard scanner reveals the most efficient path of travel in your specific pool to the Nautilus, allowing for thorough cleaning to take place during its two-hour cycle.

Best automatic: Zodiac Ranger Suction Side Automatic Above-Ground Pool Cleaner

A vacuum cleaner with white tail, a disc and blue body with Ranger inscription as well as a purple disc under it.

Baracuda

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A deflector prevents this pool vacuum from getting caught on steps, ladders, and corners

Specs

  • Weight: 15 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 16 x 9.5 x 40.5 inches
  • Style: Automatic

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Deflector wheel
  • Side travel capabilities

Cons

  • Can’t operate in pools deeper than 6 feet

The Ranger from Zodiac is a skimmer-powered pool vacuum designed for safe and skid-free performance in above-ground pools, including designs with dished-out bottoms up to 72 inches in depth. The vacuum is equipped with a unique deflector wheel that’s designed to prevent the unit from getting stuck on steps, lights, and other features in the pool, and its base disc allows for smooth gliding along the bottom surface, as well as travel in tight areas and up the sides. Because it only operates with one moving part, it’s incredibly quiet and doesn’t suffer from the banging or flapping noises commonly associated with this design, making it one of the best automatic pool vacuums in its class.

Best electric: Dolphin Escape Robotic Above-Ground Pool Cleaner

Escape Robotic Above Ground Pool Cleaner with three different colors, blue, grey and black.

DOLPHIN

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There are no messy bags to worry about when operating this pool vac.

Specs

  • Weight: 14 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 22.44 x 17.8 x 13 inches
  • Style: Automatic

Pros

  • Hypergrip tracks
  • High suction rate
  • Smart navigation

Cons

  • Pops wheelies when it changes directions

The Escape pool cleaner vacuum from Dolphin is one of the best electric pool vacuums on the market thanks to its feature-packed design and relatively affordable price point. Its wheels are equipped with hypergrip continuous tracks for unparalleled traction and easy maneuvering underwater, and it sports a lift-off top filter for easy cleaning access without the need for bags. Active scrubbing, smart navigation, and a 4000-gallon-per-hour suction rating round out this model to deliver an incredible level of above-ground pool cleaning in a form factor of no more than 14 pounds.

Best battery-operated: Pool Blaster Max

Blue Pool Blaster Max Cordless above ground vacuum cleaner.

POOL BLASTER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A handheld mode lets you clean up debris while enjoying the fresh, crisp pool water.

Specs

  • Weight: 5.5 lbs
  • Item dimensions: 15.5 x 6.5 x 7.5 inches
  • Style: Handheld; manual

Pros

  • No need to connect power supplies or suction feeds
  • Easy maneuvering
  • The battery holds an hour of charge

Cons

  • Harder to clean lower flow areas and rounded corners because of design

The Pool Blaster Max features a removable vacuum head for whole-pool cleaning and a small nose cone for collecting the small, stray debris, making it one of the best battery-operated pool vacs available. Its lithium-ion battery provides up to one hour of continuous cleaning on a single charge and the entire unit attaches to any standard pool pole for easy maneuvering. The small stature of this unit also makes it ideal for cleaning smaller pools or hot tubs quickly without the hassle of connecting power supplies or suction feeds.

Best budget: XtremepowerUS 75037 Climb Wall Pool Cleaner

A sky color extreme power vacuum cleaner with a pool at the back.

XtremepowerUS

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Get a clean pool hassle-free for under $100.

Specs

  • Weight: 12 lbs.
  • Item dimensions: 40.5 x 5.5 x 17.5 inches
  • Style: Automatic

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • No electricity required
  • Can clean a large surface area

Cons

  • Takes a long time to completely clean your pool
  • Tricky to get the weight system balanced

This wall-climbing automatic suction vacuum from Xtremepower is one of the best cheap above-ground pool vacuums thanks to its simple design and easy-to-use construction. No tools or electricity are required, as this pool-cleaning equipment is powered using your pool’s own pump and is designed to move about the pool at a rate of 8 to 12 feet per minute, delivering waste and debris to your pool’s filtration system without the need for extra wiring or power. This pool vacuum is ideal for basic cleaning of pool floors and lower walls, but it doesn’t scrub surfaces or plan its route, so you’ll have to leave it in the water for longer durations to achieve ideal results.

What to consider when buying the best above-ground pool vacuums

Efficient as it is, a passive pool cleaning filtration system is not an end-all-be-all solution to keeping water free of leaves, twigs, bug carcasses, etc. Continuous filtration systems are great for removing small objects and particulates from pools on an ongoing basis, but an automatic pool vacuum is much better suited to collecting larger waste, like leaves and trash, in a controlled and designated manner. This is particularly true in cases when foreign objects become submerged and stick to the bottom or sides of the pool, as traditional filter systems rely upon gentle water currents that may not be robust enough to dislodge stuck material.

Some of the best above-ground pool vacuums also offer the unique ability to physically scrub the floors and the walls of your pool, which aids in the removal of small dirt and debris that, if neglected, could build up on those surfaces. Booking a thorough manual pool cleaning with a professional crew requires the water to be fully drained—an expensive, time-consuming—so an automatic pool vacuum can be a worthwhile swimming pool maintenance investment for any above-ground pool owner.

In the pool vacuum world, the majority of designs are either propelled using the pool’s pump and suction system or by a low-voltage electrical current. Water-propelled designs tend to be more affordable, but since they require feeding the collected debris through the pool’s filtration system, more filter cleanings are required after use. Electric pool vacuum cleaners and pool robots tend to cost more upfront, but they operate independently of your pool’s water system and are able to actively scrub things away in addition to vacuuming.

Automatic vs. manual

Unlike manual sweepers, automatic pool cleaners operate on a set-it-and-forget-it basis, allowing pool owners to simply hook up the cleaner, drop it into the water, and come back later to collect it. Performed on a regular basis, this passive form of cleaning keeps pools free of buildup for longer stretches. When shopping for the best automatic pool cleaner for your above-ground pool, consider a suction-powered model if affordability and simplicity are high factors on your list of requirements.

Suction-powered automatic pool cleaners and pool vacuums connect to your pool’s existing filtration system and are powered by low-speed pumps for a slow yet deliberate automated cleaning. The best automatic pool vacuum designs in this class feature tight suction against the pool’s surfaces to deliver maximum cleaning pressure, often using a flexible rubber disc or comparable design to ensure a snug fit. Look for a design that uses soft materials to ensure that your pool cleaner leaves the floors and walls of your pool free of scratches.

Related: Waterproof gear for the pool

Electric vs. battery-operated

Electric pool vacuums are well-suited for larger above-ground pools, as well as long-term installations, as they offer predictable and consistent results thanks to features including active scrubbing and timed cleanings that are unavailable in purely water-powered designs. Although electric models usually cost more than suction-powered designs, their deep feature sets and the enhanced level of control they provide may be ideal for you depending on your needs and routine.

When selecting the best electric pool vacuum for your above-ground pool, consider a model that offers a smart navigation feature to deliver active pool cleaning for the sake of efficiency. This feature utilizes onboard scanners to plot the best route for your electric pool cleaner and automatically detect walls and obstacles. Unlike water-powered cleaners, electric pool cleaners with this feature won’t amble at random, which translates to a shorter cleaning duration overall.

Many electric pool vacuums also have the ability to actively climb and scrub the walls of your above-ground pool, resulting in a depth and level of cleaning unparalleled by non-electric models. Because walls are no less susceptible to harboring the growth of algae and other debris, choosing a wall-climbing pool vacuum can offer a much more comprehensive cleaning than that offered by water-powered models.

Pool owners who prioritize ease of storage and portability may want to consider a battery-operated pool vacuum in lieu of, or in addition to, a traditional above-ground pool vacuum. These designs operate on suction and feature debris collection chambers. While there is a generous measure of manual steering required to operate these designs, they’re nearly unparalleled when it comes to spot-cleaning and super-quick cleanup of small areas because they don’t require any water or electric hookups to take place.
When shopping for the best battery-operated pool vacuum, go with a design that features interchangeable heads for switching between cleaning wide swaths of the pool and accessing small hard-to-reach areas like corners and the bases of steps. Battery-operated pool vacuums are designed to perform easy user-controlled cleanings, so it’s important that the design be maneuverable and relatively lightweight. Choosing a model with a battery life of at least an hour ensures a continuous cycle without stopping to recharge.

Budget

Finding an effective above-ground pool vacuum on a budget can be somewhat difficult due to the niche nature of pool-cleaning equipment, but there are still some great options if you know what you’re getting into. Electric models are largely off the table when shopping for the best cheap above-ground pool vacuum due to their bulk, power, and automated nature, but a suction-powered design can make for a cost-effective alternative if you’re open to compromise.

Hose length, as well as base materials, are the main considerations to keep in mind when shopping for the best cheap above-ground pool vacs for your needs. Hoses that are too short will prevent a cleaner from traveling the length of the pool, and hoses that are too long can easily become tangled and prevent proper movement. Softer base material will ensure proper contact and suction against the pool bottom, with some designs even allowing extra flexion to occur against the base of the pool walls for some small measure of wall cleaning to occur.

FAQs

Q: Should I vacuum my pool of waste or filter?

Above-ground pools are best kept clean by using a combination of filtration and vacuuming. While filters are essential pieces of pool construction that passively maintain water quality, a vacuum supplements the filter by addressing submerged waste and static buildup that a filter cannot collect on its own.

Q: How often should you run a pool vacuum?

Pools should be vacuumed anywhere from daily to once every three days for optimal results. This number is flexible depending on the weather, time of year, and the frequency of pool use, but generally speaking, daily cleanings will all but guarantee that your pool requires fewer deep scrubs and stays sparkling clean longer.

Q: How long do pool vacuums last?

While basic suction units and less pricey pool vacuums are designed to last up to two seasons, more complex and expensive pool-cleaning equipment like robotic pool vacuums can last anywhere from three to five seasons before needing replacement.

Final thoughts on the best above-ground pool vacuums

Keeping a  pool clean on a continuous basis is no easy task, but the best above-ground pool vacuums on the market can get the job done in style and with relative ease. An automatic pool cleaner is an ideal choice for those who prefer to save their energy and come home to a clean pool, while a battery-operated pool vacuum may be better for folks who need a way to quickly spot-clean their smaller pool or hot tub on an as-needed basis. No matter the size or depth of your above-ground pool, choosing the best pool vacuum is key to keeping your water sparkling clean.

Related: How to maintain a pool

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best above-ground pool vacuums of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best natural gas grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-natural-gas-grills/ Thu, 16 Mar 2023 21:25:22 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519184
Best natural gas grills composited
Stan Horaczek

For clean-burning convenience, try cooking with gas.

The post The best natural gas grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best natural gas grills composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best natural gas grill Weber Spirit Weber Spirit II E-310
SEE IT

For a relatively affordable, supremely reliable natural gas grill that checks all the boxes, the E-310 does it all.
Best budget Best natural gas grills Dyna-Glow Dyna-Glo DGP483SSN-D Premier
SEE IT

Lower cost without skimping on quality, it’s a great option for grilling on a budget.
Best high-end Best natural gas grills napoleon Napoleon PRO665RSIBNSS-3 Prestige PRO 665
SEE IT

Powerful, spacious, and impeccably built, it’s an outstanding grill—if you can afford it.

While there are several different methods for cooking up a juicy burger, steak, or portobello, natural gas grills are essentially unrivaled when it comes to delivering clean-burning convenience. They’re convenient because they can plug directly into your home’s natural gas pipeline, meaning that you can enjoy 24/7 use without having to mess around with refilling propane tanks all the time. As far as the clean-burning factor, natural gas grills deliver in two regards. First, they’re better for the environment as they release less CO2 than propane or charcoal grills. Second, they cook cleaner than charcoal grills, allowing you to enjoy the untainted flavors of your food (though admittedly this is a matter of preference—so people do enjoy the mesquite of a good charcoal grill, but to each their own).

In any case, if you’re in the market for the best natural gas grills for outdoor barbeque excellence, we have suggestions.

How we picked the best natural gas grills

While searching for the best natural gas grills, we considered factors like heat distribution and retention, heating power via BTUs, cooking area, and additional bbq cooking features, all of which combine to determine the quality of a user’s cooking experience. Aesthetics and durability are important elements as well, as every buyer wants a grill that will look good on the porch while lasting over the long run. We weighed these characteristics in selecting models that represent a variety of budgets and situational needs. To ensure that we truly found the best of the best, we examined products from over a dozen leading brands and lesser-known manufacturers and made our picks based on a combination of firsthand experience, outside expert assessments, and Amazon reviews from real-world buyers.

The best natural gas grills: Reviews & Recommendations

Once you’ve decided you want to go with a natural gas grill, they come in a range of sizes, heat levels, cooking area, features, and price points. These are the best options we rounded up on the market today:

Best overall: Weber Spirit II E-310

Best natural gas grill Weber Spirit

Weber

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 3
  • Cooking area: 529 square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 32,000

Pros

  • Great temperature control for quality grilling
  • Durable build quality will hold up for many years
  • Moderate price relative to its high-quality

Cons

  • Can be tricky to assemble without expert assembly package

Weber has long stood among the leaders in the realm of the grill, and the Spirit II E-310 is a perfect example of why. Moderate in both price and size, it nevertheless delivers reliable temperature control, a workable cooking area, and solid build quality.

Its three-burner, 529-square-inch cooking surface is the perfect size for the average home’s grilling needs. With stainless steel burners, porcelain-enameled cast-iron cooking grates, and a porcelain-enameled lid, its heat distribution and retention deliver the temperature control you need for a reliable cooking experience, making the most of its somewhat lower BTU rate.

What’s more, its build quality is practically unrivaled. Not only is it built to last, ensuring that it will hold up through year after year of backyard barbequing, but it also has a timeless aesthetic that will keep looking great on your porch.

If you’re looking for a natural gas grill that will do pretty much everything well, the Weber Spirit II E-310 checks all the boxes.

Best high-end: Napoleon PRO665RSIBNSS-3 Prestige PRO 665

Best natural gas grills napoleon

Napoleon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 5
  • Cooking area: 1,140 square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 99,000

Pros

  • Expansive cooking area and powerful performance
  • Rotisserie kit, smoker tray, and side burner
  • Interior and exterior lighting for low-light visibility
  • Infrared elements to provide high heat without flareups

Cons

  • Very expensive

If you’re a serious grill master with money to burn, you can’t do better than the Napoleon Prestige Pro 665. With its powerful 99,000 BTU heat, built-in rotisserie kit and smoker tray, and infrared sizzle-zone side burner capable of leaping up to 1,800 degrees in a matter of seconds, it does pretty much everything you could possibly want from a grill.

It also leans into the little features that add up to luxury. Adjustable interior and exterior lights make it easier to grill in low-light conditions. A rolltop lid makes it easier and safer to operate. Even the undercarriage shelving is well thought out, offering plenty of storage space for your grill gear.

Edging up toward $4k, it’s definitely not cheap. But if you’re looking for a luxury grill that delivers a truly superior barbeque experience, this is it.

Best built-in: Bullet by Bull Outdoor Products 48108 Bronco

Best natural gas grills Bullet Bull

Bullet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 4 or 5 burner options
  • Cooking area: 630 or 736 square inches depending on burner package
  • BTU per hour input: 75,000

Pros

  • Perfect for building into outdoor kitchens
  • Durable, stainless steel design is reliably weatherproof
  • Great heat performance for a solid cooking experience

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Some users have issues with assembly and customer support

If you’re looking for a natural gas grill to build into your permanent outdoor kitchen, check out the Yukon Bullet 48108 Bronco from Bull Outdoor Products. It’s a bit pricier than some other options, but when it comes to installing a fixed-in-place grill that will need to brave the elements, you don’t want to cut corners, and this stainless steel grill delivers the durability you need.

Performance-wise, the Bronco is similarly thorough. It distributes and retains its powerful 75,000 BTU heat output well, and its cast iron grills offer the reliable grilling experience you want out of an outdoor kitchen. It also looks sleek and timeless, making it an attractive addition to your backyard.

Best small: Magma Products Newport II Infrared Gourmet Series Gas Grill

Best natural gas grills Magma

Magma

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 1
  • Cooking area: 162 square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 11,200

Pros

  • Can use both natural gas and propane tanks interchangeably 
  • Highly portable for yard, camping, or boat use
  • Foldable legs—capable of mounting on boat rail

Cons

  • Moderate heat performance

If you need a grill that can go virtually anywhere—even or perhaps especially on a boat—the Newport II from Magma Products is an incredibly versatile option. At home you can plug it into your natural gas system, or you can convert it to propane when on the road or on the water. Its folding legs and numerous mounting options make it ideal for just about any on-the-go grilling situation. You can even mount it to your boat rail for safe grilling at sea.

Accordingly, it’s built to handle the weather. Its stainless steel body won’t rust in the rain and its hermetically sealed thermometer won’t corrode due to salt water, while its turbo burner/dual element combustion system is designed to stay lit in heavy winds. Heat distribution can be somewhat inconsistent, but as far as durable, portable grills go it’s an outstanding option.

Best smart: Weber Genesis SX-335

Best natural gas grills Webter Genesis

Weber

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 3 main burners w/ 1 side burner
  • Cooking area: 787 square inches
  • BTU per hour input: 39,000

Pros

  • Smart tech allows you to manage food remotely
  • Large grill area with outstanding heat distribution
  • Side burner and large prep table for cooking convenience
  • Sear Zone for perfect meat searing

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Difficult to assemble

If you’re looking for a state of the art grilling experience—or just have a tendency to burn your burgers—the Weber Genesis SX-335 is about as futuristic and helpful as grills can get. Thanks to its smart capabilities, you can get real-time temperature alerts, set flip and serve reminders, and manage a range of other functions from your phone.

Beyond all the techy stuff, the Genesis also delivers the practical qualities that you expect from a Weber. Its heat distribution and retention are outstanding, as are its design and all-around durability. It has helpful bells and whistles like a side burner, wide prep and serve table, and extra-large sear zone for perfecting your steaks.

It’s definitely not cheap and you probably wouldn’t want to endeavor the assembly alone, but it’s undoubtedly the best smart natural gas grill money can buy.

Best budget: Dyna-Glo DGP483SSN-D Premier

Best natural gas grills Dyna-Glow

Dyna-Glo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Burners: 4
  • Cooking area: 483 square inches in main range; 673 square inches with the second tier
  • BTU per hour input: 48,000 w/ 12,000 BTU side burner

Pros

  • Spacious cooking area perfect for large groups
  • Convenient side burner for boiling and pans
  • Moderate price for a quality grill

Cons

  • Not as durable as more expensive grills

If you’re shopping for a quality grill on a budget, check out the DGP483SSN-D Premier from Dyna-Glo. While it’s a couple hundred bucks cheaper than our best overall pick, it still delivers a quality cooking experience.

With its expansive cooking area and porcelain-enameled cast iron cooking grates, it offers plenty of grill space and above-average distribution of its 48,000 BTU input. A 12,000-BTU side burner is also a nice touch, allowing you to boil water or use a frying pan.

It offers good build quality, generally speaking, though some users have reported rust issues over time. For all practical purposes, however, it’s a great grill that won’t break the bank.

What to consider when choosing a natural gas grill

For all practical purposes, it might seem like natural gas grills are more or less all the same, but this couldn’t be further from the truth. There are plenty of models on the market that fall short of excellence—or even competence—and end up delivering a frustrating ownership experience. Here’s what to look for in the best.

Heat delivery, distribution, and retention

Most subpar natural gas grills don’t produce enough heat for quality grilling, and the bad ones that do produce enough make poor use of that heat once it’s there. For a stationary backyard grill, look for a model that produces at least 20,000 BTU. On top of that, you want it to have cast iron grating that will distribute the heat evenly, and ideally porcelain-enamel coating both the grating and lid to support heat retention. All of this adds up to the ideal conditions for controlling the temperature of your grill and properly cooking your food.

Cooking area

The size of your cooking area—the grating area typically measured in square inches—determines how much food you can grill at once. It’s important to have a cooking area commensurate to your needs, otherwise you’re not able to produce food fast enough, the result being a trickle of food that prevents everyone from eating at once. If you’re only grilling for yourself, a small family, or a handful of friends, a small to medium-sized grill will get the job done. But if you’ve got a large family or plan on hosting large groups on the reg, get the most expansive grill you can.

Features

For some, a basic grill is all that’s needed. But avid grill-hounds cooking a variety of food in large quantities can benefit from convenience and cooking features like prep tables, a storage compartment, sear zones, side burners, a rotisserie, and so on. Consider how expansive your grill regimen might be, and feature up accordingly.

Durability

The craftsmanship of your grill can play a huge role not only in its lifespan but can mean the difference between safe and unsafe. Poorly constructed grills not only fall apart and deteriorate in appearance over time, but lids and other pieces can fall off and burn you, gas can leak, and they can even catch fire. Make sure that you get a grill that will keep you safe and happy in the long run.

FAQs

Q: What are BTUs?

British Thermal Units—or BTUs—represent a measurement of the fuel consumption and therefore heat output per hour. It is calculated by determining the amount of thermal necessary to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree.

BTUs are important for grilling as they represent how hot your grill is capable of getting, but bigger numbers aren’t necessarily better as grills with poor heat retention tend to waste a lot of the thermal energy produced.

Q: Is it cheaper to grill with propane or natural gas?

On one hand, natural gas is cheaper than propane, but on the other, it burns faster than propane. Propane burns twice as hot as natural gas, so over time you’ll tend to go through less of it.

Q: Does a natural gas grill taste different?

Natural gas will not impact the flavor of your food.

Q: How far should a natural gas grill be from the house?

Most manufacturers recommend that a natural gas grill be placed at least three feet away from any structures. Always use them outdoors, as they are not safe for indoor grilling under any circumstances.

Q: Is it OK to leave a natural gas grill outside in winter?

A well-built outdoor grill should have few issues with being out in the weather, though it is advisable that you protect it with a quality cover.

Q: Can I convert my gas grill to natural gas?

The hookup on a natural gas grill will not work with a propane tank, though you can purchase a conversion kit. Typically you will need a manufacturer-approved kit.

Q: Is a natural gas grill worth it?

There are no major performance differences between propane and natural gas—your food will end up just as grilled either way. The key differences involve CO2 release and convenience. If you want a grill that’s environmentally conscious, go with natural gas. And if you plan on grilling frequently and don’t want to deal with the hassle of replenishing a propane tank, a natural gas grill will connect directly to your home pipeline and save you the trip.

Final thoughts

If you enjoy grilling but want to keep it easy and minimize your impact on the environment, the best natural gas grills are worth your consideration. From high-end smart models to budget-friendly options, these grills allow you to plug into an existing energy source, cut down on your CO2 usage, and cook your food evenly for a premium experience.

Why trust us

Popular Science has spent 150 years helping readers learn more about technology and the products they buy, while writer Nick Hilden has spent a lifetime of nearly 40 years tinkering with backyard grills. An avid outdoorsman, ex-chef, and all-around tech enthusiast, in addition to reviewing products for Popular Science, he has written product reviews for the Daily Beast, Popular Mechanics, Thrillist, Men’s Health, the Manual, and more.

The post The best natural gas grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best toasters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-toaster/ Tue, 10 May 2022 14:00:07 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-toaster/
Best Toasters
Stan Horaczek

Any way you slice it, a well-equipped kitchen needs a good toaster.

The post The best toasters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Toasters
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Best Toasters Breville Bit More 4-Slice Toaster
SEE IT

The Breville Bit More 4-Slice Toaster is everything we’re looking for in a toaster—and then some.
Best smart toaster best toasters Revolution R180 InstaGLO Toaster
SEE IT

The Revolution InstaGLO does everything but wash your dishes. Maybe that’s the next upgrade?
Best budget Best Toasters Black & Decker 2-Slice Extra-Wide Slot Toaster
SEE IT

Black & Decker’s two-slice toaster is a simple, inexpensive way to help you get your first meal of the day.

Toasters have been a mainstay in kitchens for decades—and for good reason. Bread is a staple in our breakfasts, lunches, and midnight snacks, and toasting makes us love it more. We love crisp, golden-brown carbs so much that companies have created foods specifically to be toasted: Pop-Tarts, grocery-store English muffins, and frozen waffles, among others. And, of course, heat can also refresh aging bread. The quest for perfect toast has to start with finding the best toasters, and these are the top ones we’ve found to date.

How we chose the best toasters

As a freelance journalist for over 10 years, I’ve reviewed home and tech products for publications such as CNN Underscored, NBC News Select, Popular Mechanics, Architectural Digest, Tom’s Guide, The Daily Beast, USA Today’s Reviewed, Apartment Therapy, The Spruce, and Bob Vila. Our extensive selections are based on personal testing, thorough research, recommendations from fellow critics, and user impressions.

The best toasters: Reviews & Recommendations

There are hundreds—if not thousands—of toasters. Picking just one assertively and with confidence can be a challenge. We’ve narrowed the choices down to just a few that we consider the best toasters. One of these should have you spreading grape jam on golden bread in no time. 

Best overall: Breville Bit More 4-Slice Toaster

Best Toasters

Breville

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: This toaster can fit any size of bread, toast it well, and serve it up to you (minus the platter).

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15 ¾ x 8 x 7 ¾ inches
  • Weight: 5.5 pounds
  • Slots: 4
  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Bagel, frozen, a bit more

Pros

  • Extra-long capacity
  • Slide-out crumb tray
  • Sliding browning control
  • Concealed cord storage
  • Lift and look
  • A bit more toasting feature

Cons

  • Not cheap

The Breville Bit More 4-Slice Toaster is immaculately designed. This four-slicer is great for busy mornings and comes with extra-long slots that can hold all kinds of bread. It’s made from stainless steel, so you know it’s durable. There’s an LED toasting progress indicator to let you track how close your bread is to toasting, and a lift and look lever that lets you raise and lower the toast to do a visual check without stopping the process. It also has a high lift feature, which raises the toast half an inch higher than the starting position, so you can easily remove English muffins and other small items without burning your fingers.

The toaster has four push-button settings: bagel, frozen, cancel, and … “a bit more.” In the event that the toast comes out lighter than expected, you can use the “a bit more” setting to add a little more toasting time. The browning control slider ranges from 1 (lightest) to 5 (darkest), so you can choose the exact level of browning desired. There’s an audible alert to let you know when the toast is ready, and you can adjust the volume or mute it. Cleaning is also a breeze, with a removable front crumb tray.

Across the board, though, Breville makes some incredible toasters. Breville also makes a 2-slice version of the Bit More toaster, in case you don’t have room for a larger model. The company also makes the decadent Toast Select Luxe, which has specific settings for different kinds of bread, including white bread, brown bread, grain, fruit, rye, and crumpet. 

Best smart toaster: Revolution R180 InstaGLO Toaster

Revolution Go Toaster

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Revolution R180 InstaGLO does everything but wash your dishes. Maybe that’s the next upgrade?

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.65 x 6.13 x 8.4 inches
  • Weight: 7.83 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings:

Pros

  • Touchscreen instead of levers and dials
  • Toasts faster
  • Smartphone control
  • Clean crumb tray reminder
  • Doubles as a sleek clock
  • Accessories for Panini press/warming rack

Cons

  • Extremely expensive
  • Only comes in a 2-slice model

Admittedly, $350 is a lot of money for a toaster—but the Revolution InstaGLO R180 is no ordinary toaster. It has a touchscreen interface that visualizes all of the controls: There are no levers to push down, no knobs or dials to turn. It has a countdown timer, so you can check how long it will be until your toast is done, in addition to the usual chime. You select the type of bread from the icons and then select fresh, frozen, or reheat, select from one of the seven settings, then press start. Between uses, the screen lets the toaster serve as a stainless-steel digital clock.

The Revolution InstaGLO R180’s interface is pretty simple to use, but it still took some time for us to get used to it. The idea of operating a toaster with no physical buttons may seem absurd, but its visual indicators give you a sense of what your toast will look like at seven stages of doneness. If you like your toast well done but not burnt, you’ll be able to dial that setting in with a few taps. Selecting fresh, frozen, or reheat made a big difference in the results, too. We weren’t surprised by the Revolution InstaGLO R180’s performance when toasting room-temperature white and whole wheat bread—it costs $350, and this is its core function—but we really liked how it handled frozen bread. If you keep your bread in the freezer to extend its freshness, you can expect perfect toast every time without waiting much longer

One of our favorite features of the Revolution InstaGLO R180 is its countdown timer, which will let you know exactly how much time is left in the toasting process. The first three-quarters of your toasting will be represented by dots appearing in a circle, like a loading bar on your computer. When it reaches the end, a timer will actually start counting down until it’s done. Easily checking how much time is left until you’ve got toast is an excellent feature, and any smart toaster will need to adopt it to retain relevance.

Most toasters can be used to make the essentials—toast, bagels, toaster pastries, English muffins—but optional accessories allow you to expand the Revolution InstaGLO R180’s functionality. A panini press will allow you to make stuffed sandwiches like grilled cheese in the toaster without the risk of damaging its coils. InstaGLO R180’s warming rack will provide a surface to slightly toast the bottom of pasties that wouldn’t fit in its slots.

Other features, like the Revolution InstaGLO R180’s ability to automatically adjust the lift to the height of whatever is being toasted, are subtle but welcome touches. There’s even a smart reminder that displays on the screen when you need to empty the crumbs at the bottom, and the catch tray releases with a simple push. It really feels like using a toaster from the future. Whether the future is worth $350 is debatable, but Revolution InstaGLO R180’s smart features aren’t superfluous. This isn’t a smart kitchen gadget whose flashy features mask poor performance.

Best 4-slice: Cuisinart Metal Classic 4-Slice Toaster

Cuisinart Metal Classic 4-Slice Toaster

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: Amazon

Why it made the cut: You can fully control each side of this Cuisinart 4-slice toaster separately for customized results.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.6 x 11.15 x 7.5 inches
  • Weight: 6.06 pounds
  • Slots: 4
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Bagel, defrost, reheat

Pros

  • 6 toast shades
  • Removable crumb tray
  • Simple interface
  • Dedicated controls for each side

Cons

  • Doesn’t offer much feedback when toasting

Cuisinart’s Classic 4-Slice Toaster served up four slices of toast and two split English muffins with minimal effort. Operating the basic toaster has three steps: select your level of doneness on the dial, choose your setting, and depress one of its sliders. In a few minutes, we ended up with slices of bread and English muffins that were well toast edge to edge. You can control the left and right slots of this toaster independently from one another, and we’re happy to report no loss in performance when doing so. Pieces of toast in the left slots were just as well done as they were when all the slots were turned to the maximum doneness level, even when the right slots were set to a lower temperature.

This toaster’s simple interface will be familiar to anyone who’s used a four-slot toaster before, so if you’re replacing an older model, there are no tricks to learn. Small details, like the size of the text on this toaster’s buttons and knobs, make them easy to read. Its temperature knobs offer very little resistance, but it was easy to dial in the right setting after getting used to them, which took about a minute. Our only complaint with this toaster is its lack of feedback. There’s no ticking to indicate it’s on (this is obvious because whatever you’re toasting is in the slot), or dinging to indicate your toast is ready.

You’ll have to build up the muscle memory to know how long it takes for this toaster to toast bread to your preferred doneness level, or stay in the room while it’s working. This toaster’s lack of a doneness indicator is particularly annoying. Still, this toaster’s overall performance and brushed stainless steel appearance get full marks. If you need a reliable way to make a lot of toast at once, this model will meet (or exceed) your expectations.

Best for fast toasting: Café Express Finish Toaster

Best Toasters

Cafe

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: Amazon

Why it made the cut: Members of the microwave generation will love the hurry-up-and-finish option.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.0 x 12.28 x 8.0 inches
  • Weight: 8 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Aluminum with stainless steel finish
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Bagel, express finish, reheat, frozen

Pros

  • Push to release crumb tray
  • Extra-wide slots
  • Extra lift for waffles
  • 8 shading options
  • Cord storage

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Does not come in a 4-slice model

The aptly named Café Express Finish Toaster gets high marks for its unique “express finish” setting that engages extra heating elements to toast the bread extra fast. It’s a gamble: You need to pay attention when using the feature, or you’ll burn the bread. Still, the setting can be a lifesaver if you need to get out the door (or log on asap).

In addition to the express finish setting, there are also settings for bagels, reheating, and defrosting frozen bread. By turning the browning control knob, you can choose up to eight different settings. An LED ring on the front indicates your toast’s browning progress and will blink when it’s ready.

Sometimes, especially when you’re tight on space, you need to turn the toaster in a particular direction to make it fit. The Café Express Finish toaster works especially well in these scenarios since it has a cord channel in the bottom. This means the cord can be used on the back side, left side, or right side of the toaster. 

Lastly, Cafe Express Finish Toaster is undoubtedly one of the most stylish toasters on the list. It comes in three finishes: Stainless steel, matte black, and matte white.

Best for bagels: Calphalon Precision 2-Slice Toaster

Best Toasters

Calphalon

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Your bagels can fit comfortably in the Calphalon Precision 2-Slice Toaster, with enough space to brown effectively.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 10.55 x 7.6 x 8.35 inches
  • Weight: 5.69 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Metal
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Bagel, defrost

Pros

  • Extra-wide slots
  • Removable crumb tray
  • LED Timer
  • Toast lift
  • 6 browning settings

Cons

  • No 4-slice model

The Calphalon Precision 2-Slice Toaster has extra-wide slots to accommodate bagels and other thick bread. The toaster uses Intellicrisp technology to heat bread consistently for a more even toast. Its three buttons—bagel, defrost, and cancel—control the toaster, along with the dial that lets you select from one of 6 browning settings. There’s also an LED timer surrounding the shade dial, and this provides the browning status of the toast in the form of a countdown clock. In addition, the toast lift can elevate the toast so you can visually check it, and it’s also helpful when browning shorter or smaller pieces of toast. A removable crumb tray makes it easy to clean up crumbs, and the toaster has a durable design. It’s a great choice if you’re looking for an option with simple controls.     

Best long slot: Zwilling Enfinity Cool Touch Toaster

Best Toasters

Zwilling

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: You won’t have to cut your bread in half to get full coverage with the Zwilling Enfinity Cool Touch Toaster.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.75 x 6.6 x 8.2 inches
  • Weight: 6.17 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Defrost, reheat

Pros

  • Extra-long slots
  • Works as a 4-slot toaster
  • 7 toast settings
  • Removable crumb tray
  • Cool to the touch

Cons

  • Expensive

If you like to toast long slices of bread, the Zwilling Enfinity Cool Touch Toaster will fit your kitchen like a glove. Each slot can fit two slices of regular toast (for a total of four slices), or one long slice of bread. It’s also a handy option if you want a 4-slice toaster but don’t have enough counter space for one.

The Enfinity Cool Touch features three settings—bagel, reheat, and defrost—and you can toast to 7 browning shades. The extra-lift feature ensures your bread won’t get stuck in the toaster, and a removable crumb tray makes the toaster easy to clean. Last but not least: Its namesake “cool touch” exterior is designed, so you don’t have to worry about accidentally touching the toaster and burning yourself while it’s working. 

The Zwilling Enfinity Cool Touch Toaster also comes in standard-depth 2-slot and 4-slot form factors.  Additional accessories, including a toaster bun warmer and toaster sandwich rack, can add additional options for adventurous chefs.

Best with a timer: All-Clad Stainless Steel Digital Toaster

Best Toaster

All-Clad

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The All-Clad Stainless Steel Digital Toaster has a digital countdown clock, and lets you add more time to fine-tune your toast.  

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.9 x 8.6 x 8.9 inches
  • Weight: 2.10 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Reheat, defrost, bagel, more time

Pros

  • Adjustable timer
  • Digital display
  • 6 browning levels
  • Crumb tray slides out
  • Wide slots

Cons

  • Crumb tray is in the back

If you are very particular about your toast, you’ll probably like the All-Clad Stainless Steel Digital Toaster. It has four settings: reheat, defrost, bagel, and a button lets you add more time during the toasting process. Plus, the LED screen has a countdown clock that lets you track how long your bread has been toasting. Beyond that, it has many hallmark features we look for in a good toaster, including wide slots, 6 browning settings, and a high-lift lever that makes it easy to retrieve items from the toaster.

Best design: Smeg 2-Slice Toaster

Best Toasters

Smeg

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Smeg toaster looks luxurious, but it’s more than just a pretty face.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.25 x 7.75 x 7.75 inches
  • Weight: 5 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings: Defrost, reheat, bagel

Pros

  • Retro design
  • Luscious colors
  • Built-in cord wrap
  • Anti-slip feet
  • Extra-wide
  • Crumb tray

Cons

  • Pricey

The SMEG 2-Slice Toaster shows that kitchen appliances can be both functional and beautiful. Its retro aesthetic grabs a lot of attention on kitchen counters, leading it to make frequent appearances on wish lists for housewarming gifts. Since the 2-slice toaster has extra-wide slots, it can be used for toasting artisan and larger-sized bread to one of 6 browning settings. It also has bagel, reheat, and defrost options.

In keeping with its style-forward persona, the Smeg toaster comes in many shapes and colors. For busier homes, you can get 4-slice and 4-slot models. All three versions come in various colors, including matte champagne, gold, red, chrome, pastel green, pastel blue, pastel pink, black, and white.

Best toaster oven: Cuisinart CMW-200 Convection Microwave Oven and Grill 

Best Toasters

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished here: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Cuisinart CMW-200 can make toast, but it can also microwave, roast, and bake like a standard oven.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 21.20 x 19 x 12.20
  • Weight: 41.30 pounds
  • Slots: N/A
  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Crumb tray: N/A
  • Settings: Microwave, bake, reheat, grill, air fry

Pros

  • All-in-one appliance
  • Touchpad controls
  • Convection oven bakes quickly
  • Can be used with or without microwave
  • Can be programmed for multistage cooking

Cons

  • It’s a bit much if you just want toast

The Cuisinart CMW-200 Convection Microwave Oven basically does everything but refrigerate your food and wash your dishes. Not only can you toast bread on the convection bake setting, but you can also actually bake bread. The appliance also lets you microwave, grill, defrost, roast, reheat, and keep food warm. To call it a toaster, or even a toaster oven, doesn’t quite do it justice. It’s a countertop smart oven made for all kinds of cooking.

Best budget: Black+Decker 2-Slice Extra-Wide Slot Toaster

Best Toasters

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black + Decker 2-Slice Extra-Wide Slot Toaster is ideal for budget-conscious buyers.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.58 x 9.09 x 12.32 inches
  • Weight: 2.64 pounds
  • Slots: 2
  • Material: Plastic
  • Crumb tray: Yes
  • Settings:

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Extra-wide slots
  • Extra lever lift
  • 7 browning choices

Cons

  • Plastic components
  • Drop-down crumb tray

The Black+Decker 2-Slice Extra-Wide Slot Toaster is a remarkably good value. It’s the least expensive toaster on our list, but it will definitely get the job done. With extra-wide slots, it can hold bagels and other thick types of bread, and an extra lift feature is perfect for pulling out items that aren’t easy to grab. Its simple controls include a control dial that lets you select one of 7 browning shades and special settings for bagels and defrosting frozen food. The drop-down crumb tray is not as convenient as those that slide out, but at least it has something. That’s a very small caveat for a comparatively cheap and very effective kitchen appliance.

What to consider when buying the best toasters

You can probably find dozens—if not hundreds—of toasters for $25 to $30. They’ll probably work well at first, but you might find yourself right back here looking for a replacement in a year or two. A bargain toaster isn’t actually a bargain if it stops working after a few hundred toasts. Plus, cheaply built toasters may be a fire hazard. 

That’s why our list is not based on the cheapest toasters you could find. When choosing the best toaster, you should consider its functionality, size, ease of operation, and browning settings. Your personal preferences may vary, but here’s a breakdown of these features, which will help you find the toaster you really want.

Settings

Since we all have preferences regarding how well we like our toast—and some types of bread require more or less browning time than others—browning settings are an important feature to consider. And with 4-slice toasters, a nice feature is the ability to control both sides separately since you may like your toast well, but your partner or kids may prefer a lighter shade.

Toasters can do more than just crisp up sliced bread. Most can toast bagels, frozen waffles, toaster pastries, artisan breads, English muffins, and many other foods you can put in a slot and heat without melting. While all of the toasters on our list have dedicated reheat and frozen settings, some may be able to do even more. For example, some toasters also have accessories for making Paninis and warming muffins on top of the toaster, while toaster ovens offer a plethora of other functions, including the ability to roast and broil entire meals.  

Size

Size matters. Two-slice toasters tend to be more compact, which makes them invaluable in tight spaces. Also, a 2-slice toaster is obviously not as expensive as its 4-slice counterpart. On the other hand, the toaster can become a bottleneck in the morning if everyone needs it at once. If you need to make toast for more than one person at a time, a 4-slice version can save you some time. 

Size is also an important consideration if you want to toast more than just supermarket-style sliced bread. For example, toasters with longer and/or wider slots are likelier to fit thick artisan bread—like sourdough, baguette, ciabatta, focaccia, and brioche.

Interior design

A removable crumb tray is another consideration, and it makes cleaning much easier. Some crumb trays are located in the front of the toaster, and some are on the side or on the back, but on models without a removable crumb tray, you’ll need to pick the toaster up and hold the crumb track over the trash can before opening it. Without a crumb tray (assuming those models even exist), you’ll have to turn the toaster upside down and shake it.  

Another convenience feature is a lift function that ensures the bread is high enough that you can get it out without testing your eye-hand coordination like you’re playing the Operation board game—except, instead of a buzzing sound, you’ll know you failed when you burn your fingers!

Ease of operation

Some toasters have touchscreens for selecting functions. Others have buttons. Some stick to the classic dials and sliders. Only you can decide what feels right in your home, but it’s worth thinking about before you make your pick.

FAQs

Q: Do you need to do anything before using a new toaster?

Before using a new toaster for the first time, you should run it once while it’s empty to burn out any dirt and any chemicals the toaster was treated with during manufacturing. Set it to the highest browning setting, and then turn it on. Don’t be alarmed if it smells a bit–just make sure the room is ventilated.

Q: What are some tips for using the toaster?

Your toaster’s manual can teach you more about cooking than you might think. Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for your specific toaster to get the best possible results. For example, different toasters have their own instructions for how to insert some types of bread. When toasting bagels, the Café Express advises that the cut side of the bagels face the outside of the toaster. However, the Black+Decker toaster from our list recommends that the cut side of the bagels face the interior of the toaster. As you use your toaster, you may also find that different types of bread work best on different settings. For example, rye bread may work better on darker settings. On the other hand, raisin bread toast, toaster pastries, and light-textured bread may fare better with lighter browning settings.

Q: How do I clean a toaster?

Before cleaning a toaster, you should first unplug it and let it cool down. Once it’s safe, slide the crumb tray out and empty it, then replace the tray. The body of the toaster can be cleaned with a damp cloth. Do not put your toaster in the sink water or a dishwasher. When cleaning by hand, avoid using scouring pads or abrasive cleaning agents, which can ruin the finish. And don’t use metal scouring pads on the interior since some of those tiny pieces can fall off and may create the potential to get shocked.

Q: Do I need to do anything before using a new toaster?

No. A toaster requires no additional equipment or access to special parts of your kitchen to work properly. The only actions you need to take before setting up a toaster are freeing up the appropriate amount of space on your countertop and ensuring the spot is close enough to an outlet.

Q: Should I get a two- or four-slice toaster?

The answer to this ultimately comes down to how much toast you expect to make or how many frequent toast eaters reside in your home. A two-slice toaster is perfectly fine for a single person looking for a quick breakfast side dish. Four-slice toasters make more sense if you’re cooking breakfast for a crowd—kids going to school need to eat before heading out the door after all. Many four-slice toasters also allow you to control the right and left toaster slots separately, which allows you and another person to use the toaster simultaneously while cooking toast to your preferred level of doneness.

Q: How long should a toaster last?

A toaster should last decades if it’s cleaned regularly and used properly. Using bread that’s too large for the toaster’s slots or neglecting to empty out the crumb tray can cause problems after only a few years. Analog toasters may last longer than “smart” models because they have fewer components that can break.

Q: How much does a toaster cost?

This depends on whether you want a two-slice or four-slice model, the material it’s made of, the level of control you have over the toastiness of your bread, and whether it’s smart or not. You shouldn’t have to spend more than $50 to get a serviceable, basic toaster.

Final thoughts on the best toasters

The toaster is a kitchen staple for a reason. Even though it’s usually a single-task appliance, many people get a lot of use out of it. If you’re a toast person, getting a great toaster can enhance the quality of your breakfast and, by extension, the quality of your day. But as we’ve seen, toasters have gotten a little more versatile over the years, with models that can accommodate larger types of bread, like bagels or English muffins. A smart toaster isn’t necessary, but touchscreens have come to this, the most humble of kitchen gadgets, without ruining it. It’s not a necessary appliance, but many kitchens don’t feel complete without a toaster.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best toasters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best pressure cookers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-pressure-cookers/ Mon, 11 Nov 2019 14:48:45 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-pressure-cookers/
The best pressure cookers will help you get dinner on the table fast.

Pull together a nourishing meal in minutes.

The post The best pressure cookers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best pressure cookers will help you get dinner on the table fast.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Chef IQ is the best pressire cooker overall. CHEF IQ
SEE IT

The CHEF IQ LCD screen is easy to navigate when dinner rolls around.
Best for longevity The Mueller 6-Quart is the best pressure cooker for durability. Mueller UltraPot, 6-Quart
SEE IT

The Mueller UltraPot is engineered to be easy to use, but more importantly, easy to maintain.
Best budget The Instant Pot Duo Mini is the best pressure cooker at a budget-friendly price. Instant Pot Duo Mini, 3-Quart
SEE IT

Instant Pot Duo Mini is a small but powerful pressure cooker.

While the Instant Pot may seem like a very modern phenomenon, the underlying technology of the pressure cooker is not. French physicist Denis Papin changed the world by inventing the “steam digester” in 1679. This beta model exploded a year later. Papin eventually got it right, and his device, built to extract fat and gelatin from bones, was perfected over the years to become the modern pressure cooker. But which pressure cooker is the best of them all? That brand we already mentioned is so ubiquitous that the name has become synonymous with the cooking style, but it’s not the only option. And while the market is saturated with less-than-perfect models, we’ve compiled the best pressure cookers available that will not only make dinner but make it quicker than ever.

How we chose the best pressure cookers

Pressure cookers truly only need to do one thing: cook things fast. The science of pressure cooking can be boiled down pretty easily. These machines expel air from a cooking vessel while trapping the steam produced by the food cooking. By doing this, the pressure cooker raises its internal pressure, which unlocks higher cooking temperatures, which means faster cooking. However, a good pressure cooker should be able to do more than simply make a batch of bone broth. Here are some things to consider when weighing your options:

Countertop vs. stovetop: Some eschew electric pressure cookers, but it’s hard to fathom why. Stovetop models leave a lot of guesswork regarding internal pressure and only do one thing. Would you keep any vessel in your kitchen that did one thing and one thing only? Countertop electric models don’t require a heating surface, are virtually foolproof, and have enough settings to do everything from cooking rice to making yogurt. Because they’re electric and come with their own handles, they’re perfect for small kitchens, RVs, and even college dorms. Every single model we feature here will be a countertop electric model.

Customs and presets: On the front of any pressure cooker control panel, there are typically a bunch of buttons that unlock presets to cook beans, rice, eggs, meat, veggies, and other pressure cooker-friendly foods. Better models will let you cook on the lower end of the heat spectrum, too, to make your pressure cooker double as a Crockpot (the Instant Pot of its time). A steamer basket is also a nice out-of-the-box accompaniment. But so is a built-in “sear” or “saute” mode for browning meat or making stir-frys. Some machines offer even more versatility and double as air fryers. Regardless of what any given pressure cooker can do, it must, first and foremost, be a pressure cooker. Using preset modes shouldn’t be more difficult than simply turning the machine on.

Size and footprint: One could argue that there’s no wrong way to design a pressure cooker, and it would be easy to agree. After all, food comes in all shapes and sizes. Cooking a whole chicken can be done in most models, but will it come out in one piece? Some models seem to be built around cooking specific foods, and, depending on your weeknight meal lifestyle, it might make sense to buy a weirdly-shaped machine. The most important thing to consider about size and shape is where you will keep your machine. Some machines are too large for smaller cabinets. Most of the time, machines park nicely on top of a fridge. Or, if you go for a more premium model, you can show it off by parking it on a countertop.

The best pressure cookers: Reviews & Recommendations

A pressure cooker is one of those devices you may not think you need, but one day it will seem not only a welcome addition to your kitchen but a necessary one. There are countless recipes online for easy and affordable weeknight dinners to whip up in less time than it takes to order Postmates. There are also less obvious features that I’m a fan of. Here’s our list of the best pressure cookers so you can discover their joys for yourself.

Best overall: CHEF IQ

The Chef IQ is the best pressire cooker overall.

Chef IQ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pressure cooker isn’t just sleek; it’s space-age, with a built-in LCD monitor that takes the guesswork out of dinner planning.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13 inches L x 13 inches W x 13 inches H
  • Weight: 10.4 pounds
  • Presets: Over 1,000

Pros

  • LCD Screen with presets for countless cooking styles
  • Built-in scale for precision cooking
  • Companion app syncs up to phone for a user-friendly experience

Cons

  • Pricey

The CHEF IQ dubs itself a “smart cooker.” As dubious as it sounds, it couldn’t be a more fitting moniker for this pressure cooker. Don’t look for a cheap plastic control panel here. There’s a full-blown LCD touchscreen to select modes to cook everything from pot roast to quinoa.

Dry goods cook especially well here because there’s also a built-in scale. It not only weighs the dry ingredients but the amount of water to put in so that rice, pasta, and beans cook precisely. Aside from that, the user experience makes this fun enough to play around with even when you’re not making dinner. On nights when the eternal question comes up (what the hell do I make for dinner?), scrolling through the CHEF IQ companion app will inspire and educate with completely guided recipes that include video demonstrations. It’s difficult to fathom where pressure cooker technology goes from here.

Best for durability: Mueller UltraPot, 6-Quart

The Mueller 6-Quart is the best pressure cooker for durability.

Mueller

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Mueller UltraPot is engineered to be easy to use and, more importantly, easy to maintain.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.14 inches L x 13.07 inches W x 13.07 inches H
  • Weight: 16.11 pounds
  • Presets: 15

Pros

  • Great build quality with an attractive display
  • Easy rubber gasket maintenance
  • Built to last

Cons

  • Runs a little hot, even on low settings

Pressure cookers can last for years and years, so long as you regularly maintain them. It doesn’t require deep mechanical knowledge, but the upkeep can be cumbersome on many models, except the Mueller UltraPot.

Electric pressure cookers get their tight seals using rubber gaskets. These gaskets, as well as the area on the lid where these gaskets lock into, require regular cleaning. Mueller takes the guesswork out of this arduous task by letting you remove the gasket system whenever it needs to be cleaned or replaced. Aside from speedy maintenance, the device comes with all the presets one wants in a pressure cooker. There’s a caveat here that’s a bug or a feature, depending on your cooking styles. Slow cook settings run a little hot, but some cooks (myself included) prefer a pressure cooker to run a little hotter than colder.

Best for versatility: Ninja Foodi XL 14-in-1, 8-Quart

The Ninja Foodi XL is the best pressure cooker for versatility.

Ninja

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ninja’s popular entry in the pressure cooking market doubles as a pretty solid air-fryer.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15.39 inches L x 14.21 inches W x 14.25 inches H
  • Weight: 25.1 pounds
  • Presets: 14

Pros

  • A pressure cooker that also “frys”
  • Large cooking capacity
  • All inner components are dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Massive, and quite heavy

Pressure-cooked food, especially meat, is often moist and delicious but occasionally comes out looking a little pallid. Most pressure cookers can cook a whole chicken in half an hour, but only Ninja Foodi XL 14-in-1 can make one that actually looks appetizing.

The Ninja’s patented “Steam Crisp” technology cooks food fast while accomplishing something few pressure cookers can do: browning. We eat with our eyes first, after all. This doesn’t end with caramelizing meat. Ninja Foodie XL doubles as an air fryer. It even comes with a dedicated air-frying basket and a multi-tiered insert to cook up to three layers of food at once. If you have to feed a bunch of people at once, this is a godsend feature. Just make sure you check the measurements of your kitchen before buying it. It takes up quite a bit of space and clocks in at just over 25 pounds, so moving it regularly could become a chore.

Best design: Cuckoo Premium 5-Quart Electric Cooker

The Cuckoo Q5 is the best pressure cooker for design.

Cuckoo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This attractive pressure cooker comes with all the functions you want and a few you didn’t know you needed.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 15 inches D x 12 inches W x 11 inches H
  • Weight: 16.5 pounds
  • Presets: 8

Pros

  • Gorgeous, futuristic look
  • Safe and quiet steam release
  • Musical touchscreen interface

Cons

  • Less efficient use of space

Most pressure cookers, even on the higher end of things, tend to all run together, design-wise. The Cuckoo Premium multi-cooker is a clear outlier.

This popular Korean brand doesn’t just look like a “Star Trek” prop, it’s got some space-age features as well. The LED screen operates by touch and lets you customize speed, cook time, and even the amount of pressure. The inner pot is stainless steel, so for efficient heating and cooking. Cuckoo gets hot and stays hot until dinner is ready. And while it’s a good bit clunkier than other models, it’s attractive enough to live on your countertop. It’s an appliance you can use to wow friends and dazzle enemies. Plus, it even responds to voice commands and has a self-cleaning mode. Let’s see an Instant Pot do that.

Best budget: Instant Pot Duo Mini, 3-Quart

The Instant Pot Duo Mini is the best pressure cooker at a budget-friendly price.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The most popular electric pressure cooker brand has countless makes and models, but the Duo Mini is one of its best offerings—at a budget-friendly price.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11.8 inches L x 10.5 inches W x 10.9 inches H
  • Weight: 8.65 pounds
  • Presets: 7

Pros

  • Attractive blue LCD display
  • Presets are customizable
  • Compatible with plenty of Instant Pot accessories

Cons

  • Takes extra steps to use than other Instant Pot models

There is perhaps no brand more associated with pressure cookers than Instant Pot. And while the brand has expanded its product line to include everything from dutch ovens to air purifiers, it still makes some solid pressure cookers, like the Instant Pot Duo Mini.

This model lies somewhere near the top of the Instant Pot pressure cooker line. Fancier models claim to do sous vide, but the results are dubious at best. With the Ultra, you can rely on every single one of the ten cooking presets, whether you’re sterilizing jars for preserves or making a week’s worth of Greek yogurt. All the presets allow you to customize time and pressure levels, which works using a handy dial. The LCD screen is an attractive addition and offers far more information for the cook to monitor before, during, and after cooking, including temperature fluctuations.

Things to consider before buying a pressure cooker

Size

Pressure cookers come in a myriad of styles, but they also come in different sizes. They come as small as three quarts and as big as 12 quarts. However, both ends of the size spectrum are a little unwieldy. Larger models tend to cook food less efficiently. After all, when you set your pressure cooker to cook food, it has to build up pressure. If there’s more space between the top of the food in the pot and the lid, expect your food to take longer than usual. Besides, a six-quart model still makes enough chow to feed an army. To that end, it’s difficult to recommend a three-quart model, even if you’re cooking for a smaller family. If you must have a smaller model, the Instant Pot Duo Mini is a good standby. You can’t make bone broth or fit a whole chicken in a smaller pot, so it’s way less versatile. As someone who lives in a two-person household, a six-quart model is a weeknight workhorse.

Price

The great thing about pressure cookers is they are incredibly popular. This is a double-edged sword because the market is flush with many shoddy products that aren’t worth the small amount of money invested in them. Price points are difficult to stick to as far as recommendations go because they’re always fluctuating with pressure cookers. However, if the device in question costs less than $70, you should probably stay away—that’s retail price, of course. If there’s a discount available at a lower price (and there often is), feel free to jump on it.

Functionality

My CHEF IQ cooks rice better than any rice cooker I’ve ever owned. It’s also a great way to cook a lot of food fast, like chickpeas or oatmeal, which makes it one of the best meal-prep tools around. It’s great for buffet-style parties and potlucks, too, as various “Keep Warm” settings help make these devices makeshift chafing dishes. Forget the potato salad. Show up to your next shindig with an Instant Pot full of nacho cheese and then sit back and let the praise roll in.

FAQs

Q: What is the best electric pressure cooker?

Best, when it comes to pressure cookers, is a relative term. The CHEF IQ has plenty of smart features to make it an excellent value, but the Mueller UltraPot is far more affordable.

Q: What’s the best pressure cooker for canning?

An electric pressure cooker isn’t recommended for canning as they don’t allow enough space for glass jars. A dedicated pressure canner may be a smarter buy.

Q: What is the best air fryer pressure cooker combo?

The best air fryer pressure cooker is the Ninja Foodi XL. If you already own a pressure cooker, you may be able to buy a special attachment lid to make it into an air fryer.

Final thoughts on the best pressure cookers

If you don’t own a pressure cooker: How? Why? These countertop marvels dish out some of the most impressive feats in the kitchen quickly and efficiently. The absolute top-of-the-line pressure cooker is the CHEF IQ, which isn’t just sleek; it’s smart, with a gorgeous LCD screen and companion app. If you absolutely must have a smaller model, the Instant Pot Duo Mini packs a lot of power into its three-quart model. Those looking to save on countertop space should seek out the Ninja Foodi XL, which is a pressure cooker that doubles as a pretty reliable air fryer.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best pressure cookers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best pellet grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-pellet-grills/ Sat, 18 Feb 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=513548
Traeger Ironwood XL grill review with a pulled pork smoking on it
Stan Horaczek

Skip the charcoal and enjoy some smoky flavors with these grills.

The post The best pellet grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Traeger Ironwood XL grill review with a pulled pork smoking on it
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Traeger Ironwood XL grill review in front of a garage Traeger Ironwood
SEE IT

The Ironwood is easy to set up and provides excellent temperature control for an all-around solid grilling experience.
Best for searing The Weber Smokefire EX4 is the best pellet grill for searing. Weber SmokeFire EX4
SEE IT

This grill can reach 600 degrees F for maximum heat and is designed with smart features that alert you to steps in the cooking process.
Best budget Pit Boss is the best pellet grill at a budget-friendly price. Pit Boss 440D2
SEE IT

This durable grill is easy to use, reliable, and is more affordable than other options.

Pellet grills first arrived on the barbecue scene back in the 1980s. That makes them toddlers compared to models that burn propane, wood, and charcoal. Despite their relative youth, pellet smokers have won over many outdoor cooks by combining the easy starts and simplicity of gas grills with the smoke-laden flavors from charcoal. They’re so simple to use that some hardcore barbecue purists call them cheating. We honestly can’t disagree, but we consider that a good thing. The PopSci GOODS team has been smoking, searing, reporting, and researching to find the best models on the market. After many hours of work (and an expense report from the butcher shop that Accounts Payable called “irresponsible”), we have narrowed down this list of the best pellet grills for just about any type of culinary creation.

What is a pellet grill?

Before we get to the picks, here’s a quick primer on how pellet grills work. Most models have a main cooking chamber with a hopper full of compressed sawdust pellets attached to its side. A motorized auger (a screw-shaped mechanism like what you’d find on the business end of a snowblower) pushes a steady stream of those hardwood pellets into a burn pot where they’re subjected to intense heat and a stream of forced air to facilitate the burn. The grill can increase or decrease the temperature by regulating the rate at which air and wood pellets enter the crucible. Early versions only offered a few constant auger speeds, so they required babysitting, but most modern versions automatically regulate the fuel to maintain constant temperatures—no tending required. 

How we chose the best pellet grills

I [Executive Gear Editor Stan Horaczek] have written about grills for over a decade for publications such as Maxim, Men’s Journal, Saveur, the New York Post, and more. For this test, I’ve relied on a mixture of hands-on cooking, editorial reviews, user feedback, and spec comparisons involving dozens of models. For the hands-on tests, I focused largely on smoking since that’s the pellet grill’s bread and butter. I also baked, seared, and grilled when available.

The best pellet grills: Reviews & Recommendations

Still wondering what a pellet grill is good for? The constant pellet feeder system of our top grills excels when it comes to maintaining consistent temperatures over a long period of time. That makes them ideal for low-and-slow smoking for meats like brisket, pork shoulder, whole chickens, and other meats that benefit from smoke penetration. The pellet grill temperature range also makes them a solid option for baking and roasting. I’ve made everything from smoked queso (which is amazing) to smoked apple crisp (which is even more amazing).

Best overall: Traeger Ironwood

Traeger Ironwood XL grill review in front of a garage

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Traeger’s revamped Ironwood series offers a streamlined cooking experience with a solid selection of premium features.

Specs

  • Cooking space: 616 square inches
  • Pellet capacity: 22 pounds
  • Temperature range: 165-500 degrees Fahrenheit (F)
  • Wireless connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 59” W x 40” L x 25” D
  • Weight: 199 pounds

Pros

  • Outstanding temperature consistency
  • Easy assembly
  • Robust smartphone app and wireless features
  • Modular accessory system
  • Quick to heat up
  • Easy cleanup

Cons

  • Pricey

Traeger’s Ironwood series grills require a heftier up-front investment than other entries on this list, but they also provide the best mix of features and performance for most people’s needs. 

The Ironwood series got a serious overhaul with its latest iteration, and it now borrows heavily from the flagship Timberline grill, which costs nearly twice as much. A seriously insulated cooking chamber, powerful direct-drive auger, and the advanced DS electronic controller all help the new Timberline perform like a truly top-tier grill. 

I’ve had ample hands-on testing time with the Ironwood XL, which offers the same feature set but increases the overall cooking area to 924 square inches. Traeger has streamlined the assembly process with its clever packaging methods and excellent video instructions to accompany the printed materials. This grill is simple to sync with its companion app and actively guides cooks through the initial seasoning process. 

Once it’s up and running, the Ironwood offers some of the most consistent temperature control I’ve encountered on a grill full-stop. Set the temperature from the app or the built-in touchscreen, and the Ironwood will hold that temperature +/-10 degrees with little to no effort. I cooked everything from pork shoulder to (my favorite) pork belly burnt ends without as much as a hiccup. 

Accessories clip onto the new integrated Pop-and-Lock rail system, which has also trickled down from the Timberline. While the additional flexibility is nice for those who want to expand their accessory arsenal, some cooks may never really take advantage of it. The Ironwood also tops out at 500 degrees, which is common for pellet grills, but lower than other models out there.

In total, however, the Timberline provides the best overall cooking experience. Its reliable temperature control prevents ruined cooks (and, by extension, wasted money). It’s simple to set up and easy to use in just about every capacity. Plus, Traeger offers a 10-year limited warranty, so we expect it to last for quite a while, even with frequent use. 

Best portable: Green Mountain Grills Trek Prime

The Green Mountain Grills Trek Prime is the best pellet grill that's portable.

Green Mountain Grills

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: At roughly 60 pounds, this portable grill is relatively easy to lug around in an SUV, truck, or RV. Plus, it doesn’t require combustible gas fuel or soot-spewing charcoal.

Specs

  • Cooking space: 219 square inches
  • Pellet capacity: 9 pounds
  • Temperature range: 150-550 degrees F
  • Wireless connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 16 x 32 x 24 inches
  • Weight: 63 pounds

Pros

  • Compact and light compared to full-sized models
  • Sturdy legs make it solid once setup
  • Optional cart accessory converts for home use
  • High 550-degree max temperature
  • Built-in wireless connectivity isn’t as common with portable models
  • Works with 12V power in addition to 120V AC

Cons

  • Limited cooking area due to its small size

Just because you’re camping or tailgating doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy the convenience of pellet cooking. This 63-pound cooker offers 219 square inches of grilling area, which is more than enough for a dozen burgers, but it can also handle ribs or other typical low-and-slow fare. 

The hopper holds a very respectable nine pounds of pellets, which the grill dishes out with the same precision Green Mountain promises from its full-sized smokers. The built-in wireless connectivity connects the grill to a companion iPhone or Android app. It can work through a home network like a typical non-portable grill, but it also has a server mode that creates an ad-hoc network to maintain full functionality at a campsite or other location without local WiFi.

Older models of this grill relied on a folding design, but the current model (which got a revamp in 2021) offers sturdy fixed legs that make the whole thing more stable and reliable. 

Despite its compact size, this pellet grill offers pretty much everything a full-sized model promises. In fact, Green Mountain offers a kit that converts the Trek Prime into a regular-height home grill. 

Best gas-and-pellet combo: Camp Chef Apex with Gas Kit

The Camp Chef Apex is the best pellet grill that's a gas and pellet combo.

Green Mountain

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The high-end model offers the fine temperature control you’d expect from a pellet grill and the high heat-searing power that comes with gas.

Specs

  • Cooking space: 811 square inches
  • Pellet capacity: 30 pounds
  • Temperature range: 150-600 degrees F + (with the gas)
  • Wireless connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 67 ¼” x 44” x 32”
  • Weight: 295 pounds

Pros

  • Provides the benefits of both pellets and gas
  • Gas kit also adds a handy side burner
  • Huge pellet hopper holds 30 pounds of pellets
  • Built-in wireless compatibility for simple control
  • Ample cooking surface area
  • Excellent overall temperature performance

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Massive
  • Heavy

If you want to enjoy the simplicity of pellet smoking without giving up the familiar advantages that come with gas grilling, then this high-end model scratches both of those itches. It comes in both 24- and 36-inch models. Without the optional gas kit, this smoker offers a familiar feature set. Wireless connectivity allows cooks to monitor and control temperatures from afar. The huge 30-pound capacity pellet hopper has a built-in sensor to let you know when you’re running out of fuel. It even has an advanced downward smoke exhaust system to improve airflow and ditch the hard-to-clean chimney. 

Add the optional gas kit, however, and the Apex becomes a full-on propane grill. Once installed, the gas kit adds four (or six in the case of the 36-inch model) 9,000 BTU burners to the main cooking chamber. It also includes a 14,000 BTU side burner compatible with all of Camp Chef’s accessories. The kit includes a griddle, but cooks can purchase optional accessories like a pizza oven to go with it. 

Switching between fuels simply requires turning a knob, so there’s no awkward transition necessary. This grill is the biggest on the list, so it’s not ideal if you plan to move it around a lot. But, if you’re content to let it chill in its designated spot on the patio, it’s the most flexible option by far. Sometimes you just want to fire off a couple of grilled chicken breasts in between 14-hour briskets, and this grill does both with aplomb.

Best for searing: Weber SmokeFire EX4

The Weber Smokefire EX4 is the best pellet grill for searing.

Weber

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It offers many of the same advanced features as its competition, but it pushes the maximum temperature to 600 degrees F.

Specs

  • Cooking space: 672 square inches
  • Pellet capacity: 22 pounds
  • Temperature range: 200-600 degrees F
  • Wireless connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 33 x 43 x 47 inches
  • Weight: 176 pounds

Pros

  • 600-degree F max temperature setting comes in handy for searing
  • Robust wireless connectivity via Weber Connect
  • Easy cleanup thanks to pull-out grease and ashtray
  • Unique Flavor Bar design adds taste
  • Durable porcelain enamel finish
  • Clever grate design offers lots of optional accessories

Cons

  • Small side table
  • More advanced app features won’t be useful for everyone

Weber has been a 1,000-pound gorilla in the gas grill world for decades, but it’s no slouch when it comes to pellet cookers. The SmokeFire EX4 pumps pellets from its 22-pound capacity hopper into a burn pot. Weber’s Flavor Bars sit below the grill just like they do on gas models. These triangular bars quickly evaporate juices as they run out of the meat, sending smoke back up onto the surface to add more flavor. That type of feature comes in handy when cooking burgers, steaks, and other meat that require higher heat. 

Because the Weber can hit 600 degrees, it’s more adept at searing and other high-heat applications than the competition that top out at 500 degrees. The Weber’s porcelain-enameled construction helps bottle in the heat while resisting dings and dents that come with regular use. 

Weber has built out a very robust wireless connectivity system called Weber Connect. It allows for typical functions, like monitoring and controlling temperature, from a companion app. But it also provides more in-depth and interactive instructions on how to make specific dishes. For instance, it knows when it’s time to wrap a brisket in butcher paper at a certain temperature, and it will alert you via phone to do so. I tested an early version of the platform, which worked well most of the time, but it has come a long way since then. 

This is a great overall option if you’re willing to invest upfront but don’t want to shell out the extra cash to get the cutting-edge bells and whistles that come with the Traeger.

Best budget: Pit Boss 440D2

Pit Boss is the best pellet grill at a budget-friendly price.

Pit Boss

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t necessarily need many advanced features to get a great cook. This model’s beauty comes from its simplicity (and affordable price).

Specs

  • Cooking space: 465 square inches
  • Pellet capacity: 5 pounds
  • Temperature range: 180-500 degrees F
  • Wireless connectivity: No
  • Dimensions: 50.2” x 24.02” x 39.8”
  • Weight: 96 pounds

Pros

  • Ample cooking space for most people
  • Removable plate allows for flame broiling via direct heat
  • Porcelain-coated steel grates 
  • Simple interface

Cons

  • No wireless connectivity
  • Very small pellet hopper

Advanced features like wireless connectivity can be nice, but they also typically drive the price of a pellet grill way up. This simplified smoker provides all the basics you’ll need for just about any kind of cooking. It can maintain temperatures as low as 180 degrees F for low-and-slow cooking (which typically happens around 225 degrees). But it can also go as high as 500 degrees for searing and grilling. 

While you can’t control this grill with a smartphone app, the controller interface couldn’t be simpler. Use the integrated knob to dial in your desired temperature, and the grill automatically dishes out the right amount of fuel to keep it there.

While the 465-square-inch cooking surface should be plenty for most people, the five-pound pellet hopper is considerably smaller than other models on this list. If you’re planning a long smoke, you’ll probably have to provide an occasional refill. 

Heavy-duty steel construction makes this durable for its price and provides sufficient heat retention to combat dinner-ruining heat fluctuations. Because it’s not overly insulated, it won’t be quite as adept at staying perfectly on temp in colder or more challenging conditions. For the price, though, it’s tough to beat. 

Things to consider when shopping for the best pellet grills

While just about all of these grills work on the same basic mechanism, they can vary widely in terms of features, build quality, and overall performance. Here are some essential factors to consider before you plunk down the cash for a new pellet cooker.

Cooking surface area

There’s an undeniable allure that comes with getting the biggest, baddest grill you can afford, but going huge isn’t always the right move. Most pellet grills offer between 400 square inches and 1,400 square inches of total cooking area. The sweet spot for most people is somewhere in between. 

The Traeger Ironwood XL (the larger size of our top pick), for instance, offers 924 square inches of total cooking space. According to Traeger, that’s enough for eight chickens, eight pork butts, or 16 racks of ribs. The standard size offers 616 square inches in total and can accommodate half those amounts, which is much more in line with what the average person typically cooks. 

While the extra space may be nice to have when you’re throwing a big cookout, it leads to extra fuel consumption during normal cooks because you have to heat the entire main chamber every time, even if you’re just firing off a couple burgers.

WiFi connectivity

Modern pellet grills offer “set and forget” temperature modes, but wireless connectivity makes the cooking process even easier to manage. Connected grills typically rely on companion smartphone apps that enable cooks to change temperatures, monitor temp probes, and initiate the shutdown process without venturing out to the grill. While connectivity isn’t absolutely necessary for some cooks, it comes in handy, especially if you want to do overnight smokes or cook during the colder months. 

Probes

You could take a solid instant read thermometer out to the grill every once in a while to check on the temperature of your meat. Or, you could simply stick a meat probe in there and let it monitor your food’s temperature in real-time. Most pellet smokers offer one or two wired probes that cooks can monitor simultaneously via the onboard display or the companion smartphone app. 

Some grills integrate wireless meat thermometers into their proprietary connectivity systems. Both Weber and Traeger offer their own wireless meat thermometer systems that sync easily with their high-end grills.

Pellet capacity

This is one situation where bigger typically is actually better. Most pellet grill hoppers hold between five and 22 pounds of pellets at one time. If you’re doing long cooks, it’s very convenient to simply dump in a whole bag of pellets and not worry about having to refill. A five-pound hopper likely won’t provide that. 

Even if you like to change pellet types relatively frequently (different woods produce unique flavors that lend themselves to specific meats), most high-end smokers offer a simple system for emptying the hopper. Just make sure you have an airtight container to hold your pellets, as moisture will ruin them and possibly damage the smoker if you try to use them. A hardware store bucket works just fine, but Traeger also offers a dedicated pellet container for people who want everything to match.

Accessories and side burners

Most pellet cookers don’t offer side burners because they run on electricity instead of gas. The Traeger Timberline is one of the few that offer a side burner, and it’s a fancy induction model that requires specific cookware. 

As for other accessories, availability varies by manufacturer. Traeger offers multitudes of grilling gear to go along with your pellet smoker. Its Pop-and-Lock rail system opens the door for a whole slew of modular accessories, including paper roll holders (for butcher paper), tool hooks, and sauce containers. And when it comes to accessories, don’t forget the grill cover to protect your investment from the elements.

Temperature range

Most pellet grills can keep consistent temperatures between 200 and 500 degrees F. The Weber model on this list, however, can get up to 600 degrees F, so if you plan to do a lot of searing, that model may offer you an advantage.

FAQs

Q: How much do pellet grills cost?

On the extremes of the pellet grill market, you’ll find models that cost as little as $250 and as much as $3,500. We typically recommend models that range from $400 to $1,800, depending on your desired mix of features and performance.

While more expensive grills do require a bigger upfront investment, you should consider the cost of ownership before making a purchase. Cheaper models may not be as reliable when it comes to keeping consistent temperatures, and that can ruin pricey meat. Briskets are finicky and cost a lot per pound, so ruining one can really hurt. Also, cheaper models typically offer lackluster insulation, resulting in a faster pellet burn rate.

Q: Can I use a pellet grill as a normal grill?

Yes. A pellet cooker can handle just about anything a charcoal or gas grill can. Pellet grills aren’t as adept in high-heat searing, and you won’t necessarily get that flame-licked, grill-marked effect you’re used to. But I’ve cooked everything from simple burgers to elaborately sauced chicken wings on pellet setups with no issues.

Q: What are the different flavors for a pellet grill?

Once you’ve bought a pellet grill, you can actually change the way your food tastes by varying the type of pellets you burn. The pellets are essentially made of compressed sawdust, so manufacturers can create them from one specific kind of wood or blend several types together to mix flavor profiles. I like Traeger’s signature blend pellets a lot because they’re extremely versatile.

Q: What are the cons of a pellet grill?

From a culinary standpoint, pellet grills typically top out around 500 degrees F, which is OK for searing but not ideal. If you’re just cooking a lot of burgers and hot dogs, they don’t cook very long and won’t pick up much of the smoke taste, so pellet grills don’t offer much advantage there. 

Pellet grills also require more moving parts and electronic components than a simple charcoal or gas grill. That leaves more opportunities for things to break and also increases the amount of regular cleaning and maintenance you’ll have to do if you want things to keep running smoothly. 

Lastly, pellet grills require electricity to power their auger systems. So, if the power goes out, you can’t simply fire up the grill to cook up some grub unless you have a generator to plug into.

Final thoughts about the best pellet grills

Pellet grills have made home barbecue—especially the low-and-slow variety—more accessible than ever. These reliable cookers can keep consistent temperatures with little to no babysitting beyond occasionally checking in via smartphone app. While some barbecue purists poopoo the whole concept, the rest of us can simply enjoy the smoke-infused flavors without sacrificing our free time and endangering our arm hair from reaching into burn boxes. The best pellet grills can cook just about anything with ease and efficiency.

The post The best pellet grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Personal Rise Garden review: A simple solution for bad plant parents https://www.popsci.com/reviews/personal-rise-garden-review/ Thu, 22 Jul 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=379476
Personal Rise Garden lit up on a countertop
Got a countertop? You can have fresh herbs with the Personal Rise Garden. Jason Lederman

Simple to use and fits almost anywhere in your home.

The post Personal Rise Garden review: A simple solution for bad plant parents appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Personal Rise Garden lit up on a countertop
Got a countertop? You can have fresh herbs with the Personal Rise Garden. Jason Lederman

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

As an engaged woman on the cusp of 30, my fiancée Lexi wants little more than anything to be a mom—a plant mom, that is. After a year of long distance, Lexi moved to New York City. She filled our apartment with greenery to combat the concrete jungle we were now living in together; those plants, however, quickly died and were replaced with fake ones. When we moved to Brooklyn, Lexi made her hobby gardening. And I have nothing but admiration for her determination. My dad has always had a green thumb, but it definitely skipped a generation. I can somehow kill bagged lettuce between the time I buy it and put it in our refrigerator. Despite Lexi’s troublesome history keeping flowers, plants, and herbs alive, this was going to be the time to learn to care for them. Our new home once again filled up with flowers, herbs, and vegetables…which were once again quickly replaced with those of the plastic variety. Lexi has used grow lights, UV lights, apps that tell her how often to water her plants, Reddit and other internet forums for advice, and talked to my father, the avid gardening enthusiast. The Rise Gardens Personal Rise Garden is the first solution that helped Lexi accomplish her dream of keeping plants alive.

Personal Rise Garden sprouting seed pods

Jason Lederman

SEE IT

Pros:

  • Fits on almost any surface
  • Can be placed in any room, even one without windows
  • Easy to use and greenery grows quickly

Cons:

  • Not all pods are compatible with the Personal model
  • Nutrient-to-water ratio requires more liquid than the model holds
  • Expensive compared to competitors

What is the Personal Rise Garden?

Hydroponic gardening is a system by which plants, like an herb garden, grow in a solution of water and nutrients rather than in dirt. These typically self-contained units can be small enough to fit on a countertop or large enough to need an entire greenroom.

Rise Gardens was started in 2019 by Hank Adams, a self-proclaimed entrepreneur with a passion for gardening and growing food. The $349 Personal Rise Garden, the smallest model made by the hydroponic garden technology company, is a rectangular frame that measures 18 inches high by 11 inches deep by 16 inches wide and weighs just 10 pounds, including its own light source to grow your vegetation. 

Rise offers three other, larger sizes of indoor gardens: the Single Family Garden, Double Family Garden, and Triple Family Garden. The Single Family Garden is a stand-alone unit that measures 36 inches tall wide by 16 inches deep by 39 inches tall—each size up from there adds an extra tier to the model (and essentially $300 to the cost), and can hold another dozen plants. 

All four of Rise Gardens’ models grow plants from seed- and nutrient-filled pods, similar in size to those in a Keurig or Nespresso machine. Each machine comes with a starter kit that includes eight seed pods (the Personal Garden can hold up to 12) to grow herbs indoors, as well as a month’s supply of hydroponic nutrient solutions. Rise sells additional seed pods and nutrients separately, depending on which greens you want to grow, and has subscription options available. In addition, the gardens are connected devices, compatible with 2.4GHz Wi-Fi networks, that pair with an iOS or Android smartphone app. 

The Rise Garden’s design

The Personal Rise Garden is small enough to fit nearly anywhere and its sleek light wood design with white shelf and light can fit into nearly any decor. In fact, thanks to the built-in light, this model doesn’t even need to be near a window—you really can be growing herbs throughout your home (as long as there’s an outlet within reach of the power cord). 

This hydroponic home garden has a water tank underneath that can be refilled with a panel in the lower left-hand corner. Blinking lights on the front of the machine (as well as alerts in the app), let you know when it needs water.

Lighting up our lives

Lexi was incredibly excited when a large box from Rise Gardens showed up at our front door. Though the physical assembly was fairly straightforward, we did have a small mishap of not installing a filter, which the machine alerted us to with a blinking light. Our seed pods shipped separately, so we were disappointed until a second, much smaller box arrived from Rise Gardens 24 hours later.

Data-rich fields

Rise Gardens app screencaps
Rise Gardens’ app feeds you the info you need in order to grow. Jason Lederman

The associated app makes connecting the smart garden straightforward, guiding you through the process. The device has its own temporary Wi-Fi network that needs to be connected to, similar to a Google Chromecast or many other smart devices. One of the last things to do is to switch back onto your regular Wi-Fi, but you still need to confirm setup is complete within the app after you do so—it took a few attempts to achieve success because of this step.

The app lets users note where plants are in the garden, though the digital grid-style layout in the app doesn’t necessarily align with the staggered real-life layout of the garden. It also notifies users when water levels are low, how much of the included nutrient solution to add for each plant, and to schedule the lights turning on and off, as well as when greenery is ready to harvest. The app will also let gardeners know when to clean the machine, which Rise recommends doing every four to six months.

Sowing the seeds

Personal Rise Garden pods
We expanded our quarantine pod … with herbs. Jason Lederman

Inserting the pods into the machine is as simple as dropping them in and poking a hole through the foil-coated top with your finger. The foil on top of our basil broke too much and Lexi peeled it off, revealing a moss-rich environment.

As an observer, the Personal Rise Garden seemed to just work. I saw Lexi add water and nutrients every so often. One minor complaint she had was the water capacity of the machine compared to the solution it asks you to prepare; she had to mix 1 gallon of water with 1 milliliter of growth nutrients, even though the machine only has a half-liter capacity (our Brooklyn apartment, along with cats who like to knock over containers of liquid, doesn’t leave us with much room to leave half a gallon of water just sitting out until needed). But each day we were excited to see the lettuce leaves grow (lettuce is easily the star of our garden, having gotten much bigger, much faster than the other plants), followed by mustard greens and cilantro. 

One of Lexi’s favorite features on the app is the short wait it tells her to take after adding one of the nutrients to her plants. It ensures that the supplement is spread properly throughout the soil and plant before adding anything else (like water or other nutrients) that could wash it away or make it less effective.

The plant that took the longest to grow—the one that Lexi was the most excited about—was the basil. It took nearly two weeks for a sproutling to break through to the surface. Whether or not that was due to the removal of the foil or the plant itself, I cannot say, but it’s worth noting.

So, who should buy Rise Gardens’ Personal Rise Garden?

The Personal Rise Garden isn’t cheap—and the price only goes up for the larger models. But if you don’t have access to a garden or your passion for plants outweighs your tendency to kill them (and you have a spare $349 lying around), this product definitely works. 

Similar models are available for half the price or lower—the AeroGarden Harvest retails for $150 and also uses a pod-based system. However, it doesn’t use an app or provide real-time updates on the plants you’re growing; Rise Gardens’ app is really the secret to its success. The push notifications, simple-to-use interface, and easy-to-follow instructions make an indoor herb garden or growing vegetables indoors nearly foolproof. Thanks to the Personal Rise Garden there’s a green garden in our home finally made from real plants.

The post Personal Rise Garden review: A simple solution for bad plant parents appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Start spring cleaning early with Amazon deals on vacuums, air purifiers, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/air-purifier-vacuum-amazon-spring-cleaning-deals/ Tue, 14 Feb 2023 18:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=512130
A lineup of products perfect for spring cleaning on a floral background
Amanda Reed

Get into the spring spirit and save some green with these deals on air purifiers, composters, and indoor gardens on Amazon.

The post Start spring cleaning early with Amazon deals on vacuums, air purifiers, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of products perfect for spring cleaning on a floral background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

According to the clairvoyant groundhog and proud Pennsylvania celebrity known as Punxsutawney Phil, we’re due for six more weeks of winter. That doesn’t mean you have to wait into the deep throes of April to start your Spring cleaning. You can go through your sock drawer or demolish the dust bunnies living rent-free in your home right now. Amazon has deals on air purifiers, vacuums, indoor gardens, and more, just in time to start your home purification process over this Presidents’ Day long weekend.

roborock S7+ Robot Vacuum and Sonic Mop with Self-Empty Dock $699.98 (Was $949.98)

A white roborock S7+ vacuum and mop on a blue and white background

roborock

SEE IT

Focus on dusting off those shelves and saving money while you let the roborock S7+ take care of the floors at 26% off its usual price. Sonic vibration tech that scrubs up to 3,000 times per minute leaves your floors squeaky clean, and 2,500 Pascal Pressure units of suction get all kinds of dirt and debris off your floor. Your carpets stay dry thanks to sensors that automatically lift the mop, and an onboard filtration system stops what’s stuck on the floors from getting into the air. LIDAR navigation makes an accurate map of your home so you won’t have to crawl under the couch to get the vacuum unstuck, and Adaptative Route Algorithms work to make routes even more efficient. It’s self-emptying for up to 120 days, meaning it’s truly a hands-off device. For hard-to-reach crevices, we’re fans of this Puetz Golf Pressurized Handheld Multi-Surface Natural Steam Cleaner, which is 50.39—that’s 66% off its regular price. ps-deals-20

If the sunshine has you longing to flex your green thumb, but the cold weather prevents it, try the AeroGarden Harvest with Gourmet Herb Seed Pod Kit, which is on sale for $79.95—that’s a massive 52% off its OG $164.95 price. This hydroponic indoor garden lets you grow six plants at a time up. It grows in water—thus the name “hydroponic”—which means no soil and no mess. A control panel lets you know when to add water and plant food. You don’t even need to worry about turning on the lights—they automatically turn on and off.

While you’re on the green and clean kick, invest in a countertop composter—we’re fans of this one from Lomi, which is $150 off. It includes a free Lomi filter and pod and a free upgrade to a three-year warranty. The luscious dirt the Lomi creates can go in your other indoor plants, your garden, or in a green bin, depending on the mode you selected.

Get these deals before they scurry away, just like good ol’ Phil after seeing his shadow.

Here are other deals that make tidying up good, clean fun:

The post Start spring cleaning early with Amazon deals on vacuums, air purifiers, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Squeeze savings of up to 35% from this Hurom juicer deal https://www.popsci.com/gear/hurom-juicer-blender-sale/ Sat, 21 Jan 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=506684
A Hurom juicer sitting on a kitchen counter
Hurom

You won't be hard pressed for cash on your quest to make fresh-pressed beverages if you take advantage of this juicy deal from Hurom.

The post Squeeze savings of up to 35% from this Hurom juicer deal appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Hurom juicer sitting on a kitchen counter
Hurom

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Feeling squeezed by the day-to-day crush? Try a daily press. From apple to carrot to orange to tart cherry, fresh juice is a nourishing, natural pick-me-up you can add to any meal of the day. Some pulpy OJ with a mean corned beef hash at the local diner? Give me the biggest glass you have! And ditching your nightly glass of Cab Sav for sleep-promoting tart cherry juice? Just plain tasty and good for you! However, fresh-pressed juice can get pricey. Hurom’s slow juicers are up to 35% off through Jan. 29, saving you time and money on weekly runs to the food co-op or farmer’s market.

A black Hurom juicer on a blue and white background

Hurom

SEE IT

If you’re interested in green juice or celery juice after watching one health influencer rave about it on TikTok, one, be wary of any fad diet and make sure you’re also eating and, two, this Hurom Celery & Greens Horizontal Juicer was made just for that. Down to $324.35 from $499, this juicer works quietly to squish leafy greens and tough root vegetables into smooth, velvety liquid gold. It’s no one-trick pony either: you can use it on any fruit, vegetable, and even nuts to make juices, smoothies, and nut milk. This isn’t just a breakfast or snack machine; the juicer even minces garlic and makes noodles. Clean-up is easy regardless of what you choose to juice, thanks to the juicer’s automatic pulp ejection that leaves no residue inside. And an impact-resistant ABS plastic body and durable Ultem strainer and auger means it will last move after move.

If you’re nervous about making a mess (very valid), the H200 Easy Clean Slow Juicer—on sale for $454.35, $245 off its OG $699 price—has a built-in chamber that stores the juice after it’s squeezed. Simply press on the spout to dispense.

This juicer sale ends Jan. 29, so the first thing you should press on your renewed-you journey is “add to cart” and “checkout.” You’ll be hard-pressed to find a better deal, so act now.

Here are other on-sale juicers that have … the juice

The post Squeeze savings of up to 35% from this Hurom juicer deal appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best Instant Pots of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-instant-pots/ Wed, 04 Jan 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=499440
The best Instant Pots are an all-in-one tool with many cooking modes.

Cook fast or slow with these versatile multi-cookers.

The post The best Instant Pots of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Instant Pots are an all-in-one tool with many cooking modes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1 is the best Instant Pot overall. Instant Pot Duo 6-Quart
SEE IT

This option comes with the settings most home cooks would need and more than 800 recipes.
Best smart The instant Pot Pro Plus is the best Instant Pot with smart features. Instant Pot Pro Plus
SEE IT

This versatile cooker allows you to trigger steam release remotely from your phone and comes with an inner pot that can be safely transferred to the stovetop.
Best budget The Instant Pot 7-in-1 3-quart is the best Instant Pot at a budget-friendly price. Instant Pot Duo 3-Quart
SEE IT

This Pot comes with the same features as our best overall, but in a smaller size and at a more affordable price.

Instant Pot is one of the most popular brands of electric pressure cookers. The company’s appliances are built to replace several kitchen gadgets, including a slow cooker, steamer, saute pan, and yogurt maker. They’re also designed to make recipes that are traditionally complicated and lengthy into simple (in many cases one-pot) dishes that take a fraction of the time. Considering all this, it’s not hard to see why the brand has built such a large and committed following, with dozens of recipe blogs and cookbooks dedicated to recipe testing and tip sharing. If you’re considering whether one of these multi-cookers is right for you, here’s what you need to know about selecting the best electric pressure cooker, including the features, size, and accessories to look for. You’ll also find the best Instant Pots for every kitchen size and use on our list of recommendations. 

How we picked the best Instant Pots

We looked at all the models in the product catalog to create this list of the best Instant Pots. In particular, we sought to include a range of sizes, price points, and features to ensure an appliance fit for every kitchen and culinary skill level. The criteria we investigated include the following:

Functionality: We chose models that offer cooking methods beyond pressure, including steaming, air frying, and baking. 

Value: More features often mean a higher cost, so we found models with features worth their price.  

Design: For beginners, the many buttons on a multi-cooker can quickly become overwhelming. We chose models with easy-to-use digital interfaces that a cook of any level can master. 

Safety: Pressure cooking involves a lot of hot and highly pressurized steam. So we chose models with the most built-in safety features that are well tested by cooks of all levels to ensure safe and stress-free cooking at home.

Smart technology: We looked for smart appliances that allow users to control their Instant Pots from their smartphones, whether through a library of recipes or a feature that allows you to release steam.

The best Instant Pots: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Instant Pot Duo 6-Quart

The Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1 is the best Instant Pot overall.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Instant Pot Duo strikes the perfect balance between highly functional and affordable. Six quarts is also the perfect size for most households. 

Specs

  • Weight: 11.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.38 x 12.2 x 12.48 inches
  • Capacity: 6 quart

Pros

  • 10+ safety features
  • 13 customizable built-in cooking programs
  • Pot large enough to cook cheesecakes

Cons

  • No air-frying abilities

The Instant Pot Duo is a core model for the multi-cooker line, and it’s not hard to understand why. This 7-in-1 electric pressure cooker performs most of the functions the average user needs, including pressure cooking, slow cooking, rice cooking, yogurt making, steaming, sauteing, and food warming. 

Because the Duo is such a tried-and-true Instant Pot model with a cult following, users will appreciate that many Instant Pot recipes online and in cookbooks are designed specifically for this pot and use the terminology specific to this device. With hundreds of thousands of positive reviews, tips, and tricks, you’ll have an Instant Pot Duo community excited to welcome you with your new purchase. 

Whether you’re new to pressure cooking or a pro, you’ll appreciate the versatility of this pot, which includes 13 preset cooking programs to make perfectly tender beans, fluffy rice, juicy chicken, tangy yogurt, and more.

Best smart: Instant Pot Pro Plus

Why it made the cut: This Instant Pot reflects the brand’s evolution towards cleaner designs and more straightforward tech-y features for added safety and ease of use. 

Specs

  • Weight: 20.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.2 x 15.2 x 15.2 inches
  • Capacity: 6 quarts

Pros

  • More than 800 recipes that you can program from your phone
  • Easy grip pot
  • Includes extra sealing ring

Cons 

  • Less functionality than other models

The Instant Pot Pro Plus is an evolved model with added safety features, smart design changes, and more recipes than older Instant Pot models. On the safety side, this unit automatically seals the lid for you and includes a diffused steam release you can control from your phone to reduce the risk of burns. When you’re done cooking, the inner pot even has a handy easy-grip design for safe removal.

When it comes to cooking, Instant Pot has made things easier than ever by allowing users to select from more than 1,900 smart recipes from the accompanying Internet Brands Connect app. The inner cooking pot has also been redesigned with a flat bottom that’s safe to use directly on gas and electrician induction cooktops if you need to finish your dish out of the pressure cooking housing. The digital display is larger and more intuitive than any other Instant Pot, making this one of the easiest-to-use models.

Best for air frying: Instant Pot Duo Crisp Ultimate

The Instant Pot Duo Crisp Ultimate is the best Instant Pot for air frying.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This feature-rich appliance is the key to achieving the sought-after textural duo of soft on the inside and crisp and crunchy on the outside, all in one pot. 

Specs

  • Weight: 27.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.4 x 15.5 x 13.4 inches
  • Capacity: 6.5 quarts

Pros 

  • 13 cooking functions
  • Air-frying lid uses 95% less oil than deep-frying
  • Includes dehydrating tray

Cons 

  • Larger and heavier than other options

If you’re seeking the mouthwatering perfection of homemade mac and cheese that’s gooey and soft in the center with a crispy, crunchy, and golden-brown crust, this is the best multi-cooker to get you there. This model comes with two lids: one for pressure cooking and another that uses Evencrisp technology to broil your food to crispy perfection (without the added oil of deep- or pan-frying). It can also be used to bake and dehydrate. 

Aside from the unique air-frying abilities, this Instant Pot also has 13 built-in cooking functions that are easy to tap into with the digital interface. These include roasting, baking, dehydrating, pressure cooking, slow cooking, bread proofing, yogurt making, steaming, sauteing, and warming. The inner pressure cooking pot and accessories are also dishwasher safe, and the stainless steel exterior is easy to clean with a damp cloth.

Best for families: Instant Pot Duo Plus

The Instant Pot Duo Plus is the best Instant Pot for families.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Despite its ample capacity, this Instant Pot isn’t overly bulky or difficult to store. It has an easy-to-use touchscreen with many pre-programmed cooking settings. 

Specs

  • Weight: 15.56 pounds  
  • Dimensions: 14.8 x 13.5 x 14.5 inches
  • Capacity: 8 quart

Pros 

  • 13 customizable built-in cooking settings
  • Includes extra sealing ring
  • Dishwasher-safe lid

Cons 

  • No sterilization feature

This spacious 8-quart electric pressure cooker can easily serve eight or more people, making it the best choice for large households. It has nine cooking functions, including pressure cooking, slow cooking, rice cooking, yogurt making, steaming, sauteing, sterilizing, and warming. 

The digital touchscreen also has one-press buttons for 13 handy and common cooking processes, including beans, soups, ribs, rice, poultry, desserts, and more. Speaking of desserts, if you love light and fluffy cheesecakes, this larger pressure cooker is the perfect hands-off way to “bake” desserts. The Instant Pot Duo Plus comes with a steaming rack, so all you’ll need is a cake pan that fits inside the pressure cooking pot. 

For added safety, this pot has an updated easy steam release switch that locks into place, so there’s no guessing whether the pot is set to sealing or venting. A digital progress bar on the front of the pot lets you know where you are in the cooking process so you can plan your meal and time accordingly.

Best budget: Instant Pot Duo 3-Quart

The Instant Pot 7-in-1 3-quart is the best Instant Pot at a budget-friendly price.

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact Instant Pot has all of the value and features of the larger versions at a lower price point that’s also easier to manage and store. 

Specs

  • Weight: 8.65 pounds
  • Dimensions: 11.81 x 10.51 x 10.98 inches
  • Capacity: 3 quarts

Pros 

  • Seven cooking functions
  • 13 built-in Smart Programs
  • Dishwasher-safe lid, pot, and accessories

Cons

  • Too small for pot-in-pot cooking

If you’d like to take your Instant Pot on a vacation, RV trip, or camping adventure, the Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1 3-Quart Electric Pressure Cooker is the most portable and highly functional model. Three quarts of cooking capacity can feed up to three people. For single-person households, this is also a great size for meal prepping. 

The miniature version has the same functions and design as the larger 6-quart Duo, including seven cooking functions: pressure cooking, slow cooking, rice cooking, yogurt making, steaming, sauteing, and warming. This sturdy pressure cooker is also equipped with over 10 safety features, including overheat protection and a fully-locking lid. Your purchase includes a miniature steam rack that fits perfectly inside the pressure cooking pot. 

For cleanup, you can pop the inner cooking pot, steam rack, and even the pressure cooking lid directly into the dishwasher. The stainless-steel housing is easy to keep clean by wiping it down with a damp cloth after use.

Things to consider before buying an Instant Pot

Size

Instant Pots come in 3-quart, 6-quart, and 8-quart models. A general rule of thumb is that each pot will feed the same number of people as there are quarts. So a 6-quart pot will feed up to six people. The 3-quart pot is great for households of three people or less and for travel. If you’re a batch cooker or regularly feed more than five people, an 8-quart pot is a good bet.

Usage

While all the options on this list perform core functions like pressure cooking, steaming, and sauteing, some models have more advanced features. In particular, if you plan to use the appliance to make baby food or preserves, you’ll want one with a sterilization feature. Or, if you love the crispness of air frying, opt for the Instant Pot Duo Crisp Ultimate, which comes with an air fryer lid attachment.

FAQs

Q: How much do Instant Pots cost?

The models on this list range in cost from about $100 for our best overall pick, the Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1, to about $229 for the Instant Pot Duo Crisp Ultimate, which is designed for air frying. Instant Pot has various options with different capacities, features, and price points.

Q: What does an Instant Pot do?

The most commonly used feature of an Instant Pot is pressure cooking. However, the choices on this list offer a range of cooking features, including steaming, sauteing, and even yogurt-making. The benefit of pressure cooking is that it combines high heat and high pressure to cook foods much faster than traditional stovetop or oven methods.

Q: Which is better, an Instant Pot or a pressure cooker?

One major benefit of an Instant Pot over a traditional pressure cooker is that the Instant Pot is entirely electric. Pressure cookers, on the other hand, are used on the stove. While you can confidently set up your Instant Pot, program the cooking method, and walk away, you must watch a stovetop pressure cooker much more closely. In addition, Instant Pots have many built-in safety features to prevent explosions or accidental steam releases.

Q: What are Instant Pots best for?

An Instant Pot is ideal for making most long-cooked meals faster and easier. In particular, braises take a fraction of the upwards of three hours they can require without an electric pressure cooker. Likewise, sauces, stews, and soups can develop rich, simmered-all-day flavors in no time when cooked under pressure. Other dishes that are great to make include beans (from dry), whole cuts of meat and poultry, steamed vegetables and desserts, and grains like rice and barley.

Final thoughts on the best Instant Pots

If you’re looking to cook your favorite meals faster, easier, and hassle-free, an Instant Pot is a great investment. In particular, the Instant Pot Duo 6-Quart offers ample space for most household sizes, with seven handy and easy-to-use cooking features. Whether you’re pressure cooking fall-apart-tender pork ribs in your favorite barbecue sauce or whipping up a 30-minute chicken and rice dish on a weeknight, this pressure cooker will soon become your go-to cooking appliance.

The post The best Instant Pots of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> 14 refurbished gifts that will last, if they last https://www.popsci.com/gear/refurbished-gifts/ Sat, 10 Dec 2022 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=497069
You can find plenty of savings with the best refurbished gifts that will last.

Score some savings while keeping items out of the landfill. But act fast! These refurbished gift deals won't last as long as the actual products.

The post 14 refurbished gifts that will last, if they last appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
You can find plenty of savings with the best refurbished gifts that will last.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best TV The Samsung 65-Inch NEO QLED *K TV is one of the best refurbished gifts that will last. Samsung QN65QN800A 65 Inch Neo QLED 8K Smart TV (2021)
SEE IT

Save while getting ahead of the crowd with the latest in audio and video TV technology.
Best drone The DJI Mini 2 is one of the refurbished gifts that will last. DJI Mini 2 Fly More Combo Quadcopter
SEE IT

This popular drone is suited for beginners and established photographers alike.
Best earbuds The Apple AirPods Pro are a refurbished gift that will last. AirPods Pro
SEE IT

Get the AirPods Pro at a reduced price before they sell out … again!

The holidays can inevitably raise a conflict: We may want to find gifts that delight our family and friends but are aware of the environmental impact new products can have. A good compromise? Refurbished goods that have already been purchased, returned, and restored. They can help you cut down on the number of new products you’re buying and save you money. Since these are pre-owned items, you should look closely at the item’s condition and what’s part of the package and check the return policy before making any purchases. That said, you can save hundreds on tech that may not be the latest model but is still one of the best refurbished gifts that will last.

Best TV: Samsung QN65QN800A 65 Inch Neo QLED 8K Smart TV (2021)

The Samsung 65-Inch NEO QLED *K TV is one of the best refurbished gifts that will last.

Samsung

SEE IT

There’s no getting around it: TVs, especially those equipped with the latest technology, are expensive. That’s why it’s a great time to take advantage of this refurbished smart TV from Samsung. Its 8K video and QLED display with its mini-LED backlights provide a stunning picture, and your recipient won’t need to upgrade for years to come.

Best Windows laptop: 2022 Acer HD IPS Chromebook

The Acer Chrome Book is one of the best refurbished gifts that will last.

Acer

SEE IT

For the student in your life, this versatile 15-inch model from Acer comes equipped with an LED display, and an Intel dual-core Celeron processor that can work at impressive speeds of up to 2.55GHz. This Chromebook also features MicroSD card reader, 4GB of RAM, plus an HDMI port plus two USB-A ports and two USB-C ports for maximum connectivity. And they can return it for a replacement or refund within 90 days if they are unhappy with the purchase.

Best MacBook: 2020 Apple MacBook Pro with Apple M1 Chip

The MacBook Pro is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Apple

SEE IT

If you’re not looking to shell out the money for the latest MacBook, the 2020 version will still serve most users well. This 13-inch model is designed with Apple’s M1 chip for faster performance and processing power. It’s designed with Apple’s signature Retina display, and it comes with 8GB of RAM and up to 20 hours of battery life.

Best VR headset: Meta Oculus Quest 2 Headset

The Meta Quest 2 is a refurbished gift that will last for VR fans.

Meta

SEE IT

Give the gift of an alternate reality—without paying as much very real money. Meta’s latest iteration of the Oculus Quest comes with hi-res display and fast processing that allows users to g deep into the metaverse. Users can also game with new titles and older ones, plus get access to screenings, concerts, and more.

Best smartwatch: Apple Watch Series 6

The Apple Watch Series 6 is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Apple

SEE IT

This smartwatch may not have the crash detection of the new Apple Watch Series 8, but it still provides plenty of great features for a reduced price. Its always-on Retina display allows users to answer texts and keep tabs on their heart health with the ECG feature. Plus, it’s dialed into various workouts, and lets users listen to their favorite tunes from Apple Music. 

Best iPad: Apple iPad (10.2-inch, 8th Gen)

The Apple iPad 10.2-inch 8th Generation is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Apple

SEE IT

Looking for a gift for an artist? This 10.2-inch Apple iPad comes with a Retina display and is equipped with an 8-megapixel front and back camera. It also comes with stereo speakers and works with smart keyboards and the Apple Pencil (1st Gen). Plus, the battery lasts for up to 10 hours.

Best earbuds: Apple AirPods Pro

The Apple AirPods Pro are a refurbished gift that will last.

Apple

SEE IT

AirPods are ubiquitous, but if you haven’t yet bitten the bullet because of the price, here’s your opportunity to save on the original standard-bearer. They are both water- and sweat-resistant, with silicone eartips that come in three sizes to make sure they give all type of ears the best experience. Plus, they provide active noise cancellation so users can tune out the outside world in favor of your music of choice.

The Bose Soundlink Speaker is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Bose

SEE IT

This mini speaker will let the music lover in your life bring the party wherever they go. Designed with Bose’s signature sound quality, this battery-powered speaker works with a Bluetooth range of up to 30 feet. And weighing in at a pound, the Mini II is easy to tuck into a backpack.

Best drone: DJI Mini 2 Fly More Combo Quadcopter

The DJI Mini 2 is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

DJI

SEE IT

Photographers, new and established, can appreciate this drone, made by one of the top names in the category. This quadcopter can capture 4K video in addition to 12-megapixel stills. This battery-powered drone is easy to transport at less than one pound, and this set comes with remote control, carrying case, and accessories. It can also be returned within one year if you’re not satisfied.

Best mini projector: Nebula Capsule by Anker

Anker's Nebula Capsule Mini Projector is a refurbished gift that will last.

Anker

SEE IT

The cinephile in your life will thrill to this handy mini projector by Anker. Easily connected by USB, Micro USB, and HDMI, this projector provides vivid images of up to 100 inches and a 360-degree speaker for a cinematic experience. And it should last for up to 4 hours of viewing time.

Best robot vacuum: iRobot Roomba i4

The iRobot Roomba i4 is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

iRobot

SEE IT

Make life a little easier for pet owners with the gift of a robot vacuum that won’t complain about chores. iRobot’s Roomba i4 is designed with sensors to best map homes and can be customized with the accompanying app. This powerful cleaner is designed for carpets and works especially well on cat and dog hair.

Best handheld vacuum: Shark ION W1 Handheld Vacuum

The Shark ION W1 Handheld Vacuum is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Shark

SEE IT

Help a small space dweller out with this handheld vacuum by Shark. The battery-powered device provides 22.2 volts of energy for a deep clean. It’s recommended for use on upholstery and comes with a nozzle and crevice tool to get down into the sofa. It can also be used in the car.

Best blender: Vitamix Explorian Blender

The Vitamix Explorian Blender is one of the refurbished gifts that will last.

Vitamix

SEE IT

For a family member with many mouths to feed, this Vitamix Explorian Blender should be a welcome gift. A professional-grade blender is an all-purpose tool that can make quick work of soups, salsa, margaritas, and more. This 64-ounce device has 10 settings that allow it to double as a food processor. And it’s dishwasher-safe, so cleanup is also a cinch. 

Best air fryer: NINJA Foodi LG450 5-in-Air Fryer and Electric Grill

The home chef that hasn’t yet invested in an air fryer should appreciate this versatile model. Made by trusted brand Ninja, this 5-in-1 programmable device justifies the counter space by serving as an air fryer, baker, and indoor grill and in one, making getting meals on the table a lot easier. And if there’s one thing a great refurbished gift should do, it is save time, trouble, and money.

The post 14 refurbished gifts that will last, if they last appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best home innovations of 2022 https://www.popsci.com/technology/best-home-innovations-2022/ Fri, 02 Dec 2022 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491015
The hai smart Bluetooth showerhead next to text that says "Best of What's New, 2022, Home."
It's the Best of What's New. hai

A system that recycles water in your home, paint that won’t drip, and an easy-to-install smart showerhead are the Best of What’s New.

The post The best home innovations of 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The hai smart Bluetooth showerhead next to text that says "Best of What's New, 2022, Home."
It's the Best of What's New. hai

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Renters, homeowners, and DIY-ers don’t always have the time, money, or skills to accomplish the home improvement tasks on their lists. We get it. Fortunately, one of the benefits of living in a time of rapid innovation is that technology can easily step in where our brains, brawn, and bank accounts fall short. This year, you can upgrade your living space with an easy-install smart showerhead, use spray paint that doesn’t drip, or even consider the most compact in-home water recycling system we’ve ever seen—and that’s just the tip of the screw.

Looking for the complete list of 100 winners? Check it out here.

Grand Award Winner: Smart water recycling by Hydraloop: A compact, easy-to-use gray water recycling system

The Hydraloop H300, a gray water recycling system for homes and apartments.

Hydraloop

Learn More

Gray water is the stuff that spirals down your shower and sink drains, and it’s mostly clean, usable H2O that goes to immediate waste. Recycling this wastewater is doable, but the required systems are frequently large, maintenance-intensive, and involve a complicated jumble of pipes and valves. Hydraloop founder Arthur Valkieser changed that by redesigning existing water treatment technology to eliminate filters, and shrinking his device into something that looks a lot more like a modern household appliance. As water fills the Hydraloop’s tank, sediment sinks to the bottom and lighter grime like soap and hair floats to the top, where it foams up and over as waste. Then, a torrent of air bubbles grabs any free-floating solids and removes them, too. The gray water then enters an aerobic bioreactor where live bacteria feast on any remaining organic material and soap. Every four hours after that, UV-C light disinfects the stored water to kill any remaining bacteria, and the non-potable (but sanitized) water is ready to go back into your washing machine, toilet tank, or garden.

Timberline Solar shingles by GAF Energy: Roofing and renewable energy in one

GAF Energy's solar shingles on the roof of a white house during the day with white clouds in the background.

GAF Energy

Learn More

Installing traditional rack-mounted solar panels requires drilling through your existing roof, creating holes that can lead to leaks and water damage if they’re improperly sealed. GAF Energy’s Timberline Solar shingles, however, nail down just like regular asphalt roofing, thanks to a flexible thermoplastic polymer backing. With that supporting a durable photovoltaic surface, they’ll hang tight in the rain, hail, and winds up to 130 mph. Even brighter: These shingles have serious curb appeal and you won’t have to choose between spending on a roof replacement or investing in solar—you can do both at the same time.

3-in-1 Digital Laser Measurer by Dremel: Precise measurements of uneven surfaces

The Dremel 3-in-1 laser measuring tool.

Dremel

Learn More

Anyone who’s tried to measure an odd-shaped object knows the struggle of fumbling with a flexible tape, laboring through numerous calculations, or painstakingly determining the length of a string that once followed the contours of the piece in question. Dremel’s 3-in-1 digital laser measurer makes this job easier with a snap-on wheel you can roll for up to 65 feet along any surface. On top of that, it’s got a laser measurer that’s accurate within an eighth of an inch, and a 5-foot tape for all your in-home measuring needs.

757 PowerHouse by Anker: A longer-lasting portable power station

The Anker 757 PowerHouse portable power station.

Anker

Learn More

Whether you need portable outdoor power or are trying to sustain your home through a blackout, the lithium iron phosphate cells inside the Anker 757 PowerHouse will keep your devices juiced for more than 3,000 cycles. That means if you dispense and refill its full 1,500-watt output once a day, this picnic-cooler-sized hub will last for more than eight years. It’s got one car outlet, two USB-C ports, four USB-A connections, and six standard household AC plugs. Bonus: Its flat top allows it to double as a sturdy off-grid table.

Glidden Max-Flex Spray Paint by PPG: Drip-proof spray paint

Three cans of Glidden Max-Flex all-surface spray paint. From left to right: elemental, black, and clear.

PPG

Learn More

Few things are more disheartening to a DIY-er than completing a project, shaking up a can of spray paint, and then seeing your first coat start dripping all over your masterpiece. Applying a smooth sheen of color takes practice, and PPG seems to understand that not everyone has the time to learn the fine points of pigment application. The company’s Glidden Max-Flex all-surface paint eschews the traditional conical spray for a unique wide-fan pattern that not only refuses to drip, but dries in minutes. The lacquer-based formulation works on wood, glass, and metal and is available in 16 matte shades ranging from “In the Buff” to “Black Elegance.”

M18 18V Cordless Tire Inflator by Milwaukee: Faster, cooler roadside assistance

The Milwaukee M18 18-volt cordless tire inflator.

Milwaukee

Learn More

It goes without saying that cordless inflators produce lots of air, but they also generate a bunch of heat. That’s a problem when your pump conks out after 5 minutes and you have to wait for it to cool down before you can keep filling your tires. Not only will Milwaukee’s M18 cordless tire inflator push out 1.41 standard cubic feet of air per minute—making it the fastest 18-volt cordless tire inflator around—but its internal fan will keep it chugging along for up to 20 minutes. You might not even need to use it that long, either: It’ll top off a 33-inch light duty truck tire in less than a minute.

Smart Showerhead by hai: No plumber necessary

The hai smart Bluetooth showerhead, featuring an orange color on the face and spray slider.

hai

Learn More

Smart showerheads frequently require skilled experts to install, and some even feature components that are built into the wall of your bathroom. That’s not accessible for the everyday homeowner. You don’t need tools or special skills to hook up Hai’s smart Bluetooth showerhead, though. Just unscrew the old head, twist on the new one, connect the app, and you’ve got immediate control over both temperature and flow. Use the adjustable spray slider on the head to go from a high-pressure stream to a light mist, and choose your preferred heat level from the app. Plus, customizable LED lights will let you know when you’ve reached your self-imposed limit, saving water.

The post The best home innovations of 2022 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Ninja’s CREAMi Ice Cream Maker is $70 off for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/early-cyber-monday-ninja-creami-deal-2022/ Sat, 26 Nov 2022 15:26:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491712
Ninja CREAMi Ice Cream Maker
Ninja's CREAMi's Ice Cream Maker is $70 off for Cyber Monday. Ninja

A sweet deal that helps you make sweet treats.

The post Ninja’s CREAMi Ice Cream Maker is $70 off for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ninja CREAMi Ice Cream Maker
Ninja's CREAMi's Ice Cream Maker is $70 off for Cyber Monday. Ninja

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve ever wanted to make ice cream at home, but felt too intimidated to try, Amazon has the perfect Cyber Monday deal for you. Ninja’s CREAMi Ice Cream Maker is down to its lowest price ever, but it probably won’t stay there for very long. So take advantage of this early Cyber Monday Ninja Creami deal while you can.

BUY IT

CREAMi takes all the guesswork out of making frozen desserts by streamlining the cooking process, which boils down to filling its container with your ingredients, freezing it for 24 hours, and pressing one of the buttons on CREAMi’s face. The appliance allows you to make anything from hard ice cream to a smoothie bowl and milkshake. There’s even a specific setting for processing your dessert after you’ve added mix-ins to distribute them evenly.

Ninja includes a pint container with lid, so you can easily store leftover ice cream, or bring your latest flavor combo to a friend. Once you’re done making dessert, you can pop all the parts into a dishwasher for easy cleanup. Making ice cream can seem intimidating, but Ninja’s CREAMi makes it a lot more accessible. And you can get it at a steep discount with this early Cyber Monday Ninja Creami deal.

More early Cyber Monday Ninja deals

More of the best deals

The post Ninja’s CREAMi Ice Cream Maker is $70 off for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The 55+ best Black Friday appliance deals to upgrade your home https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-black-friday-appliance-deals/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 14:45:27 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491287
The best Black Friday appliance deals
Black Friday is here and we've found the best deals on home applinaces. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Make some upgrades to your home and kithcen

The post The 55+ best Black Friday appliance deals to upgrade your home appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Black Friday appliance deals
Black Friday is here and we've found the best deals on home applinaces. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is finally here, and you can save hundreds of dollars on appliances that will make cooking and cleaning a lot easier. Whether you’re interested in finally checking out an Instant Pot and air fryer, or just want a consistent cup of coffee every morning, we’ve rounded up the best deals for your convenience. It’s important to recognize that these deals will only be around for a couple of days—or until an item sells out—so you should act quickly if you see something you like. We’ll be continuing to update this post as new deals become available and older ones end, so check back often. We stand behind all of the deals we’ve chosen to feature, but would like to highlight two particularly good discounts of the best Black Friday appliance deals to give you a small taste of what’s out there.

Vitamix 5200 Blender, $299.95 (Was $549.99)

Vitamix’s 5200 Blender is powerful enough to cut through frozen fruits and vegetables for smoothies or make hot soup in a matter of minutes. Its 64-ounce container is large enough that you can easily batch cook meals, or prepare a meal for an entire family. The blades spin so rapidly that you can clean the blender by filling the container with a little soap and water and running it for about a minute. The one downside to Vitamix’s gear is its expense, but this Black Friday appliance deal knocks nearly 50 percent off the 5200’s price.

AAOBOSI 24 Inch Wine and Beverage Refrigerator $699 (was $999)

If you’re looking for an upscale beverage cooler, this model holds 57 12-ounce cans and 19 bottles of wine in a two-chamber system with independent temperature controls. That way you can keep your Dr. Peppers frosty and your wine at a sophisticated chill. If you don’t need the can storage and only want to stow your vino, opt for the 30-bottle model, which is currently $499 down from its normal $648.

iRobot Roomba i3 EVO, $229 (Was $349.99)

The iRobot Roomba i3 EVO is one of the few Black Friday deals that will actually save you time every time you use it. The robot vacuum uses sensors to map out your room and clean it as efficiently as possible while avoiding obstacles like walls, chairs, or shoes on the ground. You can use the vacuum on any cleaning surface, and set it on a schedule so that vacuuming never interrupts important meetings or your sleep. The i3 EVO can even be controlled using your voice via Amazon’s Alexa or the Google Assistant. If you’re trying to make life easier for yourself in 2023, this is the Black Friday appliance deal to get.

The best Black Friday blender deals

The best Black Friday vacuum deals

The best Black Friday robot vacuum deals

The best Black Friday toaster deals

The best Black Friday microwave deals

The best Black Friday coffee maker deals

The best Black Friday stand mixer deals

The best Black Friday air fryer deals

The best Black Friday Instant Pot deals

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post The 55+ best Black Friday appliance deals to upgrade your home appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> 25+ Black Friday coffee deals: Keurig, Nespresso, De’Longhi and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/black-friday-coffee-deals-2022/ Fri, 25 Nov 2022 16:27:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491397
The best Black Friday coffee deals
The best Black Friday deals on everything you need to make a good cup of coffee. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These Black Friday deals are the best part of waking up

The post 25+ Black Friday coffee deals: Keurig, Nespresso, De’Longhi and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Black Friday coffee deals
The best Black Friday deals on everything you need to make a good cup of coffee. Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If coffee is the first thought to cross your mind each morning, you should make sure to have the right equipment for the job. We found Black Friday coffee deals on coffeemakers and accessories that allow you to make cafè-quality drinks at home, which can end up saving you money in the long run.

Making coffee at home is also more environmentally friendly than using hundreds of disposable cups over the course of a year. If you’ve been intimidated by the complexity of coffee making in the past, we’ve made sure to highlight coffeemakers that are user friendly. We’ve also found deep discounts on premium models, so if you’re looking to step up to a device that gives you total control over your drink, now’s the time to take advantage of these limited-time Black Friday coffee deals.

The Bruvi Bundle, $298 (Was $398)

If you want to have a complete home coffee setup in a single click, we highly recommend taking advantage of this $100 discount on the Bruvi Bundle. It includes Bruvi’s BV-1 coffee maker, 20 B-Pods, a premium water filter, and a reusable Japanese Knot bag. The BV-1 can scan the B-Pods to brew them perfectly each time, and allows you to set it on a timer using a smartphone app. If you want fresh great-tasting coffee waiting for you every morning, this is the best investment you’ll make all year.

De’Longhi EC9355M La Specialista Prestigio Espresso Machine, $745 (Was $899.95)

Coffee purists should opt for this $150 discount on the De’Longhi La Specialista, an espresso machine with a built-in coffee grinder. All you have to do is select temperature, intensity, and style of your coffee—this machine will handle the rest. It can begin grinding beans within a second of being turned on, so you won’t have to wait very long before taking your first sip.

The best Black Friday Keurig deals

The best Black Friday Nespresso deals

The best Black Friday De’Longhi deals

The best Black Friday pour over coffee maker deals

The best Black Friday coffee grinder deals

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post 25+ Black Friday coffee deals: Keurig, Nespresso, De’Longhi and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Best Buy Black Friday deals: TVs, electronics, appliances, and more https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-buy-black-friday-deals-2022/ Thu, 24 Nov 2022 23:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=491183
Best Buy Black Friday deals 2022
Save on pretty much everything you want this Black Friday at Best Buy. Stan Horaczek

Save on TVs, computers, Apple products, wearables, and just about everything else during Best Buy Black Friday.

The post Best Buy Black Friday deals: TVs, electronics, appliances, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Buy Black Friday deals 2022
Save on pretty much everything you want this Black Friday at Best Buy. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You made it through another Thanksgiving meal. Now, it’s time to let the turkey digest while you take advantage of some killer deals on just about everything from the comfort of your own couch. Best Buy has been rolling out its Black Friday deals for a while now and we’ve been keeping track of the best discounts on the most desirable products. The variety is huge, and we’ve broken it down into categories to make it easier to peruse.

Remember, Black Friday is now in full effect, so the best deals will go quickly. If you see something you want, jump on it now and don’t hesitate. Black Friday sales aren’t a time to get stuck with the leftovers.

LG – 48″ Class A2 Series OLED 4K UHD Smart webOS TV $569 (was $1,299)

I wanted to single out this particular deal because it’s ridiculous. An OLED at any size just a few years ago would set you back well over $1,000. This panel is more than half off, but it offers the incredible picture quality that comes from OLED, as well as HDMI 2.1 ports to connect your fancy next-gen. gaming consoles. This isn’t the biggest TV, but this is a fantastic deal.

TVs

MacBooks

Desktop computers and monitors

Headphones & earbuds

Laptops

Household

Soundbars & speakers

Gaming

The post Best Buy Black Friday deals: TVs, electronics, appliances, and more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/walmart-black-friday-deals/ Wed, 23 Nov 2022 03:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=490324
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

Get a jump on the savings without having to jump through hoops thanks to early online discounts.

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Walmart Black Friday deals
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is here and you can start saving on hundreds of items for your household and your loved ones with Walmart’s Black Friday deals. You can maximize your savings by getting a free 30-day trial to Walmart+ early access. That will get you free delivery from your local Walmart, free shipping, discounts on prescriptions and gas, access to stream more than 40,000 videos from Paramount, and more. We’ve highlighted some standout discounts, then listed dozens more, and we’ll keep updating this guide with new deals through Cyber Monday and beyond.

Black Friday laptop and computer deals

SAMSUNG 34″ Class Flat LED Ultra WQHD Monitor, $229.00 (was $399.99)

If you don’t want to shell out a lot for a monitor but still want an ultra-wide option with a high-quality picture, Samsung’s LED Ultra WQHD monitor is a great pick. At 34 inches across, the screen has a resolution of 3440×1440 pixels that delivers a sharp picture. A  respectable 75Hz refresh rate and AMD FreeSync technology cut down on tearing and stutter for better gaming. And the VESA-compatible mount works with both HDMI and Display Port.

Black Friday sports & outdoors deals

Hyper E-Ride Electric Bike, $398.00 (was $698.00)

Electric bikes can be pricey, but this option features quality craftsmanship at an affordable price. This eye-catching blue bike comes with an aluminum frame and premium Shimano grip shifter and rear derailleur gear system. It’s got front and rear brakes for extra safety, plus a 36-volt battery that allows for a ride time of about 20 miles—great for commuting or short rides around town.

Black Friday fitness deals

SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 4 Classic, $149.00 (was $349.99)

Do you like the idea of smartwatches but still prefer a more classic-looking timepiece for everyday wear? The Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Classic BT ticks both boxes. It’s got the traditional clock face with hands and stainless steel casing. Yet it will track your vital health metrics, from your oxygen levels to ECG monitoring to sleep tracking,  let you participate in group workouts, and get live coaching. Of course, you can also listen to music, take calls, and text. But hurry, at almost $200 off, this deal won’t last long.

The best Walmart Black Friday deals in 2022

Black Friday TV deals

Black Friday home theater deals

Black Friday audio deals

Black Friday gaming deals

Black Friday home deals

Black Friday kitchen deals

Black Friday deals on tools

More of the best Black Friday deals

The post The best 60 Walmart Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Cozy up to early Black Friday deals on automatic espresso & heated mugs https://www.popsci.com/gear/black-friday-coffee-deals-amazon/ Mon, 14 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=486689
A lineup of coffee products on a white background
Amanda Reed

All that's missing from this deal is a barista confidante and the adrenaline of finding a table near an outlet.

The post Cozy up to early Black Friday deals on automatic espresso & heated mugs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of coffee products on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Colder weather means it’s harder to motivate yourself to leave your house for a fancy coffee drink made by that sweet tattooed barista who complimented your hair last week. Although a machine will never compare to the alluring drink slinger, you can make coffeehouse drinks yourself with this Café Affetto Automatic Espresso Machine, on sale for $399—that’s a whopping 41% off of its $679 usual price.

A white Cafe Affetto automatic espresso machine on a blue and white background

Cafe Affetto

SEE IT

Get a hot little beverage in 90 seconds at the touch of a button with this espresso machine. Choose from espresso, americano, lungo, My Cup, or hot water options—My Cup is set to ristretto and can be customized to your favorite drink in the SmartHQ app. A built-in bean hopper keeps your beans fresh, and a conical burr grinder gives an even grind from five size options. You even get a nice bloom and even extraction—the captivating, enchanting kind that would even impress that barista, and will certainly entrance any family and/or friends that stop by for the holidays. Go further and wow them with some latte art if you get the model with the attached milk frother.

Like to call, and pull, the shots? The more manual De’Longhi EC9155MB La Specialista Arte Espresso Machine is $499.95, usually $699.95.

Keep that nice coffee drink you made yourself warm with this Ember Temperature Control Smart Mug, on sale for $99.95—down 23% from $129.95. The rechargeable mug itself can keep your beverages warm for 1.5 hours on a full battery, or keep it on its charging base for a hot cuppa all day. Although it comes with an app to control temperature, it’s functional without it—it’s set to 135 degrees out of the box and will remember the last used temperature when on. This mug is a smart cookie, too: it enters sleep mode when empty or after two hours of inactivity, and wakes up when it senses movement or liquid. We included the Ember Travel Mug on our best warm gear gifts list in case you need some additional inspiration for cold friends.

Hurry up and snag these deals before they walk out the door, just like that effortless barista after their morning shift ends.

Never be coffee- or tea-less in your house thanks to Amazon’s Stock Up & Save program. It gives Prime Members a 20% discount when they place $50 or more on items from a pre-selected list, including:

The post Cozy up to early Black Friday deals on automatic espresso & heated mugs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The best knife sharpeners of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-knife-sharpener/ Thu, 25 Feb 2021 17:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-knife-sharpener/
meat, cheese, pepper, and salt on a wood board next to a kitchen knife
Louis Hansel @shotsoflouis via Unsplash

A dull knife is a dangerous one! The best knife sharpeners—from electric to whetstones—will help you chop, slice, and saw safely.

The post The best knife sharpeners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
meat, cheese, pepper, and salt on a wood board next to a kitchen knife
Louis Hansel @shotsoflouis via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best electric Professional-grade electric sharpening tool Chef’sChoice Trizor XV
SEE IT

This versatile sharpener will turn your household knives into quality tools with the press of a button.
Best manual Mueller Premium Knife Sharpener Mueller Original Premium Knife Sharpener
SEE IT

This four-stage sharpener brings your blades back to life.
Best budget KnifePlanet Dual-Grit Whetstone Whetstone Knife Sharpening Stone Set
SEE IT

This quality-made sharpening stone achieves sharp blades at an affordable cost.

It might sound crazy, but a dull knife is a dangerous knife. When a chefs knife is dull, it’s more likely to slip off whatever you’re attempting to cut, and when it slips, that’s when it can hit a finger. A super-sharp knife, on the other hand, will stay where you want it to—away from your hands—and also make your life far easier in the kitchen. So if you have a kitchen knife, you need the best knife sharpeners to keep them maintened.

But there are so many different kinds of home sharpeners. There are electric sharpeners, two-stage hand sharpeners, and whetstones. It can be difficult to know which one is right for you, but a lot depends on what kind of knife you have, and how much you care about keeping it around. Remember that when you’re sharpening a knife, you’re removing metal. The more you remove, the shorter your knife’s lifespan will be. The goal is to remove the bare minimum of metal, which can be tricky at first. Knife sharpeners will maximize your knife’s lifespan and effectiveness.

The best knife sharpeners: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: Chef’sChoice Trizor XV

Chef’sChoice Trizor XV

Amazon

SEE IT

Electric knife sharpeners aren’t cheap, but if you’re unsure of your skill with a trickier whetstone sharpener, the Chef’sChoice Trizor XV is an excellent option. It’ll keep your knife in exactly the right position, so you don’t have to worry about creating a weird angle on the knife edge. It’s also far faster than manual options, delivering a perfectly sharp knife in just a few minutes. If you want to invest in a great knife sharpener but don’t want anything too difficult, this is the product for you.

Best whetstone: KnifePlanet Premium Whetstone Set

KnifePlanet Premium Whetstone Set

Amazon

SEE IT

Whetstones are an older style of sharpener; they’re slower but also much less expensive, gentler on blades, and after a bit of practice, easy to use. Whetstones are essentially blocks of sandpaper in different textures. You hold your blade at the desired angle, drip some water on the stone, and rub the blade back and forth to wear it into a sharp, honed edge. This particular knife sharpening stone set includes everything you need: different grits of whetstone sharpener, a rubber non-slip base, and a bamboo holder. A slightly more expensive runner-up is the Sharp Pebble Extra Large Sharpening Stone Set with a non-slip bamboo base.

Best honing steel: Utopia Kitchen Honing Steel

Utopia Kitchen Honing Steel

Amazon

SEE IT

A honing steel is a pretty simple tool, and you should never need to spend too much on one (especially because you’ll have to replace it every year, because the grooves will wear out). This particular tool is inexpensive, available in two sizes, and has a nice ergonomic handle. If you’re willing to invest a little more cash for a sharpening tool, we recommend the thoughtfully designed Saveur Selects Carbon Sharpening Steel. It uses industrial-grade diamonds for the sharpening surface and carries a lifetime warranty against defects.

Best manual: Mueller Premium Knife Sharpener

Mueller Premium Knife Sharpener

Amazon

SEE IT

Pull-through sharpeners aren’t ideal for expensive knives and should never be used for Japanese knives of any sort. But they are great for a quick re-sharpening of little blades and scissors. This Mueller knife sharpener has a four-stage process, which minimizes the amount of metal you’re removing in each stage.

Best budget: KnifePlanet Dual-Grit Whetstone

KnifePlanet Dual-Grit Whetstone

Amazon

SEE IT

You might notice some figures on a whetstone, like 1000/6000. Those refer to the “grit” or little particles that make the surface rough. The higher the number, the more grit in the same amount of space (meaning, the higher the number, the smoother the stone). The clever design of this knife sharpening stone allows you to simply flip the whetstone sharpener over to go from rough to fine.

Things to consider when buying the best knife sharpeners

The best knife sharpeners come in a variety of configurations and with lots of different features. The options with bells and whistles aren’t necessarily what the professionals would recommend, but they can be the easiest to use. Here’s your guide to finding the best knife sharpener.

Are knife sharpeners bad for my knives?

Potentially, but only if you use the wrong sharpener—or the right sharpener in the wrong way. When you sharpen a knife, you’re shaving down the metal of your blade to create a new edge. This is a very precise process. When using a knife sharpener, it’s all too easy to create nicks and divots in a blade, or to create an edge that’s dull or uneven.

Before using a knife sharpener, read the instruction manual cover to cover. Don’t assume you know how the sharpener works, and don’t just jump in: That’s the quickest way to ruin the most important tool in your kitchen. Follow the instructions as carefully as possible. And never, ever apply too much pressure: The weight of the knife should do the work here, and it’s much better to go too easy than too heavy.

What about honing steels?

Honing steels are an essential part of keeping your blades sharp—but they aren’t in themselves sharpeners. A sharpener erodes part of the metal on your blade to create a new edge; a honing steel does something different. Think of a blade as a toothbrush, with each individual bristle being a little bit of the edge. A blade may look like one piece, but each of those individual bristles can get out of alignment, creating a duller feel, even if the actual blade doesn’t need sharpening. A honing steel is a length of metal that aligns all of those bristles when you run it back and forth on the blade. You should be honing your knife before each use—it only takes a few seconds, and it’ll make a huge difference.

What kind of knife sharpeners should I avoid?

In general, you’ll want to avoid the pull-through-style manual knife sharpener. This type has multiple V-shaped openings through which you stick your blade and pull it through. They’re not recommended by most professionals, because they eat away a lot of the blade and can create uneven, almost serrated edges. That said, they’re very quick and inexpensive, so it wouldn’t be crazy to have one around for stuff you don’t care so much about: pairs of scissors, little paring knives, that kind of thing.

I’m on a budget. Do I have to live with dull knives?

Definitely not! Your best option here is a whetstone sharpener. Even the best whetstones aren’t very expensive, but you can opt for a double-sided one for under $25. The trade-off is the same as with any other whetstone: It just takes a little practice to perfect the motion you need to use them. But the rewards are also the same. You can create a perfect, professional knife edge on a Western-style or Japanese-style knife, a pair of scissors, or any other blade in your home.

FAQs

Q: What’s the best knife sharpener for beginners?

The best knife sharpener for beginners depends on one major question: Do you want to put in the time and effort to learn to use a whetstone? If not, go for an electric sharpener; it’s the easiest, most foolproof way to sharpen your blades.

Q: What’s the best sharpener for a chef’s knife?

The best sharpener for a chef’s knife is either an electric knife sharpener or a whetstone for a chef’s knife. A chef’s knife is a Western-style knife; it’s sharpened on both sides of the blade’s edge, and is more curved than, say, a Japanese-style santoku. When using a whetstone, you’ll have to flip the blade over to sharpen both sides, but it’ll work perfectly well.

Q: How long does a knife sharpener last?

In general, knife sharpeners last a really long time. Electric ones often have diamond-tipped metal pieces, which won’t wear out. Whetstones also won’t wear out, but they do require a little bit of upkeep. Refer to your whetstone’s instruction manual, but it’ll probably involve soaking in water every now and then.

A final word on shopping for the best knife sharpeners

Sharpening your knives at home can be a soothing, meditative experience with a whetstone, or an ultra-efficient job with an electric sharpener. What’s most important is that you keep your knives sharp—both for ease of use, and for your safety.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best knife sharpeners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> The Brava oven is up to $300 off on Amazon for early Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/brava-smart-oven-early-black-friday-amazon-deal/ Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=487617
Brava Smart Oven
Brava's Smart Oven is the ultimate countertop appliance for busy people who value home cooking. Brava

This smart oven is a premium kitchen tool that actually lived up to the hype.

The post The Brava oven is up to $300 off on Amazon for early Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Brava Smart Oven
Brava's Smart Oven is the ultimate countertop appliance for busy people who value home cooking. Brava

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Brava oven is one of those rare multi-use kitchen tools that live up to the promise of technology making cooking easier rather than just unnecessarily complex. The promise of Brava’s smart oven is simple: By using one of its 10 cooking settings, you should be able to cook anything that would typically require a stovetop, oven, air fryer, slow cooker, or dehydrator. It can save you counter/cabinet space, time, and, if you act now, money. The premium gadget typically costs $1,295, but it’s $100 off as part of Brava’s early Black Friday sale. You can save up to $300 if you get the chef’s choice set, which includes additional accessories such as a loaf pan, muffin tins, chef’s pan.

Brava Smart Oven

Brava

SEE IT

The oven is linked to an app, which allows you to control the oven’s functions, or search through its surprisingly robust digital recipe catalogue. The catalogue is updated with new recipes on a regular basis and you can search for ones that fit your current diet, or feature an ingredient you have sitting in your fridge or pantry. You can also access recipes or change the oven’s settings by using its touchscreen. It can be easy to write Brava’s smart oven off as an expensive, gimmicky appliance, but our experience proved otherwise.

We used the oven to make everything from fried eggs to s’mores with positive results every time thanks to the oven’s instructions and intuitive controls. The only part of using Brava’s oven that requires some extra attention is making sure you position your food properly on its tray. The oven has a multi-zone cooking system, so putting your meat toward the front instead of the back can cause it to be undercooked. Once you get the hang of it, though, this shouldn’t be an issue. One of the biggest benefits we found when using the Brava oven over traditional cooking methods was saving time. The s’mores recipe we used took three minutes to make. If you want to cook more homemade meals, but find yourself ordering takeout after just the thought of how long it’d take to preheat your oven, Brava leaves you with no excuse.

The Brava oven helps answer two of the most common questions home cooks face: What should I cook? How long will it take to make it? Taking advantage of Brava’s early Black Friday deal will save you up to $300 upfront, but if you begin cooking at home rather than going out, the oven could pay for itself in a few months.

The post The Brava oven is up to $300 off on Amazon for early Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Traeger Timberline review: Glorious grilling overkill https://www.popsci.com/gear/traeger-timberline-pellet-grill-review/ Mon, 14 Nov 2022 18:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=486627
Traeger Timberline grill review
The Timberline takes up about as much space as a typical gas grill. Stan Horaczek

Traeger's flagship pellet cooker is one of the best and most versatile grills available.

The post Traeger Timberline review: Glorious grilling overkill appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Traeger Timberline grill review
The Timberline takes up about as much space as a typical gas grill. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I’m standing in my driveway at 11 p.m., bathed in smoke and illumination coming from under a grill’s sturdy lid. I saw a recipe for smoked apple crisp earlier in the evening and I couldn’t resist its call. Just a few hours—and roughly $18 worth of apples—later, my entire neighborhood smells as if I lit the largest, most intoxicating Yankee Candle ever created thanks to the Traeger Timberline and my hunger-induced fugue state. 

Apple crisp isn’t typical fare for testing a smoker, but the Timberline—the company’s flagship pellet cooker—isn’t an average grill. It’s a high-end outdoor cooking machine with tons of features, bells, and whistles that aid in the cooking process without interfering with it. Once you get over the initial (and substantial) cost, it provides one of the most complete and enjoyable outdoor cooking experiences you’ll encounter. And, yes, it cooks the hell out of some meat, too. 

Traeger Timberline grill review after seasoning

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

What is the Traeger Timberline? 

The Timberline is a $3,499 cooker that’s designed to handle everything from smoking, grilling, baking, and even searing. It offers the company’s highest-end finishes, as well as its most advanced technologies. This year’s Timberline model introduces a totally new connected control module, which introduces a touchscreen color display and a revamped user interface. It’s a connected grill so, while you can use it without the app or the included wireless Meater probes, you’ll be missing out on a chunk of the useful features available if you don’t introduce a smartphone to the mix. 

The standard Timberline offers 880 square inches of cooking surface, which makes it about the size of a typical propane grill. It easily fits more than a dozen burgers on the main cooking rack and two auxiliary racks up above make extra room for vegetables or anything else you might want to bombard with smoke. The Timberline XL costs $3,799 and augments the total cooking area to 1,320 square inches. The upgrade is likely only worth the extra money and space if you do a ton of entertaining or you’re regularly smoking several big hunks of meat at the same time. Adding size extends warm-up times and requires more pellets for each cook, so it’s not simply a “bigger is better” situation for every use case.

As you’d expect with a flagship grill, everything here feels high-end. The double-wall stainless steel lid on the cooking chamber is heavy in the way you want it to feel heavy. It’s surrounded by burly gaskets that soften the sound it makes when it closes. The double doors on cabinets below the cooking chamber don’t chatter and clang when you open them. Traeger even added a bamboo cutting board on the lid of the pellet hopper, which I found surprisingly handy. Comparing it to a luxury automobile might be an obvious metaphor, but it’s also extremely apt.

Traeger Timberline grill review light
The lights turn on when the lid opens. You can see some ash and grease from the cook in progress. Stan Horaczek

A textured rail surrounds the front and sides of the grill. This is part of Traeger’s P.A.L. (short for Pop and Lock) accessory attachment system. It allows optional accessories like condiment containers, utensil hooks, and even a sturdy front shelf to quickly and easily attach to the grill. The rail provides a remarkably sturdy connection to the accessories and it made me dangerously curious about what other doodads I could buy from Traeger to attach to it. The P.A.L. system is one of those features I appreciated way more in practice than I did when I read the spec sheet. 

Traeger also includes a side burner on the left side of the main cooking chamber. Because there’s no gas tank, Traeger included an electric induction burner, which is a first for this kind of cooker. Rather than relying on an open flame to get the pan hot, it uses induction, which means the burner itself stays cool to the touch and the pots and pans heat up due to electric current. The process is quicker and more efficient than it is with gas, but requires compatible cookware. So, you can’t just slap an old, crusty cast iron pan on and expect it to work.

Setting up the Traeger Timberline grill

Traeger Timberline grill review as packed
The pieces come very efficiently packed. Stan Horaczek

Traeger has put a ton of work into its branding, packaging, and overall user experience. That effort really pays off during the assembly process. From start to finish, it took my middle-school-aged son and I roughly 90 minutes to put the whole thing together at a casual pace. The kit includes all the necessary tools and a surprisingly sparse number of screws and bolts. It was mercifully simple.

Connecting the grill to your home Wi-Fi network and Traeger app proved simple as well (assuming your Wi-Fi is strong, so consider an extender if walls are blocking your signal). Traeger has streamlined that process and it felt a lot like setting up a high-end piece of electronics. I did run into a bit of trouble initially. The first time you actually pump pellets into the grill, it’s meant to run a 30-minute, 500-degree cycle to season the cooking chamber and the racks. For some reason, my grill topped out around 200 and wouldn’t go up from there. I canceled the seasoning process and went back to it later and it worked fine, but that was the only real hiccup I hit during setup. 

Traeger Timberline grill review assembly process
You’ll want a helper when putting it together. Stan Horaczek

Cooking on the Traeger Timberline

Built quality and Wi-Fi features don’t mean much on a grill like this if it can’t put a solid smoke ring in a pork shoulder. The main cooking chamber includes a primary cooking grate, as well as two secondary grates that sit above the main surface. During my testing period, I cooked everything from a whack of brisket burgers and sausages cooked at high heat to a low-and-slow picnic shoulder and pork belly burnt ends. 

Regardless of the temperature you choose, the Timberline heats up quickly and efficiently. I started the grill before I started slathering mustard and rub on the pork shoulder and it had hit the 230-degree target I set for it by the time I was done. It stayed within 10 degrees during the entirety of the long cook, except when I opened the lid. That double-wall lid does an excellent job of maintaining temperature in the main cooking area. It’s considerably better than the older Traegers—such as the Ironwood 885—I’ve used in the past. 

Traeger Timberline grill review touchscreen
The touchscreen display is handy, but you’ll primarily use the app. Stan Horaczek

Monitoring temperature

The Timberline comes with a pair of wired probes that connect to sockets on the front of the controller. They work as you’d expect, but the grill also comes with a pair of Meater wireless thermometers that integrate with the controller and the Traeger app. I have always been a fan of Meater’s products, even before Traeger purchased the company. They work even better here thanks to the native integration. Just make sure you keep them charged before you cook. 

The grill provides a calibration process for both the wired and wireless probes, but I didn’t go through it as they seem pretty close straight out of the box when compared to my typical instant-read thermometer. 

Traeger Timberline grill review pellet hopper
The pellet hopper sensor also has a light. Stan Horaczek

Yeah, but what does the food taste like?

As you might expect, the Traeger does a phenomenal job when it comes to meat. It’s the easiest thing to test on a grill like this and I pushed my Costco’s meat selection to its limits. Traeger offers a Super Smoke feature, which adds an extra dose of smokey taste to meat, but I prefer to use the standard cook. It’s quick and reliable and it does an overall excellent job, even with overnight cooks in changing humidity and temperature environments. That double-wall cooking chamber does what it promises. 

Baking still feels slightly indulgent on the grill. I have a countertop convection oven that heats up extremely quickly and efficiently, which I still prefer. But, that smoked apple crisp did have a really unique (and frankly, awesome) taste that I’ll use more often. 

Pellet grills promise an easy way to get food packed full of smoke taste and this absolutely delivered in every cook I threw at it. 

The induction burner

Induction grill
The induction burner is very handy once you get used to it. Stan Horaczek

I’m not an induction burner veteran, but I did get a few opportunities to try the built-in one on the Timberline. I cooked some bacon to go with burgers and seared off some steaks that I had put through the reverse sear process by slowly cooking them on the main grill first. The induction burner heats up very quickly, stays cool to the touch, and is very easy to clean because the surface is totally flat. I was surprised to find that I prefer it to a gas burner like I’ve used in the past. 

The little extra touches

Traeger Timberline grill review accessory hooks

The more you use the Timberline, the more little things you’ll find to like about it. The pellet level monitor now sits directly over the auger so it gives accurate readings about how much fuel you have left. The grill comes with a pellet storage container and you can easily empty the pellets out of the bottom of the hopper by simply opening a sliding door. That makes switching pellet types quick and very simple. 

A pair of lights on the side of the hopper shine into the main cooking chamber. That’s great for night cooking, but they also double as a sensor to determine when the lid is open so it can get ready to stoke the fire and bring the grill back up to temperature after the heat escapes. This is the kind of detail you don’t get with a basic cooker.

Cleanup

Traeger Timberline grill review ash can
This easily removable canister catches grease and ash for easy disposal. Stan Horaczek

One of the biggest improvements in the new Timberline shows up when it’s time to clean the grill. A fan now blows ash out of the burn pot and onto the slanted surface below the grates. Rather than reaching into the pot, you can simply scrape the ashes and the grease into a hole. It falls into a removable canister that’s very simple to empty and replace. Metal liners for the canister make it even easier to clean. 

This cleaning system is a huge improvement over the old-style grills and even Traeger’s lower-end cookers. Cleaning out grease and ash can be enough to dissuade me from starting an outdoor cook, but that’s not the case here. 

So, who should buy the Traeger Timberline?

At $3,500 (or $3,700 if you want to step up to the XL model), the Traeger Timberline is a serious investment but a worthwhile one for people who are going to use it very regularly. Traeger designed this grill as a total outdoor cooking solution, and it has really achieved that goal. If you plan to cook outside on the regular, it’s hard to find a better or more versatile cooker. Some purists will say that the extra features hinder the connection with the fire. I get where they’re coming from. I’ve cooked a pig over a cut-apart shopping card in a hole in the ground. And while that was fun, telling my phone to make me a perfect tray of pork belly burnt ends while I play Overwatch 2 is even better. I’ve embraced my status as a weirdo who grills up dessert in the middle of the night and the Traeger Timberline is right there with me.

The post Traeger Timberline review: Glorious grilling overkill appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Dig into these Amazon Early Access deals on kitchen gear before they’re gone https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-early-access-kitchen-gear-deals/ Tue, 11 Oct 2022 19:16:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=476711
Outfit your kitchen during the Amazon Prime Early Access deals on kitchen appliances.

Hunker down with these appliances.

The post Dig into these Amazon Early Access deals on kitchen gear before they’re gone appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Outfit your kitchen during the Amazon Prime Early Access deals on kitchen appliances.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The leaves are falling and there’s a chill in the air—which means it’s the perfect time to get cooking. Whether you’re renowned for your chili, you’re a master of belly-warming soups, or you can barely microwave a Hot Pocket, the right kitchen gear is essential. That goes double if you’re not the chef of the house but you’re hoping to stay in the cook’s good graces with the perfect gift.

Some of the best-known brands in kitchenware have gadgets and appliances on sale as part of the Amazon Early Prime Early Access Sale. But the discounts end at midnight, so act fast to get these great deals from Tovala, Ninja, Instant Pot, Vitamix, Westinghouse, and more.

Tovala Smart Oven $199.99 (Was $299.99)

The incredibly convenient Tovala smart oven is on sale during the Amazon Early Access sale.

SEE IT

Whether cooking to you is a multi-course affair or pulling a frozen pizza out of the freezer, the Tovala Smart Oven will help you dig into a perfectly cooked dish. The countertop steam oven is designed with five easy-to-use cooking modes: steam, bake, broil, reheat, and toast. You can get dinner started from your smartphone with the Toval app, which features a library of recipes you can create from scratch. When you’re looking for something convenient, Tovala also provides a subscription meal service for three to five meals and can scan popular brands like Kashi and Annie’s so the oven is ready to go when you need it.

Ninja Foodi SS201 Power Blender and Processor $119.99 (Was $139.99)

Get a deep discount on a Ninja Foodi blender during the Amazon Prime Early Access deals.

SEE IT

Every kitchen needs a powerful blender and food processor. Whether you’re whipping up green smoothies, slicing onions, or making bread, the powerful Ninja Foodi Power Blender and Processor has you covered. The 1400-peak-watt motor and the brand’s smartTorque technology will make quick work of chopping and mixing. Six presets make it easy to accomplish your task with one button. The modular design makes cleaning simple and quick. 

More Ninja deals:

Instant Pot Pro 10-in-1 Pressure Cooker, Slow Cooker, Rice/Grain Cooker, Steamer, Sauté, Sous Vide, Yogurt Maker, Sterilizer, and Warmer $129.95 (Was $169.99)

Save on the Instant Pot 10 during Amazon's Early Access deals.

SEE IT

You probably know Instant Pot best for its pressure cookers, but the company makes high-quality kitchen gadgets for a ton of other uses. The brand has deep discounts on whatever you need for the kitchen, whether you prefer the precision of sous vide cooking or tossing all the veggies in the fridge into a hearty stew that will slow cook until the family gets home for dinner.

More Instant Pot deals:

More deals on kitchen gear:

More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

The post Dig into these Amazon Early Access deals on kitchen gear before they’re gone appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Best immersion blenders of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/best-handheld-immersion-blenders/ Fri, 18 Oct 2019 15:55:22 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-handheld-immersion-blenders/
Appliances photo

Portable, versatile, and excellent for soups.

The post Best immersion blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Appliances photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Handheld immersion blenders can do tackle nearly everything a countertop blender does—only they’re more budget-friendly, portable, and small-kitchen-friendly. Use them to whip up egg whites for tiramisu, quickly create whipped cream, make smoothies, puree creamy soups, emulsify sauces, and much more. If you’re somebody who struggles to get your fruits and veggies in, an immersion blender can turn broccoli and broth into a nice soup, or frozen bananas and cinnamon into “nice cream.” Below, our favorites.

Comfortable grip: Mueller Austria Ultra-Stick 500 Hand Blender

Mueller Austria Ultra-Stick 500 Watt 9-Speed Immersion Blender

Amazon

SEE IT

The Mueller Ultra-Stick runs on a powerful 500-watt motor, with nine adjustable speed options. The stainless steel fixed blade blends efficiently, while the whisk attachment quickly fluffs up your egg whites or cream. This blender is easy-to-clean, durable, and portable.

For the design-conscious: KitchenAid Cordless Hand Blender

KitchenAid 2-Speed Hand Blender

Amazon

SEE IT

The KitchenAid hand blender is designed to be used right away—no adjusting or fidgeting. It has seven straightforward speed settings, and a 4-point stainless steel fixed blade. The removable blending arm is a breeze to clean. This one comes with a blending jar, dishwasher-safe lid and pan guard, and a charger. It also comes in a rainbow of poppy colors.

Long power cord: Koios 4-in-1 Hand Immersion Blender

Koios Oxasmart 800W 12-Speed Immersion Hand Blender Set

Amazon

SEE IT

The Koios immersion blender set has got it all: an 800-watt motor, 12 speeds (including a turbo setting), and a suite of helpful accessories like a whisk attachment, a 600ml beaker, and a 500ml food processor container. The blade has a long-lasting titanium coating, and is ideal for making soups or sauces, or whipping up a smoothie.

The post Best immersion blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Best blenders of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-blenders/ Mon, 04 Oct 2021 03:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=362178
The best blenders of 2021

Mix your way to delicious shakes, smoothies, and other concoctions with one of the best blenders.

The post Best blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best blenders of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender is the best overall blender. Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender
SEE IT

Incredible power and durability with lots of speed options make a blender that just keeps going.

Best immersion The KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender is the best immersion blender. KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender
SEE IT

Protective accessories and easy cleanup come together in an immersion blend that performs.
Best budget The NutriBullet NBF350520 Touch Combo Blender is the best value blender. NutriBullet NBF50520 Touch Combo Blender
SEE IT

Save some cash but don’t skip on power with this basic model.

A kitchen isn’t quite complete without a blender. But a weak blender can be worse than no blender at all. These powerful choppers, pulverizers, and (yes) blenders blast through food in seconds. A blender’s power, design, and extra features will determine how well it breaks up ice or handles frozen fruit. The best blenders will have features that make efficient work of the foods you blend most, whether that’s smoothies and protein drinks or soups and ice cream.  

Presets, smart features, and extra cups are only a few of the extras that come with today’s blenders. Not everyone needs a premium blender with 17 speeds and the ability to make nut butters. The best blenders are made in different types to fit everything from professional to single-serving needs. 

How we chose the best blenders

I’ve researched and tested kitchen products for years. My search for the best blenders began with evaluating performance consistency and reliability. Next, I considered the quality of the construction and materials. For example, glass and stainless steel last longer than plastic. 

With blenders, there’s also a balance between premium features and performance. I looked for those that leaned toward performance over fancy touchscreens and long lists of preprogrammed buttons. Premium features add to the price, but the performance often is the same as less expensive models with manual controls. 

Best blenders: Reviews & Recommendations

With so many blenders on the market—and even more with tons of features—picking a new blender can be a challenge. We’ve scoured the internet to find the best blenders that crush the competition as easily as they can demolish ice. Some of these best blenders can even heat up soup. One of these should make all of your milkshake or margarita-making dreams come true.

Best overall: Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender

The Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender is the best overall blender.

Vitamix

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The E310 has the power and durability of more expensive Vitamix blenders, but simple controls keep the price more reasonable, making it our choice for the best blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11 x 8 x 18 inches
  • Container size: 48 ounces 
  • Speeds: 10, plus pulse feature

Pros

  • 10 manual speed controls, plus pulse feature
  • Tamper included to loosen thick mixes
  • Heat blending in six minutes

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Mixes can get stuck in the container

The Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender brings quality to the kitchen. Vitamix is well-known for its industrial-strength blenders, and the E310 meets their high standards. This pick has impressive power and high-quality materials and construction, but it doesn’t have some of the premium features available on other models, such as a touchscreen and vacuum sealing. That keeps the price slightly lower on this model with all of the power you’d expect from a Vitamix blender. 

A manual dial controls the 10 speeds, and a switch operates the pulse feature when it’s time to loosen thick mixes. The stainless-steel blades actually create heat, which allows users to create warm soups in about six minutes. The 48-ounce pitcher holds enough for two or three people, so it might not work for large families or groups. 

Best blender/food processor combo: Oster Blender Pro 1200

The Oster Blender Pro 1200 is the best blender/food processor combo.

Oster

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Oster acts as a kitchen multitasker with a food processor attachment that works just as well as the blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.25 x 8 x 14.25 inches
  • Container size: 50 ounces (blender)/40 ounces (food processor)
  • Speeds: 7

Pros

  • Includes food processor attachment and blade
  • Blends in two directions
  • Three pre-programmed settings and pulse control

Cons

  • Some units have been known to leak

The Oster Blender Pro 1200’s 50-ounce glass pitcher, 24-ounce cup, and 40-ounce food processor container and blade provide versatile options for smoothies, food processing, and blending. Both the blender and food processor blades work in both directions to reduce suction. The blender blade is designed to push food downward to keep food moving into the blades for smoother results. 

The Pro 1200 offers seven speeds, including pulse and three presets for the most popular foods—smoothies, salsa, and milkshakes. And all of the parts, except for the base, are dishwasher safe. 

Best personal: Ninja Personal Blender

The Ninja Personal Blender is the best personal blender.

Ninja

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This model’s manual pulse that powers through shakes and smoothies combined with its personal-size cups with to-go lids make it our pick for the best personal blender. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4 x 4 x 13 inches
  • Container size: 16 ounces
  • Speeds: 1

Pros

  • Blend-and-go design of cups and lids
  • Simple to use and clean
  • Powerful motor and blades break through frozen ingredients

Cons 

  • Does not provide continuous power

This Ninja blender can easily blend protein shakes and smoothies every day without slowing down. It comes with two 16-ounce cups and two to-go lids. You can blend directly into the cups, attach a lid, and you’re good to roll with a blend-and-go meal or snack. 

This model has the power to break up frozen ingredients even though it’s equipped with only a single speed. However, that single speed only activates when you press on the cup; there is no continuous power. This design works well for smoothies and protein shakes, especially when using frozen fruit, the pulsing action prevents food from over-thickening and creating suction. However, without a continuous speed option, it doesn’t work for much else.

Best immersion: KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender

The KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender is the best immersion blender.

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The KitchenAid’s performance and quality stand out as it blends through all kinds of mixes, rising as our choice for the best immersion blender.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 2.5 x 3.56 x 16.3 inches
  • Container size: N/A
  • Speeds: Variable speed trigger

Pros

  • Can be used in bowls of various sizes
  • Removable blending arm
  • Includes a pan guard to protect nonstick surfaces

Cons 

  • Variable speed is hard to control

Available in 11 colors, the KitchenAid KHBV53IC Variable Speed Corded Hand Blender features an eight-inch removable blending arm with a stainless-steel blade. The motor provides enough power to make protein drinks, smoothies, milkshakes, soups, hummus, and other dishes made possible thanks to handheld immersion blenders.

This KitchenAid blender comes with a three-cup container that doubles as a measuring cup. There’s also a pan guard included for use when mixing in nonstick cookware or other delicate containers. At cleaning time, the arm detaches from the base and goes in the dishwasher, along with the measuring cup and pan guard. The only part of this immersion blender that is not dishwasher safe is the motor unit. A variable speed button provides some speed adjustability. However, it’s fairly difficult to control. Most people find that the blender is either on or off with very little variability in between. 

Best powerful: Hurom Hexa Power High-Speed Blender

huron-hexa-power-high-speed-blender

Hurom

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: From smoothies to soup, the Hurom Hexa High-Speed Blender tackles it all, making it our pick for the best powerful blender.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 8.2 x 8.2 x 19.6 inches
  • Container size: 68 ounces
  • Speeds: Variable speed dial with three preset speeds and pulse feature

Pros

  • Auto-shutoff
  • Stainless steel shell
  • Thorough and customizable blending

Cons 

  • Not cheap
  • Loud

Hurom has earned props for manufacturing some of the best juicers on the market, allowing you to make your own healthy concoctions from the comfort of your home. The first high-speed blender from the company lives up to the hype of its countertop siblings. Unlike most blenders on the market, which have plenty of presets built-in, our powerful pick includes a manual dial that adjusts the blending speed from 16,000 to 30,000 revolutions per minute, or RPM. If you’d like to take the guesswork out of blending, there are three speed presets—smoothie, ice crush, and soup—along with a pulse switch. Thanks to its 1,600-watt motor, ice cubes, frozen fruit, and nuts don’t stand a chance against this high-powered blender. However, the power translates to a noisy blender, with some reviews noting its loudness.

If safety is a priority, the power shuts off when the motor reaches its heat limit. If the container is lifted off the base while in usage, the blender immediately stops.

Best budget: NutriBullet NBF50520 Touch Combo Blender

The NutriBullet NBF350520 Touch Combo Blender is the best value blender.

NutriBullet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The NutriBullet has serious power and functions as a personal and conventional blender, providing excellent bang for your buck. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18.5 x 17.5 x 11 inches
  • Container size: 64 ounces
  • Speeds: 7

Pros

  • Four preprogrammed speeds
  • 64-ounce pitcher, 32-ounce cup, 20-ounce cup
  • Easy-to-clean smooth buttons

Cons

  •  Lid can be difficult to remove

The NutriBullet Touch Combo Blender is a versatile appliance that comes with three container options—a 64-ounce pitcher, a 32-ounce cup, and a 20-ounce cup. They’re part of what makes this NutriBullet blender such a great buy. It can function as a conventional blender with the pitcher and as a personal blender with the cups. 

Four preprogrammed buttons help you through the most common blender mixes. Plus, you get three speeds and a pulse button too. Overall, this model provides the power of a premium blender with the versatility and price of a conventional model. It may cost more than a Walmart blender, but you get far more functionality and power with the NutriBullet.

What to consider when buying the best blenders

There’s more to blenders than meets the eye. You could purchase the most popular blender on the internet, but it might not be the best fit for your needs. For example, soup lovers might benefit from an immersion blender rather than a traditional countertop blender. Smoothie makers and frozen beverage-havers will benefit from a powerful high-speed blender that can demolish ice with ease. There are plenty of considerations to make when choosing a good blender.

Blender type

One of the four blender types may be more efficient, cost-effective, or productive for you based on how you want to use it. The four types include:

  • High performance/premium: These blenders come with a premium price that matches their high-performance status. They have powerful motors and do far more than blend protein shakes and crush ice. High-performance blenders can create fine blends like nut butters and soups and make ice cream. They may also include vacuum attachments and sound guards for greater versatility and comfort of use.  
  • Conventional: Conventional blenders crush ice and frozen fruits, though the results may be chunkier than those of a high-performance blender. Its motor might not be as powerful as a premium model’s, but for most household needs, a conventional blender can do the job at a more affordable price. 
  • Personal: Personal blenders make single- or double-serving smoothies and shakes. Their containers look more like mugs or cups than a conventional blender’s pitcher. These personal-size blender cups also include to-go lids with drinkable openings. A personal blender can handle a little ice but not hard-core ice-crushing every day. 
  • Immersion: Immersion blenders are different from the other types in that they don’t have their own pitcher. Instead of the food going into a container, the blender goes into a pot or bowl that contains the food that needs blending. Immersion blenders are the best portable blender option because they’re lightweight and compact. 

Speeds and controls

Blenders have anywhere from 1 to 17 speeds, though most people really need only three. A pulse setting is also helpful, as it allows you to manually turn the motor on and off to break up the suction in thick mixes. 

Touchscreen controls are easy to keep clean because of their flat, even surfaces. However, they’re not the easiest to use, as you may have to scroll through several screens to access certain functions. Buttons and manual dials are easier to use, but they often don’t provide the same range of functions as a touchscreen. 

Container material and design

The blender’s pitcher shape affects how well the food rotates in the blender. Grooves and indentations direct the food. Wide pitcher openings make it easier to add ingredients.

As far as materials, plastic and glass are the two pitcher options. Plastic is lighter and less likely than glass to break if dropped. However, it can also absorb odors and discolor. Glass may break more easily and be heavy, but it tends to last longer and resist odors and discoloration.

Blades

Most household blenders feature 2-8 blades set at different angles in a wing, star, or X-shape. However, the number of blades depends on the blender type and model. For example, immersion blenders feature a smaller, wing-shaped blade at the bottom. More blades equal more contact between the food and the blade. Additionally, the blade-style affects how the blender performs. X-style blades are good for food cutting and chopping. Wing-style blades are better suited for crushing ice.

Wattage

Countertop blenders can range anywhere from 500-750 watts. However, the wattage can dip as low as 300 watts, and go all the way up to 1,500 watts. The higher the wattage, the more powerful the blender, and the easier it will be to cut through frozen fruits and veggies.

FAQs

Q: Are glass or plastic blenders better?

Glass or plastic comes down to the blender’s container. Glass containers last longer, resist odors, and stain less often. However, they’re heavier and can potentially break if dropped. Plastic containers are typically less expensive, lighter weight, and resist drops better. Their downfall is that they can absorb odors and stain more easily.

Q: Is 400 watts enough for a blender?

Watts can be deceiving when it comes to blenders because power isn’t the only factor that determines efficiency. Blade and container design also affect how well foods move throughout the blender. However, most blenders average 300 to 600 watts, even though some on our list run at 1,200-1,500 watts. For general-purpose use, 400 watts works for smoothies, shakes, and frozen foods. If you’re blending ice every day, a blender with more than 600 watts will work faster and last longer.

Q: What is the most durable blender on the market?

Durability comes down to the quality of the construction and materials. Vitamix and Ninja both have a reputation for their blender quality. Their models are known for lasting for years and providing top-of-the-line performance.

Q: What is the most reliable blender brand?

Vitamix, NutriBullet, and Ninja are household blender brands, and most likely the ones that are top-of-mind for consumers. And one of the reasons they are go-to brands is because they are typically reliable. However, while brand power is important, we would argue that purchasing a blender suited for your needs is better than relying on a name alone. And, no matter what brand you turn to, see what kind of warranty they offer. A warranty sets expectations of what the customer is getting into upon purchase, and a good warranty can save you money—and frustration—in case anything goes awry.

Final thoughts on the best blenders

We chose the Vitamix E310 Explorian Blender as the best overall for the power and durability it provides. The simplicity of the controls and speeds makes it easy to run too. However, if versatility and budget are more important, the NutriBullet Touch Combo Blender functions as a personal and conventional blender for far less dough than the Vitamix. There’s much to be grateful for when it comes to a good blender. Without it, we wouldn’t be able to make chilly boozy slushes, slurpable smoothies, and scrumptious soups.

The post Best blenders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Get 50 percent off this Dyson vacuum thanks to Amazon’s early Labor Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/dyson-vacuum-amazon-labor-day-deal/ Thu, 11 Aug 2022 19:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461932
This Dyson vacuum is on sale at Amazon
Amanda Reed

Time is fake but dust is real, so clean up on this amazing deal before it’s gone.

The post Get 50 percent off this Dyson vacuum thanks to Amazon’s early Labor Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
This Dyson vacuum is on sale at Amazon
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Dyson vacuums are known for their unflagging suction power and maneuverability. Get a chance to be a part of the well-deserved hype before Labor Day by snagging this Dyson Ball Multi Floor Origin on Amazon for $216.21, down $233 from its $449 retail price. 

This Dyson vacuum is more than 50 percent off

Dyson

SEE IT

The Dyson Ball Multi Floor Origin includes spot turning, radial root cyclone tech, and a built-in HEPA filter—meaning you can clear microscopic dust from all corners of your home. One-click bin emptying means less time fighting with vacuum bags and more time using the included stair and combination tool for hard-to-reach areas. In addition, a washable lifetime filter means you can save cash and the environment when cleaning your home. We’ve marveled at Dyson’s ability to make products that clear debris from stairs and the air, inside and out, so this vacuum should suck—in a good way. 

A clean home deserves a smart thermostat to further increase comfort (and decrease costs). Google’s Nest Thermostat—on sale for $88.94, down from $129.99—does just that by automatically lowering the temperature down when you leave, bringing you savings on your energy bills. 

If you’re looking to upgrade other devices in your home, or dive into something new, check out what else Amazon is offering before Labor Day. But hurry—these deals will be out just like white pants before you know it: 

The post Get 50 percent off this Dyson vacuum thanks to Amazon’s early Labor Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Can the Chips and Science Act help the US avoid more shortages? https://www.popsci.com/technology/chips-and-science-act-explained/ Wed, 03 Aug 2022 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=460080
Intel released this rendering in January of new semiconductor facilities it plans to build in Ohio.
Intel released this rendering in January of new semiconductor facilities it plans to build in Ohio. Intel Corp.

In the world of semiconductor manufacturing, here's what $52 billion gets you these days.

The post Can the Chips and Science Act help the US avoid more shortages? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Intel released this rendering in January of new semiconductor facilities it plans to build in Ohio.
Intel released this rendering in January of new semiconductor facilities it plans to build in Ohio. Intel Corp.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Both the Senate and the House have now passed the Chips and Science Act, and today, the White House said that President Biden would be signing the bill into law on Tuesday, August 9. The legislation contains more than $50 billion worth of funding intended to spur semiconductor manufacturing, research, development, and more in the United States. 

Semiconductors—computer chips—are essential for modern tech. If you’re curious about semiconductors and this new legislation, here’s what to know about how this new influx of money could affect the global chip landscape. 

The rationale behind the funding

“The primary motivation is that the world has become dependent on one company located in one country, which has a number of risks associated with it,” says David Yoffie, a professor of international business administration at Harvard Business School. (He also is a member of the board of Ampere Computing, which designs processors, and was a member of Intel’s board for 29 years.) The company he is referring to is TSMC in Taiwan, which is in the news because House Speaker Nancy Pelosi just visited it. In fact, Pelosi met TSMC’s chairman, Mark Liu, according to The New York Times and other outlets. 

To be sure, TSMC is not the only semiconductor manufacturer. The other two big companies are Samsung and Intel. Right now, 12 percent of chips are made in the United States, according to a Congressional summary of the bill. 

“The underlying philosophy of the Chip Act is to ensure some balance—balancing risk, balancing national security, balancing economics, and hopefully try to produce a more reasonable system for the world electronics business,” Yoffie says. 

Will the funding help move chip production to the United States?

Experts say it will probably help—to some extent. “It will lead to more investment in the US than otherwise would have occurred,” Yoffie says. He cites developments from Intel, Samsung, and TSMC in Ohio, Texas, and Arizona, respectively. “At the margin, it’s going to make a difference—we’re not going to go from 12 to 50 percent [of global chip production share].” 

James Lewis, the director of the strategic technologies program at CSIS, sees events unfolding roughly the same way. “One of the big effects will be to see more plants, more chip production capability, built in the US,” he notes. “This will strengthen the chip industrial base in the US.”

Will it make a big difference, or a little one?

Daniel Ives, a managing director and senior equity analyst with Wedbush Securities, argues that it’s the latter. “It’s a small step in what’s going to be a marathon for the US, to even make a dent,” he says. “The cost dynamics, logistics, and technology ecosystem, has cemented the chip food chain in and around Asia.” 

But, he notes that even seeing a “5 to 7 percent of chip production move out Asia would be a Herculean success for the US.”

This involves billions of dollars. That’s a lot, right?

Of course, a figure measured in the billions of dollars is a vast sum of money, but in the chip landscape, that doesn’t go very far, says Yoffie. “The kind of money we’re talking about here is actually relatively small,” he adds. Making a “state of the art” facility (called a fab) to fabricate the wafers for semiconductors costs anywhere from about $10 billion to $20 billion.

Plus, the equipment involved in the fabrication process can come with a sticker price of around $150 million for just one machine. If it all sounds complex, that’s because it is. “It’s the most complicated manufacturing product that exists in the world today,” Yoffie says. “There’s nothing more complicated than semiconductors.” (Quantum computing could give it a run for its money.)

Lewis, of CSIS, says the investment was necessary. “We needed to do this,” he says. “And on chips, we needed to do it probably a decade ago.” 

There’s been a chip shortage. What caused that, and how’s it going now?

“The primary reason was the pandemic,” Yoffie says, “which produced a shift between people consuming fewer services and more goods—so we saw a boom in demand for physical products, and many of those physical products required semiconductors, whether we’re talking about computers or whether we’re talking about cars.” In that sense, the chip shortage was a question of a big spike in demand and a supply that couldn’t meet it. 

[Related: Understanding the global chip shortage, a big crisis involving tiny components]

Lewis says other factors have affected the industry, too, like a fire at a chip plant in Japan that occurred in March of last year. Plus, bad weather in Texas hurt Samsung. Another factor has to do with vehicles and the chips needed for those. “Some chip consumers, mainly car industries, miscalculated how the pandemic would work,” Lewis says. “People miscalculated the pace of recovery.” 

“I think the crisis itself is going away naturally,” Lewis reflects. He argues that the funding from the legislation will not necessarily bring an end to the chip crunch, because “that was ending anyway.” 

The takeaway

“This will do two things—it will build in some more resiliency into the supply chain,” Lewis says. “The second thing it does is, it helps shift some of the production back to the US, which turns out, I think, to be a crucial change.” 

Read more about the Chips and Science Act here. 

The post Can the Chips and Science Act help the US avoid more shortages? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Bite into these Prime Day 2022 Shark deals and bust some dust https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-vacuum-prime-day-2022/ Tue, 12 Jul 2022 17:27:30 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455712
Appliances photo

Suck up some killer deals on vacuums and air purifiers from SharkNinja, BLUEAIR, and roborock now during Amazon Prime Day.

The post Bite into these Prime Day 2022 Shark deals and bust some dust appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Appliances photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’ve researched plenty of vacuums in the past, like ones that are best on stairs and the best cordless vacuums. Shark vacuums remain a mainstay on many of these lists thanks to their power and their price. Lucky for you—but unlucky for the dirt and debris on your floors—Shark has a variety of vacuums and air purifiers on sale for Prime Day, giving you even more bang for your buck than you usually do. We’re gonna need a bigger cart.

One of the biggest Shark vacuum deals we’ve seen is the Shark AI Robot Vacuum with HEPA Self-Empty Base, which is $299.99, down 45 percent from its $549.99 retail price.

A Shark-brand robot vacuum against a white and blue background.

Shark

SEE IT

This robot vacuum is bagless, self-emptying, and the base can hold up to 30 days of dirt. Control the robot vacuum and set cleaning schedules using the SharkClean app. The app includes precision mapping, which lets you select which areas the robot should clean and which to avoid. UltraClean mode allows you to deep-clean targeted areas like rooms or specific spots, like the pile of cereal on the kitchen floor left by Junior entertaining themselves at breakfast. Pet owners will appreciate the self-cleaning brushroll, which picks up 50 percent more pet hair compared to models without one. And, a true HEPA filter captures and traps 99.97 percent of dust and allergens.

Additionally, pick up the last remnants of debris that vacuuming might stir up with the Shark HE601 air purifier, which is $229.99—almost 50 percent off of its $549.99 list price. This air purifier features True HEPA technology and covers 1,200 square feet. Six high-speed micro fans distribute airflow across the filter, making for a faster clean air delivery rate and a quieter air purifier.

Check out the rest of the deals Shark is offering for Prime Day:

Shark isn’t the only company selling its vacuums and air purifiers at great discounts this Prime Day. Check out the BLUEAIR Pure 411 Auto, on sale for $97.99 (and down from $139.99), which can filter large rooms to 912 square feet. For less than $100, it’s a great option for those looking for a mighty air purifier at a low cost. For those looking for a robot vacuum that has mop and vacuum capabilities, check out the roborock E5 Mop Robot Vacuum, down to $199.99 from $359.99. Nothing else beats the price of this combo mop-vacuum. Those are just a few examples and we’ll dust off some more as Prime Day rolls on.

All prices are subject to change.

More Amazon Prime Day deals

The post Bite into these Prime Day 2022 Shark deals and bust some dust appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Best kitchen scales of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-kitchen-scale/ Sat, 24 Jul 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382338
An old wooden weight gauge placed on a wooden drawer below some other drawers.
Calum MacAulay

As accurate as they are stylish, there’ll be no more recipe mishaps when using the best kitchen scale a baker can buy.

The post Best kitchen scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An old wooden weight gauge placed on a wooden drawer below some other drawers.
Calum MacAulay

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall My Weigh is the best kitchen scale for experienced bakers. My Weigh KD8000 Kitchen Scale
SEE IT

If precision and accuracy are essential to creating the perfect cake or cookie, this fine-tuned kitchen scale will help you measure all your ingredients to the exact ounce.
Best for big families The Polder KSC-348 Digital Kitchen Scale is the best for large families. Polder KSC-348 Digital Kitchen Scale
SEE IT

Whether you’re meal prepping for two or cooking dinner for the whole family, this high-capacity pick can hold up to 22 pounds.
Best budget The Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale is the best kitchen scale for occasional bakers. Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale
SEE IT

Precise cooking doesn’t need to come at a high cost. This budget option can measure your ingredients by the ounce, and has multi-unit conversion for convenient cooking.

The best kitchen scale elevates a regular kitchen to a full-blown bakery. Cooking is an art, but baking is a science. You can add a pinch of this and a fistful of that when cooking, but accurate measuring is a must for baking cakes, bread, pastries, and pies. And it turns out tried-and-true volume measurements (gallons, cups, teaspoons, etc.) are anything but true. If you measure wrong, or have some remnants stuck to the sides and bottom of your measuring device, your baked goods may turn out as baked awfuls. Inaccuracy leads to frustration, but an electronic kitchen scale eliminates mishaps by showing accurate readings in every unit of food measurement needed. Plus, it makes it incredibly easy to use one bowl for mixing an entire recipe as you zero out the scale for each new addition to the party. Cooking scales have come a long way since the days of shaky seesaw balancing contraptions. Today’s baking scales are digital wonders that offer rechargeable batteries, unique features, speedy measuring, and fun designs.

Factors to consider when shopping for the best kitchen scale

You could add the first kitchen scale you see into your Amazon cart, but before you assume all kitchen scales are the same, explore the newest features and styles on the market. From functions to display type, there are specific options that may work best for your kitchen and cooking style.

Why do you need a kitchen scale?

Ready to have your mind blown? One cup of flour is not the same as another equally-sized cup of flour. How you scoop and pack the flour into the measuring cup results in varying weights. And it gets even more confusing when switching between wet and dry ingredients. Volume measurements, like cups, tell you how much space an ingredient is taking up. It doesn’t tell you the weight. That imprecise discrepancy can cause big problems for baking, where accuracy makes or breaks the finished product. True bakers know the best way to measure ingredients is via weight, sometimes called mass measurement. One hundred grams of flour will always be 100 grams, whether you measure it in a cup, a bowl, a Frisbee, or a top hat. 

Kitchen scales let you pinpoint precise weights easily, down to the gram or half gram. You don’t need to worry about any residue left on the inside of measuring cups or spoons. You don’t need to wonder if an ingredient should be packed down or loose and fluffy. When mixing wet ingredients, you don’t need to fret over the small, convex peak caused by the liquid’s surface tension. (Yes, that matters and makes a difference.) And functions like translating ounces to grams mean you won’t need to run to the internet for conversion charts. 

In addition, for those on strict diets, closely monitoring what you eat, a food weight scale simplifies the chore of portion control. Basically, if you don’t have a kitchen scale, you’re making kitchen duty that much more difficult.

Do you have a free outlet?

Even the most luxurious kitchens can have a wall outlet deficiency. Between plugging in blenders, food processors, magic pots, rice cookers, phone chargers, and the George Foreman grill, there’s no room in the outlet for new kitchen appliances. And adding bulky power strips to the kitchen makes the room look more like a workshop than a food-safe space. On top of that, it can be a pain dealing with cords for a kitchen accessory you may only use for a few seconds at a time. Fortunately, there are high-quality battery-operated kitchen scales for those who don’t have an outlet to spare.  Choosing a cordless kitchen scale means you can use it on any flat surface, moving it near mixing bowls and frying pans for easy reach. 

You can find kitchen scales that use standard AA or AAA batteries. They’re great for those who don’t plan to use the scale often and don’t mind buying batteries. Most have a surprisingly long battery life, powering through more than a few months on the same batteries.

Size matters, so go big if you’ve got the space.

Professional bakers recommend using a kitchen scale capable of weighing at least 11 pounds. That sounds like a lot of weight, but it also accounts for the weight of your mixing bowl. Cooking accessories such as bowls can get surprisingly hefty. 

You can go bigger and buy a kitchen scale capable of weighing items heavier than 20 pounds, but how often are you baking a bowling ball? And you can go much, much smaller with some portable kitchen scales designed to measure only between 1 and 100 grams. But those have limited uses, mostly for coffee aficionados who demand a perfect brew. If you’re measuring anything less than 5 grams, you’ll need a jeweler’s scale, not a kitchen scale.

What do you see on the display?

The display of any great kitchen scale must be easy to read. Not only should the digital font be big enough to decipher, but the numbers should be simple to understand. Some kitchen scales will display weight with fractions, some will use decimals, and some do both. 

Perhaps even more importantly, make sure you understand what the numbers mean. You may find kitchen scales that measure fluid ounces. As any middle-school science teacher will yell at you, “fluid ounces” are not the same as ounces. Fluid ounces are a measurement of volume. Ounces are a measurement of weight. This discrepancy can be deceiving and confusing. Make sure you understand what the scale is actually measuring. For weight, the numbers to look for are grams, pounds, and ounces. 

What’s more, backlit displays can be helpful, but baking is usually done in a brightly lit kitchen where even non-illuminated displays can be read quickly and easily. One overlooked display factor: It should be visible even if a big mixing bowl is sitting on the platform. If the screen is blocked, look for a “hold” button that will keep the weight on-screen even when you remove the bowl.

You should care enough to tare enough

Most scales offer a tare function. This simply means that with the touch of the button, the display will zero out the weight of whatever’s on the scale. For instance: Start by putting a mixing bowl on the scale, then hit tare to zero out the weight of the bowl. Add your first ingredient, and hit tare again. Add your second ingredient, and so on. 

Don’t overlook the tare function. This might be the single most important button on any kitchen scale. By taring the weight, you can use one bowl for all of your ingredients. You won’t need to clean countless measuring cups and multiple mixing bowls. Tare it up for quick, efficient baking!

The best kitchen scales

The two key issues of any great kitchen scale are functionality and style. The scale must be easy to read and understand. It should also look great, like a sleek and shiny platform that works with your kitchen decor. Take a close look at the specs and find the food weight scale that you can easily understand and operate, and one you’ll be proud to show off in your kitchen. 

Best overall: My Weigh KD8000 Kitchen Scale

My Weigh is the best kitchen scale for experienced bakers.

My Weigh

SEE IT

The My Weigh kitchen scale can handle up to 17 pounds and is a must-have for anyone exploring the science of baking. The heavy-duty kitchen scale forgoes style for function. It cycles from pounds to ounces to grams easily. It also displays baker’s percentages, showing the percentage of an added ingredient as it relates to the main ingredient. Will every home baker need that? Probably not. But it’s a nice feature nonetheless. The scale runs on three AA batteries, but a power cord can be purchased separately.

Best for big families: Polder KSC-348 Digital Kitchen Scale

The Polder KSC-348 Digital Kitchen Scale is the best for large families.

Polder

SEE IT

The big Polder scale accurately weighs ingredients and the size makes it easy to provide accurate measurements to scale your recipes. If you want a great scale for the whole family that is simple to use and tackles large meals, the Polder is a reliable and readable option.

Best for beginner bakers: Taylor 11-Pound Digital Food Scale USB

The Taylor 11-Pound Digital Scale is the best kitchen scale for apartment dwellers.

Taylor Precision Products

SEE IT

The Taylor kitchen scale runs on a battery charged via USB-C cable. That means you can put this scale exactly where it needs to be without worrying about power cords. This is great for apartment chefs and those with tiny kitchens. Go ahead and bring the ingredients into the dining room or living room or wherever there is space to work. The scale runs for a week with a full charge. The stainless steel tray is removable for easy cleaning and the display is big and bold. The modern black style may clash with country kitchens, but it’s a great design for more contemporary spaces.

Best budget: Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale

The Etekcity Food Kitchen Scale is the best kitchen scale for occasional bakers.

Etekcity

SEE IT

This tiny, budget-friendly cooking scale is a good little kitchen tool that will help the amateur bakers and those looking for portion control. When you go below the $15 mark, accuracy and durability may slip slightly. That said, it can still come in handy for those who need a quick, cheap scale. It’s good for cooking, but also useful DIY crafts with the kids. The LCD display is clear and the buttons are easy to use. The 7.3 inch by 5.7 inch scale is small enough to slip into any kitchen drawer, and the battery power lasts long if you’re only using it once or twice a week. If you don’t want to invest in top-of-the-line kitchen equipment, this affordable scale is a good addition to your culinary toolbox. 

Best design: Escali Primo P115C Precision Kitchen Food Scale for Baking and Cooking

The Escali Primo P115C Precision Kitchen Food Scale is the best kitchen scale for cooking and baking.

Escali

SEE IT

The Escali scale has all the features you want in a kitchen scale: Accurate readings in 1-gram increments, long-lasting battery life, and a clear display. What sets this popular baking scale apart from the others is the variety of color options. Tarragon Green, Pumpkin Orange, Royal Blue, Warm Red—you definitely can find an Escali kitchen scale to match your cooking space. You can also stick with the classic chrome, white, or black if you can’t decide on a funky hue. No matter what color you pick, the Escali kitchen scale is a precise tool that’s easy on the eyes.

FAQs

Q: How do I know if my kitchen scale is accurate?

To learn if your kitchen scale is accurate, put it through a few simple tests. You can buy special 5-gram and 10-gram weights made for scale calibration. These are relatively inexpensive, but you probably don’t need the hassle. Instead, plop a stick of butter on the kitchen scale. The scale should read 0.25 pounds or 4 ounces. If it doesn’t, read the instructional manual to learn how to calibrate your scale. 

For the lactose intolerant or butter haters, simply put a nickel on the scale. Each U.S. nickel weighs 5 grams, so the scale should display 5 grams. Use clean coins that haven’t been worn down too much. This should tell you if the scale is ready to go.

Q: Can you store a digital kitchen scale on its side?

No, you shouldn’t store a digital kitchen scale on its side. Any scale sensitive enough to measure grams should be stored flat. The inner workings of the digital scale are made of delicate materials that may warp and deform if not stored correctly. The result is inaccurate results. If you do store the scale upright, put it through a few calibration tests (see above) before using it for serious baking. 

Q: Are cheap scales accurate?

Cheap scales are very accurate—if used correctly. Inexpensive kitchen scales are great for measuring food portions. Most will have a tare button and a good display for mixing recipes. The lower price usually means less functions. Cheaper scales may not be able to measure in 0.5-gram increments, which can be important for some recipes. They may also have slower read times, adding a few half seconds to the baking process. That probably won’t matter much to the average person, but if you plan to use the scale often, slow calculations can be very frustrating. And if you measure weight less than 5 grams, you don’t need a kitchen scale, you’ll need a more precise jeweler’s scale.

The final word on the best kitchen scales

No matter what type of food you’re preparing, a quality baking scale makes the recipe manageable. Find an electronic scale that fits your kitchen decor, from a small, green scale that highlights your style to a more substantial stainless-steel platform that tells the world you know what you’re doing. Understand the difference between volume measurements (cups, fluid ounces, and teaspoons) and weight/mass measurements (pounds, ounces, and grams). Once you wrap your head around that for a few meal prep sessions, it will become second nature. With the right kitchen scale, you’ll be cooking up a storm and baking up a delicate French pastry like a pro.

The post Best kitchen scales of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Save hundreds on top tech at Best Buy, this weekend only https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-buy-dads-grads-tech-sale/ Fri, 10 Jun 2022 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449498
Multiple product images of sale items at Best Buy
Amanda Reed

The big-deal people in your life, yourself certainly included, deserve to benefit from this big deal.

The post Save hundreds on top tech at Best Buy, this weekend only appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Multiple product images of sale items at Best Buy
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Nothing says “Congratulations, you’re an adult!” quite like the harsh reality that you are now a non-digital-native parent’s IT department. Best Buy makes it cheaper—and easier—to celebrate these real-world milestones with its 3-day Dads & Grads sale, running today through Sunday, June 12.  

We’re particular to the bevy of laptops on sale. The biggest deal we saw was this Lenovo Yoga 9i for $1,049.99, which is $400 off its $1,449.99 retail price.

A product image of the Lenovo Yoga 9i

Lenovo

SEE IT

Lenovo’s powerful, sleek laptop features a quad-core 11th-generation Intel Core i7 processor with 16GB of RAM and a 512GB solid state drive. It can also be used as a tablet thanks to its 2-in-1 design and ultrathin, ultraportable 3-pound shell. Plus the 14-inch multitouch screen with energy-efficient LED backlight and a 1920×1080 resolution means crisp, clear graphics for the best PowerPoints at work and the best games and streaming content at home. Also, if a parent has a question about the weather, they can ask Alexa directly—this laptop has built-in voice command capabilities and a surprisingly loud mini-soundbar in its hinge.

For Apple lovers, Best Buy has 13-inch M1 MacBook Pros in Space Gray and Silver on sale at up to $150 off, in case they don’t want to wait for the latest version that Apple announced June 6. Apple Music, Apple News, and Apple TV+ are free for 3-6 months with purchase.  

Check out these TVs, appliances, earbuds, smartwatches, and additional tech products on sale in case you need to accessorize your post-grad lifestyle or treat the parent(s) to a new fridge:

The post Save hundreds on top tech at Best Buy, this weekend only appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]> Brava oven review: A serious kitchen upgrade https://www.popsci.com/story/gadgets/brava-countertop-smart-oven/ Thu, 22 Apr 2021 19:51:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/brava-countertop-smart-oven/
brava countertop smart oven
A new way to cook.

Home cooking with less prep and cleaning.

The post Brava oven review: A serious kitchen upgrade appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
brava countertop smart oven
A new way to cook.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I love cooking, but squeezing in the time to prepare a meal from scratch can be hard. Cooking aside, the prep and cleaning work cut deeply into the time I should spend binge-watching content. Brava’s intelligent, app-connected countertop oven promises to free up time to let me cook while leaving enough hours in the day to watch any show in a single night. That promise, however, comes at a price.

Typically priced at $1,295, with the included accessories, the Brava oven—which is about the size of a microwave—costs as much as a full-fledged stove. To offset the cost a bit, Brava offers a payment plan of $45 a month. While you are spending more initially, I’d argue that you will end up spending less in the long term, especially if you usually eat out or get delivery. Based on delivery tips and restaurant markups on deliveries, the monthly cost pays for itself.

Before you start using the smart oven, they offer a live video tutorial with a Brava employee that walks you through the process. Here they explain how to use the oven and answer any questions you might have. I found this super helpful and appreciated the starter recipe recommendations. Brava also has a Facebook group for users to share tips and recipes. Getting to know your Brava is necessary since it works inherently differently than your regular oven.

Cooking with the Brava oven

The Brava can cook food in 10 ways, including functions to bake, sear, air fry, dehydrate, and broil. It uses what they refer to as Pure Light Cooking, which is a combination of visible and infrared light that can go from zero to 500 degrees Fahrenheit in a fraction of a second. Unlike conventional ovens, even though the Brava reaches super-hot temperatures internally, the exterior of the machine remains cool to the touch.

When you’re cooking with the Brava oven, food placement is crucial. Stick a slab of butter on the opposite end of the cooking tray and it won’t melt. If you place your chicken where the potatoes are supposed to be neither food will cook properly. The lamps act like spotlights on the food and focus their energy on specific sections without heating the surrounding areas.

The smart oven comes equipped with three bulbs on top and three on the bottom. This splits the oven into three cooking zones. The including cooking accessories—egg tray, flat tray, and glass tray—are divided and labeled into three sections, so you’ll always know where to put the ingredients. This arrangement lends itself to typical meals that include a protein, a vegetable, and starch. This helps with timing. You don’t need to worry about alarms set for cook times going off in the middle of your marathon binge. Also, since heat hits food from the top and bottom simultaneously, you don’t have to flip or stir the ingredients. The oven also doesn’t need to preheat. This is a huge time saver, especially when compared to frozen foods that can take a third the amount of time as a conventional oven.

Pure Light Cooking also makes it possible for the Brava to switch between cooking functions easily and without any more work for the user. Various light frequencies can pierce food at different depths. This means you can cook the inside of the steak and automatically switch to a high-intensity sear to finish it off. Unlike a convection or conduction oven, Brava’s lights can be easily focused and adjusted. This means the Brava oven can go from searing to baking without needing to transfer ingredients from one appliance to another.

The smart oven uses a five-inch touchscreen located on top to choose recipes and customize settings. You can find the included 500 smart cook recipes developed by Brava chefs here or on the companion smartphone app. Within each of these smart cook recipes, there are pro tips on how to prepare the meals. Every Tuesday, seven to 10 new recipes show up, and both old recipes and new ones are touched up. While your food is cooking, two cameras inside the oven let you watch the cook either on your smartphone app or via the touchscreen on the machine. Once you’re finished cooking, the machine has a black rubber surface to place cooked meals.

What did I make with the Brava oven?

First I went for fried eggs. I wanted to start with something that isn’t a pain to make, but a lot of people screw them up. I chose how many I was cooking, cracked the eggs into the egg dish accessory, choose the desired hardness level, and then fine-tuned additional cooking time for further customization (I recommend decreasing the time, but it also depends on the size of your eggs). After pushing through all the options on the touchscreen, it instructs you to press the glowing green button. The video stream pops up on the main screen so you can watch the progress. From there, you can see the heating elements and lights changing frequency to follow that specific fried egg cooking program.

You can scramble or fry eggs in a similar amount of time, I preferred this method because of the easy cleanup. The eggs easily slid out of the egg dish accessory and any residue was simple to wash off. You don’t need to use oil and there are no pans to scrub. The final product resulted in eggs with browning around the side as you’d get from a pan. After finishing, it gives you the option to check food or add additional time. You are able to fit two trays at a time in the machine, so this frees you up to toast bread and make eggs simultaneously.

Next, I moved on to S’mores since it was lunchtime so desserts are allowed and I already had those ingredients in my house. This was the dish I was most excited to try since I’m always craving sweets and I was curious how the machine would handle three layers of ingredients. I expected it to make a mess.

Like with the eggs, you choose how many you are making and the Brava oven instructs you where to place them on the glass cooking sheet. In about 3 minutes, perfectly browned marshmallows, toasted graham crackers, and melty chocolate came out looking almost exactly like I put them in. It wasn’t until I bit into the s’more that all the ingredients blended together. The chocolate, which appeared to maintain its shape, collapsed into the perfect (messy) landslide.

I also experimented with various meats. When cooking meat, you’ll need to use the included temperature thermometer. With proteins of all shapes, heights, and sizes, this helps you cook your food to the correct temperature without risking eating undercooked meat. Another interesting note—which helps save time—is that all the smart cooking programs in the oven are designed to start from right out of the fridge. Instead of leaving meat out on the counter to thaw or reach room temperature, you lightly season the meat with salt and pepper, insert the thermometer, and toss the meat on the tray. The Brava cooks steaks with a surprisingly nice sear on top, chickens that are tender and juicy, and vegetables with a crisp.

Final word

I enjoyed using the Brava oven simply because it’s a cooking tool, not a Keurig for food. You have the ability to customize your cooks, making it a machine for experimentation. If you enjoy the hands-off approach, you can also just use the presets. This makes it a machine for all cooking styles. Brava gives you time back and feels like an assistant or sous-chef more than an appliance that can help you live a more efficient culinary lifestyle. The accessories—chef’s pan, metal tray, glass tray, and egg tray—are also easy to clean and are non-stick, so cleanup is quick and doesn’t feel like a chore. The oven also has a 100-day return policy, so if it’s not working for your lifestyle, you can always ship it back.

The post Brava oven review: A serious kitchen upgrade appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>